FCF_11th_edition_Solutions_Manual
docx
keyboard_arrow_up
School
Humber College *
*We aren’t endorsed by this school
Course
931
Subject
Finance
Date
May 23, 2024
Type
docx
Pages
447
Uploaded by CountComputer14473
Solutions Manual
Fundamentals of Corporate Finance
11
th
edition
Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan
10-10-2015
Prepared by
Brad Jordan
University of Kentucky
Joe Smolira
Belmont University
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION TO CORPORATE FINANCE
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Capital budgeting (deciding whether to expand a manufacturing plant), capital structure (deciding
whether to issue new equity and use the proceeds to retire outstanding debt), and working capital
management (modifying the firm’s credit collection policy with its customers).
2.
Disadvantages: unlimited liability, limited life, difficulty in transferring ownership, difficulty in
raising capital funds. Some advantages: simpler, less regulation, the owners are also the managers,
sometimes personal tax rates are better than corporate tax rates.
3.
The primary disadvantage of the corporate form is the double taxation to shareholders of distributed
earnings and dividends. Some advantages include: limited liability, ease of transferability, ability to
raise capital, and unlimited life.
4.
In response to Sarbanes-Oxley, small firms have elected to go dark because of the costs of
compliance. The costs to comply with Sarbox can be several million dollars, which can be a large
percentage of a small firm’s profits. A major cost of going dark is less access to capital. Since the
firm is no longer publicly traded, it can no longer raise money in the public market. Although the
company will still have access to bank loans and the private equity market, the costs associated with
raising funds in these markets are usually higher than the costs of raising funds in the public market.
5.
The treasurer’s office and the controller’s office are the two primary organizational groups that
report directly to the chief financial officer. The controller’s office handles cost and financial
accounting, tax management, and management information systems, while the treasurer’s office is
responsible for cash and credit management, capital budgeting, and financial planning. Therefore,
the study of corporate finance is concentrated within the treasury group’s functions.
6.
To maximize the current market value (share price) of the equity of the firm (whether it’s publicly
traded or not).
7.
In the corporate form of ownership, the shareholders are the owners of the firm. The shareholders
elect the directors of the corporation, who in turn appoint the firm’s management. This separation of
ownership from control in the corporate form of organization is what causes agency problems to
exist. Management may act in its own or someone else’s best interests, rather than those of the
shareholders. If such events occur, they may contradict the goal of maximizing the share price of the
equity of the firm.
8.
A primary market transaction.
CHAPTER 1 - 2
9.
In auction markets like the NYSE, brokers and agents meet at a physical location (the exchange) to
match buyers and sellers of assets. Dealer markets like NASDAQ consist of dealers operating at
dispersed locales who buy and sell assets themselves, communicating with other dealers either
electronically or literally over-the-counter.
10.
Such organizations frequently pursue social or political missions, so many different goals are
conceivable. One goal that is often cited is revenue minimization; that is, provide whatever goods
and services are offered at the lowest possible cost to society. A better approach might be to observe
that even a not-for-profit business has equity. Thus, one answer is that the appropriate goal is to
maximize the value of the equity.
11.
Presumably, the current stock value reflects the risk, timing, and magnitude of all future cash flows,
both short-term and
long-term. If this is correct, then the statement is false.
12.
An argument can be made either way. At the one extreme, we could argue that in a market economy,
all of these things are priced. There is thus an optimal level of, for example, ethical and/or illegal
behavior, and the framework of stock valuation explicitly includes these. At the other extreme, we
could argue that these are noneconomic phenomena and are best handled through the political
process. A classic (and highly relevant) thought question that illustrates this debate goes something
like this: “A firm has estimated that the cost of improving the safety of one of its products is $30
million. However, the firm believes that improving the safety of the product will only save $20
million in product liability claims. What should the firm do?”
13.
The goal will be the same, but the best course of action toward that goal may be different because of
differing social, political, and economic institutions.
14.
The goal of management should be to maximize the share price for the current shareholders. If
management believes that it can improve the profitability of the firm so that the share price will
exceed $35, then they should fight the offer from the outside company. If management believes that
this bidder or other unidentified bidders will actually pay more than $35 per share to acquire the
company, then they should still fight the offer. However, if the current management cannot increase
the value of the firm beyond the bid price, and no other higher bids come in, then management is not
acting in the interests of the shareholders by fighting the offer. Since current managers often lose
their jobs when the corporation is acquired, poorly monitored managers have an incentive to fight
corporate takeovers in situations such as this.
15.
We would expect agency problems to be less severe in countries with a relatively small percentage
of individual ownership. Fewer individual owners should reduce the number of diverse opinions
concerning corporate goals. The high percentage of institutional ownership might lead to a higher
degree of agreement between owners and managers on decisions concerning risky projects. In
addition, institutions may be better able to implement effective monitoring mechanisms on managers
than can individual owners, based on the institutions’ deeper resources and experiences with their
own management. The increase in institutional ownership of stock in the United States and the
growing activism of these large shareholder groups may lead to a reduction in agency problems for
U.S. corporations and a more efficient market for corporate control.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
3 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
16.
How much is too much? Who is worth more, Lawrence Ellison or Tiger Woods? The simplest
answer is that there is a market for executives just as there is for all types of labor. Executive
compensation is the price that clears the market. The same is true for athletes and performers.
Having said that, one aspect of executive compensation deserves comment. A primary reason
executive compensation has grown so dramatically is that companies have increasingly moved to
stock-based compensation. Such movement is obviously consistent with the attempt to better align
stockholder and management interests. In recent years, stock prices have soared, so management has
cleaned up. It is sometimes argued that much of this reward is simply due to rising stock prices in
general, not managerial performance. Perhaps in the future, executive compensation will be designed
to reward only differential performance, that is, stock price increases in excess of general market
increases.
CHAPTER 2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, TAXES, AND CASH FLOW
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Liquidity measures how quickly and easily an asset can be converted to cash without significant loss
in value. It’s desirable for firms to have high liquidity so that they have a large factor of safety in
meeting short-term creditor demands. However, since liquidity also has an opportunity cost
associated with it—namely that higher returns can generally be found by investing the cash into
productive assets—low liquidity levels are also desirable to the firm. It’s up to the firm’s financial
management staff to find a reasonable compromise between these opposing needs.
2.
The recognition and matching principles in financial accounting call for revenues, and the costs
associated with producing those revenues, to be “booked” when the revenue process is essentially
complete, not necessarily when the cash is collected or bills are paid. Note that this way is not
necessarily correct; it’s the way accountants have chosen to do it.
3.
Historical costs can be objectively and precisely measured whereas market values can be difficult to
estimate, and different analysts would come up with different numbers. Thus, there is a trade-off
between relevance (market values) and objectivity (book values).
4.
Depreciation is a noncash deduction that reflects adjustments made in asset book values in
accordance with the matching principle in financial accounting. Interest expense is a cash outlay, but
it’s a financing cost, not an operating cost.
5.
Market values can never be negative. Imagine a share of stock selling for –$20. This would mean
that if you placed an order for 100 shares, you would get the stock along with a check for $2,000.
How many shares do you want to buy? More generally, because of corporate and individual
bankruptcy laws, net worth for a person or a corporation cannot be negative, implying that liabilities
cannot exceed assets in market value.
6.
For a successful company that is rapidly expanding, for example, capital outlays will be large,
possibly leading to negative cash flow from assets. In general, what matters is whether the money is
spent wisely, not whether cash flow from assets is positive or negative.
7.
It’s probably not a good sign for an established company, but it would be fairly ordinary for a start-
up, so it depends.
8.
For example, if a company were to become more efficient in inventory management, the amount of
inventory needed would decline. The same might be true if it becomes better at collecting its
receivables. In general, anything that leads to a decline in ending NWC relative to beginning would
have this effect. Negative net capital spending would mean more long-lived assets were liquidated
than purchased.
5 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
9.
If a company raises more money from selling stock than it pays in dividends in a particular period,
its cash flow to stockholders will be negative. If a company borrows more than it pays in interest, its
cash flow to creditors will be negative.
10.
The adjustments discussed were purely accounting changes; they had no cash flow or market value
consequences unless the new accounting information caused stockholders to revalue the derivatives.
11.
Enterprise value is the theoretical takeover price. In the event of a takeover, an acquirer would have
to take on the company's debt but would pocket its cash. Enterprise value differs significantly from
simple market capitalization in several ways, and it may be a more accurate representation of a firm's
value. In a takeover, the value of a firm's debt would need to be paid by the buyer. Thus, enterprise
value provides a much more accurate takeover valuation because it includes debt in its value
calculation.
12.
In general, it appears that investors prefer companies that have a steady earnings stream. If true, this
encourages companies to manage earnings. Under GAAP, there are numerous choices for the way a
company reports its financial statements. Although not the reason for the choices under GAAP, one
outcome is the ability of a company to manage earnings, which is not an ethical decision. Even
though earnings and cash flow are often related, earnings management should have little effect on
cash flow (except for tax implications). If the market is “fooled” and prefers steady earnings,
shareholder wealth can be increased, at least temporarily. However, given the questionable ethics of
this practice, the company (and shareholders) will lose value if the practice is discovered.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
To find owners’ equity, we must construct a balance sheet as follows:
Balance Sheet
CA
$ 5,300
CL
$ 4,600
NFA
24,900
LTD
10,300
OE
??
TA
$30,200
TL & OE
$30,200
We know that total liabilities and owners’ equity (TL & OE) must equal total assets of $30,200.
We also know that TL & OE is equal to current liabilities plus long-term debt plus owners’
equity, so owners’ equity is:
Owner’s equity = $30,200 – 10,300 – 4,600 = $15,300
NWC = CA – CL = $5,300 – 4,600 = $700
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 2 - 6
2.
The income statement for the company is:
Income Statement
Sales
$817,000
Costs
343,000
Depreciation
51,000
EBIT
$423,000
Interest
38,000
EBT
$385,000
Taxes (35%)
134,750
Net income
$250,250
3.
One equation for net income is: Net income = Dividends + Addition to retained earnings Rearranging, we get:
Addition to retained earnings = Net income – Dividends = $250,250 – 95,000 = $155,250
4.
EPS
= Net income / Shares = $250,250 / 90,000 = $2.78 per share
DPS
= Dividends / Shares = $95,000 / 90,000 = $1.06 per share
5.
Taxes = .15($50,000) + .25($25,000) + .34($25,000) + .39($267,000 – 100,000) = $87,380
6.
The average tax rate is the total tax paid divided by taxable income, so:
Average tax rate = $87,380 / $267,000 = .3273, or 32.73%
The marginal tax rate is the tax rate on the next $1 of earnings, so the marginal tax rate = 39%.
7.
To calculate OCF, we first need the income statement:
Income Statement
Sales
$43,800
Costs
22,700
Depreciation
2,100
EBIT
$19,000
Interest
1,600
Taxable income
$17,400
Taxes (35%)
6,090
Net income
$11,310
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes = $19,000 + 2,100 – 6,090 = $15,010
8.
Net capital spending = NFA
end
– NFA
beg
+ Depreciation Net capital spending = $3,500,000 – 2,700,000 + 328,000 Net capital spending = $1,128,000
7 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
9.
Change in NWC = NWC
end
– NWC
beg
Change in NWC = (CA
end
– CL
end
) – (CA
beg
– CL
beg
)
Change in NWC = ($5,180 – 2,830) – ($4,630 – 2,190) Change in NWC = $2,350 – 2,440 = –$90
10.
Cash flow to creditors = Interest paid – Net new borrowing Cash flow to creditors = Interest paid – (LTD
end
– LTD
beg
) Cash flow to creditors = $235,000 – ($2,280,000 – 1,950,000) Cash flow to creditors = –$95,000
11.
Cash flow to stockholders = Dividends paid – Net new equity Cash flow to stockholders = Dividends paid – [(Common
end
+ APIS
end
) – (Common
beg
+ APIS
beg
)] Cash flow to stockholders = $565,000 – [($825,000 + 4,400,000) – ($670,000 + 4,100,000)]
Cash flow to stockholders = $110,000
Note, APIS is the additional paid-in surplus.
12.
Cash flow from assets = Cash flow to creditors + Cash flow to stockholders = –$95,000 + 110,000 = $15,000
Cash flow from assets = $15,000 = OCF – Change in NWC – Net capital spending = $15,000 = OCF – (–$45,000) – 1,250,000 Operating cash flow = $15,000 – 45,000 + 1,250,000 Operating cash flow = $1,220,000
Intermediate
13.
To find the book value of current assets, we use: NWC = CA – CL. Rearranging to solve for
current assets, we get:
CA = NWC + CL = $220,000 + 850,000 = $1,070,000
The market value of current assets and fixed assets is given, so:
Book value CA = $1,070,000 NWC = $1,050,000
Book value NFA
= $3,300,000
Market value NFA = $4,800,000
Book value assets
= $4,370,000
Total
= $5,850,000
CHAPTER 2 - 8
14.
To find the OCF, we first calculate net income.
Income Statement
Sales
$267,000
Costs
148,000
Other expenses
8,200
Depreciation
17,600
EBIT
$ 93,200
Interest
12,400
Taxable income
$ 80,800
Taxes 32,620
Net income
$ 48,180
Dividends
$15,500
Additions to RE
$32,680
a.
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes = $93,200 + 17,600 – 32,620 = $78,180
b.
CFC = Interest – Net new LTD = $12,400 – (–4,900) = $17,300
Note that the net new long-term debt is negative because the company repaid part of its long- term debt.
c.
CFS = Dividends – Net new equity = $15,500 – 6,400 = $9,100
d.
We know that CFA = CFC + CFS, so:
CFA = $17,300 + 9,100 = $26,400 CFA is also equal to OCF – Net capital spending – Change in NWC. We already know OCF.
Net capital spending is equal to:
Net capital spending = Increase in NFA + Depreciation = $25,000 + 17,600 = $42,600 Now we can use:
CFA = OCF – Net capital spending – Change in NWC $26,400 = $78,180 – 42,600 – Change in NWC Change in NWC = $9,180
This means that the company increased its NWC by $9,180.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
9 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
15.
The solution to this question works the income statement backwards. Starting at the bottom:
Net income = Dividends + Addition to retained earnings = $1,950 + 5,600 = $7,550
Now, looking at the income statement:
EBT – EBT × Tax rate = Net income Recognize that EBT × Tax rate is simply the calculation for taxes. Solving this for EBT yields:
EBT = NI / (1– Tax rate) = $7,550 / (1 – .35) = $11,615 Now you can calculate:
EBIT = EBT + Interest = $11,615 + 4,300 = $15,915 The last step is to use:
EBIT = Sales – Costs – Depreciation $15,915 = $61,000 – 29,600 – Depreciation Depreciation = $15,485
16.
The balance sheet for the company looks like this:
Balance Sheet
Cash
$ 134,000
Accounts payable
$ 210,000
Accounts receivable
105,000
Notes payable
160,000
Inventory
293,000
Current liabilities
$ 370,000
Current assets
$ 532,000
Long-term debt
845,000
Total liabilities
$1,215,000
Tangible net fixed assets
1,730,000
Intangible net fixed assets
670,000
Common stock
??
Accumulated ret. earnings
1,453,000
Total assets
$2,932,000
Total liab. & owners’ equity
$2,932,000
Total liabilities and owners’ equity is:
TL & OE = CL + LTD + Common stock + Retained earnings
Solving this equation for common stock gives us:
Common stock = $2,932,000 – 1,215,000 – 1,453,000 = $264,000
17.
The market value of shareholders’ equity cannot be negative. A negative market value in this case
would imply that the company would pay you to own the stock. The market value of
shareholders’ equity can be stated as: Shareholders’ equity = Max [(TA – TL), 0]. So, if TA are
$8,7000, equity is equal to $1,900, and if TA are $5,900, equity is equal to $0. We should note
here that the book value of shareholders’ equity can be negative.
CHAPTER 2 - 10
18.
a. Taxes Growth = .15($50,000) + .25($25,000) + .34($14,500) = $18,680
Taxes Income = .15($50,000) + .25($25,000) + .34($25,000) + .39($235,000) + .34($8,950,000 – 335,000) = $3,043,000
b.
Each firm has a marginal tax rate of 34% on the next $10,000 of taxable income, despite their
different average tax rates, so both firms will pay an additional $3,400 in taxes.
19.
Income Statement
Sales
$675,000
COGS
435,000
A&S expenses
85,000
Depreciation
125,000
EBIT
$30,000
Interest
70,000
Taxable income
–$40,000
Taxes (35%)
0
a.
Net income
–$40,000
b.
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes = $30,000 + 125,000 – 0 = $155,000
c.
Net income was negative because of the tax deductibility of depreciation and interest
expense. However, the actual cash flow from operations was positive because depreciation is
a non-cash expense and interest is a financing expense, not an operating expense.
20.
A firm can still pay out dividends if net income is negative; it just has to be sure there is sufficient
cash flow to make the dividend payments.
Change in NWC = Net capital spending = Net new equity = 0. (Given)
Cash flow from assets = OCF – Change in NWC – Net capital spending Cash flow from assets = $155,000 – 0 – 0 = $155,000
Cash flow to stockholders = Dividends – Net new equity = $102,000 – 0 = $102,000
Cash flow to creditors = Cash flow from assets – Cash flow to stockholders Cash flow to creditors = $155,000 – 102,000 = $53,000
Cash flow to creditors = Interest – Net new LTD
Net new LTD = Interest – Cash flow to creditors = $70,000 – 53,000 = $17,000
21.
a.
Income Statement
Sales
$30,096
Cost of goods sold
21,476
Depreciation
5,341
EBIT
$ 3,279
Interest
2,409
Taxable income
$ 870
Taxes (35%)
305
Net income
$ 566
b.
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes
= $3,279 + 5,341 – 305 = $8,316
11 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
Change in NWC = NWC
end
– NWC
beg
= (CA
end
– CL
end
) – (CA
beg
– CL
beg
)
= ($7,829 – 4,159) – ($6,336 – 3,564)
= $3,670 – 2,772 = $898
Net capital spending = NFA
end
– NFA
beg
+ Depreciation
= $22,176 – 18,018 + 5,341 = $9,499
CFA = OCF – Change in NWC – Net capital spending
= $8,316 – 898 – 9,499 = –$2,082
The cash flow from assets can be positive or negative, since it represents whether the firm
raised funds or distributed funds on a net basis. In this problem, even though net income and
OCF are positive, the firm invested heavily in both fixed assets and net working capital; it
had to raise a net $2,082 in funds from its stockholders and creditors to make these
investments.
d.
Cash flow to creditors
= Interest – Net new LTD = $2,409 – 0 = $2,409
Cash flow to stockholders
= Cash flow from assets – Cash flow to creditors = –$2,082 – 2,409 = –$4,491 We can also calculate the cash flow to stockholders as:
Cash flow to stockholders
= Dividends – Net new equity Solving for net new equity, we get:
Net new equity = $1,716 – (–4,491) = $6,207
The firm had positive earnings in an accounting sense (NI > 0) and had positive cash flow
from operations. The firm invested $898 in new net working capital and $9,499 in new fixed
assets. The firm had to raise $2,082 from its stakeholders to support this new investment. It
accomplished this by raising $6,207 in the form of new equity. After paying out $1,716 of
this in the form of dividends to shareholders and $2,409 in the form of interest to creditors,
$2,082 was left to meet the firm’s cash flow needs for investment.
22.
a.
Total assets 2014 = $1,005 + 4,144 = $5,149 Total liabilities 2014 = $402 + 2,190= $2,592
Owners’ equity 2014 = $5,149 – 2,592 = $2,557
Total assets 2015 = $1,089 + 4,990 = $6,079 Total liabilities 2015 = $451 + 2,329 = $2,780
Owners’ equity 2015 = $6,079 – 2,780 = $3,299
b.
NWC 2014 = CA14 – CL14 = $1,005 – 402 = $603
NWC 2015 = CA15 – CL15 = $1,089 – 451 = $638
Change in NWC = NWC15 – NWC14 = $638 – 603 = $35
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 2 - 12
c.
We can calculate net capital spending as:
Net capital spending = Net fixed assets 2015 – Net fixed assets 2014 + Depreciation Net capital spending = $4,990 – 4,144 + 1,136 = $1,982
So, the company had a net capital spending cash flow of $1,982. We also know that net
capital spending is:
Net capital spending
= Fixed assets bought – Fixed assets sold
$1,982 = $2,080 – Fixed assets sold
Fixed assets sold = $2,080 – 1,982 = $98
To calculate the cash flow from assets, we must first calculate the operating cash flow. The
income statement is:
Income Statement
Sales
$12,751
Costs
5,946
Depreciation expense
1,136
EBIT
$ 5,669
Interest expense
323
EBT
$ 5,346
Taxes (35%)
1,871
Net income
$ 3,475
So, the operating cash flow is:
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes = $5,669 + 1,136 – 1,871 = $4,934
And the cash flow from assets is:
Cash flow from assets = OCF – Change in NWC – Net capital spending. = $4,934 – 35 – 1,982 = $2,917
d.
Net new borrowing = LTD15 – LTD14 = $2,329 – 2,190 = $139
Cash flow to creditors = Interest – Net new LTD = $323 – 139 = $184
Net new borrowing = $139 = Debt issued – Debt retired Debt retired = $420 – 139 = $281
Challenge
23.
Net capital spending
= NFA
end
– NFA
beg
+ Depreciation
= (NFA
end
– NFA
beg
) + (Depreciation + AD
beg
) – AD
beg
= (NFA
end
– NFA
beg
)+ AD
end
– AD
beg
= (NFA
end
+ AD
end
) – (NFA
beg
+ AD
beg
) = FA
end
– FA
beg
13 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
24.
a.
The tax bubble causes average tax rates to catch up to marginal tax rates, thus eliminating the
tax advantage of low marginal rates for high income corporations.
b.
Taxes = .15($50,000) + .25($25,000) + .34($25,000) + .39($235,000) = $113,900
Average tax rate = $113,900 / $335,000 = .34, or 34%
The marginal tax rate on the next dollar of income is 34 percent.
For corporate taxable income levels of $335,000 to $10 million, average tax rates are equal to
marginal tax rates.
Taxes = .34($10,000,000) + .35($5,000,000) + .38($3,333,333) = $6,416,667
Average tax rate = $6,416,667 / $18,333,333 = .35, or 35%
The marginal tax rate on the next dollar of income is 35 percent. For corporate taxable
income levels over $18,333,334, average tax rates are again equal to marginal tax rates.
c.
Taxes = .34($200,000) = $68,000 $68,000
= .15($50,000) + .25($25,000) + .34($25,000) + X($100,000);
X($100,000) = $68,000 – 22,250
X = $45,750 / $100,000 X = 45.75%
25.
Balance sheet as of Dec. 31, 2014
Cash
$ 6,674
Accounts payable $ 4,822
Accounts receivable
8,837
Notes payable 1,288
Inventory
15,711
Current liabilities $ 6,110
Current assets
$31,222
Long-term debt $22,352
Net fixed assets
$55,977
Owners' equity $58,737
Total assets
$87,199
Total liab. & equity $87,199
Balance sheet as of Dec. 31, 2015
Cash
$ 7,113
Accounts payable $ 5,1008
Accounts receivable
10,371
Notes payable 1,262
Inventory
16,817
Current liabilities $ 6,370
Current assets
$34,301
Long-term debt $27,099
Net fixed assets
$59,700
Owners' equity $60,532
Total assets
$94,001
Total liab. & equity $94,001
CHAPTER 2 - 14
2014 Income Statement
2015 Income Statement
Sales
$12,730.00
Sales
$14,229.00
COGS
4,377.00
COGS
5,178.00
Other expenses
1,041.00
Other expenses
906.00
Depreciation
1,827.00
Depreciation
1,910.00
EBIT
$5,485.00
EBIT
$6,235.00
Interest
854.00
Interest
1,019.00
EBT
$4,631.00
EBT
$5,216.00
Taxes (34%)
1,574.54
Taxes (34%)
1,773.44
Net income
$3,056.46
Net income
$3,442.56
Dividends
$1,522.00
Dividends
$1,780.00
Additions to RE
1,534.46
Additions to RE
1,662.56
26.
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes = $6,235 + 1,910 – 1,773.44 = $6,371.56
Change in NWC = NWC
end
– NWC
beg
= (CA – CL)
end
– (CA – CL)
beg
= ($34,301 – 6,370) – ($31,222 – 6,110) = $2,819
Net capital spending = NFA
end
– NFA
beg
+ Depreciation = $59,700 – 55,977 + 1,910 = $5,633
Cash flow from assets = OCF – Change in NWC – Net capital spending
= $6,371.56 – 2,819 – 5,633 = –$2,080.44
Cash flow to creditors = Interest – Net new LTD Net new LTD = LTD
end
– LTD
beg
Cash flow to creditors = $1,019 – ($27,099 – 22,352) = –$3,728
Net new equity = Common stock
end
– Common stock
beg
Common stock + Retained earnings = Total owners’ equity
Net new equity
= (OE – RE)
end
– (OE – RE)
beg
= OE
end
– OE
beg
+ RE
beg
– RE
end
RE
end
= RE
beg
+ Additions to RE15
Net new equity = OE
end
– OE
beg
+ RE
beg
– (RE
beg
+ Additions to RE15)
= OE
end
– OE
beg
– Additions to RE
Net new equity
= $60,532 – 58,737 – 1,662.56 = $132.44
CFS = Dividends – Net new equity CFS = $1,780 – 132.44 = $1,647.56
As a check, cash flow from assets is –$2,080.44. CFA
= Cash flow from creditors + Cash flow to stockholders CFA
= –$3,278 + 1,647.56 = –$2,080.44
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3
WORKING WITH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
a.
If inventory is purchased with cash, then there is no change in the current ratio. If inventory is
purchased on credit, then there is a decrease in the current ratio if it was initially greater than 1.0.
b.
Reducing accounts payable with cash increases the current ratio if it was initially greater than 1.0.
c.
Reducing short-term debt with cash increases the current ratio if it was initially greater than 1.0.
d.
As long-term debt approaches maturity, the principal repayment and the remaining interest
expense become current liabilities. Thus, if debt is paid off with cash, the current ratio increases
if it was initially greater than 1.0. If the debt has not yet become a current liability, then paying it
off will reduce the current ratio since current liabilities are not affected.
e.
Reduction of accounts receivables and an increase in cash leaves the current ratio unchanged.
f.
Inventory sold at cost reduces inventory and raises cash, so the current ratio is unchanged.
g.
Inventory sold for a profit raises cash in excess of the inventory recorded at cost, so the current ratio increases.
2.
The firm has increased inventory relative to other current assets; therefore, assuming current liability
levels remain unchanged, liquidity has potentially decreased.
3.
A current ratio of .50 means that the firm has twice as much in current liabilities as it does in current
assets; the firm potentially has poor liquidity. If pressed by its short-term creditors and suppliers for
immediate payment, the firm might have a difficult time meeting its obligations. A current ratio of
1.50 means the firm has 50% more current assets than it does current liabilities. This probably
represents an improvement in liquidity; short-term obligations can generally be met completely
with a safety factor built in. A current ratio of 15.0, however, might be excessive. Any excess funds
sitting in current assets generally earn little or no return. These excess funds might be put to better
use by investing in productive long-term assets or distributing the funds to shareholders.
4.
a.
Quick ratio provides a measure of the short-term liquidity of the firm, after removing the effects
of inventory, generally the least liquid of the firm’s current assets.
b.
Cash ratio represents the ability of the firm to completely pay off its current liabilities with its
most liquid asset (cash).
c.
Total asset turnover measures how much in sales is generated by each dollar of firm assets.
d.
Equity multiplier represents the degree of leverage for an equity investor of the firm; it measures
the dollar worth of firm assets each equity dollar has a claim to.
e.
Long-term debt ratio measures the percentage of total firm capitalization funded by long-term
debt.
CHAPTER 3 - 16
f.
Times interest earned ratio provides a relative measure of how well the firm’s operating earnings
can cover current interest obligations.
g.
Profit margin is the accounting measure of bottom-line profit per dollar of sales.
h.
Return on assets is a measure of bottom-line profit per dollar of total assets.
i.
Return on equity is a measure of bottom-line profit per dollar of equity.
j.
Price-earnings ratio reflects how much value per share the market places on a dollar of
accounting earnings for a firm.
5.
Common-size financial statements express all balance sheet accounts as a percentage of total assets
and all income statement accounts as a percentage of total sales. Using these percentage values
rather than nominal dollar values facilitates comparisons between firms of different size or business
type. Common-base year financial statements express each account as a ratio between their current
year nominal dollar value and some reference year nominal dollar value. Using these ratios allows
the total growth trend in the accounts to be measured.
6.
Peer group analysis involves comparing the financial ratios and operating performance of a
particular firm to a set of peer group firms in the same industry or line of business. Comparing a firm
to its peers allows the financial manager to evaluate whether some aspects of the firm’s operations,
finances, or investment activities are out of line with the norm, thereby providing some guidance on
appropriate actions to take to adjust these ratios if appropriate. An aspirant group would be a set of
firms whose performance the company in question would like to emulate. The financial manager
often uses the financial ratios of aspirant groups as the target ratios for his or her firm; some
managers are evaluated by how well they match the performance of an identified aspirant group.
7.
Return on equity is probably the most important accounting ratio that measures the bottom-line
performance of the firm with respect to the equity shareholders. The DuPont identity emphasizes the
role of a firm’s profitability, asset utilization efficiency, and financial leverage in achieving an ROE
figure. For example, a firm with ROE of 20% would seem to be doing well, but this figure may be
misleading if it were marginally profitable (low profit margin) and highly levered (high equity
multiplier). If the firm’s margins were to erode slightly, the ROE would be heavily impacted.
8.
The book-to-bill ratio is intended to measure whether demand is growing or falling. It is closely
followed because it is a barometer for the entire high-tech industry, where levels of revenues and
earnings have been relatively volatile. 9.
If a company is growing by opening new stores, then presumably total revenues would be rising.
Comparing total sales at two different points in time might be misleading. Same-store sales control
for this by only looking at revenues of stores open within a specific period.
10.
a.
For an electric utility such as Con Ed, expressing costs on a per-kilowatt-hour basis would be a way to compare costs with other utilities of different sizes.
b.
For a retailer such as Sears, expressing sales on a per-square-foot basis would be useful in comparing revenue production against other retailers.
c.
For an airline such as Southwest, expressing costs on a per-passenger-mile basis allows for comparisons with other airlines by examining how much it costs to fly one passenger one mile.
17 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
d.
For an online service provider such as Comcast, using a per internet session for costs would
allow for comparisons with smaller services. A per subscriber basis would also make sense.
e.
For a hospital such as Holy Cross, revenues and costs expressed on a per-bed basis would be useful.
f.
For a college textbook publisher such as McGraw-Hill/Irwin, the leading publisher of finance textbooks for the college market, the obvious standardization would be per book sold.
11.
Reporting the sale of Treasury securities as cash flow from operations is an accounting “trick,” and
as such, should constitute a possible red flag about the companies accounting practices. For most
companies, the gain from a sale of securities should be placed in the financing section. Including the
sale of securities in the cash flow from operations would be acceptable for a financial company, such
as an investment or commercial bank.
12.
Increasing the payables period increases the cash flow from operations. This could be beneficial for
the company as it may be a cheap form of financing, but it is basically a one-time change. The
payables period cannot be increased indefinitely as it will negatively affect the company’s credit
rating if the payables period becomes too long. Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
Using the formula for NWC, we get: NWC = CA – CL
CA = CL + NWC CA = $4,380 + 1,920 CA = $6,300
So, the current ratio is:
Current ratio = CA / CL Current ratio = $6,300 / $4,380 Current ratio = 1.44 times
And the quick ratio is:
Quick ratio = (CA – Inventory) / CL Quick ratio = ($6,300 – 3,750) / $4,380 Quick ratio = .58 times
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3 - 18
2.
We need to find net income first. So:
Profit margin = Net income / Sales
Net income = Profit margin(Sales)
Net income = .06($17,500,000) Net income = $1,050,000
ROA = Net income / TA ROA = $1,050,000 / $13,100,000 ROA = .0802, or 8.02%
To find ROE, we need to find total equity. Since TL & OE equals TA:
TA = TD + TE
TE = TA – TD
TE = $13,100,000 – 5,700,000 TE = $7,400,000
ROE = Net income / TE ROE = $1,050,000 / $7,400,000 ROE = .1419, or 14.19%
3.
Receivables turnover = Sales / Receivables Receivables turnover = $5,173,820 / $438,720 Receivables turnover = 11.79 times
Days’ sales in receivables = 365 days / Receivables turnover Days’ sales in receivables = 365 / 11.79 Days’ sales in receivables = 30.95 days
On average, the company’s customers paid off their accounts in 30.95 days.
4.
Inventory turnover = COGS / Inventory Inventory turnover = $4,682,715 / $417,381 Inventory turnover = 11.22 times
Days’ sales in inventory = 365 days / Inventory turnover Days’ sales in inventory = 365 / 11.22 Days’ sales in inventory = 32.53 days
On average, a unit of inventory sat on the shelf 32.53 days before it was sold.
5.
Total debt ratio = .53 = TD / TA
Substituting total debt plus total equity for total assets, we get: .53 = TD / (TD + TE) Solving this equation yields: .53(TE) = .47(TD)
19 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Debt-equity ratio = TD / TE = .53 / .47 = 1.13 Equity multiplier = 1 + D/E = 2.13
6.
Net income = Addition to RE + Dividends = $395,000 + 195,000 = $590,000
Earnings per share
= NI / Shares = $590,000 / 170,000 = $3.47 per share
Dividends per share
= Dividends / Shares = $195,000 / 170,000 = $1.15 per share
Book value per share
= TE / Shares = $5,300,000 / 170,000 = $31.18 per share
Market-to-book ratio = Share price / BVPS = $64 / $31.18 = 2.05 times
P/E ratio = Share price / EPS = $64 / $3.47 = 18.44 times
Sales per share
= Sales / Shares
= $5,150,000 / 170,000 = $30.29
P/S ratio = Share price / Sales per share
= $64 / $30.29 = 2.11 times
7.
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM) ROE = (.061)(2.10)(1.15) ROE = .1473, or 14.73%
8.
This question gives all of the necessary ratios for the DuPont Identity except the equity multiplier, so,
using the DuPont Identity:
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM)
ROE = .1615 = (.051)(1.95)(EM)
EM = .1615 / (.051)(1.95) EM = 1.62
D/E = EM – 1 D/E = 1.62 – 1 D/E = .62
9.
Decrease in inventory is a source of cash.
Decrease in accounts payable is a use of cash.
Increase in notes payable is a source of cash.
Increase in accounts receivable is a use of cash.
Change in cash = Sources – Uses Change in cash = $365 – 215 + 280 – 240 Change in cash = $190
Cash increased by $190
CHAPTER 3 - 20
10.
The average time to pay suppliers is the days’ sales in payables, so:
Payables turnover = COGS / Accounts payable Payables turnover = $57,382 / $10,432 Payables turnover = 5.50 times
Days’ sales in payables = 365 days / Payables turnover Days’ sales in payables = 365 / 5.50 Days’ sales in payables = 66.36 days
The company left its bills to suppliers outstanding for 66.36 days on average. A large value for this
ratio could imply that either (1) the company is having liquidity problems, making it difficult to pay
off its short-term obligations, or (2) that the company has successfully negotiated lenient credit terms
from its suppliers.
11.
First, we need the enterprise value, which is:
Enterprise value = Market capitalization + Debt – Cash
Enterprise value = $610,000 + 204,000 – 39,000
Enterprise value = $775,000
And EBITDA is:
EBITDA = EBIT + Depreciation & Amortization
EBITDA = $96,000 + 143,000
EBITDA = $239,000
So, the enterprise value-EBITDA multiple is:
Enterprise value-EBITDA multiple = $775,000 / $239,000
Enterprise value-EBITDA multiple = 3.24 times
12.
The equity multiplier is:
EM = 1 + D/E EM = 1 + .65 EM = 1.65
One formula to calculate return on equity is:
ROE = ROA(EM) ROE = .082(1.65) ROE = .1353, or 13.53%
ROE can also be calculated as:
ROE = NI / TE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
21 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, net income is:
Net income = ROE(TE)
Net income = .1353($515,000) Net income = $69,679.50
13.
through 15
:
2014
#13
2015
#13
#14
#15
Assets
Current assets
Cash
$11,135
2.67%
$13,407
2.93%
1.2040
1.0963
Accounts receivable
28,419
6.81%
30,915
6.75%
1.0878
.9905
Inventory
51,163
12.26%
56,295
12.29%
1.1003
1.0018
Total
$90,717
21.75%
$100,617
21.96%
1.1091
1.0099
Fixed assets
Net plant and equipment
$326,456
78.25%
$357,560
78.04%
1.0953
.9973
Total assets
$417,173
100%
$458,177
100%
1.0983
1.0000
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$45,166
10.83%
$48,185
10.52%
1.0668
.9714
Notes payable
17,773
4.26%
18,257
3.98%
1.0272
.9353
Total
$62,939
15.09%
$66,442
14.50%
1.0557
.9612
Long-term debt
$44,000
10.55%
$39,000
8.51%
.8864
.8070
Owners' equity
Common stock and paid-in surplus
$50,000
11.99%
$50,000
10.91%
1.0000
.9105
Accumulated retained earnings
260,234
62.38%
302,735
66.07%
1.1633
1.0592
Total
$310,234
74.37%
$352,735
76.99%
1.1370
1.0352
Total liabilities and owners' equity
$417,173
100%
$458,177
100%
1.0983
1.0000
The common-size balance sheet answers are found by dividing each category by total assets. For
example, the cash percentage for 2014 is:
$11,135 / $417,173 = .0267, or 2.67%
This means that cash is 2.67% of total assets.
The common-base year answers for Question 14 are found by dividing each category value for 2015
by the same category value for 2014. For example, the cash common-base year number is found by:
$13,407 / $11,135 = 1.2040
This means the cash balance in 2015 is 1.2040 times as large as the cash balance in 2014.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3 - 22
The common-size, common-base year answers for Question 15 are found by dividing the common-
size percentage for 2015 by the common-size percentage for 2014. For example, the cash calculation
is found by:
2.93% / 2.67% = 1.0963
This tells us that cash, as a percentage of assets, increased by 9.63%.
16.
2014
Sources/Us
es
2015
Assets
Current assets
Cash
$11,135
$2,272
U
$13,407
Accounts receivable
28,419
2,496
U
30,915
Inventory
51,163
5,132
U
56,295
Total
$90,717
$9,900
U
$100,617
Fixed assets
Net plant and equipment
$326,456
$31,104
U
$357,560
Total assets
$417,173
$41,004
U
$458,177
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$45,166
$3,019
S
$48,185
Notes payable
17,773
484
S
18,257
Total
$62,939
$3,503
S
$66,442
Long-term debt
$44,000
–$5,000
U
$39,000
Owners' equity
Common stock and paid-in surplus
$50,000
0
$50,000
Accumulated retained earnings
260,234
42,501
S
302,735
Total
$310,234
$42,501
S
$352,735
Total liabilities and owners' equity
$417,173
$41,004
S
$458,177
The firm used $41,004 in cash to acquire new assets. It raised this amount of cash by increasing
liabilities and owners’ equity by $41,004. In particular, the needed funds were raised by internal
financing (on a net basis), out of the additions to retained earnings, and an increase in current
liabilities. 17.
a.
Current ratio = Current assets / Current liabilities
Current ratio 2014 = $90,717 / $62,939 = 1.44 times
Current ratio 2015 = $100,617 / $66,442 = 1.51 times
b.
Quick ratio = (Current assets – Inventory) / Current liabilities
Quick ratio 2014 = ($90,717 – 51,163) / $62,939 = .63 times
Quick ratio 2015 = ($100,617 – 56,295) / $66,442 = .67 times
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
23 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
Cash ratio = Cash / Current liabilities
Cash ratio 2014 = $11,135 / $62,939 = .18 times Cash ratio 2015 = $13,407 / $66,442 = .20 times
d.
NWC ratio = NWC / Total assets
NWC ratio 2014 = ($90,717 – 62,939) / $417,173 = .0666, or 6.66%
NWC ratio 2015 = ($100,617 – 66,442) / $458,177 = .0746, or 7.46%
e.
Debt-equity ratio = Total debt / Total equity
Debt-equity ratio 2014 = ($62,939 + 44,000) / $310,234 = .34 times Debt-equity ratio 2015 = ($66,442 + 39,000) / $352,735 = .30 times
Equity multiplier = 1 + D/E Equity multiplier 2014 = 1 + .34 = 1.34
Equity multiplier 2015 = 1 + .30 = 1.30
f.
Total debt ratio = (Total assets – Total equity) / Total assets Total debt ratio 2014
= ($417,173 – 310,234) / $417,173 = .26 times
Total debt ratio 2015 = ($458,177 – 352,735) / $458,177 = .23 times
Long-term debt ratio = Long-term debt / (Long-term debt + Total equity)
Long-term debt ratio 2014
= $44,000 / ($44,000 + 310,234) = .12 times
Long-term debt ratio 2015
= $39,000 / ($39,000 + 352,735) = .10 times
Intermediate
18.
This is a multistep problem involving several ratios. The ratios given are all part of the DuPont
Identity. The only DuPont Identity ratio not given is the profit margin. If we know the profit margin,
we can find the net income since sales are given. So, we begin with the DuPont Identity: ROE = .11 = (PM)(TAT)(EM) = (PM)(S / TA)(1 + D/E)
Solving the DuPont Identity for profit margin, we get:
PM = [(ROE)(TA)] / [(1 + D/E)(S)] PM = [(.11)($2,604)] / [(1 + .75)($5,783)] PM = .0283
Now that we have the profit margin, we can use this number and the given sales figure to solve for
net income:
PM = .0283 = NI / S
NI = .0283($5,783) Net income = $163.68
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3 - 24
19.
This is a multistep problem involving several ratios. It is often easier to look backward to determine
where to start. We need receivables turnover to find days’ sales in receivables. To calculate
receivables turnover, we need credit sales, and to find credit sales, we need total sales. Since we are
given the profit margin and net income, we can use these to calculate total sales as:
PM = .079 = NI / Sales PM = $186,000 / Sales Sales = $2,354,430
Credit sales are 70 percent of total sales, so: Credit sales = .70($2,354,430) Credit sales = $1,648,101
Now we can find receivables turnover by: Receivables turnover = Credit sales / Accounts receivable Receivables turnover = $1,648,101 / $123,840 Receivables turnover = 13.31 times
Days’ sales in receivables = 365 days / Receivables turnover Days’ sales in receivables = 365 / 13.31 Days’ sales in receivables = 27.43 days
20.
The solution to this problem requires a number of steps. First, remember that Current assets + Net
fixed assets = Total assets. So, if we find the CA and the TA, we can solve for NFA. Using the
numbers given for the current ratio and the current liabilities, we solve for CA:
Current ratio = Current assets / Current liabilities
Current assets = Current ratio(Current liabilities) Current assets = 1.25($987) Current assets = $1,233.75
To find the total assets, we must first find the total debt and equity from the information given. So,
we find the net income using the profit margin:
Profit margin = Net income / Sales
Net income = Profit margin(Sales) Net income = .086($6,860) Net income = $589.96
We now use the net income figure as an input into ROE to find the total equity: ROE = Net income / Total equity
Total equity = Net income / ROE Total equity = $589.96 / .175 Total equity = $3,371.20
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
25 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Next, we need to find the long-term debt. The long-term debt ratio is:
Long-term debt ratio = .45 = LTD / (LTD + Total equity)
Inverting both sides gives: 1 / .45 = (LTD + Total equity) / LTD = 1 + (Total equity / LTD)
Substituting the total equity into the equation and solving for long-term debt gives the following:
2.222 = 1 + ($3,371.20 / LTD) LTD = $3,371.20 / 1.222 LTD = $2,758.25
Now, we can find the total debt of the company:
Total debt = Current liabilities + LTD Total debt = $987 + 2,758.25 Total debt = $3,745.25
And, with the total debt, we can find the TD&E, which is equal to TA:
Total assets = Total debt + Total equity Total assets = $3,371.20 + 3,745.25 Total assets = $7,116.45
And finally, we are ready to solve the balance sheet identity as:
Net fixed assets = Total assets – Current assets Net fixed assets = $7,116.45 – 1,233.75 Net fixed assets = $5,882.70
21.
Child: Profit margin = Net income / Sales Profit margin = $1.50 / $50
Profit margin = .03, or 3%
Store:
Profit margin = Net income / Sales Profit margin = $10,650,000 / $710,000,000
Profit margin = .015, or 1.50%
The advertisement is referring to the store’s profit margin, but a more appropriate earnings measure
for the firm’s owners is the return on equity.
ROE = NI / TE = NI / (TA – TD) ROE = $10,650,000 / ($390,000,000 – 280,000,000) ROE = .0968, or 9.68%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3 - 26
22.
The solution requires substituting two ratios into a third ratio. Rearranging Debt / Total assets:
Firm A
Firm B
D / TA = .55
D / TA = .40
(TA – E) / TA = .55
(TA – E) / TA = .40
(TA / TA) – (E / TA) = .55
(TA / TA) – (E / TA) = .40
1 – (E / TA) = .55
1 – (E / TA) = .40
E / TA = .45
E / TA = .60
E = .45(TA)
E = .60 (TA)
Rearranging ROA = Net income / Total assets, we find:
NI / TA = .08
NI / TA = .11
NI = .08(TA)
NI = .11(TA)
Since ROE = Net income / Equity, we can substitute the above equations into the ROE formula,
which yields:
ROE = .08(TA) / .45(TA) ROE = .11(TA) / .60 (TA)
ROE = .08 / .45 ROE = .11 / .60
ROE = .1778, or 17.78%
ROE = .1833, or 18.33%
23.
This problem requires us to work backward through the income statement. First, recognize that Net income = (1 – T
C
)EBT. Plugging in the numbers given and solving for EBT, we get: EBT = $17,382 / (1 – .34) EBT = $26,336.36
Now, we can add interest to EBT to get EBIT as follows:
EBIT = EBT + Interest EBIT = $26,336.36 + 3,953 EBIT = $30,289.36
To get EBITD (earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation), the numerator in the cash coverage ratio, add depreciation to EBIT:
EBITD = EBIT + Depreciation EBITD = $30,289.36 + 4,283 EBITD = $34,572.36
Now, we can plug the numbers into the cash coverage ratio and calculate:
Cash coverage ratio = EBITD / Interest Cash coverage ratio = $34,572.36 / $3,953 Cash coverage ratio = 8.75 times
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
27 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
24.
The only ratio given that includes cost of goods sold is the inventory turnover ratio, so it is the last
ratio used. Since current liabilities are given, we start with the current ratio:
Current ratio = Current assets / Current liabilities 1.35 = Current assets / $387,000
Current assets = $522,450
Using the quick ratio, we solve for inventory:
Quick ratio = (Current assets – Inventory) / Current liabilities Inventory = Current assets – (Quick ratio × Current liabilities) Inventory = $522,450 – (.85 × $387,000)
Inventory = $193,500
Inventory turnover = COGS / Inventory 8.40 = COGS / $193,500 COGS = $1,625,400
25.
Profit margin = Net income / Sales Profit margin = –£27,835 / £204,350 Profit margin = –.1362, or –13.62%
As long as both net income and sales are measured in the same currency, there is no problem; in fact,
except for some market value ratios like EPS and BVPS, none of the financial ratios discussed in the
text are measured in terms of currency. This is one reason why financial ratio analysis is widely used
in international finance to compare the business operations of firms and/or divisions across national
economic borders. The net income in dollars is:
Net income = Profit margin × Sales
Net income = –.1362($327,810) Net income = –$44,652
26.
Short-term solvency ratios:
Current ratio = Current assets / Current liabilities
Current ratio 2014
= $68,074 / $61,722 = 1.10 times
Current ratio 2015
= $79,974 / $69,426 = 1.15 times
Quick ratio = (Current assets – Inventory) / Current liabilities
Quick ratio 2014
= ($68,074 – 27,931) / $61,722 = .65 times
Quick ratio 2015
= ($79,974 – 32,586) / $69,426 = .68 times
Cash ratio = Cash / Current liabilities
Cash ratio 2014
= $26,450 / $61,722 = .43 times
Cash ratio 2015 = $29,106 / $69,426 = .42 times
Asset utilization ratios:
Total asset turnover = Sales / Total assets
Total asset turnover
= $422,045 / $478,319 = .88 times
Inventory turnover
= Cost of goods sold / Inventory
Inventory turnover = $291,090 / $32,586 = 8.93 times
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3 - 28
Receivables turnover
= Sales / Accounts receivable
Receivables turnover = $422,045 / $18,282 = 23.09 times
Long-term solvency ratios:
Total debt ratio = (Total assets – Total equity) / Total assets
Total debt ratio 2014
= ($425,239 – 268,517) / $425,239 = .37 times
Total debt ratio 2015
= ($478,319 – 298,893) / $478,319 = .38 times
Debt-equity ratio = Total debt / Total equity
Debt-equity ratio 2014
= ($61,722 + 95,000) / $268,517 = .58 times
Debt-equity ratio 2015
= ($69,426 + 110,000) / $298,893 = .60 times
Equity multiplier = 1 + D/E
Equity multiplier 2014 = 1 + .58 = 1.58 times
Equity multiplier 2015 = 1 + .60 = 1.60 times
Times interest earned
= EBIT / Interest
Times interest earned
= $93,902 / $16,400 = 5.73 times
Cash coverage ratio
= (EBIT + Depreciation) / Interest
Cash coverage ratio = ($93,902 + 37,053) / $16,400 = 7.99 times
Profitability ratios:
Profit margin
= Net income / Sales
Profit margin
= $50,376 / $422,045 = .1194, or 11.94%
Return on assets
= Net income / Total assets
Return on assets
= $50,376 / $478,319 = .1053, or 10.53%
Return on equity
= Net income / Total equity
Return on equity
= $50,376 / $298,893 = .1685, or 16.85%
27.
The DuPont identity is:
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM) ROE = (.1194)(.88)(1.60) = .1685, or 16.85%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
29 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
28.
SMOLIRA GOLF CORP.
Statement of Cash Flows
For 2015
Cash, beginning of the year
$ 26,450
Operating activities
Net income
$ 50,376
Plus:
Depreciation
$ 37,053
Increase in accounts payable
4,883
Increase in other current liabilities
5,161
Less:
Increase in accounts receivable
$ (4,589)
Increase in inventory
(4,655)
Net cash from operating activities
$ 88,229
Investment activities
Fixed asset acquisition
$(78,233)
Net cash from investment activities
$(78,233)
Financing activities
Increase in notes payable
$ (2,340)
Dividends paid
(20,000)
Increase in long-term debt
15,000
Net cash from financing activities
$(7,340)
Net increase in cash
$ 2,656
Cash, end of year
$ 29,106 29.
Earnings per share = Net income / Shares
Earnings per share
= $50,376 / 25,000 = $2.02 per share
P/E ratio
= Share price / Earnings per share
P/E ratio = $58 / $2.02 = 28.78 times
Dividends per share
= Dividends / Shares
Dividends per share
= $20,000 / 25,000 = $.80 per share
Book value per share
= Total equity / Shares
Book value per share
= $298,893 / 25,000 shares = $11.96 per share
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 3 - 30
Market-to-book ratio
= Share price / Book value per share
Market-to-book ratio = $58 / $11.96 = 4.85 times
PEG ratio
= P/E ratio / Growth rate
PEG ratio = 28.78 / 9 = 3.20 times
30.
First, we will find the market value of the company’s equity, which is:
Market value of equity = Shares × Share price
Market value of equity = 25,000($58) = $1,450,000
The total book value of the company’s debt is:
Total debt = Current liabilities + Long-term debt
Total debt = $69,426 + 110,000 = $179,426
Now we can calculate Tobin’s Q, which is:
Tobin’s Q = (Market value of equity + Book value of debt) / Book value of assets
Tobin’s Q = ($1,450,000 + 179,426) / $478,319
Tobin’s Q = 3.41
Using the book value of debt implicitly assumes that the book value of debt is equal to the market
value of debt. This will be discussed in more detail in later chapters, but this assumption is generally
true. Using the book value of assets assumes that the assets can be replaced at the current value on
the balance sheet. There are several reasons this assumption could be flawed. First, inflation during
the life of the assets can cause the book value of the assets to understate the market value of the
assets. Since assets are recorded at cost when purchased, inflation means that it is more expensive to
replace the assets. Second, improvements in technology could mean that the assets could be replaced
with more productive, and possibly cheaper, assets. If this is true, the book value can overstate the
market value of the assets. Finally, the book value of assets may not accurately represent the market
value of the assets because of depreciation. Depreciation is done according to some schedule,
generally straight-line or MACRS. Thus, the book value and market value can often diverge.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4
LONG-TERM FINANCIAL PLANNING AND GROWTH
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
The reason is that, ultimately, sales are the driving force behind a business. A firm’s assets,
employees, and, in fact, just about every aspect of its operations and financing exist to directly or
indirectly support sales. Put differently, a firm’s future need for things like capital assets, employees,
inventory, and financing are determined by its future sales level.
2.
Two assumptions of the sustainable growth formula are that the company does not want to sell new
equity, and that financial policy is fixed. If the company raises outside equity, or increases its debt-
equity ratio, it can grow at a higher rate than the sustainable growth rate. Of course the company
could also grow faster than its profit margin increases, if it changes its dividend policy by increasing
the retention ratio, or its total asset turnover increases.
3.
The internal growth rate is greater than 15 percent, because at a 15 percent growth rate the negative
EFN indicates that there is excess internal financing. If the internal growth rate is greater than 15
percent, then the sustainable growth rate is certainly greater than 15 percent, because there is
additional debt financing used in that case (assuming the firm is not 100 percent equity-financed). As
the retention ratio is increased, the firm has more internal sources of funding, so the EFN will decline.
Conversely, as the retention ratio is decreased, the EFN will rise. If the firm pays out all its earnings
in the form of dividends, then the firm has no internal sources of funding (ignoring the effects of
accounts payable); the internal growth rate is zero in this case and the EFN will rise to the change in
total assets.
4.
The sustainable growth rate is greater than 20 percent, because at a 20 percent growth rate the
negative EFN indicates that there is excess financing still available. If the firm is 100 percent equity
financed, then the sustainable and internal growth rates are equal and the internal growth rate would
be greater than 20 percent. However, when the firm has some debt, the internal growth rate is always
less than the sustainable growth rate, so it is ambiguous whether the internal growth rate would be
greater than or less than 20 percent. If the retention ratio is increased, the firm will have more internal
funding sources available, and it will have to take on more debt to keep the debt/equity ratio constant,
so the EFN will decline. Conversely, if the retention ratio is decreased, the EFN will rise. If the
retention rate is zero, both the internal and sustainable growth rates are zero, and the EFN will rise to
the change in total assets.
5.
Presumably not, but, of course, if the product had been much
less popular, then a similar fate would
have awaited due to lack of sales.
6.
Since customers did not pay until shipment, receivables rose. The firm’s NWC, but not its cash,
increased. At the same time, costs were rising faster than cash revenues, so operating cash flow
declined. The firm’s capital spending was also rising. Thus, all three components of cash flow from
assets were negatively impacted.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 32
7.
Apparently not! In hindsight, the firm may have underestimated costs and also underestimated the
extra demand from the lower price.
8.
Financing possibly could have been arranged if the company had taken quick enough action.
Sometimes it becomes apparent that help is needed only when it is too late, again emphasizing the
need for planning.
9.
All three were important, but the lack of cash or, more generally, financial resources ultimately
spelled doom. An inadequate cash resource is usually cited as the most common cause of small
business failure.
10.
Demanding cash up front, increasing prices, subcontracting production, and improving financial
resources via new owners or new sources of credit are some of the options. When orders exceed
capacity, price increases may be especially beneficial.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic 1.
It is important to remember that equity will not increase by the same percentage as the other assets.
If every other item on the income statement and balance sheet increases by 15 percent, the pro forma
income statement and balance sheet will look like this:
Pro forma income statement
Pro forma balance sheet
Sales
$ 41,400
Assets
$30,360
Debt
$
7,245
Costs
34,270
Equity
23,115
Net income
$
7,130
Total
$
30,360
Total
$
30,360
In order for the balance sheet to balance, equity must be:
Equity = Total liabilities and equity – Debt
Equity = $30,360 – 7,245
Equity = $23,115
Equity increased by:
Equity increase = $23,115 – 20,100
Equity increase = $3,015
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
33 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Net income is $7,130 but equity only increased by $3,015; therefore, a dividend of:
Dividend = $7,130 – 3,015
Dividend = $4,115 must have been paid. Dividends paid is the plug variable.
2.
Here we are given the dividend amount, so dividends paid is not a plug variable. If the company
pays out one-half of its net income as dividends, the pro forma income statement and balance sheet
will look like this:
Pro forma income statement
Pro forma balance sheet
Sales
$41,400
Assets
$30,360
Debt
$ 6,300
Costs
34,270
Equity
23,665
Net income
$ 7,130 Total
$30,360
Total
$29,965
Dividends
$3,565
Add. to RE
$3,565
Note that the balance sheet does not balance. This is due to EFN. The EFN for this company is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $30,360 – 29,965 EFN = $395
3.
An increase of sales to $8,968 is an increase of:
Sales increase = ($8,968 – 7,600) / $7,600 Sales increase = .18, or 18% Assuming costs and assets increase proportionally, the pro forma financial statements will look like this:
Pro forma income statement
Pro forma balance sheet
Sales
$ 8,968.00
Assets
$25,606.00
Debt
$ 9,100.00
Costs
6,112.40
Equity
15,455.60 Net income
$
2,855.60
Total
$
25,606.00
Total
$24,555.60
If no dividends are paid, the equity account will increase by the net income, so:
Equity = $12,600 + 2,855.60 Equity = $15,455.60
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $25,606 – 24,555.60 EFN = $1,050.40
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 34
4.
An increase of sales to $32,085 is an increase of: Sales increase = ($32,085 – 27,900) / $27,900 Sales increase = .15, or 15%
Assuming costs and assets increase proportionally, the pro forma financial statements will look like this:
Pro forma income statement
Pro forma balance sheet
Sales
$
32,085
Assets
$ 77,050
Debt
$ 27,400
Costs
20,815
Equity
43,602
EBIT
11,270
Total
$ 77,050
Total
$ 71,002
Taxes (40%)
4,508
Net income
$
6,762
The payout ratio is constant, so the dividends paid this year is the payout ratio from last year times net income, or:
Dividends = ($2,400 / $5,880)($6,762) Dividends = $2,760
The addition to retained earnings is:
Addition to retained earnings = $6,762 – 2,760 Addition to retained earnings = $4,002
And the new equity balance is:
Equity = $39,600 + 4,002
Equity = $43,602
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $77,050 – 71,002 EFN = $6,048
5.
Assuming costs, current liabilities, and assets increase proportionally, the pro forma financial statements will look like this:
Pro forma income statement
Pro forma balance sheet
Sales
$7,705.00
CA
$4,715.00 CL
$2,415.00 Costs
5,060.00
FA
9,890.00 LTD
3,700.00 Taxable income
$2,645.00
Equity
7,947.42 Taxes (34%)
899.30
TA
$14,605.00 Total D&E
$14,062.42 Net income
$1,745.70
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
35 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The payout ratio is 40 percent, so dividends will be:
Dividends = .40($1,745.70) Dividends = $698.28
The addition to retained earnings is:
Addition to retained earnings = $1,745.70 – 698.28
Addition to retained earnings = $1,047.42
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $14,605 – 14,062.42 EFN = $542.58
6.
To calculate the internal growth rate, we first need to calculate the ROA, which is:
ROA = NI / TA ROA = $3,480 / $36,600 ROA = .0951, or 9.51%
The plowback ratio, b
, is one minus the payout ratio, so:
b = 1 – .30 b
= .70
Now we can use the internal growth rate equation to get:
Internal growth rate = (ROA × b
) / [1 – (ROA × b
)]
Internal growth rate = [.0951(.70)] / [1 – .0951(.70)] Internal growth rate = .0713, or 7.13%
7.
To calculate the sustainable growth rate, we first need to calculate the ROE, which is:
ROE = NI / TE ROE = $3,480 / $20,200 ROE = .1723, or 17.23%
The plowback ratio, b
, is one minus the payout ratio, so:
b
= 1 – .30 b
= .70
Now we can use the sustainable growth rate equation to get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.1723(.70)] / [1 – .1723(.70)] Sustainable growth rate = .1371, or 13.71%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 36
8.
The maximum percentage sales increase is the sustainable growth rate. To calculate the sustainable growth rate, we first need to calculate the ROE, which is:
ROE = NI / TE ROE = $7,722 / $48,000 ROE = .1609, or 16.09%
The plowback ratio, b
, is one minus the payout ratio, so:
b
= 1 – .30 b
= .70
Now we can use the sustainable growth rate equation to get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.1609(.70)] / [1 – .1609(.70)] Sustainable growth rate = .1269, or 12.69%
So, the maximum dollar increase in sales is:
Maximum increase in sales = $53,500(.1269) Maximum increase in sales = $6,789.33
9.
Assuming costs vary with sales and a 20 percent increase in sales, the pro forma income statement will look like this:
HEIR JORDAN CORPORATION
Pro Forma Income Statement
Sales
$55,200
Costs
45,120
Taxable income
$10,080
Taxes (35%)
3,528
Net income
$6,552
The payout ratio is constant, so the dividends paid this year is the payout ratio from last year times net income, or:
Dividends = ($2,400 / $5,460)($6,552)
Dividends = $2,880
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $6,552 – 2,880
Addition to retained earnings = $3,672
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
37 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
10.
Below is the balance sheet with the percentage of sales for each account on the balance sheet. Notes payable, total current liabilities, long-term debt, and all equity accounts do not vary directly with sales.
HEIR JORDAN CORPORATION
Balance Sheet
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$ 2,950
6.41
Accounts payable
$ 2,400
5.22
Accounts receivable
4,100
8.91
Notes payable
5,400
n/a
Inventory
6,400
13.91
Total
$
7,800
n/a
Total
$
13,450
29.24
Long-term debt
28,000
n/a
Fixed assets
Owners’ equity
Net plant and Common stock and
equipment
41,300
89.78
paid-in surplus
$15,000
n/a
Retained earnings
3,950
n/a
Total
$
18,950
n/a
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
54,750
119.02
equity
$
54,750
n/a
11.
Assuming costs vary with sales and a 15 percent increase in sales, the pro forma income statement will look like this:
HEIR JORDAN CORPORATION
Pro Forma Income Statement
Sales
$52,900
Costs
43,240
Taxable income
$9,660
Taxes (34%)
3,381
Net income
$6,279
The payout ratio is constant, so the dividends paid this year is the payout ratio from last year times net income, or:
Dividends = ($2,400 / $5,460)($6,279)
Dividends = $2,760
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $6,279 – 2,760
Addition to retained earnings = $3,519
The new accumulated retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New accumulated retained earnings = $3,950 + 3,519
New accumulated retained earnings = $7,469
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 38
The pro forma balance sheet will look like this:
HEIR JORDAN CORPORATION
Pro Forma Balance Sheet
Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
3,392.50
Accounts payable
$
2,760.00
Accounts receivable
4,715.00
Notes payable
5,400.00
Inventory
7,360.00
Total
$
8,160.00
Total
$ 15,467.50
Long-term debt
28,000.00
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
47,495.00
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$ 15,000.00
Retained earnings
7,469.00
Total
$
22,469.00
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
62,962.50
equity
$
58,629.00
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $62,962.50 – 58,629.00 EFN = $4,333.50
12.
We need to calculate the retention ratio to calculate the internal growth rate. The retention ratio is:
b
= 1 – .30 b
= .70 Now we can use the internal growth rate equation to get:
Internal growth rate = (ROA × b
) / [1 – (ROA × b
)]
Internal growth rate = [.08(.70)] / [1 – .08(.70)] Internal growth rate = .0593, or 5.93%
13.
We need to calculate the retention ratio to calculate the sustainable growth rate. The retention ratio is:
b
= 1 – .25 b
= .75 Now we can use the sustainable growth rate equation to get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.15(.75)] / [1 – .15(.75)] Sustainable growth rate = .1268, or 12.68%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
39 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
14.
We first must calculate the ROE to calculate the sustainable growth rate. To do this we must realize two other relationships. The total asset turnover is the inverse of the capital intensity ratio, and the equity multiplier is 1 + D/E. Using these relationships, we get:
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM) ROE = (.075)(1 / .65)(1 + .60) ROE = .1846, or 18.46%
The plowback ratio is one minus the dividend payout ratio, so: b
= 1 – ($16,000 / $67,000) b
= .7612
Now we can use the sustainable growth rate equation to get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.1846(.7612)] / [1 – .1846(.7612)] Sustainable growth rate = .1635, or 16.35%
15.
We must first calculate the ROE using the DuPont ratio to calculate the sustainable growth rate. The ROE is:
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM) ROE = (.052)(3.4)(1.30) ROE = .2298, or 22.98%
The plowback ratio is one minus the dividend payout ratio, so: b
= 1 – .35 b
= .65 Now we can use the sustainable growth rate equation to get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.2298(.65)] / [1 – .2298(.65)] Sustainable growth rate = .1756, or 17.56%
Intermediate
16.
To determine full capacity sales, we divide the current sales by the capacity the company is currently
using, so:
Full capacity sales = $690,000 / .92 Full capacity sales = $750,000
The maximum sales growth is the full capacity sales divided by the current sales, so:
Maximum sales growth = ($750,000 / $690,000) – 1 Maximum sales growth = .0870, or 8.70%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 40
17.
To find the new level of fixed assets, we need to find the current percentage of fixed assets to full capacity sales. Doing so, we find:
Fixed assets / Full capacity sales = $520,000 / $750,000 Fixed assets / Full capacity sales = .6933 Next, we calculate the total dollar amount of fixed assets needed at the new sales figure.
Total fixed assets = .6933($790,000) Total fixed assets = $547,733.33
The new fixed assets necessary is the total fixed assets at the new sales figure minus the current level
of fixed assts.
New fixed assets = $547,733.33 – 520,000 New fixed assets = $27,733.33
18.
We have all the variables to calculate ROE using the DuPont identity except the profit margin. If we find ROE, we can solve the DuPont identity for profit margin. We can calculate ROE from the sustainable growth rate equation. For this equation we need the retention ratio, so:
b
= 1 – .30 b
= .70 Using the sustainable growth rate equation and solving for ROE, we get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
.12 = [ROE(.70)] / [1 – ROE(.70)] ROE = .1531, or 15.31%
Now we can use the DuPont identity to find the profit margin as:
ROE = PM(TAT)(EM)
.1531 = PM(1 / .95)(1 + .85) PM = (.1531) / [(1 / .95)(1.85)] PM = .0786, or 7.86%
19.
We are given the profit margin. Remember that:
ROA = PM(TAT) We can calculate the ROA from the internal growth rate formula, and then use the ROA in this equation to find the total asset turnover. The retention ratio is:
b
= 1 – .25
b
= .75
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
41 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Using the internal growth rate equation to find the ROA, we get: Internal growth rate = (ROA × b
) / [1 – (ROA × b
)]
.065 = [ROA(.75)] / [1 – ROA(.75)] ROA = .0814, or 8.14%
Plugging ROA and PM into the equation we began with and solving for TAT, we get:
ROA = (PM)(TAT)
.0814 = .07(TAT)
TAT = .0814 / .07 TAT = 1.16 times
20.
We should begin by calculating the D/E ratio. We calculate the D/E ratio as follows:
Total debt ratio = .35 = TD / TA Inverting both sides we get:
1 / .35 = TA / TD Next, we need to recognize that TA / TD = 1 + TE / TD
Substituting this into the previous equation, we get:
1 / .35 = 1 + TE /TD
Subtract 1 (one) from both sides and inverting again, we get:
D/E = 1 / [(1 / .35) – 1] D/E = .54
With the D/E ratio, we can calculate the EM and solve for ROE using the DuPont identity:
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM) ROE = (.059)(1.90)(1 + .54) ROE = .1725, or 17.25%
Now we can calculate the retention ratio as:
b
= 1 – .30 b
= .70 Finally, putting all the numbers we have calculated into the sustainable growth rate equation, we get:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.1725(.70)] / [1 – .1725(.70)] Sustainable growth rate = .1373, or 13.73%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 42
21.
To calculate the sustainable growth rate, we first must calculate the retention ratio and ROE. The retention ratio is:
b
= 1 – $9,400 / $16,200 b
= .4198 And the ROE is:
ROE = $16,200 / $55,000 ROE = .2945, or 29.45%
So, the sustainable growth rate is:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.2945(.4198)] / [1 – .2945(.4198)] Sustainable growth rate = .1411, or 14.11%
If the company grows at the sustainable growth rate, the new level of total assets is:
New TA = 1.1411($73,000 + 55,000) = $146,058.09
To find the new level of debt in the company’s balance sheet, we take the percentage of debt in the capital structure times the new level of total assets. The additional borrowing will be the new level of
debt minus the current level of debt. So: New TD = [D / (D + E)](TA) New TD = [$73,000 / ($73,000 + 55,000)]($146,058.09) New TD = $83,298.76
And the additional borrowing will be:
Additional borrowing = $83,298.76 – 73,000 Additional borrowing = $10,298.76
The growth rate that can be supported with no outside financing is the internal growth rate. To calculate the internal growth rate, we first need the ROA, which is:
ROA = $16,200 / ($73,000 + 55,000) ROA = .1266, or 12.66%
This means the internal growth rate is:
Internal growth rate = (ROA × b
) / [1 – (ROA × b
)]
Internal growth rate = [.1266(.4198)] / [1 – .1266(.4198)] Internal growth rate = .0561, or 5.61%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
43 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
22.
Since the company issued no new equity, shareholders’ equity increased by retained earnings. Retained earnings for the year were: Retained earnings = NI – Dividends
Retained earnings = $29,000 – 6,200 Retained earnings = $22,800 So, the equity at the end of the year was:
Ending equity = $161,000 + 22,800 Ending equity = $183,800
The ROE based on the end of period equity is: ROE = $29,000 / $183,800 ROE = .1578, or 15.78%
The plowback ratio is: Plowback ratio = Addition to retained earnings / NI
Plowback ratio = $22,800 / $29,000 Plowback ratio = .7862, or 78.62%
Using the equation presented in the text for the sustainable growth rate, we get: Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = [.1578(.7862)] / [1 – .1578(.7862)] Sustainable growth rate = .1416, or 14.16%
The ROE based on the beginning of period equity is ROE = $29,000 / $161,000 ROE = .1801, or 18.01% Using the shortened equation for the sustainable growth rate and the beginning of period ROE, we get:
Sustainable growth rate = ROE × b
Sustainable growth rate = .1801 × .7862 Sustainable growth rate = .1416, or 14.16 Using the shortened equation for the sustainable growth rate and the end of period ROE, we get:
Sustainable growth rate = ROE × b
Sustainable growth rate = .1578 × .7862 Sustainable growth rate = .1240, or 12.40%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 44
Using the end of period ROE in the shortened sustainable growth rate equation results in a growth
rate that is too low. This will always occur whenever the equity increases. If equity increases, the
ROE based on end of period equity is lower than the ROE based on the beginning of period equity.
The ROE (and sustainable growth rate) in the abbreviated equation is based on equity that did not
exist when the net income was earned.
23.
The ROA using end of period assets is:
ROA = $29,000 / $305,000 ROA = .0951, or 9.51%
The beginning of period assets had to have been the ending assets minus the addition to retained earnings, so:
Beginning assets = Ending assets – Addition to retained earnings
Beginning assets = $305,000 – 22,800
Beginning assets = $282,200
And the ROA using beginning of period assets is: ROA = $29,000 / $282,200 ROA = .1028, or 10.28%
Using the internal growth rate equation presented in the text, we get:
Internal growth rate = (ROA × b
) / [1 – (ROA × b
)]
Internal growth rate = [.0951(.7862)] / [1 – .0951(.7862)] Internal growth rate = .0808, or 8.08%
Using the formula ROA × b
, and beginning of period assets: Internal growth rate = .1028 × .7862 Internal growth rate = .0808, or 8.08%
Using the formula ROA × b
, and end of period assets: Internal growth rate = .0951 × .7862 Internal growth rate = .0748, or 7.48%
Using the end of period ROA in the shortened internal growth rate equation results in a growth rate
that is too low. This will always occur whenever the assets increase. If assets increase, the ROA
based on end of period assets is lower than the ROA based on the beginning of period assets. The
ROA (and internal growth rate) in the abbreviated equation is based on assets that did not exist when
the net income was earned.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
45 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
24.
Assuming costs vary with sales and a 20 percent increase in sales, the pro forma income statement will look like this:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Income Statement
Sales
$ 1,069,920
Costs
832,320
Other expenses
21,888
EBIT
$
215,712
Interest
13,400
Taxable income
$
202,312
Taxes(35%)
70,809
Net income
$
131,503
The payout ratio is constant, so the dividends paid this year is the payout ratio from last year times net income, or:
Dividends = ($35,684 / $108,134)($131,503)
Dividends = $43,396
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $131,503 – 43,396
Addition to retained earnings = $88,107
The new retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New retained earnings = $174,730 + 88,107
New retained earnings = $262,837
The pro forma balance sheet will look like this:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
29,136
Accounts payable
$
78,240
Accounts receivable
44,484
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
100,080
Total
$
94,560
Total
$
173,700
Long-term debt
155,000
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
475,800
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
262,837
Total
$
392,837
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
649,500
equity
$
642,397
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 46
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $649,500 – 642,397 EFN = $7,103
25.
First, we need to calculate full capacity sales, which is:
Full capacity sales = $891,600 / .80 Full capacity sales = $1,114,500
The full capacity ratio at full capacity sales is: Full capacity ratio = Fixed assets / Full capacity sales Full capacity ratio = $396,500 / $1,114,500 Full capacity ratio = .35576
The fixed assets required at the projected sales figure is the full capacity ratio times the projected sales level:
Total fixed assets = .35576($1,069,920) = $380,640
So, EFN is:
EFN = ($173,700 + 380,640) – $642,397 = –$88,057
Note that this solution assumes that fixed assets are decreased (sold) so the company has a 100 percent fixed asset utilization. If we assume fixed assets are not sold, the answer becomes:
EFN = ($173,700 + 396,500) – $642,397 = –$72,197
26.
The D/E ratio of the company is:
D/E = ($81,520 + 155,000) / $304,730 D/E = .7762 So the new total debt amount will be:
New total debt = .7762($392,837) New total debt = $304,905
This is the new total debt for the company. Given that our calculation for EFN is the amount that
must be raised externally and does not increase spontaneously with sales, we need to subtract the
spontaneous increase in accounts payable. The new level of accounts payable, which is the current
accounts payable times the sales growth, will be:
Spontaneous increase in accounts payable = $65,200(.20)
Spontaneous increase in accounts payable = $13,040
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
47 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
This means that $13,040 of the new total debt is not raised externally. So, the debt raised externally, which will be the EFN is:
EFN = New total debt – (Beginning LTD + Beginning CL + Spontaneous increase in AP) EFN = $304,905 – ($155,000 + 78,240 + 16,320) = $55,345
The pro forma balance sheet with the new long-term debt will be:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
29,136
Accounts payable
$
78,240
Accounts receivable
44,484
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
100,080
Total
$
94,560
Total
$
173,700
Long-term debt
210,345
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
475,800
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
262,837
Total
$
392,837
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
649,500
equity
$
697,743
The funds raised by the debt issue can be put into an excess cash account to make the balance sheet
balance. The excess debt will be:
Excess debt = $697,743 – 649,500 = $48,243
To make the balance sheet balance, the company will have to increase its assets. We will put this
amount in an account called excess cash, which will give us the following balance sheet:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 48
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
29,136
Accounts payable
$
78,240
Excess cash
48,243
Accounts receivable
44,484
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
100,080
Total
$
94,560
Total
$
221,943
Long-term debt
210,345
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
475,800
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
262,837
Total
$
392,837
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
697,743
equity
$
697,743
The excess cash has an opportunity cost that we discussed earlier. Increasing fixed assets would also
not be a good idea since the company already has enough fixed assets. A likely scenario would be
the repurchase of debt and equity in its current capital structure weights. The company’s debt-assets
and equity-assets are:
Debt-assets = .7762 / (1 + .7762) = .44
Equity-assets = 1 / (1 + .7762) = .56
So, the amount of debt and equity needed will be:
Total debt needed = .44($649,500) = $283,824
Equity needed = .56($649,500) = $365,676
So, the repurchases of debt and equity will be:
Debt repurchase = ($94,560 + 210,345) – 283,824 = $21,081
Equity repurchase = $392,837 – 365,676 = $27,161
Assuming all of the debt repurchase is from long-term debt, and the equity repurchase is entirely
from the retained earnings, the final pro forma balance sheet will be:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
49 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
29,136
Accounts payable
$
78,240
Accounts receivable
44,484
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
100,080
Total
$
94,560
Total
$
173,700
Long-term debt
189,264
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
475,800
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
235,676
Total
$
365,676
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
649,500
equity
$
649,500
Challenge
27.
The pro forma income statements for all three growth rates will be:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Income Statement
15 % Sales
Growth
20% Sales
Growth
25% Sales
Growth
Sales
$1,025,340
$1,069,920
$1,114,500
Costs
797,640
832,320
867,000
Other expenses
20,976
21,888
22,800
EBIT
$206,724
$215,712
$224,700
Interest
13,400
13,400
13,400
Taxable income
$193,324
$202,312
$211,300
Taxes (35%)
67,663
70,809
73,955
Net income
$125,661
$131,503
$137,345
Dividends
$41,468
$43,396
$45,324
Add to RE
84,193
88,107
92,021
We will calculate the EFN for the 15 percent growth rate first. Assuming the payout ratio is constant,
the dividends paid will be:
Dividends = ($35,684 / $108,134)($125,661)
Dividends = $41,468
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $125,661 – 41,468
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 50
Addition to retained earnings = $84,193
The new retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New retained earnings = $174,730 + 84,193
New retained earnings = $258,923
The pro forma balance sheet will look like this:
15% Sales Growth
:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
27,922
Accounts payable
$
74,980
Accounts receivable
42,631
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
95,910
Total
$
91,300
Total
$
166,463
Long-term debt
$
155,000
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
455,975
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
258,923
Total
$
388,923
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
622,438
equity
$
635,223
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $622,438 – 635,223 EFN = –$12,785
At a 20 percent growth rate, and assuming the payout ratio is constant, the dividends paid will be:
Dividends = ($35,684 / $108,134)($131,503)
Dividends = $43,396
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $131,503 – 43,396
Addition to retained earnings = $88,107
The new retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New retained earnings = $174,730 + 88,107
New retained earnings = $262,837
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
51 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The pro forma balance sheet will look like this:
20% Sales Growth
:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
29,136
Accounts payable
$
78,240
Accounts receivable
44,484
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
100,080
Total
$
94,560
Total
$
173,700
Long-term debt
155,000
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
475,800
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
262,837
Total
$
392,837
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
649,500
equity
$
642,397
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $649,500 – 642,397 EFN = $7,103
At a 25 percent growth rate, and assuming the payout ratio is constant, the dividends paid will be:
Dividends = ($35,684 / $108,134)($137,345)
Dividends = $45,324
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $137,345 – 45,324
Addition to retained earnings = $92,021
The new retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New retained earnings = $174,730 + 92,021
New retained earnings = $266,751
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 52
The pro forma balance sheet will look like this:
25% Sales Growth
:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet
Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
30,350
Accounts payable
$
81,500
Accounts receivable
46,338
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
104,250
Total
$
97,820
Total
$
180,938
Long-term debt
$
155,000
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
495,625
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
266,751
Total
$
396,751
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
676,563
equity
$
649,571
So the EFN is:
EFN = Total assets – Total liabilities and equity
EFN = $676,563 – 649,571
EFN = $26,991
28.
The pro forma income statements for all three growth rates will be:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Income Statement
20% Sales
Growth
30% Sales
Growth
35% Sales
Growth
Sales
$1,069,920
$1,159,080
$1,203,660
Costs
832,320
901,680
936,360
Other expenses
21,888
23,712
24,624
EBIT
$215,712
$233,688
$242,676
Interest
13,400
13,400
13,400
Taxable income
$202,312
$220,288
$229,276
Taxes (35%)
70,809
77,101
80,247
Net income
$131,503
$143,187
$149,029
Dividends
$43,396
$47,251
$49,179
Add to RE
88,107
95,936
99,850
At a 30 percent growth rate, and assuming the payout ratio is constant, the dividends paid will be:
Dividends = ($35,684 / $108,134)($143,187)
Dividends = $47,251
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
53 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $143,187 – 47,251
Addition to retained earnings = $95,936
The new addition to retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New addition to retained earnings = $174,730 + 95,936
New addition to retained earnings = $270,666
The new total debt will be:
New total debt = .7762($400,666)
New total debt = $310,982
So, the new long-term debt will be the new total debt minus the new short-term debt, or:
New long-term debt = $310,982 – 101,080
New long-term debt = $209,902
The pro forma balance sheet will look like this:
Sales growth rate = 30% and debt/equity ratio = .7762:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
31,564
Accounts payable
$
84,760
Accounts receivable
48,191
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
108,420
Total
$
101,080
Total
$
188,175
Long-term debt
209,902
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
515,450
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
270,666
Total
$
400,666
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
703,625
equity
$
711,647
So the excess debt raised is:
Excess debt = $711,647 – 703,625 Excess debt = $8,022
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 54
And the EFN is:
EFN = $310,982 – 101,080 – 155,000
EFN = $54,902
At a 35 percent growth rate, and assuming the payout ratio is constant, the dividends paid will be:
Dividends = ($35,684 / $108,134)($149,029)
Dividends = $49,179
And the addition to retained earnings will be:
Addition to retained earnings = $149,029 – 49,179
Addition to retained earnings = $99,850
The new retained earnings on the pro forma balance sheet will be:
New retained earnings = $174,730 + 99,850
New retained earnings = $274,580
The new total debt will be:
New total debt = .7762($404,580)
New total debt = $314,020
So, the new long-term debt will be the new total debt minus the new short-term debt, or:
New long-term debt = $314,020 – 104,340
New long-term debt = $209,680
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
55 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Sales growth rate = 35% and debt/equity ratio = .7762:
FLEURY INC.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Assets
Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
Current assets Current liabilities
Cash
$
32,778
Accounts payable
$
88,020
Accounts receivable
50,045
Notes payable
16,320
Inventory
112,590
Total
$
104,340
Total
$
195,413
Long-term debt
$
209,680
Fixed assets
Net plant and
Owners’ equity
equipment
535,275
Common stock and
paid-in surplus
$
130,000
Retained earnings
274,580
Total
$
404,580
Total liabilities and owners’
Total assets
$
730,688
equity
$
718,600
So the excess debt raised is:
Excess debt = $718,600 – 730,688
Excess debt = –$12,088 At a 35 percent growth rate, the firm will need funds in the amount of $12,088 in addition to the external debt already raised. So, the EFN will be:
EFN = $54,680 + 12,088
EFN = $66,767
29.
We need the ROE to calculate the sustainable growth rate. The ROE is:
ROE = (PM)(TAT)(EM) ROE = (.061)(1 / 1.80)(1 + .35) ROE = .0458, or 4.58%
Now we can use the sustainable growth rate equation to find the retention ratio as:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Sustainable growth rate = .12 = [.0458(
b
)] / [1 – .0458(
b
) b
= 2.34 This implies the payout ratio is:
Payout ratio = 1 – b
Payout ratio = 1 – 2.34
Payout ratio = –1.34
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 56
This is a dividend payout ratio of negative 134 percent, which is impossible. The growth rate is not
consistent with the other constraints. The lowest possible payout rate is 0, which corresponds to a
retention ratio of 1, or total earnings retention.
The maximum sustainable growth rate for this company is:
Maximum sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / [1 – (ROE × b
)]
Maximum sustainable growth rate = [.0458(1)] / [1 – .0458(1)] Maximum sustainable growth rate = .0479, or 4.79%
30.
We know that EFN is:
EFN = Increase in assets – Addition to retained earnings
The increase in assets is the beginning assets times the growth rate, so:
Increase in assets = A
g
The addition to retained earnings next year is the current net income times the retention ratio, times
one plus the growth rate, so:
Addition to retained earnings = (NI
b
)(1 + g
)
And rearranging the profit margin to solve for net income, we get:
NI = PM(S)
Substituting the last three equations into the EFN equation we started with and rearranging, we get:
EFN = A(
g
) – PM(S)
b
(1 + g
)
EFN = A(
g
) – PM(S)
b
– [PM(S)
b
]
g
EFN = – PM(S)
b
+ [A – PM(S)
b
]
g
31.
We start with the EFN equation we derived in Problem 30 and set it equal to zero:
EFN = 0 = – PM(S)
b
+ [A – PM(S)
b
]
g
Substituting the rearranged profit margin equation into the internal growth rate equation, we have:
Internal growth rate = [PM(S)
b
] / [A – PM(S)
b
]
Since:
ROA = NI / A ROA = PM(S) / A We can substitute this into the internal growth rate equation and divide both the numerator and denominator by A. This gives:
Internal growth rate = {[PM(S)
b
] / A} / {[A – PM(S)
b
] / A}
Internal growth rate = b
(ROA) / [1 – b
(ROA)]
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
57 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
To derive the sustainable growth rate, we must realize that to maintain a constant D/E ratio with no external equity financing, EFN must equal the addition to retained earnings times the D/E ratio:
EFN = (D/E)[PM(S)b(1 + g
)] EFN = A(
g
) – PM(S)b(1 + g
)
Solving for g and then dividing numerator and denominator by A:
Sustainable growth rate = PM(S)
b
(1 + D/E) / [A – PM(S)
b
(1 + D/E )]
Sustainable growth rate = [ROA(1 + D/E )
b
] / [1 – ROA(1 + D/E )b]
Sustainable growth rate = b
(ROE) / [1 – b
(ROE)]
32.
In the following derivations,
the subscript “E” refers to end of period numbers, and the subscript “B”
refers to beginning of period numbers. TE is total equity and TA is total assets.
For the sustainable growth rate
:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE
E
× b
) / (1 – ROE
E
× b
)
Sustainable growth rate = (NI/TE
E
× b
) / (1 – NI/TE
E
× b
)
We multiply this equation by: (TE
E
/ TE
E
)
Sustainable growth rate = (NI / TE
E
× b
) / (1 – NI / TE
E
× b
) × (TE
E
/ TE
E
)
Sustainable growth rate = (NI × b
) / (TE
E
– NI × b
) Recognize that the numerator is equal to beginning of period equity, that is:
(TE
E
– NI × b
) = TE
B
Substituting this into the previous equation, we get:
Sustainable rate = (NI × b
) / TE
B
Which is equivalent to:
Sustainable rate = (NI / TE
B
) × b
Since ROE
B
= NI / TE
B
The sustainable growth rate equation is:
Sustainable growth rate = ROE
B
× b
For the internal growth rate:
Internal growth rate = (ROA
E
× b
) / (1 – ROA
E
× b
)
Internal growth rate = (NI / TA
E
× b
) / (1 – NI / TA
E
× b
)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 4 - 58
We multiply this equation by: (TA
E
/ TA
E
) Internal growth rate = (NI / TA
E
× b
) / (1 – NI / TA
E
× b
) × (TA
E
/ TA
E
)
Internal growth rate = (NI × b
) / (TA
E
– NI × b
) Recognize that the numerator is equal to beginning of period assets, that is:
(TA
E
– NI × b
) = TA
B
Substituting this into the previous equation, we get:
Internal growth rate = (NI × b
) / TA
B
Which is equivalent to:
Internal growth rate = (NI / TA
B
) × b
Since ROA
B
= NI / TA
B
The internal growth rate equation is:
Internal growth rate = ROA
B
× b
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5
INTRODUCTION TO VALUATION: THE TIME VALUE OF MONEY
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
The four parts are the present value (PV), the future value (FV), the discount rate (
r
), and the life of
the investment (
t
).
2.
Compounding refers to the growth of a dollar amount through time via reinvestment of interest
earned. It is also the process of determining the future value of an investment. Discounting is the
process of determining the value today of an amount to be received in the future.
3.
Future values grow (assuming a positive rate of return); present values shrink.
4.
The future value rises (assuming it’s positive); the present value falls.
5.
It would appear to be both deceptive and unethical to run such an ad without a disclaimer or
explanation.
6.
It’s a reflection of the time value of money. TMCC gets to use the $24,099. If TMCC uses it wisely,
it will be worth more than $100,000 in 30 years.
7.
This will probably make the security less desirable. TMCC will only repurchase the security prior to
maturity if it is to its advantage, i.e., interest rates decline. Given the drop in interest rates needed to
make this viable for TMCC, it is unlikely the company will repurchase the security. This is an
example of a “call” feature. Such features are discussed at length in a later chapter.
8.
The key considerations would be: (1) Is the rate of return implicit in the offer attractive relative to
other, similar risk investments? and (2) How risky is the investment; i.e., how certain are we that we
will actually get the $100,000? Thus, our answer does depend on who is making the promise to
repay.
9.
The Treasury security would have a somewhat higher price because the Treasury is the strongest of
all borrowers.
10.
The price would be higher because, as time passes, the price of the security will tend to rise toward
$100,000. This rise is just a reflection of the time value of money. As time passes, the time until
receipt of the $100,000 grows shorter, and the present value rises. In 2019, the price will probably be
higher for the same reason. We cannot be sure, however, because interest rates could be much
higher, or TMCC’s financial position could deteriorate. Either event would tend to depress the
security’s
price.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 60
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The time line for the cash flows is:
0
7
$9,000
FV
The simple interest per year is:
$9,000 × .08 = $720
So after 7 years you will have: $720 × 7 = $5,040 in interest. The total balance will be $9,000 + 5,040 = $14,040
With compound interest we use the future value formula:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $9,000(1.08)
7
= $15,424.42
The difference is: $15,424.42 – 14,040 = $1,384.42
2.
To find the FV of a lump sum, we use:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
0
11
$1,975
FV
FV = $1,975(1.13)
11
= $7,575.83
0
7
$6,734
FV
FV = $6,734(1.09)
7
= $12,310.02
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
61 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
0
14
$81,346
FV
FV = $81,346(1.12)
14
= $397,547.04
0
8
$192,050
FV
FV = $192,050(1.06)
8
= $306,098.52
3.
To find the PV of a lump sum, we use:
PV = FV / (1 + r
)
t
0
13
PV
$15,451
PV = $15,451 / (1.09)
13
= $5,039.79
0
4
PV
$51,557
PV = $51,557 / (1.07)
4
= $39,332.59
0
29
PV
$886,073
PV = $886,073 / (1.24)
29
= $1,730.78
0
40
PV
$550,164
PV = $550,164 / (1.35)
40
= $3.37
4.
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
0
4
–$181
$297
FV = $297 = $181(1 + r
)
4
;
r
= ($297 / $181)
1/4
– 1 = .1318, or 13.18%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 62
0
18
–$335
$1,080
FV = $1,080 = $335(1 + r
)
18
;
r
= ($1,080 / $335)
1/18
– 1 = .0672, or 6.72%
0
19
–$48,000
$185,382
FV = $185,382 = $48,000(1 + r
)
19
; r
= ($185,382 / $48,000)
1/19
– 1 = .0737, or 7.37%
0
25
–$40,353
$531,618
FV = $531,618 = $40,353(1 + r
)
25
;
r
= ($531,618 / $40,353)
1/25
– 1
= .1086, or 10.86%
5.
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for t
, we get:
t
= ln(FV / PV) / ln(1 + r
) 0
?
–$560
$1,389
FV = $1,389 = $560(1.06)
t
;
t
= ln($1,389 / $560) / ln 1.06 = 15.59 years
0
?
–$810
$1,821
FV = $1,821 = $810(1.09)
t
;
t
= ln($1,821 / $810) / ln 1.09 = 9.40 years
0
?
–$18,400
$289,715
FV = $289,715 = $18,400(1.11)
t
;
t
= ln($289,715 / $18,400) / ln 1.11 = 26.41 years
0
?
–$21,500
$430,258
FV = $430,258 = $21,500(1.13)
t
;
t
= ln($430,258 / $21,500) / ln 1.13 = 24.52 years
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
63 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
6.
The time line is:
0
18
–$67,000
$320,000
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r = ($320,000 / $67,000)
1/18
– 1 r = .0908, or 9.08%
7.
To find the length of time for money to double, triple, etc., the present value and future value are
irrelevant as long as the future value is twice the present value for doubling, three times as large for
tripling, etc. To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the
same answer since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for t
, we get:
t
= ln(FV / PV) / ln(1 + r
) The length of time to double your money is:
0
?
–$1
$2
FV = $2 = $1(1.073)
t
t
= ln 2 / ln 1.073 = 9.84 years
The length of time to quadruple your money is:
0
?
–$1
$4
FV = $4 = $1(1.073)
t
t
= ln 4 / ln 1.073 = 19.68 years
Notice that the length of time to quadruple your money is twice as long as the time needed to double
your money (any difference in these answers is due to rounding). This is an important concept of
time value of money.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 64
8.
The time line is:
0
13
–$200,300
$306,900
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($306,900 / $200,300)
1/13
– 1 r = .0334, or 3.34%
9.
The time line is:
0
?
–$45,000
$225,000
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for t
, we get:
t
= ln(FV / PV) / ln(1 + r
)
t
= ln ($225,000 / $45,000) / ln 1.048 = 34.33 years
10.
The time line is:
0
20
PV
$475,000,000
To find the PV of a lump sum, we use:
PV = FV / (1 + r)
t
PV = $475,000,000 / (1.061)
20
= $145,340,259.61
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
65 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
11.
The time line is:
0
80
PV
$2,000,000
To find the PV of a lump sum, we use:
PV = FV / (1 + r)
t
PV = $2,000,000 / (1.075)
80
= $6,142.61
12.
The time line is:
0
111
$50
FV
To find the FV of a lump sum, we use:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $50(1.043)
111
= $5,352.15
13.
The time line is:
0
119
–$150
$1,620,000
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($1,620,000 / $150)
1/119
– 1 = .0812, or 8.12%
To find the FV of the first prize in 2040, we use:
0
26
$1,620,000
FV
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $1,620,000(1.0812)
26
= $12,324,441.95
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 66
14. The time line is:
0
4
–$12,377,500
$10,311,500
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($10,311,500 / $12,377,500)
1/4
– 1 = –4.46%
Notice that the interest rate is negative. This occurs when the FV is less than the PV.
Intermediate
15.
The time line from minting to the first sale is:
0
192
–$15
$430,000
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($430,000 / $15)
1/192
– 1 = .0549, or 5.49%
The time line from the first sale to the second sale is:
0
35
–$430,000
$4,582,500
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($4,582,500 / $430,000)
1/35
– 1 = .0699, or 6.99%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
67 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The time line from minting to the second sale is:
0
227
–$15
$4,582,500
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($4,582,500 / $15)
1/227
– 1 = .0572, or 5.72%
16.
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for r
, we get:
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
a.
The time line is:
0
20
–$50
$100
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($100 / $50)
1/20
– 1
r
= .0353, or 3.53%
b.
The time line is:
0
10
–$50
FV
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $50(1 + .001)
10
FV = $50.50
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 68
c.
The time line is:
0
10
–$50.50
$100
r
= (FV / PV)
1 / t
– 1
r
= ($100 / $50.50)
1/10
– 1
r
= .0707, or 7.07%
17.
The time line is:
0
9
PV
$225,000
To find the PV of a lump sum, we use:
PV = FV / (1 + r)
t
PV = $225,000 / (1.12)
9
= $81,137.26
18.
To find the FV of a lump sum, we use:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
0
45
$5,000
FV
FV = $5,000(1.10)
45
= $364,452.42
0
35
$5,000
FV
FV = $5,000(1.10)
35
= $140,512.18
Better start early!
19.
The time line is:
0
2
8
$20,000
FV
We need to find the FV of a lump sum. However, the money will only be invested for six years, so
the number of periods is six.
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $20,000(1.073)
6
= $30,523.08
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
69 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
20.
The time line is:
0
2
?
–$15,000
$75,000
To answer this question, we can use either the FV or the PV formula. Both will give the same answer
since they are the inverse of each other. We will use the FV formula, that is:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
Solving for t
, we get:
t
= ln(FV / PV) / ln(1 + r
)
t = ln($75,000 / $15,000) / ln(1.09) = 18.68 So, the money must be invested for 18.68 years. However, you will not receive the money for
another two years. From now, you’ll wait:
2 years + 18.68 years = 20.68 years
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 70
Calculator Solutions
1.
Enter
7
8%
$9,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$15,424.42
$15,424.42 – 14,040 = $1,384.42
2.
Enter
11
13%
$1,975
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$7,575.83
Enter
7
9%
$6,734
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$12,310.02
Enter
14
12%
$81,346
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$397,547.04
Enter
8
6%
$192,050
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$306,098.52
3.
Enter
13
9%
$15,451
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$5,039.79
Enter
4
7%
$51,557
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$39,332.59
Enter
29
24%
$886,073
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,730.78
Enter
40
35%
$550,164
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$3.37
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
71 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
4.
Enter
4
$181
$297
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
13.18%
Enter
18
$335
$1,080
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
6.72%
Enter
19
$48,000
$185,382
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
7.37%
Enter
25
$40,353
$531,618
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
10.86%
5.
Enter
6%
$560
$1,389
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
15.59
Enter
9%
$810
$1,821
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
9.40
Enter
11%
$18,400
$289,715
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
26.41
Enter
13%
$21,500
$430,258
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
24.52
6.
Enter
18
$67,000
$320,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
9.08%
7.
Enter
7.3%
$1
$2
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
9.84
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 72
Enter
7.3%
$1
$4
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
19.68
8.
Enter
13
$200,300
$306,900
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
3.34%
9.
Enter
4.80%
$45,000
$225,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
34.33
10.
Enter
20
6.1%
$475,000,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$145,340,259.61
11.
Enter
80
7.5%
$2,000,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$6,142.61
12.
Enter
111
4.30%
$50
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$5,352.15
13.
Enter
119
$150
$1,620,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
8.12%
Enter
26
8.12%
$1,620,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$12,324,441.95
14.
Enter
4
$12,377,500
$10,311,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
–4.46%
15.
Enter
192
$15
$430,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
5.49%
Enter
35
$430,000
$4,582,500
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
73 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
6.99%
Enter
227
$15
$4,582,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
5.72%
16.
a.
Enter
20
$50
$100
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
3.53%
b.
Enter
10
.10%
$50
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$50.50
c.
Enter
10
$50.50
$100
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
7.07%
17.
Enter
9
12%
$225,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$81,137.26
18.
Enter
45
10%
$5,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$364,452.42
Enter
35
10%
$5,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$140,512.18
19.
Enter
6
7.30%
$20,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$30,523.08
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 5 - 74
20.
Enter
9%
$15,000
$75,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
18.68
From now, you’ll wait 2 + 18.68 = 20.68 years
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6
DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW VALUATION
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
The four pieces are the present value (PV), the periodic cash flow (
C
), the discount rate (
r
), and the
number of payments, or the life of the annuity, t
.
2.
Assuming positive cash flows, both the present and the future values will rise.
3.
Assuming positive cash flows, the present value will fall and the future value will rise.
4.
It’s deceptive, but very common. The basic concept of time value of money is that a dollar today is
not worth the same as a dollar tomorrow. The deception is particularly irritating given that such
lotteries are usually government sponsored!
5.
If the total money is fixed, you want as much as possible as soon as possible. The team (or, more
accurately, the team owner) wants just the opposite.
6.
The better deal is the one with equal installments.
7.
Yes, they should. APRs generally don’t provide the relevant rate. The only advantage is that they are
easier to compute, but with modern computing equipment, that advantage is not very important.
8.
A freshman does. The reason is that the freshman gets to use the money for much longer before
interest starts to accrue. The subsidy is the present value (on the day the loan is made) of the interest
that would have accrued up until the time it actually begins to accrue.
9.
The problem is that the subsidy makes it easier to repay the loan, not obtain it. However, ability to
repay the loan depends on future employment, not current need. For example, consider a student
who is currently needy, but is preparing for a career in a high-paying area (such as corporate
finance!). Should this student receive the subsidy? How about a student who is currently not needy,
but is preparing for a relatively low-paying job (such as becoming a college professor)?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 76
10.
In general, viatical settlements are ethical. In the case of a viatical settlement, it is simply an
exchange of cash today for payment in the future, although the payment depends on the death of the
seller. The purchaser of the life insurance policy is bearing the risk that the insured individual will
live longer than expected. Although viatical settlements are ethical, they may not be the best choice
for an individual. In a Businessweek
article (October 31, 2005), options were examined for a 72-
year-old male with a life expectancy of eight years and a $1 million dollar life insurance policy with
an annual premium of $37,000. The four options were: (1) Cash the policy today for $100,000. (2)
Sell the policy in a viatical settlement for $275,000. (3) Reduce the death benefit to $375,000, which
would keep the policy in force for 12 years without premium payments. (4) Stop paying premiums
and don’t reduce the death benefit. This will run the cash value of the policy to zero in five years, but
the viatical settlement would be worth $475,000 at that time. If he died within five years, the
beneficiaries would receive $1 million. Ultimately, the decision rests with the individual on what
they perceive as best for themselves. The values that will affect the value of the viatical settlement
are the discount rate, the face value of the policy, and the health of the individual selling the policy.
11.
This is a trick question. The future value of a perpetuity is undefined since the payments are
perpetual. Finding the future value at any particular point automatically ignores all cash flows
beyond that point.
12.
The ethical issues surrounding payday loans are more complex than they might first appear. On the
one hand, the interest rates are astronomical, and the people paying those rates are typically among
the worst off financially to begin with. On the other hand, and unfortunately, payday lenders are
essentially the lenders of last resort for some. And the fact is that paying $15 for a two-week loan of
$100 might be a bargain compared to the alternatives such as having utilities disconnected or paying
bank overdraft fees. Restricting or banning payday lending also has the effect of encouraging loan
sharking, where rates are even higher and collection practices much less consumer friendly (no
payday loan company has ever demanded a pound of flesh nearest the heart as did Shylock in The
Merchant of Venice
). As a final note, such loans are by definition extremely risky, with a higher
likelihood of default. As we will discuss later, higher-risk investments necessarily demand a higher
return.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
PV
$680
$810
$940
$1,150
To solve this problem, we must find the PV of each cash flow and add them. To find the PV of a
lump sum, we use:
PV = FV / (1 + r
)
t
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
77 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
PV@10% = $680 / 1.10 + $810 / 1.10
2
+ $940 / 1.10
3
+ $1,150 / 1.10
4
= $2,779.30
PV@18% = $680 / 1.18 + $810 / 1.18
2
+ $940 / 1.18
3
+ $1,150 / 1.18
4
= $2,323.27
PV@24% = $680 / 1.24 + $810 / 1.24
2
+ $940 / 1.24
3
+ $1,150 / 1.24
4
= $2,054.62
2.
The times lines are:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PV
$4,700
$4,700
$4,700
$4,700
$4,700
$4,700
$4,700
$4,700
0
1
2
3
4
5
PV
$6,700
$6,700
$6,700
$6,700
$6,700
To find the PVA, we use the equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1/(1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
At a 5 percent interest rate:
X@5%: PVA = $4,700{[1 – (1/1.05)
8
] / .05 } = $30,377.10
Y@5%: PVA = $6,700{[1 – (1/1.05)
5
] / .05 } = $29,007.49
And at a 15 percent interest rate:
X@15%: PVA = $4,700{[1 – (1/1.15)
8
] / .15 } = $21,090.41
Y@15%: PVA = $6,700{[1 – (1/1.15)
5
] / .15 } = $22,459.44
Notice that the PV of cash flow X has a greater PV at a 5 percent interest rate, but a lower PV at a 15
percent interest rate. The reason is that X has greater total cash flows. At a lower interest rate, the
total cash flow is more important since the cost of waiting (the interest rate) is not as great. At a
higher interest rate, Y is more valuable since it has larger cash flows. At the higher interest rate,
these bigger cash flows early are more important since the cost of waiting (the interest rate) is so
much greater. 3.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
$1,225
$1,345
$1,460
$1,590
To solve this problem, we must find the FV of each cash flow and add them. To find the FV of a
lump sum, we use:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV@8% = $1,225(1.08)
3
+ $1,345(1.08)
2
+ $1,460(1.08) + $1,590 = $6,278.76
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 78
FV@11% = $1,225(1.11)
3
+ $1,345(1.11)
2
+ $1,460(1.11) + $1,590 = $6,543.12
FV@24% = $1,225(1.24)
3
+ $1,345(1.24)
2
+ $1,460(1.24) + $1,590 = $7,804.09
Notice, since we are finding the value at Year 4, the cash flow at Year 4 is simply added to the FV of
the other cash flows. In other words, we do not need to compound this cash flow.
4.
To find the PVA, we use the equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1/(1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
0
1
…
15
PV
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
PVA@15 yrs: PVA = $5,500{[1 – (1/1.06)
15
] / .06} = $53,417.37
0
1
…
40
PV
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
PVA@40 yrs: PVA = $5,500{[1 – (1/1.06)
40
] / .06} = $82,754.63
0
1
…
75
PV
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
PVA@75 yrs: PVA = $5,500{[1 – (1/1.06)
75
] / .06} = $90,507.16
To find the PV of a perpetuity, we use the equation:
PV = C
/ r
0
1
…
∞
PV
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
$5,500
PV = $5,500 / .06 = $91,666.67
Notice that as the length of the annuity payments increases, the present value of the annuity
approaches the present value of the perpetuity. The present value of the 75-year annuity and the
present value of the perpetuity imply that the value today of all perpetuity payments beyond 75 years
is only $1,159.50.
5.
The time line is:
0
1
…
15
$38,000
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
79 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Here we have the PVA, the length of the annuity, and the interest rate. We want to calculate the
annuity payment. Using the PVA equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
PVA = $38,000 = $
C
{[1 – (1 / 1.058
15
) ] / .058}
We can now solve this equation for the annuity payment. Doing so, we get:
C
= $38,000 / 9.840437 = $3,861.62
6.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
$57,000
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
To find the PVA, we use the equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
PVA = $57,000{[1 – (1 / 1.078
7
) ] / .078} = $298,803.87
7.
Here we need to find the FVA. The equation to find the FVA is:
FVA = C
{[(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
0
1
…
20
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
FVA for 20 years = $4,000[(1.097
20
– 1) / .097] = $221,439.14
0
1
…
40
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
$4,000
FVA for 40 years = $4,000[(1.097
40
– 1) / .097] = $1,631,984.09
Notice that because of exponential growth, doubling the number of periods does not merely double
the FVA.
8.
The time line is:
0
1
…
12
$50,000
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Here we have the FVA, the length of the annuity, and the interest rate. We want to calculate the
annuity payment. Using the FVA equation:
FVA = C
{[(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 80
$50,000 = $
C
[(1.062
12
– 1) / .062]
We can now solve this equation for the annuity payment. Doing so, we get:
C
= $50,000 / 17.06825 = $2,929.42
9.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
5
$50,000
C
C
C
C
C
Here we have the PVA, the length of the annuity, and the interest rate. We want to calculate the
annuity payment. Using the PVA equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1/(1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
$50,000 = C
{[1 – (1/1.075
5
) ] / .075}
We can now solve this equation for the annuity payment. Doing so, we get:
C
= $50,000 / 4.04588 = $12,358.24
10.
The time line is:
0
1
…
∞
PV
$40,00
0
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,00
0
$40,000
$40,000
This cash flow is a perpetuity. To find the PV of a perpetuity, we use the equation:
PV = C
/ r
PV = $40,000 / .051 = $784,313.73
11.
The time line is:
0
1
…
∞
–$650,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,00
0
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
$40,000
Here we need to find the interest rate that equates the perpetuity cash flows with the PV of the cash
flows. Using the PV of a perpetuity equation:
PV = C
/ r
$650,000 = $40,000 / r
We can now solve for the interest rate as follows:
r
= $40,000 / $650,000 = .0615, or 6.15%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
81 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
12.
For discrete compounding, to find the EAR, we use the equation:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = [1 + (.07 / 4)]
4
– 1
= .0719, or 7.19%
EAR = [1 + (.17 / 12)]
12
– 1
= .1839, or 18.39%
EAR = [1 + (.13 / 365)]
365
– 1 = .1388, or 13.88%
To find the EAR with continuous compounding, we use the equation:
EAR = e
q – 1
EAR = e
.10
– 1 = .1052, or 10.52%
13.
Here we are given the EAR and need to find the APR. Using the equation for discrete compounding:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
We can now solve for the APR. Doing so, we get:
APR = m
[(1 + EAR)
1/
m
– 1]
EAR = .1240 = [1 + (APR / 2)]
2
– 1
APR = 2[(1.1240)
1/2
– 1]
= .1204, or 12.04%
EAR = .1170 = [1 + (APR / 12)]
12
– 1
APR = 12[(1.1170)
1/12
– 1]
= .1112, or 11.12%
EAR = .0950 = [1 + (APR / 52)]
52
– 1
APR = 52[(1.0950)
1/52
– 1]
= .0950, or 9.50%
Solving the continuous compounding EAR equation:
EAR = e
q
– 1
We get:
APR = ln(1 + EAR)
APR = ln(1 + .0790)
APR = .0760, or 7.60%
14.
For discrete compounding, to find the EAR, we use the equation:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
So, for each bank, the EAR is:
First National: EAR = [1 + (.1240 / 12)]
12
– 1 = .1313, or 13.13%
First United: EAR = [1 + (.1270 / 2)]
2
– 1 = .1310, or 13.10%
Notice that the higher APR does not necessarily mean the higher EAR. The number of compounding
periods within a year will also affect the EAR.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 82
15.
The reported rate is the APR, so we need to convert the EAR to an APR as follows:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
APR = m
[(1 + EAR)
1/
m
– 1]
APR = 365[(1.165)
1/365
– 1] = .1528, or 15.28%
This is deceptive because the borrower is actually paying annualized interest of 16.5 percent per
year, not the 15.28 percent reported on the loan contract.
16.
The time line is:
0
1
…
34
$2,400
FV
For this problem, we need to find the FV of a lump sum using the equation:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
It is important to note that compounding occurs semiannually. To account for this, we will divide the
interest rate by two (the number of compounding periods in a year), and multiply the number of
periods by two. Doing so, we get: FV = $2,400[1 + (.079 / 2)]
17(2)
= $8,958.68
17.
For this problem, we need to find the FV of a lump sum using the equation:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
It is important to note that compounding occurs daily. To account for this, we will divide the interest
rate by 365 (the number of days in a year, ignoring leap year), and multiply the number of periods by
365. Doing so, we get: 0
1
…
5(365)
$7,000
FV
FV in 5 years = $7,000[1 + (.067 / 365)]
5(365) = $9,785.28
0
1
…
10(365)
$7,000
FV
FV in 10 years = $7,000[1 + (.067 / 365)]
10(365)
= $13,678.82
0
1
…
20(365)
$7,000
FV
FV in 20 years = $7,000[1 + (.067 / 365)]
20(365)
= $26,730.02
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
83 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
18.
The time line is:
0
1
…
10(365)
PV
$65,000
For this problem, we need to find the PV of a lump sum using the equation:
PV = FV / (1 + r
)
t
It is important to note that compounding occurs daily. To account for this, we will divide the interest
rate by 365 (the number of days in a year, ignoring leap year), and multiply the number of periods by
365. Doing so, we get: PV = $65,000 / [(1 + .07 / 365)
10(365)
] = $32,280.21
19.
The APR is simply the interest rate per period times the number of periods in a year. In this case, the
interest rate is 32 percent per month, and there are 12 months in a year, so we get:
APR = 12(32%) = 384% To find the EAR, we use the EAR formula:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = (1 + .32)
12
– 1 = 2,698.25%
Notice that we didn’t need to divide the APR by the number of compounding periods per year. We
do this division to get the interest rate per period, but in this problem we are already given the
interest rate per period.
20.
The time line is:
0
1
…
60
$79,500
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
We first need to find the annuity payment. We have the PVA, the length of the annuity, and the
interest rate. Using the PVA equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
$79,500 = $
C
[1 – {1 / [1 + (.058 / 12)]
60
} / (.058 / 12)]
Solving for the payment, we get:
C
= $79,500 / 51.97521 = $1,529.58
To find the EAR, we use the EAR equation:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 84
EAR = [1 + (.058 / 12)]
12
– 1 = .0596, or 5.96%
21.
The time line is:
0
1
…
?
–$18,000
$500
$500
$500
$500
$500
$500
$500
$500
$500
Here we need to find the length of an annuity. We know the interest rate, the PV, and the payments.
Using the PVA equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
$18,000 = $500{[1 – (1 / 1.015)
t
] / .015} Now we solve for t
:
1 / 1.015
t
= 1 – {[($18,000) / ($500)](.015)}
1 / 1.015
t
= .46
1.015
t = 1 / .46 = 2.174 t
= ln 2.174 / ln 1.015 = 52.16 months
22.
The time line is:
0
1
–$3
$4
Here we are trying to find the interest rate when we know the PV and FV. Using the FV equation:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
$4 = $3(1 + r
) r
= 4/3 – 1 = 33.33% per week
The interest rate is 33.33% per week. To find the APR, we multiply this rate by the number of weeks
in a year, so:
APR = (52)33.33% = 1,733.33%
And using the equation to find the EAR:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = [1 + .3333]
52
– 1 = 313,916,515.69%
23.
The time line is:
0
1
…
∞
–$215,000
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
$1,400
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
85 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Here we need to find the interest rate that equates the perpetuity cash flows with the PV of the cash
flows. Using the PV of a perpetuity equation:
PV = C
/ r
$215,000 = $1,400 / r
We can now solve for the interest rate as follows:
r
= $1,400 / $215,000 = .0065, or .65% per month
The interest rate is .65% per month. To find the APR, we multiply this rate by the number of months
in a year, so:
APR = (12).65% = 7.81%
And using the equation to find an EAR:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = [1 + .0065]
12
– 1 = 8.10%
24.
The time line is:
0
1
…
360
$450
$450
$450
$450
$450
$450
$450
$450
$450
This problem requires us to find the FVA. The equation to find the FVA is:
FVA = C
{[(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
FVA = $450[{[1 + (.10 / 12) ]
360 – 1} / (.10 / 12)] FVA = $1,017,219.57
25.
The time line is:
0
1
…
30
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
$5,400
In the previous problem, the cash flows are monthly and the compounding period is monthly. This
compounding periods are still monthly, but since the cash flows are annual, we need to use the EAR
to calculate the future value of annual cash flows. It is important to remember that you have to make
sure the compounding periods of the interest rate are the same as the timing of the cash flows. In this
case, we have annual cash flows, so we need the EAR since it is the true annual interest rate you will
earn. So, finding the EAR:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = [1 + (.10 / 12)]
12
– 1 = .1047, or 10.47%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 86
Using the FVA equation, we get:
FVA = C
{[(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
FVA = $5,400[(1.1047
30
– 1) / .1047] FVA = $971,435.17
26.
The time line is:
0
1
…
16
PV
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
$2,200
The cash flows are simply an annuity with four payments per year for four years, or 16 payments.
We can use the PVA equation:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
PVA = $2,200{[1 – (1 / 1.0043)
16
] / .0043} PVA = $33,945.97
27.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
PV
$790
$860
$0
$1,340
The cash flows are annual and the compounding period is quarterly, so we need to calculate the EAR
to make the interest rate comparable with the timing of the cash flows. Using the equation for the
EAR, we get:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = [1 + (.09 / 4)]
4
– 1 = .0931, or 9.31%
And now we use the EAR to find the PV of each cash flow as a lump sum and add them together:
PV = $790 / 1.0931 + $860 / 1.0931
2
+ $1,340 / 1.0931
4
PV = $2,381.12
28.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
PV
$2,480
$0
$3,920
$2,170
Here the cash flows are annual and the given interest rate is annual, so we can use the interest rate
given. We can find the PV of each cash flow and add them together.
PV = $2,480 / 1.0618 + $3,920 / 1.0618
3
+ $2,170 / 1.0618
4
= $7,317.47
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
87 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Intermediate
29.
The total interest paid by First Simple Bank is the interest rate per period times the number of
periods. In other words, the interest by First Simple Bank paid over 10 years will be:
.075(10) = .75
First Complex Bank pays compound interest, so the interest paid by this bank will be the FV factor
of $1 minus the initial investment of $1, or:
(1 + r
)
10
– 1 Setting the two equal, we get:
(.075)(10) = (1 + r
)
10
– 1 r
= 1.75
1/10
– 1 = .0576, or 5.76%
30.
Here we need to convert an EAR into interest rates for different compounding periods. Using the
equation for the EAR, we get:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
EAR = .125 = (1 + r
)
2
– 1;
r
= (1.125)
1/2
– 1 = .0607, or 6.07% per six months
EAR = .125 = (1 + r
)
4 – 1;
r
= (1.125)
1/4
– 1 = .0299, or 2.99% per quarter
EAR = .125 = (1 + r
)
12 – 1;
r
= (1.125)
1/12
– 1 = .0099, or .99% per month
Notice that the effective six-month rate is not twice the effective quarterly rate because of the effect
of compounding.
31. Here we need to find the FV of a lump sum, with a changing interest rate. We must do this problem
in two parts.
After the first six months, the balance will be:
FV = $7,000 [1 + (.005 / 12)]
6
= $7,017.52 This is the balance in six months. The FV in another six months will be: FV = $7,017.52[1 + (.185 / 12)]
6
= $7,692.18
The problem asks for the interest accrued, so, to find the interest, we subtract the beginning balance from the FV. The interest accrued is:
Interest = $7,692.18 – 7,000 = $692.18
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 88
32.
Although the stock and bond accounts have different interest rates, we can draw one time line, but
we need to remember to apply different interest rates. The time line is:
0
1
...
360
…
660
Stock
$850
$850
$850
$850
$850
C
C
C
Bond
$350
$350
$350
$350
$350
We need to find the annuity payment in retirement. Our retirement savings ends and the retirement
withdrawals begin, so the PV of the retirement withdrawals will be the FV of the retirement savings.
So, we find the FV of the stock account and the FV of the bond account and add the two FVs.
Stock account: FVA = $850[{[1 + (.10 / 12) ]
360 – 1} / (.10 / 12)] = $1,921,414.74
Bond account: FVA = $350[{[1 + (.06 / 12) ]
360 – 1} / (.06 / 12)] = $351,580.26
So, the total amount saved at retirement is: $1,921,414.74 + 351,580.26 = $2,272,995.00
Solving for the withdrawal amount in retirement using the PVA equation gives us:
PVA = $2,272,995.00 = $
C
[1 – {1 / [1 + (.05 / 12)]
300
} / (.05 / 12)]
C
= $2,272,995.00 / 171.0600 = $13,287.70 withdrawal per month
33.
We need to find the FV of a lump sum in one year and two years. It is important that we use the number of months in compounding since interest is compounded monthly in this case. So:
0
…
12
$1
FV in one year = $1(1.0074)
12
= $1.09
0
…
24
$1
FV in two years = $1(1.0074)
24
= $1.19
There is also another common alternative solution. We could find the EAR, and use the number of
years as our compounding periods. So we will find the EAR first:
EAR = (1 + .0074)
12
– 1 = .0925, or 9.25%
Using the EAR and the number of years to find the FV, we get:
0
1
$1
FV
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
89 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
FV in one year = $1(1.0925)
1
= $1.09
0
1
2
$1
FV
FV in two years = $1(1.0925)
2
= $1.19
Either method is correct and acceptable. We have simply made sure that the interest compounding
period is the same as the number of periods we use to calculate the FV.
34.
Here we are finding the annuity payment necessary to achieve the same FV. The interest rate given
is an APR of 10.5 percent, with monthly deposits. We must make sure to use the number of months
in the equation. So, using the FVA equation:
Starting today:
0
1
…
480
$1,000,000
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
FVA = C
[{[1 + (.105/12) ]
480 – 1} / (.105/12)]
C
= $1,000,000 / 7,369.04 = $135.70
Starting in 10 years:
0
1
…
120
121
…
480
$1,000,000
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
FVA = C
[{[1 + (.105/12) ]
360 – 1} / (.105/12)]
C
= $1,000,000 / 2,516.40 = $397.39
Starting in 20 years:
0
1
…
240
241
…
480
$1,000,000
C
C
C
C
C
FVA = C
[{[1 + (.105/12) ]
240 – 1} / (.105/12)] C
= $1,000,000 / 810.50 = $1,233.80
Notice that a deposit for half the length of time, i.e., 20 years versus 40 years, does not mean that the
annuity payment is doubled. In this example, by reducing the savings period by one-half, the deposit
necessary to achieve the same ending value is about 10 times as large.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 90
35.
The time line is: 0
4
$1
$3
Since we are looking to quadruple our money, the PV and FV are irrelevant as long as the FV is four
times as large as the PV. The number of periods is four, the number of quarters per year. So:
FV = $3 = $1(1 + r
)
(12/3)
r
= .3161, or 31.61%
36.
Here we need to compare two cash flows, so we will find the value today of both sets of cash flows. We need to make sure to use the monthly cash flows since the salary is paid monthly. Doing so, we find:
0
1
…
24
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
$6,250
PVA
1
= $75,000/12 ({1 – 1 / [1 + (.07 / 12)]
24
} / (.07 / 12)) = $139,594.37
0
1
…
24
$20,000
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
$5,333
PVA
2
= $20,000 + $64,000/12 ({1 – 1 / [1 + (.07 / 12)]
24
} / (.07 / 12)) = $139,120.53
You should choose the first option since it has a higher PV.
37.
We can use the present value of a growing annuity equation to find the value of your winnings today.
Doing so, we find:
PV = C
{[1 / (
r
– g
)] – [1 / (
r
– g
)] × [(1 + g
) / (1 + r
)]
t
} PV = $1,500,000{[1 / (.07 – .025)] – [1 / (.07 – .025)] × [(1 + .025) / (1 + .07)]
30
}
PV = $24,148,286.47
38.
Since your salary grows at 3 percent per year, your salary next year will be:
Next year’s salary = $50,000(1 + .03)
Next year’s salary = $51,500 This means your deposit next year will be:
Next year’s deposit = $51,500(.09)
Next year’s deposit = $4,635
Since your salary grows at 3 percent, your deposit will also grow at 3 percent. We can use the
present value of a growing perpetuity equation to find the value of your deposits today. Doing so, we
find:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
91 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
PV = C
{[1 / (
r
– g
)] – [1 / (
r
– g
)] × [(1 + g
) / (1 + r
)]
t
} PV = $4,635{[1 / (.10 – .03)] – [1 / (.10 – .03)] × [(1 + .03) / (1 + .10)]
40
}
PV = $61,441.92
Now, we can find the future value of this lump sum in 40 years. We find:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $61,441.92(1 + .10)
40
FV = $2,780,815.78
This is the value of your savings in 40 years.
39.
The time line is:
0
1
…
13
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
$7,500
The relationships between the value of an annuity and the interest rate are:
PVA falls as r
increases, and PVA rises as r
decreases
FVA rises as r
increases, and FVA falls as r
decreases
The present values of $7,500 per year for 13 years at the various interest rates given are:
PVA@10% = $7,500{[1 – (1 / 1.10)
13
] / .10} = $53,275.17
PVA@5% = $7,500{[1 – (1 / 1.05)
13
] / .05} = $70,451.80
PVA@15% = $7,500{[1 – (1 / 1.15)
13
] / .15} = $41,873.60
40.
The time line is:
0
1
…
?
–$20,000
$190
$190
$190
$190
$190
$190
$190
$190
$190
Here we are given the FVA, the interest rate, and the amount of the annuity. We need to solve for the
number of payments. Using the FVA equation:
FVA = $20,000 = $190[{[1 + (.07 / 12)]
t
– 1 } / (.07 / 12)]
Solving for t
, we get:
1.00583
t
= 1 + [($20,000) / ($190)](.07 / 12) t
= ln 1.6140 / ln 1.00583 = 82.31 payments
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 92
41.
The time line is:
0
1
…
60
–$89,000
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
$1,850
Here we are given the PVA, number of periods, and the amount of the annuity. We need to solve for
the interest rate. Using the PVA equation:
PVA = $89,000 = $1,850[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
60
]}/ r
]
To find the interest rate, we need to solve this equation on a financial calculator, using a spreadsheet,
or by trial and error. If you use trial and error, remember that increasing the interest rate lowers the
PVA, and decreasing the interest rate increases the PVA. Using a spreadsheet, we find:
r
= .755%
The APR is the periodic interest rate times the number of periods in the year, so:
APR = 12(.755%) = 9.06%
42.
The time line is:
0
1
…
360
PV
$975
$975
$975
$975
$975
$975
$975
$975
$975
The amount of principal paid on the loan is the PV of the monthly payments you make. So, the
present value of the $975 monthly payments is:
PVA = $975[(1 – {1 / [1 + (.0525 / 12)]
360
}) / (.0525 / 12)] = $176,565.28
The monthly payments of $975 will amount to a principal payment of $176,565.28. The amount of
principal you will still owe is:
$240,000 – 176,565.28 = $63,434.72 0
1
…
360
$63,434.72
FV
This remaining principal amount will increase at the interest rate on the loan until the end of the loan
period. So the balloon payment in 30 years, which is the FV of the remaining principal will be:
Balloon payment = $63,434.72[1 + (.0525 / 12)]
360
= $305,385.86
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
93 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
43.
The time line is: 0
1
2
3
4
–$6,200
$1,300
?
$1,950
$2,640
We are given the total PV of all four cash flows. If we find the PV of the three cash flows we know, and
subtract them from the total PV, the amount left over must be the PV of the missing cash flow. So, the PV of the cash flows we know are:
PV of Year 1 CF: $1,300 / 1.09
= $1,192.66
PV of Year 3 CF: $1,950 / 1.09
3
= $1,505.76
PV of Year 4 CF: $2,640 / 1.09
4
= $1,870.24
So, the PV of the missing CF is: $6,200 – 1,192.66 – 1,505.76 – 1,870.24 = $1,631.34
0
1
2
3
4
–$1,631.34
FV
The question asks for the value of the cash flow in Year 2, so we must find the future value of this amount. The value of the missing CF is: $1,631.34(1.09)
2
= $1,938.19
44.
To solve this problem, we need to find the PV of each lump sum and add them together. It is
important to note that the first cash flow of $1 million occurs today, so we do not need to discount
that cash flow. The PV of the lottery winnings is:
PV = $1,000,000 + $1,450,000 / 1.07 + $1,900,000 / 1.07
2
+ $2,350,000 / 1.07
3
+ $2,800,000 / 1.07
4
+ $3,250,000 / 1.07
5
+ $3,700,000 / 1.07
6
+ $4,150,000 / 1.07
7
+ $4,600,000 / 1.07
8
+ $5,050,000 / 1.07
9
+ $5,500,000 / 1.07
10
PV = $23,656,191.50
45.
Here we are finding the interest rate for an annuity cash flow.
We are given the PVA, number of
periods, and the amount of the annuity. We should also note that the PV of the annuity is the amount
borrowed, not the purchase price, since we are making a down payment on the warehouse. The
amount borrowed is:
Amount borrowed = .80($2,700,000) = $2,160,000
The time line is:
0
1
…
360
$2,160,000 $13,400
$13,400
$13,400
$13,400
$13,400
$13,40
0
$13,400
$13,400
$13,400
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 94
Using the PVA equation:
PVA = $2,160,000 = $13,400[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
360
]}/ r
]
Unfortunately this equation cannot be solved to find the interest rate using algebra. To find the
interest rate, we need to solve this equation on a financial calculator, using a spreadsheet, or by trial
and error. If you use trial and error, remember that increasing the interest rate lowers the PVA, and
decreasing the interest rate increases the PVA. Using a spreadsheet, we find:
r
= .527%
The APR is the monthly interest rate times the number of months in the year, so:
APR = 12(.527%) = 6.32%
And the EAR is:
EAR = (1 + .00527)
12
– 1 = .0651, or 6.51%
46.
The time line is:
0
4
PV
$157,00
0
The profit the firm earns is just the PV of the sales price minus the cost to produce the asset. We find
the PV of the sales price as the PV of a lump sum:
PV = $157,000 / 1.13
4
= $96,291.04
And the firm’s profit is:
Profit = $96,291.04 – 91,700 = $4,591.04
To find the interest rate at which the firm will break even, we need to find the interest rate using the
PV (or FV) of a lump sum. Using the PV equation for a lump sum, we get: 0
4
–$91,700
$157,00
0
$91,700 = $157,000 / (1 + r
)
4
r
=
($157,000 / $91,700)
1/4
– 1 = .1439, or 14.39%
47.
The time line is:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
…
20
PV
$3,500
$3,500
$3,500
$3,500
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
95 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
We want to find the value of the cash flows today, so we will find the PV of the annuity, and then bring the lump sum PV back to today. The annuity has 15 payments, so the PV of the annuity is: PVA = $3,500{[1 – (1 / 1.09
15
)] / .09} = $28,212.41
Since this is an ordinary annuity equation, this is the PV one period before the first payment, so this is the PV at t
= 5. To find the value today, we find the PV of this lump sum. The value today is:
PV = $28,212.41 / 1.09
5
= $18,336.13
48.
The time line is:
0
1
…
180
PV
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
$1,340
This question is asking for the present value of an annuity, but the interest rate changes during the life of the annuity. We need to find the present value of the cash flows for the last eight years first. The PV of these cash flows is:
PVA
2
= $1,340 [{1 – 1 / [1 + (.06 / 12)]
96
} / (.06 / 12)] = $101,967.59
Note that this is the PV of this annuity exactly seven years from today. Now we can discount this lump sum to today. The value of this cash flow today is:
PV = $101,967.59 / [1 + (.10 / 12)]
84
= $50,782.69
Now we need to find the PV of the annuity for the first seven years. The value of these cash flows today is:
PVA
1
= $1,340 [{1 – 1 / [1 + (.10 / 12)]
84
} / (.10 / 12)] = $80,717.13
The value of the cash flows today is the sum of these two cash flows, so:
PV = $50,782.69 + 80,717.13 = $131,499.83
49.
The time line for the annuity is:
0
1
…
156
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
$1,100
Here we are trying to find the dollar amount invested today that will equal the FVA with a known
interest rate, and payments. First we need to determine how much we would have in the annuity
account. Finding the FV of the annuity, we get:
FVA = $1,100 [{[ 1 + (.075/12)]
156
– 1} / (.075/12)] = $289,191.78
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 96
Now we have:
0
1
…
13
PV
$289,191.78
So, we need to find the PV of a lump sum that will give us the same FV. So, using the FV of a lump
sum with continuous compounding, we get: FV = $289,191.78 = PV
e
.07(13)
PV = $289,191.78
e
–
.91
= $116,406.70
50.
The time line is:
0
1
…
7
…
14
15
…
∞
PV
$5,200
$5,200
$5,200
$5,200
To find the value of the perpetuity at t
= 7, we first need to use the PV of a perpetuity equation.
Using this equation we find:
PV = $5,200 / .041 = $126,829.27 0
1
…
7
…
14
PV
$126,829.27
Remember that the PV of a perpetuity (and annuity) equations give the PV one period before the first
payment, so, this is the value of the perpetuity at t
= 14. To find the value at t
= 7, we find the PV of
this lump sum as:
PV = $126,829.27 / 1.041
7
= $95,733.60
51.
The time line is:
0
1
…
12
–$25,000 $2,427.08
$2,427.0
8
$2,427.08
$2,427.08
$2,427.08
$2,427.08
$2,427.08
$2,427.0
8
$2,427.08
To find the APR and EAR, we need to use the actual cash flows of the loan. In other words, the
interest rate quoted in the problem is only relevant to determine the total interest under the terms
given. The interest rate for the cash flows of the loan is:
PVA = $25,000 = $2,427.08{(1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
12
] ) / r
}
Again, we cannot solve this equation for r
, so we need to solve this equation on a financial
calculator, using a spreadsheet, or by trial and error. Using a spreadsheet, we find:
r
= 2.431% per month
So the APR that would legally have to be quoted is:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
97 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
APR = 12(2.431%) = 29.18% And the EAR is:
EAR = (1.02431)
12
– 1 = .3341, or 33.41%
52.
The time line is:
0
1
…
18
19
…
28
$7,100
$7,100
$7,100
$7,100
The cash flows in this problem are semiannual, so we need the effective semiannual rate. The interest rate given is the APR, so the monthly interest rate is:
Monthly rate = .08 / 12 = .0067
To get the semiannual interest rate, we can use the EAR equation, but instead of using 12 months as the exponent, we will use 6 months. The effective semiannual rate is:
Semiannual rate = (1.0067)
6
– 1 = .04067, or 4.067%
We can now use this rate to find the PV of the annuity. The PV of the annuity is:
PVA @ Year 9: $7,100{[1 – (1 / 1.04067
10
)] / .04067} = $57,395.02 Note, this is the value one period (six months) before the first payment, so it is the value at Year 9.
So, the value at the various times the questions asked for uses this value nine years from now. PV @ Year 5: $57,395.02 / 1.04067
8
= $41,721.62
Note, you can also calculate this present value (as well as the remaining present values) using the
number of years. To do this, you need the EAR. The EAR is:
EAR = (1 + .0067)
12
– 1 = .0830, or 8.30% So, we can find the PV at Year 5 using the following method as well:
PV @ Year 5: $57,395.02 / 1.0830
4
= $41,721.62
The value of the annuity at the other times in the problem is:
PV @ Year 3: $57,395.02 / 1.04067
12
= $35,571.70
PV @ Year 3: $57,395.02 / 1.0830
6
= $35,571.70
PV @ Year 0: $57,395.02 / 1.04067
18
= $28,003.99
PV @ Year 0: $57,395.02 / 1.0830
9
= $28,003.99
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 98
53.
a.
If the payments are in the form of an ordinary annuity, the present value will be:
0
1
2
3
4
5
$15,800
$15,800
$15,800
$15,800
$15,800
PVA = C
({1 – [1/(1 + r
)
t
]} / r
))
PVA = $15,800[{1 – [1 / (1 + .079)
5
]}/ .079]
PVA = $63,251.44
If the payments are an annuity due, the present value will be:
0
1
2
3
4
5
$15,800
$15,800
$15,800
$15,800
$15,800
PVA
due
= (1 + r
) PVA
PVA
due
= (1 + .079)$63,251.44
PVA
due
= $68,248.30
b.
We can find the future value of the ordinary annuity as:
FVA = C
{[(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
FVA = $15,800{[(1 + .079)
5
– 1] / .079}
FVA = $92,507.64
If the payments are an annuity due, the future value will be:
FVA
due
= (1 + r
) FVA
FVA
due
= (1 + .079)$92,507.64
FVA
due
= $99,815.75
c.
Assuming a positive interest rate, the present value of an annuity due will always be larger than
the present value of an ordinary annuity. Each cash flow in an annuity due is received one
period earlier, which means there is one period less to discount each cash flow. Assuming a
positive interest rate, the future value of an annuity due will be always higher than the future
value of an ordinary annuity. Since each cash flow is made one period sooner, each cash flow
receives one extra period of compounding.
54.
The time line is:
0
1
…
59
60
–$68,000
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
We need to use the PVA due equation, that is:
PVA
due
= (1 + r
) PVA
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
99 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Using this equation:
PVA
due
= $68,000 = [1 + (.064/12)] × C
[{1 – 1 / [1 + (.064/12)]
60
} / (.064/12)
$68,362.67 = $
C
{1 – [1 / (1 + .064/12)
60
]} / (.064/12)
C
= $1,320.27
Notice, to find the payment for the PVA due we simply compound the payment for an ordinary
annuity forward one period.
55.
The payment for a loan repaid with equal payments is the annuity payment with the loan value as the
PV of the annuity. So, the loan payment will be:
PVA = $67,500 = C
{[1 – 1 / (1 + .07)
5
] / .07}
C
= $16,462.52
The interest payment is the beginning balance times the interest rate for the period, and the principal
payment is the total payment minus the interest payment. The ending balance is the beginning
balance minus the principal payment. The ending balance for a period is the beginning balance for
the next period. The amortization table for an equal payment is:
Year
Beginning
Balance
Total
Payment
Interest
Payment
Principal
Payment
Ending Balance
1
$67,500.00
$16,462.62
$4,725.00
$11,737.62
$55,762.38
2
55,762.38
16,462.62
3,903.37
12,559.26
43,203.12
3
43,203.12
16,462.62
3,024.22
13,438.40
29,764.72
4
29,764.72
16,462.62
2,083.53
14,379.09
15,385.63
5
15,385.63
16,462.62
1,076.99
15,385.63
0.00
In the third year, $3,024.22 of interest is paid. Total interest over life of the loan = $4,725 + 3,903.37 + 3,024.22 + 2,083.53 + 1,076.99 Total interest over life of the loan = $14,813.11
56.
This amortization table calls for equal principal payments of $13,500 per year. The interest payment
is the beginning balance times the interest rate for the period, and the total payment is the principal
payment plus the interest payment. The ending balance for a period is the beginning balance for the
next period. The amortization table for an equal principal reduction is:
Year
Beginning
Balance
Total
Payment
Interest
Payment
Principal
Payment
Ending Balance
1
$67,500.00
$18,225.00
$4,725.00
$13,500.00
$54,000.00
2
54,000.00
17,280.00
3,780.00
13,500.00
40,500.00
3
40,500.00
16,335.00
2,835.00
13,500.00
27,000.00
4
27,000.00
15,390.00
1,890.00
13,500.00
13,500.00
5
13,500.00
14,445.00
945.00
13,500.00
0.00
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 100
In the third year, $2,835 of interest is paid. Total interest over life of the loan = $4,725 + 3,780 + 2,835 + 1,890 + 945
Total interest over life of the loan = $14,175
Notice that the total payments for the equal principal reduction loan are lower. This is because more principal is repaid early in the loan, which reduces the total interest expense over the life of the loan.
Challenge
57.
The time line is:
0
1
…
120
…
360
361
…
660
–$2,500
–$2,500
$20,000
$20,000
$375,000
C
C
C
$2,000,000
The cash flows for this problem occur monthly, and the interest rate given is the EAR. Since the cash
flows occur monthly, we must get the effective monthly rate. One way to do this is to find the APR
based on monthly compounding, and then divide by 12. So, the preretirement APR is:
EAR = .10 = [1 + (APR / 12)]
12
– 1;
APR = 12[(1.10)
1/12
– 1] = .0957, or 9.57%
And the post-retirement APR is:
EAR = .07 = [1 + (APR / 12)]
12
– 1;
APR = 12[(1.07)
1/12
– 1] = .0678, or 6.78%
First, we will calculate how much he needs at retirement. The amount needed at retirement is the PV
of the monthly spending plus the PV of the inheritance. The PV of these two cash flows is:
PVA = $20,000{1 – [1 / (1 + .0678/12)
12(25)
]} / (.0678/12) = $2,885,496.45
PV = $2,000,000 / [1 + (.0678/12)]
300
= $368,498.36
So, at retirement, he needs:
$2,885,496.45 + 368,498.36 = $3,253,994.81
He will be saving $2,500 per month for the next 10 years until he purchases the cabin. The value of
his savings after 10 years will be: FVA = $2,500[{[ 1 + (.0957/12)]
12(10)
– 1} / (.0957/12)] = $499,659.64
After he purchases the cabin, the amount he will have left is:
$499,659.64 – 375,000 = $124,659.64
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
101 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
He still has 20 years until retirement. When he is ready to retire, this amount will have grown to:
FV = $124,659.64[1 + (.0957/12)]
12(20)
= $838,647.73
So, when he is ready to retire, based on his current savings, he will be short:
$3,253,994.81 – 838,647.73 = $2,415,347.07
This amount is the FV of the monthly savings he must make between years 10 and 30. So, finding
the annuity payment using the FVA equation, we find his monthly savings will need to be:
FVA = $2,415,347.07 = C
[{[ 1 + (.0957/12)]
12(20)
– 1} / (.0957/12)] C
= $3,362.78
58.
To answer this question, we should find the PV of both options, and compare them. Since we are
purchasing the car, the lowest PV is the best option. The PV of leasing is the PV of the lease
payments, plus the $1,200. The interest rate we would use for the leasing option is the same as the
interest rate of the loan. The PV of leasing is:
0
1
…
36
$1,200
$469
$469
$469
$469
$469
$469
$469
$469
$469
PV = $1,200 + $469{1 – [1 / (1 + .06/12)
12(3)
]} / (.06/12) = $16,616.51
The PV of purchasing the car is the current price of the car minus the PV of the resale price. The PV of the resale price is:
0
1
…
36
$32,000
–$19,000
PV = $19,000 / [1 + (.06/12)]
12(3)
= $15,877.25
The PV of the decision to purchase is:
$32,000 – 15,877.25 = $16,122.75
In this case, it is cheaper to buy the car than leasing it since the PV of the purchase cash flows is lower. To find the break-even resale price, we need to find the resale price that makes the PV of the two options the same. In other words, the PV of the decision to buy should be:
$32,000 – PV of resale price = $16,616.51
PV of resale price = $15,383.49
The break-even resale price is the FV of this value, so:
Break-even resale price = $15,383.49[1 + (.06/12)]
12(3)
= $18,409.13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 102
59.
To find the quarterly salary for the player, we first need to find the PV of the current contract. The
cash flows for the contract are annual, and we are given a daily interest rate. We need to find the
EAR so the interest compounding is the same as the timing of the cash flows. The EAR is:
EAR = [1 + (.048/365)]
365
– 1 = 4.92%
The PV of the current contract offer is the sum of the PV of the cash flows. So, the PV is:
PV = $6,500,000 + $5,100,000 / 1.0492 + $5,600,000 / 1.0492
2
+ $6,100,000 / 1.0492
3
+ $7,500,000 / 1.0492
4
+ $8,200,000 / 1.0492
5
+ $9,000,000 / 1.0492
6
PV = $41,118,705.53
The player wants the contract increased in value by $2,000,000, so the PV of the new contract will
be:
PV = $41,118,705.53 + 2,000,000 = $43,118,705.53
The player has also requested a signing bonus payable today in the amount of $10 million. We can
simply subtract this amount from the PV of the new contract. The remaining amount will be the PV
of the future quarterly paychecks.
$43,118,705.53 – 10,000,000 = $33,118,705.53
To find the quarterly payments, first realize that the interest rate we need is the effective quarterly
rate. Using the daily interest rate, we can find the quarterly interest rate using the EAR equation,
with the number of days being 91.25, the number of days in a quarter (= 365 / 4). The effective
quarterly rate is:
Effective quarterly rate = [1 + (.048/365)]
91.25
– 1 = .01207, or 1.207%
Now we have the interest rate, the length of the annuity, and the PV. Using the PVA equation and
solving for the payment, we get:
PVA = $33,118,705.53 = C
{[1 – (1/1.01207
24
)] / .01207} C
= $1,597,735.62
60.
The time line is:
0
1
$21,650
–
$25,000
To find the APR and EAR, we need to use the actual cash flows of the loan. In other words, the
interest rate quoted in the problem is only relevant to determine the total interest under the terms
given. The cash flows of the loan are the $25,000 you must repay in one year, and the $21,650 you
borrow today. The interest rate of the loan is:
$25,000 = $21,650(1 + r
)
r
= ($25,000 / 21,650) – 1 = .1547, or 15.47%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
103 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Because of the discount, you only get the use of $21,650, and the interest you pay on that amount is
15.47%, not 13.4%.
61.
The time line is:
–24
–23
…
–12
–11
…
0
1
…
60
$3,583.33
$3,583.33
$3,833.3
3
$3,833.33
$4,250
$4,250
$4,250
$150,000
$20,000
Here we have cash flows that would have occurred in the past and cash flows that would occur in the
future. We need to bring both cash flows to today. Before we calculate the value of the cash flows
today, we must adjust the interest rate so we have the effective monthly interest rate. Finding the
APR with monthly compounding and dividing by 12 will give us the effective monthly rate. The
APR with monthly compounding is:
APR = 12[(1.08)
1/12
– 1] = .0772, or 7.72%
To find the value today of the back pay from two years ago, we will find the FV of the annuity, and
then find the FV of the lump sum. Doing so gives us:
FVA = ($43,000/12) [{[1 + (.0772/12)]
12
– 1} / (.0772/12)] = $44,554.76
FV = $44,554.76(1.08) = $48,119.14
Notice we found the FV of the annuity with the effective monthly rate, and then found the FV of the
lump sum with the EAR. Alternatively, we could have found the FV of the lump sum with the
effective monthly rate as long as we used 12 periods. The answer would be the same either way.
Now, we need to find the value today of last year’s back pay: FVA = ($46,000/12) [{[1 + (.0772/12)]
12
– 1} / (.0772/12)] = $47,663.23
Next, we find the value today of the five year’s future salary:
PVA = ($51,000/12){[{1 – {1 / [1 + (.0772/12)]
12(5)
}] / (.0772/12)}= $210,990.84
The value today of the jury award is the sum of salaries, plus the compensation for pain and
suffering, and court costs. The award should be for the amount of:
Award = $48,119.14 + 47,663.23 + 210,990.84 + 150,000 + 20,000 = $476,773.21
As the plaintiff, you would prefer a lower interest rate. In this problem, we are calculating both the
PV and FV of annuities. A lower interest rate will decrease the FVA, but increase the PVA. So, by a
lower interest rate, we are lowering the value of the back pay. But, we are also increasing the PV of
the future salary. Since the future salary is larger and has a longer time, this is the more important
cash flow to the plaintiff.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 104
62.
Again, to find the interest rate of a loan, we need to look at the cash flows of the loan. Since this loan
is in the form of a lump sum, the amount you will repay is the FV of the principal amount, which
will be: Loan repayment amount = $10,000(1.08) = $10,800
The amount you will receive today is the principal amount of the loan times one minus the points. Amount received = $10,000(1 – .02) = $9,800
The time line is:
0
1
$9,800
–$10,800
Now, we find the interest rate for this PV and FV.
$10,800 = $9,800(1 + r
) r
= ($10,800 / $9,800) – 1 = .1020, or 10.20%
63.
This is the same question as before, with different values. So:
Loan repayment amount = $10,000(1.12) = $11,200
Amount received = $10,000(1 – .03) = $9,700
The time line is:
0
1
–$9,700
$11,200
$11,200 = $9,700(1 + r
) r
= ($11,200 / $9,700) – 1 = .1546, or 15.46%
The effective rate is not affected by the loan amount since it drops out when solving for r
.
64.
To find the breakeven points, we need to set the cash flows from the loan with points equal to the
interest rate for the loan without points. In general, we should make sure that the EARs of the cash
flows are equivalent. However, since both mortgages are monthly, we can make the APRs equal
since this will also make the EARs equal. So, the monthly rate with the original interest rate is:
Monthly rate = .0400 / 12
Monthly rate = .00333, or .333%
The payments for the loan with the points is based off the original amount borrowed and the original
interest rate will be:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
$200,000 = $
C
{[1 – (1 / 1.00333
360
)] / .00333}
C
= $954.83
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
105 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The amount actually received up front on the mortgage is the amount borrowed plus the points.
Letting X
be the dollar amount of the points, we get:
Amount borrowed = $200,000 + X
So, the time line is:
0
1
…
360
$200,000+ X
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
Now we can solve for the maximum number of points that results in these cash flows having the new
interest rate of 3.75 percent. The monthly rate is:
Monthly rate = .0375 / 12
Monthly rate = .00313, or .313%
Solving the cash flows for the maximum points, we find:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
$200,000 + X
= $954.83{[1 – (1 / 1.00313
360
)] / .00313}
$200,000 + X
= $206,175.44
X
= $6,175.44
Since this is the maximum dollar amount we would pay and the points are a percentage of the
amount borrowed, we find:
Maximum points = $6,175.44 / $200,000
Maximum points = .03088, or 3.088 points
65.
We will have the same loan payments as in the previous problem for the first 8 years, but now there
will be a balloon payment at the end of 8 years. Since there will be 22 years, or 264 months, of
payments not made, the balloon payment will be:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
PVA = $954.83{[1 – (1 / 1.00333
264
)] / .00333}
PVA = $167,460.95
So, the time line is:
0
1
…
96
$200,000+
X
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$954.83
–$167,460.95
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 106
To find the maximum number of points we would be willing to pay, we need to set the APR (and
EAR) of the loan with points equal to the APR (and EAR) of the loan without points, which is:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
$200,000 + X
= $954.83{[1 – (1 / 1.00313
96
) ] / .00313} + $167,460.95 / 1.00313
96
$200,000 + X
= $203,202.16
X
= $3,202.16
Since this is the maximum dollar amount we would pay and the points are a percentage of the
amount borrowed, we find:
Maximum points = $3,202.16 / $200,000
Maximum points = .01601, or 1.601 points
66.
First we will find the APR and EAR for the loan with the refundable fee. Remember, we need to use
the actual cash flows of the loan to find the interest rate. With the $3,900 application fee, you will
need to borrow $233,900 to have $230,000 after deducting the fee. The time line is:
0
1
…
360
$233,900
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Solving for the payment under these circumstances, we get:
PVA = $233,900 = C
{[1 – 1 / (1.004)
360
] / .004}
where .004 = .048 / 12
C
= $1,227.19
We can now use this amount in the PVA equation with the original amount we wished to borrow,
$230,000. 0
1
…
360
$230,000 $1,227.19 $1,227.19 $1,227.19 $1,227.19
$1,227.19 $1,227.19 $1,227.19 $1,227.19 $1,227.19
Solving for r
, we find:
PVA = $230,000 = $1,227.19[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)]
360
}/ r
] Solving for r with a spreadsheet, on a financial calculator, or by trial and error, gives:
r
= .4122% per month
APR = 12(.4122%) = 4.95% EAR = (1 + .004122)
12
– 1 = 5.06%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
107 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
With the nonrefundable fee, the APR of the loan is simply the quoted APR since the fee is not considered part of the loan. So:
APR = 4.80%
EAR = [1 + (.048 / 12)]
12
– 1 = .0491, or 4.91%
67.
The time line is:
0
1
…
36
$1,000
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
–
$43.92
Be careful of interest rate quotations. The actual interest rate of a loan is determined by the cash
flows. Here, we are told that the PV of the loan is $1,000, and the payments are $43.92 per month for
three years, so the interest rate on the loan is:
PVA = $1,000 = $43.92[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
36
] } / r
]
Solving for r with a spreadsheet, on a financial calculator, or by trial and error, gives:
r
= 2.72% per month
APR = 12(2.72%) = 32.66%
EAR = (1 + .0272)
12
– 1 = 38.02%
It’s called add-on interest because the interest amount of the loan is added to the principal amount of
the loan before the loan payments are calculated.
68.
Here we are solving a two-step time value of money problem. Each question asks for a different
possible cash flow to fund the same retirement plan. Each savings possibility has the same FV, that
is, the PV of the retirement spending when your friend is ready to retire. The time line for the
amount needed at retirement is:
30
31
…
50
$105,000
$105,00
0
$105,000
$105,000
$105,000
$105,000
$105,00
0
$105,000 $105,000
The amount needed when your friend is ready to retire is:
PVA = $105,000{[1 – (1/1.07
20
)] / .07} = $1,112,371.50
This amount is the same for all three parts of this question.
a.
If your friend makes equal annual deposits into the account, this is an annuity with the FVA equal
to the amount needed in retirement. The time line is:
0
1
…
30
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 108
$1,112,371.50
The required savings each year will be:
FVA = $1,112,371.50 = C
[(1.07
30
– 1) / .07]
C
= $11,776.01
b.
Here we need to find a lump sum savings amount. The time line is:
0
1
…
30
PV
$1,112,371.50
Using the FV for a lump sum equation, we get:
FV = $1,112,371.50 = PV(1.07)
30
PV = $146,129.04
c.
In this problem, we have a lump sum savings in addition to an annual deposit. The time line is:
0
1
…
10
…
30
–$175,000
$1,112,371.50
–$3,500
–$3,500
–$3,500
–$3,500
–$3,500
–$3,500
–$3,500
–$3,500
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Since we already know the value needed at retirement, we can subtract the value of the lump sum
savings at retirement to find out how much your friend is short. Doing so gives us:
FV of trust fund deposit = $175,000(1.07)
10
= $344,251.49
So, the amount your friend still needs at retirement is:
FV = $1,112,371.50 – 344,251.49 = $768,120.01
Using the FVA equation, and solving for the payment, we get:
$768,120.01 = C
[(1.07
30
– 1) / .07] C
= $8,131.63
This is the total annual contribution, but your friend’s employer will contribute $3,500 per year,
so your friend must contribute:
Friend's contribution = $8,131.63 – 3,500 = $4,631.63
69.
We will calculate the number of periods necessary to repay the balance with no fee first. We simply need to use the PVA equation and solve for the number of payments. Without fee and annual rate = 18.60%:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
109 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
PVA = $12,000 = $225{[1 – (1/1.0155
t
) ] / .0155 } where .0155 = .186/12
Solving for t
, we get:
1/1.0155
t
= 1 – ($12,000/$225)(.0155)
1/1.0155
t
= .1733
t
= ln (1/.1733) / ln 1.0155
t
= 113.94 months
Without fee and annual rate = 9.20%:
PVA = $12,000 = $225{[1 – (1/1.007667
t
) ] / .007667 } where .007667 = .092 / 12
Solving for t
, we get:
1/1.007667
t
= 1 – ($12,000/$225)(.007667)
1/1.007667
t
= .5911
t
= ln (1/.5911) / ln 1.007667
t
= 68.84 months
So, you will pay off your new card:
Months quicker to pay off card = 113.94 – 68.84 = 45.10 months
Note that we do not need to calculate the time necessary to repay your current credit card with a fee since no fee will be incurred. It will still take 113.94 months to pay off your current card. The time to repay the new card with a transfer fee is:
With fee and annual rate = 9.20%:
PVA = $12,240 = $225{ [1 – (1/1.007667)
t
] / .007667 } where .007667 = .092 / 12
Solving for t
, we get:
1/1.007667
t
= 1 – ($12,240/$225)(.007667)
1/1.007667
t
= .5829
t
= ln (1 / .5829) / ln 1.007667
t
= 70.66 months
So, you will pay off your new card:
Months quicker to pay off card = 113.94 – 70.66 = 43.28 months
70.
We need to find the FV of the premiums to compare with the cash payment promised at age 65. We
have to find the value of the premiums at year 6 first since the interest rate changes at that time. So:
FV
1
= $700(1.09)
5
= $1,077.04
FV
2
= $700(1.09)
4
= $988.11
FV
3
= $800(1.09)
3
= $1,036.02
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 110
FV
4
= $800(1.09)
2
= $950.48
FV
5
= $900(1.09)
1
= $981.00
Value at Year 6 = $1,077.04 + 988.11 + 1,036.02 + 950.48 + 981.00 + 900 Value at Year 6 = $5,932.65
Finding the FV of this lump sum at the child’s 65
th
birthday:
FV = $5,932.65(1.06)
59
= $184,626.72
The policy is not worth buying; the future value of the deposits is $184,626.72, but the policy
contract will pay off $150,000. The premiums are worth $34,626.72 more than the policy payoff.
Note, we could also compare the PV of the two cash flows. The PV of the premiums is:
PV = $700/1.09 + $700/1.09
2
+ $800/1.09
3
+ $800/1.09
4
+ $900/1.09
5
+ $900/1.09
6
PV = $3,537.44
And the value today of the $150,000 at age 65 is:
PV = $150,000/1.06
59
= $4,819.98
PV = $4,819.98/1.09
6
= $2,874.00
The premiums still have the higher cash flow. At time zero, the difference is $663.45. Whenever you
are comparing two or more cash flow streams, the cash flow with the highest value at one time will
have the highest value at any other time.
Here is a question for you: Suppose you invest $663.45, the difference in the cash flows at time zero,
for six years at 9 percent interest, and then for 59 years at 6 percent interest rate. How much will it
be worth? Without doing calculations, you know it will be worth $34,626.72, the difference in the
cash flows at time 65! 71.
The monthly payments with a balloon payment loan are calculated assuming a longer amortization
schedule, in this case, 30 years. The payments based on a 30-year repayment schedule would be:
PVA = $1,950,000 = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + .052 / 12)
360
]} / (.052 / 12)) C = $10,707.66
Now, at Time 8, we need to find the PV of the payments which have not been made. The balloon
payment will be:
PVA = $10,707.66({1 – [1 / (1 + .052 / 12)]
12(22)
} / (.052 / 12)) PVA = $1,681,933.48 72.
Here we need to find the interest rate that makes the PVA, the college costs, equal to the FVA, the
savings. The PV of the college costs are:
PVA = $32,000[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
4
]} / r ]
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
111 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the FV of the savings is:
FVA = $15,000{[(1 + r
)
6
– 1 ] / r
}
Setting these two equations equal to each other, we get:
$32,000[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
4
] } / r ] = $15,000{[(1 + r
)
6
– 1 ] / r
}
Reducing the equation gives us:
15(1 + r)
10
– 47(1 + r)
4
+ 32 = 0
Now we need to find the roots of this equation. We can solve using trial and error, a root-solving
calculator routine, or a spreadsheet. Using a spreadsheet, we find:
r
= 7.21%
73.
Here we need to find the interest rate that makes us indifferent between an annuity and a perpetuity.
To solve this problem, we need to find the PV of the two options and set them equal to each other.
The PV of the perpetuity is:
PV = $30,000 / r
And the PV of the annuity is:
PVA = $35,000[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
15
]} / r
]
Setting them equal and solving for r
, we get:
$30,000 / r = $35,000[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
15
]} / r
]
$30,000 / $35,000 = 1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
15
]
.1429 = [1 / (1 + r
)
15
]
.1429
1/15
= 1 / (1 + r
)
.8783 = 1 / (1 + r
) 1.139 = 1 + r
r
= .1385, or 13.85%
74.
The cash flows in this problem occur every two years, so we need to find the effective two-year rate.
One way to find the effective two-year rate is to use an equation similar to the EAR, except use the
number of days in two years as the exponent. (We use the number of days in two years since it is
daily compounding; if monthly compounding was assumed, we would use the number of months in
two years.) So, the effective two-year interest rate is:
Effective 2-year rate = [1 + (.08 / 365)]
365(2)
– 1 = .1735, or 17.35%
We can use this interest rate to find the PV of the perpetuity. Doing so, we find:
PV = $25,000 / .1735 = $144,100.28
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 112
This is an important point: Remember that the PV equation for a perpetuity (and an ordinary
annuity) tells you the PV one period before the first cash flow. In this problem, since the cash flows
are two years apart, we have found the value of the perpetuity one period (two years) before the first
payment, which is one year ago. We need to compound this value for one year to find the value
today. The value of the cash flows today is:
PV = $144,100.28(1 + .08 / 365)
365
= $156,100.60
The second part of the question assumes the perpetuity cash flows begin in four years. In this case,
when we use the PV of a perpetuity equation, we find the value of the perpetuity two years from
today. So, the value of these cash flows today is:
PV = $144,100.28 / (1 + .1735) = $122,796.31
75.
To solve for the PVA due:
PVA = C
(
1 +
r
)
+
C
(
1 +
r
)
2
+
....
+
C
(
1 +
r
)
t
PVA
due
= C
+
C
(
1 +
r
)
+
....
+
C
(
1 +
r
)
t
- 1
PVA
due
= (
1 +
r
)
(
C
(
1 +
r
)
+
C
(
1 +
r
)
2
+
....
+
C
(
1 +
r
)
t
)
PVA
due
= (1 + r
) PVA
And the FVA due is:
FVA = C
+ C(1 + r
) + C
(1 + r
)
2
+ …. + C
(1 + r
)
t
– 1
FVA
due
= C
(1 + r
) + C(1 + r
)
2
+ …. + C
(1 + r
)
t
FVA
due
= (1 + r
)[
C
+ C(1 + r
) + …. + C
(1 + r
)
t
– 1
]
FVA
due
= (1 + r
)FVA
76.
We need to find the lump sum payment into the retirement account. The present value of the desired
amount at retirement is:
PV = FV / (1 + r
)
t
PV = $5,000,000 / (1 + .09)
40
PV = $159,187.91
This is the value today. Since the savings are in the form of a growing annuity, we can use the
growing annuity equation and solve for the payment. Doing so, we get:
PV = C
{[1 – ((1 + g
) / (1 + r
))
t
] / (
r
– g
)} $159,187.91 = C
{[1 – ((1 + .03) / (1 + .09))
40
] / (.09 – .03)}
C
= $10,658.18
This is the amount you need to save next year. So, the percentage of your salary is:
Percentage of salary = $10,658.18 / $50,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
113 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Percentage of salary = .2132, or 21.32%
Note that this is the percentage of your salary you must save each year. Since your salary is
increasing at 3 percent, and the savings are increasing at 3 percent, the percentage of salary will
remain constant.
77.
a.
The APR is the interest rate per week times 52 weeks in a year, so:
APR = 52(7.5%) = 390%
EAR = (1 + .075)
52
– 1 = 41.9774, or 4,197.74%
b.
In a discount loan, the amount you receive is lowered by the discount, and you repay the full
principal. With a discount of 7.5 percent, you would receive $9.25 for every $10 in principal, so
the weekly interest rate would be:
$10 = $9.25(1 + r
)
r
= ($10 / $9.25) – 1 = .0811, or 8.11% Note the dollar amount we use is irrelevant. In other words, we could use $.925 and $1, $92.50
and $100, or any other combination and we would get the same interest rate. Now we can find the
APR and the EAR:
APR = 52(8.11%) = 421.62% EAR = (1 + .0811)
52
– 1 = 56.6275, or 5,662.75%
c.
Using the cash flows from the loan, we have the PVA and the annuity payments and need to find
the interest rate, so:
PVA = $66.45 = $25[{1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
4
]}/ r
]
Using a spreadsheet, trial and error, or a financial calculator, we find:
r
= 18.62% per week
APR = 52(18.62%) = 968.19%
EAR = 1.1862
52
– 1 = 7,177.4521, or 717,745.21% 78.
To answer this, we need to diagram the perpetuity cash flows, which are: (Note, the subscripts are
only to differentiate when the cash flows begin. The cash flows are all the same amount.)
…..
C
3
C
2
C
2
C
1
C
1
C
1
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 114
Thus, each of the increased cash flows is a perpetuity in itself. So, we can write the cash flows
stream as:
C
1
/
r
C
2
/
r
C
3
/
r
C
4
/
r
….
So, we can write the cash flows as the present value of a perpetuity, and a perpetuity of:
C
2
/
r
C
3
/
r
C
4
/
r
….
The present value of this perpetuity is:
PV = (
C
/
r
) / r
= C
/
r
2
So, the present value equation of a perpetuity that increases by C
each period is:
PV = C
/
r
+ C
/
r
2
79.
We are only concerned with the time it takes money to double, so the dollar amounts are irrelevant.
So, we can write the future value of a lump sum as:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
$2 = $1(1 + r
)
t
Solving for t
, we find:
ln(2) = t
[ln(1 + r
)]
t
= ln(2) / ln(1 + r
)
Since r
is expressed as a percentage in this case, we can write the expression as:
t
= ln(2) / ln(1 + r
/100)
To simplify the equation, we can make use of a Taylor Series expansion:
ln(1 + r
) = r
– r
2
/2 + r
3
/3 – ... Since r
is small, we can truncate the series after the first term: ln(1 + r
) = r
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
115 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Combine this with the solution for the doubling expression:
t = ln(2) / (
r
/100)
t
= 100ln(2) / r
t
= 69.3147 / r
This is the exact (approximate) expression, Since 69.3147 is not easily divisible, and we are only
concerned with an approximation, 72 is substituted.
For a 10 percent interest rate, the time to double your money is:
$2 = PV(1 + .10)
t
t
= ln(2) / ln(1 + .10)
t
= 7.27
So, for a 10 percent interest rate, it takes 7.27 periods to double, which is closer to 73 than to 72.
80.
We are only concerned with the time it takes money to double, so the dollar amounts are irrelevant.
So, we can write the future value of a lump sum with continuously compounded interest as:
$2 = $1
e
rt
2 = e
rt
rt
= ln(2)
rt
= .693147
t
= .693147 / r
Since we are using interest rates while the equation uses decimal form, to make the equation correct
with percentages, we can multiply by 100:
t
= 69.3147 / r
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 116
Calculator Solutions
1.
CFo
$0
CFo
$0
CFo
$0
C01
$680
C01
$680
C01
$680
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$810
C02
$810
C02
$810
F02
1
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$940
C03
$940
C03
$940
F03
1
F03
1
F03
1
C04
$1,150
C04
$1,150
C04
$1,150
F04
1
F04
1
F04
1
I = 10
I = 18
I = 24
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$2,779.30
$2,323.27
$2,054.62
2.
Enter
8
5%
$4,700
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$30,377.10
Enter
5
5%
$6,700
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$29,007.49
Enter
8
15%
$4,700
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$21,090.41
Enter
5
15%
$6,700
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$22,459.44
3.
Enter
3
8%
$1,225
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,543.15
Enter
2
8%
$1,345
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,568.81
Enter
1
8%
$1,460
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,576.80
FV = $1,543.15 + 1,568.81 + 1,576.80 + 1,590 = $6,278.76
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
117 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Enter
3
11%
$1,225
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,675.35
Enter
2
11%
$1,345
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,657.17
Enter
1
11%
$1,460
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,620.60
FV = $1,675.35 + 1,657.17 + 1,620.60 + 1,590 = $6,543.12
Enter
3
24%
$1,225
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$2,335.61
Enter
2
24%
$1,345
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$2,068.07
Enter
1
24%
$1,460
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,810.40
FV = $2,335.61 + 2,068.07 + 1,810.40 + 1,590 = $7,804.09
4.
Enter
15
6%
$5,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$53,417.37
Enter
40
6%
$5,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$82,754.63
Enter
75
6%
$5,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$90,507.16
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 118
5.
Enter
15
5.8%
$38,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$3,861.62
6.
Enter
7
7.8%
$57,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$298,803.87
7.
Enter
20
9.7%
$4,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$221,439.14
Enter
40
9.7%
$4,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,631.984.09
8.
Enter
12
6.2%
$50,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$2,929.42
9.
Enter
5
7.5%
$50,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$12,358.24
12.
Enter
7%
4
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
7.19%
Enter
17%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
18.39%
Enter
13%
365
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
13.88%
13.
Enter
12.4%
2
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
12.04%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
119 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Enter
11.7%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
11.12%
Enter
9.5%
52
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
9.08%
14.
Enter
12.4%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
13.13%
Enter
12.7%
2
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
13.10%
15.
Enter
16.5%
365
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
15.28%
16.
Enter
17 × 2
7.9% / 2
$2,400
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$8,958.68
17.
Enter
5
365
6.7% / 365
$7,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$9,785.28
Enter
10
365
6.7% / 365
$7,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$13,678.82
Enter
20
365
6.7% / 365
$7,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$26,730.02
18.
Enter
10
365
7% / 365
$65,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$32,280.21
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 120
19.
Enter
384%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
2,698.25%
20.
Enter
60
5.8% / 12
$79,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,529.58
Enter
5.8%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
5.96%
21.
Enter
1.5%
$18,000
$500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
52.16
22.
Enter
1,733.33%
52
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
313,916,515.69%
23.
Enter
7.81%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
8.10%
24.
Enter
30
12
10% / 12
$450
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,017,219.57
25.
Enter
10%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
10.47%
Enter
30
10.47%
$5,400
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$971,435.17
26.
Enter
4
4
.43%
$2,200
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$33,945.97
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
121 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
27.
Enter
9%
4
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
9.31%
CF
o
$0
C01
$790
F01
1
C02
$860
F02
1
C03
$0
F03
1
C04
$1,340
F04
1
I = 9.31%
NPV CPT
$2,381.12
28.
CF
o
$0
C01
$2,480
F01
1
C02
$0
F02
1
C03
$3,920
F03
1
C04
$2,170
F04
1
I = 6.18%
NPV CPT
$7,317.47
30.
Enter
12.5%
2
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
12.13%
12.13% / 2 = 6.07%
Enter
12.5%
4
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
11.95%
11.95% / 4 = 2.99%
Enter
12.5%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
11.84%
11.84% / 12 = .99%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 122
31.
Enter
6
.50% / 12
$7,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$7,017.52
Enter
6
18.5% / 12
$7,017.52
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$7,692.18
$7,692.18 – 7,000 = $692.18
32.
Stock account:
Enter
360
10% / 12
$850
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,921,414.74
Bond account:
Enter
360
6% / 12
$350
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$351,580.26
Savings at retirement = $1,921,414.74 + 351,580.26 = $2,272,995.00
Enter
300
5% / 12
$2,272,995.00
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$13,287.70
33.
Enter
12
.74%
$1
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1.09
Enter
24
.74%
$1
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1.19
34.
Enter
480
10.5% / 12
$1,000,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$135.70
Enter
360
10.5% / 12
$1,000,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$397.39
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
123 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Enter
240
10.5% / 12
$1,000,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,233.80
35.
Enter
12 / 3
$1
$3
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
31.61%
36.
Enter
2 × 12
7% /12
$75,000 / 12
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$139,594.37
Enter
2 × 12
7% /12
$64,000 / 12
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$119,120.53
$119,120.53 + 20,000 = $139,120.53
39.
Enter
13
10%
$7,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$53,275.17
Enter
13
5%
$7,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$70,451.80
Enter
13
15%
$7,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$41,873.60
40.
Enter
7% / 12
$190
$20,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
82.31
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 124
41.
Enter
60
$89,000
$1,850
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
.755%
.755%
12 = 9.06%
42.
Enter
360
5.25% / 12
$975
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$176,565.28
$240,000 – 176,565.28 = $63,434.72
Enter
360
5.25% / 12
$63,434.72
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$305,385.86
43.
CF
o
$0
C01
$1,300
F01
1
C02
$0
F02
1
C03
$1,950
F03
1
C04
$2,640
F04
1
I = 9%
NPV CPT
$4,568.66
PV of missing CF = $6,200 – 4,568.66 = $1,631.34
Value of missing CF:
Enter
2
9%
$1,631.34
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,938.19
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
125 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
44.
CF
o
$1,000,000
C01
$1,450,000
F01
1
C02
$1,900,000
F02
1
C03
$2,350,000
F03
1
C04
$2,800,000
F04
1
C05
$3,250,000
F05
1
C06
$3,700,000
F06
1
C07
$4,150,000
F07
1
C08
$4,600,000
F08
1
C09
$5,050,000
F09
1
C010
$5,500,000
I = 7%
NPV CPT
$23,656,191.50
45.
Enter
360
.80($2,700,000)
$13,400
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
.527%
APR = .527%
12 = 6.32% Enter
6.32%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
6.51%
46.
Enter
4
13%
$157,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$96,291.04
Profit = $96,291.04 – 91,700 = $4,591.04
Enter
4
$91,700
$157,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
14.39%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 126
47.
Enter
15
9%
$3,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$28,212.41
Enter
5
9%
$28,212.41
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$18,336.13
48.
Enter
84
6% / 12
$1,340
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$101,967.59
Enter
96
10% / 12
$101,967.59
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$50,782.69
Enter
96
10% / 12
$1,340
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$80,717.13
$50,782.69 + 80,717.13 = $131,499.83
49.
Enter
13 × 12
7.5%/12
$1,100
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$289,191.78
FV = $289,191.78 = PV e
.07(13)
; PV = $289,191.78
e
–0.91
= $116,406.70
50.
PV@ Time = 14: $5,200 / .041 = $126,829.27
Enter
7
4.1%
$126,829.27
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$95,733.60
51.
Enter
12
$25,000
$2,427.08
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
2.431%
APR = 2.431%
12 = 29.18%
Enter
29.18%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
33.41%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
127 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
52. Monthly rate = .08 / 12 = .00667; semiannual rate = (1.00667)
6
– 1 = 4.067%
Enter
10
4.067%
$7,100
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$57,395.02
Enter
8
4.067%
$57,395.02
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$41,721.62
Enter
12
4.067%
$57,395.02
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$35,571.70
Enter
18
4.067%
$57,395.02
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$28,003.99
53.
a.
Enter
5
7.9%
$15,800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$63,251.44
2
nd
BGN 2
nd
SET
Enter
5
7.9%
$15,800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$68,248.30
b.
Enter
5
7.9%
$15,800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$92,507.64
2
nd
BGN 2
nd
SET
Enter
5
7.9%
$15,800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$99,815.75
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 128
54.
2
nd
BGN 2
nd
SET
Enter
60
6.4% / 12
$68,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,320.27
57.
Pre-retirement APR:
Enter
10%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
9.57%
Post-retirement APR:
Enter
7%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
6.78%
At retirement, he needs:
Enter
300
6.78% / 12
$20,000
$2,000,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$3,253,994.84
In 10 years, his savings will be worth:
Enter
120
9.57% / 12
$2,500
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$499,659.64
After purchasing the cabin, he will have: $499,659.64 – 375,000 = $124,659.64
Each month between years 10 and 30, he needs to save:
Enter
240
9.57% / 12
$124,659.64
$3,253,994.84
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$3,362.78
58.
PV of purchase:
Enter
36
6% / 12
$19,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$15,877.25
$32,000 – 15,877.25 = $16,122.75
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
129 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
PV of lease:
Enter
36
6% / 12
$469
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$15,416.51
$15,416.51 + 1,200 = $16,616.51
Buy the car.
You would be indifferent when the PV of the two cash flows are equal. The present value of the
purchase decision must be $16,616.51. Since the difference in the two cash flows is $32,000 –
16,616.51 = $15,383.49, this must be the present value of the future resale price of the car. The
break-even resale price of the car is:
Enter
36
6% / 12
$15,383.49
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$18,409.13
59.
Enter
4.8%
365
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
4.92%
CF
o
$6,500,000
C01
$5,100,000
F01
1
C02
$5,600,000
F02
1
C03
$6,100,000
F03
1
C04
$7,500,000
F04
1
C05
$8,200,000
F05
1
C06
$9,000,000
F06
1
I = 4.92%
NPV CPT
$41,118,705.53
New contract value = $41,118,705.53 + 2,000,000 = $43,118,705.53
PV of payments = $43,118,705.53 – 10,000,000 = $33,118,705.53
Effective quarterly rate = [1 + (.048 / 365)]
91.25
– 1 = .01207 or 1.207%
Enter
24
1.207%
$33,118,705.53
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,597,735.62
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 130
60.
Enter
1
$21,650
$25,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
15.47%
61.
Enter
8%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
7.72%
Enter
12
7.72% / 12
$43,000 / 12
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$44,554.76
Enter
1
8%
$44,554.76
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$48,119.14
Enter
12
7.72% / 12
$46,000 / 12
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$47,663.23
Enter
60
7.72% / 12
$51,000 / 12
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$210,990.84
Award = $48,119.14 + 47,663.23 + 210,990.84 + 150,000 + 20,000 = $476,773.21
62.
Enter
1
$9,800
$10,800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
10.20%
63.
Enter
1
$9,700
$11,200
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
15.46%
64.
Enter
30 × 12
4% / 12
200,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$954.83
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
131 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Enter
30 × 12 3.75% / 12
$954.83
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$206,175.44
65.
Enter
30 × 12
4% / 12
200,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$954.83
Enter
(30 – 8) × 12 3.75% / 12
$954.83
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$167,460.95
Enter
8 × 12
3.75% / 12
$954.83
$167,460.95
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$203,202.16
66.
Refundable fee: With the $3,900 application fee, you will need to borrow $233,300 to have $230,000 after deducting the fee. Solve for the payment under these circumstances.
Enter
30
12
4.8% / 12
$233,900
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,227.19
Enter
30
12
$230,000
$1,227.19
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
.4122%
APR = .4122%
12 = 4.95%
Enter
4.95%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
5.06%
Without refundable fee: APR = 4.80%
Enter
4.80%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
4.91%
67.
Enter
36
$1,000
$43.92
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
2.72%
APR = 2.72%
12 = 32.66%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 132
Enter
32.66%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
38.02%
68.
What she needs at age 65:
Enter
20
7%
$105,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,112,371.50
a.
Enter
30
7%
$1,112,371.50
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$11,766.01
b.
Enter
30
7%
$1,112,371.50
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$146,129.04
c.
Enter
10
7%
$175,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$344,251.49
At 65, she is short: $1,112,371.50 – 344,251.49 = $768,120.01 Enter
30
7%
$768,120.01
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$8,131.63
Her employer will contribute $3,500 per year, so she must contribute:
$8,131.63 – 3,500 = $4,631.63 year
69.
Without fee:
Enter
18.6% / 12
$12,000
$225
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
113.94
Enter
9.2% / 12
$12,000
$225
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
68.84
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
133 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
With fee:
Enter
9.2% / 12
$12,240
$225
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
70.66
70.
Value at Year 6:
Enter
5
9%
$700
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,077.04
Enter
4
9%
$700
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$988.11
Enter
3
9%
$800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,036.02
Enter
2
9%
$800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$950.48
Enter
1
9%
$900
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$981
So, at Year 5, the value is: $1,077.04 + 988.11 + 1,036.02 + 950.48 + 981
+ 900 = $5,932.65
At Year 65, the value is:
Enter
59
6%
$5,932.65
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$184,626.72
The policy is not worth buying; the future value of the deposits is $184,626.72 but the policy contract will pay off $150,000.
71.
Enter
30
12
5.2% / 12
$1,950,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$10,707.66
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 6 - 134
Enter
22
12
5.2% / 12
$10,707.66
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,681,933.48
72.
CF
o
$15,000
C01
$15,000
F01
5
C02
$32,000
F02
4
IRR CPT
7.21%
77. a. APR = 7.5%
52 = 390%
Enter
390%
52
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
4,197.74%
b.
Enter
1
$9.25
$10.00
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
8.11%
APR = 8.11%
52 = 421.62%
Enter
421.62%
52
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
5,662.75%
c.
Enter
4
$66.45
$25
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
18.62%
APR = 18.62%
52 = 968.19%
Enter
968.19%
52
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
717,745.21%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7
INTEREST RATES AND BOND VALUATION
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
No. As interest rates fluctuate, the value of a Treasury security will fluctuate. Long-term Treasury
securities have substantial interest rate risk. 2.
All else the same, the Treasury security will have lower coupons because of its lower default risk, so
it will have greater interest rate risk.
3.
No. If the bid price were higher than the ask price, the implication would be that a dealer was willing
to sell a bond and immediately buy it back at a higher price. How many such transactions would you
like to do?
4.
Prices and yields move in opposite directions. Since the bid price must be lower, the bid yield must
be higher.
5.
There are two benefits. First, the company can take advantage of interest rate declines by calling in
an issue and replacing it with a lower coupon issue. Second, a company might wish to eliminate a
covenant for some reason. Calling the issue does this. The cost to the company is a higher coupon. A
put provision is desirable from an investor’s standpoint, so it helps the company by reducing the
coupon rate on the bond. The cost to the company is that it may have to buy back the bond at an
unattractive price.
6.
Bond issuers look at outstanding bonds of similar maturity and risk. The yields on such bonds are
used to establish the coupon rate necessary for a particular issue to initially sell for par value. Bond
issuers also simply ask potential purchasers what coupon rate would be necessary to attract them.
The coupon rate is fixed and simply determines what the bond’s coupon payments will be. The
required return is what investors actually demand on the issue, and it will fluctuate through time. The
coupon rate and required return are equal only if the bond sells exactly at par.
7.
Yes. Some investors have obligations that are denominated in dollars; that is, they are nominal. Their
primary concern is that an investment provide the needed nominal dollar amounts. Pension funds, for
example, often must plan for pension payments many years in the future. If those payments are fixed
in dollar terms, then it is the nominal return on an investment that is important.
8.
Companies pay to have their bonds rated simply because unrated bonds can be difficult to sell; many
large investors are prohibited from investing in unrated issues. 9.
Junk bonds often are not rated because there would be no point in an issuer paying a rating agency to
assign its bonds a low rating (it’s like paying someone to kick you!).
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 136
10.
The term structure is based on pure discount bonds. The yield curve is based on coupon-bearing
issues. 11.
Bond ratings have a subjective factor to them. Split ratings reflect a difference of opinion among
credit agencies.
12.
As a general constitutional principle, the federal government cannot tax the states without their
consent if doing so would interfere with state government functions. At one time, this principle was
thought to provide for the tax-exempt status of municipal interest payments. However, modern court
rulings make it clear that Congress can revoke the municipal exemption, so the only basis now
appears to be historical precedent. The fact that the states and the federal government do not tax each
other’s securities is referred to as reciprocal immunity
.
13.
Lack of transparency means that a buyer or seller can’t see recent transactions, so it is much harder
to determine what the best bid and ask prices are at any point in time.
14.
Companies charge that bond rating agencies are pressuring them to pay for bond ratings. When a
company pays for a rating, it has the opportunity to make its case for a particular rating. With an
unsolicited rating, the company has no input.
15.
A 100-year bond looks like a share of preferred stock. In particular, it is a loan with a life that almost
certainly exceeds the life of the lender, assuming that the lender is an individual. With a junk bond,
the credit risk can be so high that the borrower is almost certain to default, meaning that the creditors
are very likely to end up as part owners of the business. In both cases, the “equity in disguise” has a
significant tax advantage.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The yield to maturity is the required rate of return on a bond expressed as a nominal annual interest
rate. For noncallable bonds, the yield to maturity and required rate of return are interchangeable
terms. Unlike YTM and required return, the coupon rate is not a return used as the interest rate in
bond cash flow valuation, but is a fixed percentage of par over the life of the bond used to set the
coupon payment amount. For the example given, the coupon rate on the bond is still 10 percent, and
the YTM is 8 percent.
2.
Price and yield move in opposite directions; if interest rates rise, the price of the bond will fall. This
is because the fixed coupon payments determined by the fixed coupon rate are not as valuable when
interest rates rise—hence, the price of the bond decreases.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
137 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
3.
The price of any bond is the PV of the interest payment, plus the PV of the par value. Notice this
problem assumes an annual coupon. The price of the bond will be:
P = €
58({1 – [1 / (1 + .0475
23
)] } / .047) + €
1,000[1 / (1 + .047)
23
] P = €
1,152.66
We would like to introduce shorthand notation here. Rather than write (or type, as the case may be)
the entire equation for the PV of a lump sum, or the PVA equation, it is common to abbreviate the
equations as:
PVIF
R,t
= 1 / (1 + R
)
t
which stands for P
resent V
alue I
nterest F
actor
PVIFA
R,t
= ({1 – [1/(1 + R
)
t
] } / R
)
which stands for P
resent V
alue I
nterest F
actor of an A
nnuity
These abbreviations are shorthand notation for the equations in which the interest rate and the
number of periods are substituted into the equation and solved. We will use this shorthand notation
in the remainder of the solutions key.
4.
Here we need to find the YTM of a bond. The equation for the bond price is:
P = ¥91,530 = ¥3,400(PVIFA
R%
,16
) + ¥100,000(PVIF
R
%,16
) Notice the equation cannot be solved directly for R
. Using a spreadsheet, a financial calculator, or
trial and error, we find:
R
= YTM = 4.13%
If you are using trial and error to find the YTM of the bond, you might be wondering how to pick an
interest rate to start the process. First, we know the YTM has to be higher than the coupon rate since
the bond is a discount bond. That still leaves a lot of interest rates to check. One way to get a starting
point is to use the following equation, which will give you an approximation of the YTM:
Approximate YTM = [Annual interest payment + (Price difference from par / Years to maturity)] /
[(Price + Par value) / 2]
Solving for this problem, we get:
Approximate YTM = [¥3,400 + (¥8,470 / 16] / [(¥91,530 + 100,000) / 2] = 4.10%
This is not the exact YTM, but it is close, and it will give you a place to start.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 138
5.
Here we need to find the coupon rate of the bond. All we need to do is to set up the bond pricing
equation and solve for the coupon payment as follows:
P = $948 = C
(PVIFA
5.90%,8
) + $1,000(PVIF
5.90%,8
) Solving for the coupon payment, we get:
C
= $50.66
The coupon payment is the coupon rate times par value. Using this relationship, we get:
Coupon rate = $50.66 / $1,000 Coupon rate = .0507, or 5.07%
6.
To find the price of this bond, we need to realize that the maturity of the bond is 14 years. The bond
was issued 1 year ago, with 15 years to maturity, so there are 14 years left on the bond. Also, the
coupons are semiannual, so we need to use the semiannual interest rate and the number of
semiannual periods. The price of the bond is:
P = $20.50(PVIFA
2.25%,28
) + $1,000(PVIF
2.25%,28
) P = $958.78
7.
Here we are finding the YTM of a semiannual coupon bond. The bond price equation is:
P = $1,050 = $26.50(PVIFA
R%
,36
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%
,36
) Since we cannot solve the equation directly for R
, using a spreadsheet, a financial calculator, or trial
and error, we find:
R
= 2.440% Since the coupon payments are semiannual, this is the semiannual interest rate. The YTM is the APR
of the bond, so:
YTM = 2
2.440% = 4.88%
8.
Here we need to find the coupon rate of the bond. All we need to do is to set up the bond pricing
equation and solve for the coupon payment as follows:
P = $965 = C
(PVIFA
2.65%,29
) + $1,000(PVIF
2.65%,29
)
Solving for the coupon payment, we get:
C
= $24.76 Since this is the semiannual payment, the annual coupon payment is:
2 × $24.76 = $49.52
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
139 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the coupon rate is the annual coupon payment divided by par value, so:
Coupon rate = $49.52 / $1,000 Coupon rate = .0495, or 4.95%
9.
To find the price of a zero coupon bond, we need to find the value of the future cash flows. With a
zero coupon bond, the only cash flow is the par value at maturity. We find the present value
assuming semiannual compounding to keep the YTM of a zero coupon bond equivalent to the YTM
of a coupon bond, so:
P = $10,000(PVIF
2.45%,34
) P = $4,931.30
10.
To find the price of this bond, we need to find the present value of the bond’s cash flows. So, the
price of the bond is:
P = $49(PVIFA
1.90%,26
) + $2,000(PVIF
1.90%,26
) P = $2,224.04
11.
To find the price of this bond, we need to find the present value of the bond’s cash flows. So, the
price of the bond is:
P = $92.50(PVIFA
1.95%,32
) + $5,000(PVIF
1.95%,32
) P = $4,881.80
12.
The approximate relationship between nominal interest rates (
R
), real interest rates (
r
), and inflation
(
h
) is:
R
r
+ h
Approximate r
= .051 – .022 Approximate r
= .029, or 2.90%
The Fisher equation, which shows the exact relationship between nominal interest rates, real interest
rates, and inflation is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
(1 + .051) = (1 + r
)(1 + .022)
r
= [(1 + .051) / (1 + .022)] – 1 r
= .0284, or 2.84%
13.
The Fisher equation, which shows the exact relationship between nominal interest rates, real interest
rates, and inflation is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
R
= (1 + .019)(1 + .031) – 1 R
= .0506, or 5.06%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 140
14.
The Fisher equation, which shows the exact relationship between nominal interest rates, real interest
rates, and inflation is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
h
= [(1 + .115) / (1 + .09)] – 1 h
= .0229, or 2.29%
15.
The Fisher equation, which shows the exact relationship between nominal interest rates, real interest
rates, and inflation is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
r
= [(1 + .1165) / (1.034)] – 1 r
= .0798, or 7.98%
16.
The coupon rate, located in the first column of the quote, is 4.375 percent. The bid price is:
Bid price = 112.6016 = 112.6016%
Bid price = (112.6016 / 100)($10,000)
Bid price = $11,260.16
The previous day’s ask price is found by:
Previous day’s asked price = Today’s asked price – Change = 112.6797 – (–.7031) = 113.3828
The previous day’s asked price in dollars was:
Previous day’s asked price = 113.3828 = 113.3828%
Previous day’s asked price = (113.3828 / 100)($10,000)
Previous day’s asked price = $11,338.28
17.
This is a premium bond because it sells for more than 100 percent of face value. The dollar asked
price is:
Price = (114.8438 / 100)($10,000)
Price = $11,484.38
The current yield is the annual coupon payment divided by the price, so:
Current yield = Annual coupon payment / Price Current yield = $450 / $11,484.38
Current yield = .03918, or 3.918%
The YTM is located under the “Asked Yield” column, so the YTM is 3.604 percent.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
141 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The bid-ask spread is the difference between the bid price and the ask price, so:
Bid-ask spread = 114.8438 – 114.7656
Bid-ask spread = .0782
In dollars, the bid-ask spread is:
Bid-ask spread = (.0782 / 100)($10,000)
Bid-ask spread = $7.82
Intermediate
18.
Here we are finding the YTM of annual coupon bonds for various maturity lengths. The bond price
equation is:
P = C
(PVIFA
R%
,
t
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%
,
t
)
X:
P
0
= $42.50(PVIFA
3.5%,26
) + $1,000(PVIF
3.5%,26
) = $1,126.68
P
1
= $42.50(PVIFA
3.5%,24
) + $1,000(PVIF
3.5%,24
) = $1,120.44
P
3
= $42.50(PVIFA
3.5%,20
) + $1,000(PVIF
3.5%,20
) = $1,106.59
P
8
= $42.50(PVIFA
3.5%,10
) + $1,000(PVIF
3.5%,10
) = $1,062.37
P
12
= $42.50(PVIFA
3.5%,2
) + $1,000(PVIF
3.5%,2
) = $1,014.25
P
13
= $1,000
Y:
P
0
= $35(PVIFA
4.25%,26
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,26
) = $883.33
P
1
= $35(PVIFA
4.25%,24
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,24
) = $888.52
P
3
= $35(PVIFA
4.25%,20
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,20
) = $900.29
P
8
= $35(PVIFA
4.25%,10
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,10
) = $939.92
P
12
= $35(PVIFA
4.25%,2
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,2
) = $985.90 P
13
= $1,000
13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
$700 $800 $900 $1,000 $1,100 $1,200 $1,300 Maturity and Bond Price
Bond X
Bond Y
Maturity (Years)
Bond Price
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 142
All else held equal, the premium over par value for a premium bond declines as maturity approaches,
and the discount from par value for a discount bond declines as maturity approaches. This is called
“pull to par.” In both cases, the largest percentage price changes occur at the shortest maturity
lengths.
Also, notice that the price of each bond when no time is left to maturity is the par value, even though
the purchaser would receive the par value plus the coupon payment immediately. This is because we
calculate the clean price of the bond.
19.
Any bond that sells at par has a YTM equal to the coupon rate. Both bonds sell at par, so the initial
YTM on both bonds is the coupon rate, 6.5 percent. If the YTM suddenly rises to 8.5 percent:
P
Sam
= $32.50(PVIFA
4.25%,6
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,6
) = $948.00
P
Dave
= $32.50(PVIFA
4.25%,40
) + $1,000(PVIF
4.25%,40
) = $809.23
The percentage change in price is calculated as:
Percentage change in price = (New price – Original price) / Original price
P
Sam
% = ($948.00 – 1,000) / $1,000 = –.0520, or –5.20%
P
Dave
% = ($809.23 – 1,000) / $1,000 = –.1908, or –19.08%
If the YTM suddenly falls to 4.5 percent:
P
Sam
= $32.50(PVIFA
2.25%,6
) + $1,000(PVIF
2.25%,6
) = $1,055.54
P
Dave
= $32.50(PVIFA
2.25%,40
) + $1,000(PVIF
2.25%,40
) = $1,261.94
P
Sam
% = ($1,055.54 – 1,000) / $1,000 = .0555, or 5.55%
P
Dave
% = ($1,261.94 – 1,000) / $1,000 = .2619, or 26.19%
All else the same, the longer the maturity of a bond, the greater is its price sensitivity to changes in
interest rates.
0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9%10%
$500 $1,000 $1,500 $2,000 $2,500 YTM and Bond Price
Bond Sam
Bond Dave
Yield to Maturity
Bond Price
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
143 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
20.
Initially, at a YTM of 6 percent, the prices of the two bonds are:
P
J
= $15(PVIFA
3%,38
) + $1,000(PVIF
3%,38
) = $662.61
P
K
= $45(PVIFA
3%,38
) + $1,000(PVIF
3%,38
) = $1,337.39
If the YTM rises from 6 percent to 8 percent:
P
J
= $15(PVIFA
4%,38
) + $1,000(PVIF
4%,38
) = $515.80
P
K
= $45(PVIFA
4%,38
) + $1,000(PVIF
4%,38
) = $1,096.84
The percentage change in price is calculated as:
Percentage change in price = (New price – Original price) / Original price
P
J
% = ($515.80 – 662.61) / $662.61 = –.2216, or –22.16%
P
K
%
= ($1,096.84 – 1,337.39) / $1,337.39 = –.1799, or –17.99%
If the YTM declines from 6 percent to 4 percent:
P
J
= $15(PVIFA
2%,38
) + $1,000(PVIF
2%,38
) = $867.80
P
K
= $45(PVIFA
2%,38
) + $1,000(PVIF
2%,38
) = $1,661.02
P
J
% = ($867.80 – 662.61) / $662.61
= .3097, or 30.97%
P
K
% = ($1,661.02 – 1,337.39) / $1,337.39
= .2420, or 24.20%
All else the same, the lower the coupon rate on a bond, the greater is its price sensitivity to changes
in interest rates.
21.
The current yield is:
Current yield = Annual coupon payment / Price Current yield = $64 / $1,068 Current yield = .0599, or 5.99%
The bond price equation for this bond is:
P
0
= $1,068 = $32(PVIFA
R%
,36
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%
,36
) Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error we find:
R
= 2.893%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 144
This is the semiannual interest rate, so the YTM is:
YTM = 2
2.893% YTM = 5.79%
The effective annual yield is the same as the EAR, so using the EAR equation from the previous
chapter:
Effective annual yield = (1 + .02893)
2
– 1 Effective annual yield = .0587, or 5.87%
22.
The company should set the coupon rate on its new bonds equal to the required return. The required
return can be observed in the market by finding the YTM on the outstanding bonds of the company.
So, the YTM on the bonds currently sold in the market is:
P = $1,083 = $35(PVIFA
R%
,40
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%
,40
) Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error we find:
R
= 3.133%
This is the semiannual interest rate, so the YTM is:
YTM = 2
3.133% YTM = 6.27%
23.
Accrued interest is the coupon payment for the period times the fraction of the period that has passed
since the last coupon payment. Since we have a semiannual coupon bond, the coupon payment per
six months is one-half of the annual coupon payment. There are four months until the next coupon
payment, so two months have passed since the last coupon payment. The accrued interest for the
bond is:
Accrued interest = $59/2 × 2/6 Accrued interest = $9.83
And we calculate the clean price as:
Clean price = Dirty price – Accrued interest Clean price = $1,035 – 9.83 Clean price = $1,025.17
24.
Accrued interest is the coupon payment for the period times the fraction of the period that has passed
since the last coupon payment. Since we have a semiannual coupon bond, the coupon payment per
six months is one-half of the annual coupon payment. There are two months until the next coupon
payment, so four months have passed since the last coupon payment. The accrued interest for the
bond is:
Accrued interest = $47/2 × 4/6 Accrued interest = $15.67
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
145 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And we calculate the dirty price as:
Dirty price = Clean price + Accrued interest Dirty price = $951 + 15.67 Dirty price = $966.67
25.
To find the number of years to maturity for the bond, we need to find the price of the bond. Since we
already have the coupon rate, we can use the bond price equation, and solve for the number of years
to maturity. We are given the current yield of the bond, so we can calculate the price as:
Current yield = .0755 = $80/P
0
P
0
= $80 / .0755 = $1,059.60
Now that we have the price of the bond, the bond price equation is:
P = $1,059.60 = $80[(1 – (1/1.072)
t
) / .072 ] + $1,000/1.072
t
We can solve this equation for t
as follows: $1,059.60(1.072)
t
= $1,111.11(1.072)
t
– 1,111.11 + 1,000
111.11 = 51.51(1.072)
t
2.1570 = 1.072
t
t
= log 2.1571 / log 1.072 = 11.06 The bond has 11.06 years to maturity.
26.
The bond has 13 years to maturity, so the bond price equation is:
P = $1,089.60 = $28.50(PVIFA
R%
,26
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%
,26
)
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error we find:
R
= 2.384% This is the semiannual interest rate, so the YTM is:
YTM = 2
2.384% YTM = 4.77%
The current yield is the annual coupon payment divided by the bond price, so:
Current yield = $57 / $1,089.60 Current yield = .0523, or 5.23%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 146
27.
a
.
The bond price is the present value of the cash flows from a bond. The YTM is the interest rate
used in valuing the cash flows from a bond.
b
.
If the coupon rate is higher than the required return on a bond, the bond will sell at a premium,
since it provides periodic income in the form of coupon payments in excess of that required by
investors on other similar bonds. If the coupon rate is lower than the required return on a bond,
the bond will sell at a discount since it provides insufficient coupon payments compared to that
required by investors on other similar bonds. For premium bonds, the coupon rate exceeds the
YTM; for discount bonds, the YTM exceeds the coupon rate, and for bonds selling at par, the
YTM is equal to the coupon rate.
c
.
Current yield is defined as the annual coupon payment divided by the current bond price. For premium bonds, the current yield exceeds the YTM, for discount bonds the current yield is less
than the YTM, and for bonds selling at par value, the current yield is equal to the YTM. In all
cases, the current yield plus the expected one-period capital gains yield of the bond must be
equal to the required return.
28.
The price of a zero coupon bond is the PV of the par, so:
a
.
P
0
= $1,000 / 1.029
50
P
0
= $239.46
b
.
In one year, the bond will have 24 years to maturity, so the price will be:
P
1
= $1,000 / 1.029
48
P
1
= $253.55 The interest deduction is the price of the bond at the end of the year, minus the price at the
beginning of the year, so: Year 1 interest deduction = $253.55 – 239.46 Year 1 interest deduction = $14.09
The price of the bond when it has one year left to maturity will be:
P
24
= $1,000 / 1.029
2
P
24
= $944.43
Year 24 interest deduction = $1,000 – 944.43 Year 24 interest deduction = $55.57
c
.
Previous IRS regulations required a straight-line calculation of interest. The total interest
received by the bondholder is: Total interest = $1,000 – 239.46 Total interest = $760.54
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
147 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The annual interest deduction is simply the total interest divided by the maturity of the bond, so
the straight-line deduction is:
Annual interest deduction = $760.54 / 25 Annual interest deduction = $30.42
d
.
The company will prefer straight-line methods when allowed because the valuable interest
deductions occur earlier in the life of the bond.
29.
a
.
The coupon bonds have a 6 percent coupon which matches the 6 percent required return, so
they will sell at par. The number of bonds that must be sold is the amount needed divided by
the bond price, so:
Number of coupon bonds to sell = $47,000,000 / $1,000 Number of coupon bonds to sell = 47,000
The number of zero coupon bonds to sell would be: Price of zero coupon bonds = $1,000 / 1.03
40
Price of zero coupon bonds = $306.56
Number of zero coupon bonds to sell = $47,000,000 / $306.56 Number of zero coupon bonds to sell = 153,316
b
.
The repayment of the coupon bond will be the par value plus the last coupon payment times the
number of bonds issued. So:
Coupon bonds repayment = 47,000($1,030) Coupon bonds repayment = $48,410,000
The repayment of the zero coupon bond will be the par value times the number of bonds issued,
so:
Zeroes repayment = 153,316($1,000) Zeroes repayment = $153,315,776
c
.
The total coupon payment for the coupon bonds will be the number of bonds times the coupon
payment. For the cash flow of the coupon bonds, we need to account for the tax deductibility of
the interest payments. To do this, we will multiply the total coupon payment times one minus
the tax rate. So:
Coupon bonds: (47,000)($60)(1 – .35) Coupon bonds = $1,833,000 cash outflow
Note that this is a cash outflow since the company is making the interest payment.
For the zero coupon bonds, the first year interest payment is the difference in the price of the
zero at the end of the year and the beginning of the year. The price of the zeroes in one year
will be:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 148
P
1
= $1,000 / 1.03
38
P
1
= $325.23 The Year 1 interest deduction per bond will be this price minus the price at the beginning of the
year, which we found in part b
, so:
Year 1 interest deduction per bond = $325.23 – 306.56 Year 1 interest deduction per bond = $18.67
The total cash flow for the zeroes will be the interest deduction for the year times the number of
zeroes sold, times the tax rate. The cash flow for the zeroes in Year 1 will be:
Cash flow for zeroes in Year 1 = (153,316)($18.67)(.35) Cash flow for zeroes in Year 1 = $1,001,805.00 Notice the cash flow for the zeroes is a cash inflow. This is because of the tax deductibility of
the imputed interest expense. That is, the company gets to write off the interest expense for the
year even though the company did not have a cash flow for the interest expense. This reduces
the company’s tax liability, which is a cash inflow.
During the life of the bond, the zero generates cash inflows to the firm in the form of the
interest tax shield of debt. We should note an important point here: If you find the PV of the
cash flows from the coupon bond and the zero coupon bond, they will be the same. This is
because of the much larger repayment amount for the zeroes. 30.
We found the maturity of a bond in Problem 25. However, in this case, the maturity is indeterminate.
A bond selling at par can have any length of maturity. In other words, when we solve the bond
pricing equation as we did in Problem 25, the number of periods can be any positive number.
31.
We first need to find the real interest rate on the savings. Using the Fisher equation, the real interest
rate is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .108 = (1 + r
)(1 + .037)
r
= .0685, or 6.85%
Now we can use the future value of an annuity equation to find the annual deposit. Doing so, we
find:
FVA = C
{[(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
$2,600,000 = $
C
[(1.0685
40
– 1) / .0685]
C
= $13,547.76
Challenge
32.
To find the capital gains yield and the current yield, we need to find the price of the bond. The
current price of Bond P and the price of Bond P in one year are:
P:
P
0
= $100(PVIFA
7%, 10
) + $1,000(PVIF
7%, 10
) = $1,210.71
P
1
= $100(PVIFA
7%, 9
) + $1,000(PVIF
7%,9
) = $1,195.46
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
149 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, the capital gains yield is:
Capital gains yield = (New price – Original price) / Original price Capital gains yield = ($1,195.46 – 1,210.71) / $1,210.71 Capital gains yield = –.0126, or –1.26%
And the current yield is:
Current yield = $100 / $1,210.71 Current yield = .0826, or 8.26%
The current price of Bond D and the price of Bond D in one year is:
D:
P
0
= $40(PVIFA
7%, 10
) + $1,000(PVIF
7%, 10
) = $789.29
P
1
= $40(PVIFA
7%, 9
) + $1,000(PVIF
7%, 9
) = $804.54
So, the capital gains yield is:
Capital gains yield = ($804.54 – 789.29) / $789.29 Capital gains yield = .0193, or 1.93%
And the current yield is:
Current yield = $40 / $789.29 Current yield = .0507, or 5.07%
All else held constant, premium bonds pay high current income while having price depreciation as
maturity nears; discount bonds do not pay high current income but have price appreciation as
maturity nears. For either bond, the total return is still 7 percent, but this return is distributed
differently between current income and capital gains.
33.
a
.
The rate of return you expect to earn if you purchase a bond and hold it until maturity is the
YTM. The bond price equation for this bond is:
P
0
= $1,060 = $70(PVIFA
R%
,17
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%
,17
) Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error we find:
R
= YTM = 6.41%
b
.
To find our HPY, we need to find the price of the bond in two years. The price of the bond in
two years, at the new interest rate, will be: P
2
= $70(PVIFA
5.41%,15
) + $1,000(PVIF
5.41%,15
) P
2
= $1,160.52
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 150
To calculate the HPY, we need to find the interest rate that equates the price we paid for the
bond with the cash flows we received. The cash flows we received were $70 each year for two
years and the price of the bond when we sold it. The equation to find our HPY is:
P
0
= $1,060 = $70(PVIFA
R%
,2
) + $1,160.52(PVIF
R%
,2
) Solving for R
, we get:
R
= HPY = 11.10%
The realized HPY is greater than the expected YTM when the bond was bought because
interest rates dropped by 1 percent; bond prices rise when yields fall.
34.
The price of any bond (or financial instrument) is the PV of the future cash flows. Even though Bond
M makes different coupons payments, to find the price of the bond, we just find the PV of the cash
flows. The PV of the cash flows for Bond M is:
P
M
= $1,100(PVIFA
2.8%,16
)(PVIF
2.8%,12
) + $1,400(PVIFA
2.8%,12
)(PVIF
2.8%,28
) + $20,000(PVIF
2.8%,40
)
P
M
= $23,209.07
Notice that for the coupon payments of $1,400, we found the PVA for the coupon payments and then
discounted the lump sum back to today.
Bond N is a zero coupon bond with a $20,000 par value, therefore, the price of the bond is the PV of
the par, or:
P
N
= $20,000(PVIF
2.8%,40
) P
N
= $6,626.82
35.
To calculate this, we need to set up an equation with the callable bond equal to a weighted average
of the noncallable bonds. We will invest X percent of our money in the first noncallable bond, which
means our investment in Bond 3 (the other noncallable bond) will be (1 – X). The equation is:
C
2 = C
1 X + C
3
(1 – X)
8.25 = 6.50X + 12(1 – X)
8.25 = 6.50X + 12 – 12 X
X
= .68182
So, we invest about 68 percent of our money in Bond 1, and about 32 percent in Bond 3. This
combination of bonds should have the same value as the callable bond, excluding the value of the
call. So:
P
2
= .68182P
1
+ .31819P
3
P
2
= .68182(106.375) + .31818(134.96875)
P
2
= 115.4730
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
151 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The call value is the difference between this implied bond value and the actual bond price. So, the call value is:
Call value = 115.4730 – 103.50 = 11.9730
Assuming $1,000 par value, the call value is $119.73.
36.
In general, this is not likely to happen, although it can (and did). The reason this bond has a negative
YTM is that it is a callable U.S. Treasury bond. Market participants know this. Given the high
coupon rate of the bond, it is extremely likely to be called, which means the bondholder will not
receive all the cash flows promised. A better measure of the return on a callable bond is the yield to
call (YTC). The YTC calculation is the basically the same as the YTM calculation, but the number
of periods is the number of periods until the call date. If the YTC were calculated on this bond, it
would be positive.
37.
To find the present value, we need to find the real weekly interest rate. To find the real return, we
need to use the effective annual rates in the Fisher equation. So, we find the real EAR is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .073 = (1 + r
)(1 + .037)
r
= .0347, or 3.47%
Now, to find the weekly interest rate, we need to find the APR. Using the equation for discrete
compounding:
EAR = [1 + (APR / m
)]
m
– 1
We can solve for the APR. Doing so, we get:
APR = m
[(1 + EAR)
1/
m
– 1]
APR = 52[(1 + .0347)
1/52
– 1]
APR = .0341, or 3.41%
So, the weekly interest rate is:
Weekly rate = APR / 52
Weekly rate = .0341 / 52
Weekly rate = .00066, or .066%
Now we can find the present value of the cost of the roses. The real cash flows are an ordinary
annuity, discounted at the real interest rate. So, the present value of the cost of the roses is:
PVA = C
({1 – [1 / (1 + r
)
t
] } / r
)
PVA = $7
({1 – [1 / (1 + .00066)
30(52)
]} / .00066)
PVA = $6,832.34
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 152
38.
To answer this question, we need to find the monthly interest rate, which is the APR divided by 12.
We also must be careful to use the real interest rate. The Fisher equation uses the effective annual
rate, so, the real effective annual interest rates, and the monthly interest rates for each account are: Stock account:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .11 = (1 + r
)(1 + .04)
r
= .0673, or 6.73%
APR = m
[(1 + EAR)
1/
m
– 1]
APR = 12[(1 + .0673)
1/12
– 1]
APR = .0653, or 6.53%
Monthly rate = APR / 12
Monthly rate = .0653 / 12
Monthly rate = .0054, or .54%
Bond account:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .07 = (1 + r
)(1 + .04)
r
= .0288, or 2.88%
APR = m
[(1 + EAR)
1/
m
– 1]
APR = 12[(1 + .0288)
1/12
– 1]
APR = .0285, or 2.85%
Monthly rate = APR / 12
Monthly rate = .0285 / 12
Monthly rate = .0024, or .24%
Now we can find the future value of the retirement account in real terms. The future value of each
account will be:
Stock account:
FVA = C
{(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
FVA = $800{[(1 + .0054)
360 – 1] / .0054]}
FVA = $890,403.60
Bond account:
FVA = C
{(1 + r
)
t
– 1] / r
}
FVA = $400{[(1 + .0024)
360 – 1] / .0024]}
FVA = $227,089.04
The total future value of the retirement account will be the sum of the two accounts, or:
Account value = $890,403.60 + 227,089.04
Account value = $1,117,492.64
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
153 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Now we need to find the monthly interest rate in retirement. We can use the same procedure that we
used to find the monthly interest rates for the stock and bond accounts, so:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .09 = (1 + r
)(1 + .04)
r
= .0481, or 4.81%
APR = m
[(1 + EAR)
1/
m
– 1]
APR = 12[(1 + .0481)
1/12
– 1]
APR = .0470, or 4.70%
Monthly rate = APR / 12
Monthly rate = .0470 / 12
Monthly rate = .0039, or .39%
Now we can find the real monthly withdrawal in retirement. Using the present value of an annuity
equation and solving for the payment, we find:
PVA = C
({1 – [1/(1 + r
)]
t
} / r
)
$1,117,492.64 = C
({1 – [1/(1 + .0039)]
300
} / .0039)
C
= $6,342.06
This is the real dollar amount of the monthly withdrawals. The nominal monthly withdrawals will
increase by the inflation rate each month. To find the nominal dollar amount of the last withdrawal,
we can increase the real dollar withdrawal by the inflation rate. We can increase the real withdrawal
by the effective annual inflation rate since we are only interested in the nominal amount of the last
withdrawal. So, the last withdrawal in nominal terms will be:
FV = PV(1 + r
)
t
FV = $6,342.06(1 + .04)
(30 + 25)
FV = $54,835.81
Calculator Solutions
3.
Enter
23
4.7%
€58
€1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
€1,152.66
4.
Enter
18
±¥91,530
¥3,400
¥100,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
4.13%
5.
Enter
8
5.9%
±$948
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$50.66
Coupon rate = $50.66 / $1,000 = 5.07%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 154
6.
Enter
28
4.5% / 2
$41 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$958.78
7.
Enter
36
±$1,050
$53 / 2 $1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
2.440%
2.440%
2 = 4.88%
8.
Enter
29
5.3% / 2
±$965
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$24.76
$24.76(2) / $1,000 = 4.95%
9.
Enter
34
4.9% / 2
±$10,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$4,391.30
10.
Enter
26
3.8% / 2
±$49 / 2
±$2,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$2,224.04
11.
Enter
32
3.9% / 2
±$185 / 2
±$5,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$4,881.80
18.
Bond X
P
0
Enter
26
7% / 2
$85 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,126.68
P
1
Enter
24
7% / 2
$85 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,120.44
P
3
Enter
20
7% / 2
$85 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,106.59
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
155 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
P
8
Enter
10
7% / 2
$85 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,062.37
P
12
Enter
2
7% / 2
$85 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,014.25
Bond Y
P
0
Enter
26
8.5% / 2
$70 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$883.33
P
1
Enter
24
8.5% / 2
$70 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$888.52
P
3
Enter
20
8.5% / 2
$70 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$900.29
P
8
Enter
10
8.5% / 2
$70 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$939.92
P
12
Enter
2
8.5% / 2
$70 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$985.90
19.
If both bonds sell at par, the initial YTM on both bonds is the coupon rate, 6.5 percent. If the YTM
suddenly rises to 8.5 percent:
P
Sam
Enter
6
8.5% / 2
$65 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$948.00
P
Sam
% = ($948.00 – 1,000) / $1,000 = – 5.20%
P
Dave
Enter
40
8.5% / 2
$65 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$809.23
P
Dave
% = ($809.23 – 1,000) / $1,000 = – 19.08%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 156
If the YTM suddenly falls to 4.5 percent:
P
Sam
Enter
6
4.5% / 2
$65 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,055.54
P
Sam
% = ($1,055.54 – 1,000) / $1,000 = + 5.55%
P
Dave
Enter
40
4.5% / 2
$65 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,261.94
P
Dave
% = ($1,261.94 – 1,000) / $1,000 = + 26.19%
All else the same, the longer the maturity of a bond, the greater is its price sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
20.
Initially, at a YTM of 6 percent, the prices of the two bonds are:
P
J
Enter
38
6% / 2
$30 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$662.61
P
K
Enter
38
6% / 2
$90 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,337.39
If the YTM rises from 6 percent to 8 percent:
P
J
Enter
38
8%2
$30 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$515.80
P
J
% = ($515.80 – 662.61) / $662.61 = – 22.16%
P
K
Enter
38
8% / 2
$90 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,096.84
P
K
% = ($1,096.84 – 1,337.39) / $1,337.39 = – 17.99%
If the YTM declines from 6 percent to 4 percent:
P
J
Enter
38
4% / 2
$30 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$867.80
P
J
% = ($867.80 – 662.61) / $662.61 = + 30.97%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
157 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
P
K
Enter
38
4% / 2
$90 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,661.02
P
K
% = ($1,661.02 – 1,337.39) / $1,337.39 = + 24.20%
All else the same, the lower the coupon rate on a bond, the greater is its price sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
21.
Enter
36
±$1,068
$64 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
2.893%
2.893%
2 = 5.79%
Enter
5.79%
2
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
5.87%
22.
The company should set the coupon rate on its new bonds equal to the required return; the required
return can be observed in the market by finding the YTM on outstanding bonds of the company.
Enter
40
±$1,083
$70 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
3.133%
3.133%
2 = 6.27%
25.
Current yield = .0755 = $80 / P
0
; P
0
= $80 / .0755 = $1,059.60
Enter
7.2%
±$1,059.60
$80
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
11.06
26.
Enter
26
±$1,089.60
$57 / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
2.384%
2.384% × 2 = 4.77%
28.
a.
P
o
Enter
50
5.8% / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$239.46
b.
P
1
Enter
48
5.8% / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$253.55
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 158
Year 1 interest deduction = $253.55 – 239.46 = $14.09
P
24
Enter
2
5.8% / 2%
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$944.43
Year 25 interest deduction = $1,000 – 944.43 = $55.57
c
.
Total interest = $1,000 – 239.46 = $760.54
Annual interest deduction = $760.54 / 25 = $30.42
d
.
The company will prefer straight-line method when allowed because the valuable interest
deductions occur earlier in the life of the bond.
29.
a
.
The coupon bonds have a 6% coupon rate, which matches the 6% required return, so they will sell at par; number of bonds = $47,000,000 / $1,000 = 47,000.
For the zeroes: Enter
40
6% / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$306.56
$47,000,000 / $306.56 = 153,316 will be issued.
b
.
Coupon bonds: repayment = 47,000($1,030) = $48,410,000
Zeroes: repayment = 153,316($1,000) = $153,315,776
c
.
Coupon bonds: (47,000)($60)(1 – .35) = $1,833,000 cash outflow
Zeroes: Enter
38
6% / 2
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$325.23
Year 1 interest deduction = $325.23 – 306.56 = $18.67
(153,316)($18.67)(.35) = $1,001,805 cash inflow
During the life of the bond, the zero generates cash inflows to the firm in the form of the interest tax shield of debt.
32.
Bond P
P
0
Enter
10
7%
$100
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,210.71
P
1
Enter
9
7%
$100
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,195.46
Current yield = $100 / $1,210.71 = .0826, or 8.26%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
159 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Capital gains yield = ($1,195.46 – 1,210.71) / $1,210.71 = –.0126, or –1.26%
Bond D
P
0
Enter
10
7%
$40
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$789.29
P
1
Enter
9
7%
$40
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$804.54
Current yield = $40 / $789.29 = .0507, or 5.07%
Capital gains yield = ($804.54 – 789.29) / $789.29 = .0193, or 1.93%
All else held constant, premium bonds pay high current income while having price depreciation
as maturity nears; discount bonds do not pay high current income but have price appreciation as
maturity nears. For either bond, the total return is still 7 percent, but this return is distributed
differently between current income and capital gains.
33.
a.
Enter
17
±$1,060
$70
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
6.41%
This is the rate of return you expect to earn on your investment when you purchase the bond.
b.
Enter
15
5.41%
$70
$1,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$1,160.52
The HPY is:
Enter
2
±$1,060
$70
$1,160.52
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
11.10%
The realized HPY is greater than the expected YTM when the bond was bought because interest rates dropped by 1 percent; bond prices rise when yields fall.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 160
34.
P
M
CF
o
$0
C01
$0
F01
12
C02
$1,100
F02
16
C03
$1,400
F03
11
C04
$21,400
F04
1
I = 5.6% / 2
NPV CPT
$23,209.07
P
N
Enter
40
5.6% / 2
$20,000
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$6,626.82
37.
To find the present value, we need to find the real weekly interest rate. To find the real return, we
need to use the effective annual rates in the Fisher equation. So, we find the real EAR is:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .073 = (1 + r
)(1 + .037)
r
= .0347, or 3.47%
Now, to find the weekly interest rate, we need to find the APR. Enter
3.47%
52
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
3.41%
Now we can find the present value of the cost of the roses. The real cash flows are an ordinary
annuity, discounted at the real interest rate. So, the present value of the cost of the roses is:
Enter
30 × 52
3.41% / 52
$7
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$6,832.34
38.
To answer this question, we need to find the monthly interest rate, which is the APR divided by 12.
We also must be careful to use the real interest rate. The Fisher equation uses the effective annual
rate, so, the real effective annual interest rates, and the monthly interest rates for each account are: Stock account:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .11 = (1 + r
)(1 + .04)
r
= .0673, or 6.73%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
161 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Now, to find the APR: Enter
6.73%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
6.53%
Bond account:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .07 = (1 + r
)(1 + .04)
r
= .0288, or 2.88%
Enter
2.88%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
2.85%
Now we can find the future value of the retirement account in real terms. The future value of each
account will be:
Stock account:
Enter
30 × 12
6.53% / 12
$800
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$890,403.60
Bond account:
Enter
30 × 12
2.85% / 12
$400
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$227,089.04
The total future value of the retirement account will be the sum of the two accounts, or:
Account value = $890,403.60 + 227,089.04
Account value = $1,117,492.64
Now we need to find the monthly interest rate in retirement. We can use the same procedure that we
used to find the monthly interest rates for the stock and bond accounts, so:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
1 + .09 = (1 + r
)(1 + .04)
r
= .0481, or 4.81%
Enter
4.81%
12
NOM
EFF
C/Y
Solve for
4.70%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 7 - 162
Now we can find the real monthly withdrawal in retirement. Using the present value of an annuity
equation and solving for the payment, we find:
Enter
25 × 12
4.70% / 12
$1,117,492.64
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$6,342.06
This is the real dollar amount of the monthly withdrawals. The nominal monthly withdrawals will increase by the inflation rate each month. To find the nominal dollar amount of the last withdrawal, we can increase the real dollar withdrawal by the inflation rate. We can increase the real withdrawal by the effective annual inflation rate since we are only interested in the nominal amount of the last withdrawal. So, the last withdrawal in nominal terms will be:
Enter
30 + 25
4%
$6,342.06
N
I/Y
PV
PMT
FV
Solve for
$54,835.81
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8
STOCK VALUATION
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
The value of any investment depends on the present value of its cash flows; i.e., what investors will
actually receive. The cash flows from a share of stock are the dividends.
2.
Investors believe the company will eventually start paying dividends (or be sold to another
company).
3.
In general, companies that need the cash will often forgo dividends since dividends are a cash
expense. Young, growing companies with profitable investment opportunities are one example;
another example is a company in financial distress. This question is examined in depth in a later
chapter.
4.
The general method for valuing a share of stock is to find the present value of all expected future
dividends. The dividend growth model presented in the text is only valid (a) if dividends are
expected to occur forever, that is, the stock provides dividends in perpetuity, and (b) if a constant
growth rate of dividends occurs forever. A violation of the first assumption might be a company that
is expected to cease operations and dissolve itself some finite number of years from now. The stock
of such a company would be valued by applying the general method of valuation explained in this
chapter. A violation of the second assumption might be a start-up firm that isn’t currently paying any
dividends but is expected to eventually start making dividend payments some number of years from
now. This stock would also be valued by the general dividend valuation method explained in this
chapter. 5.
The common stock probably has a higher price because the dividend can grow, whereas it is fixed on
the preferred. However, the preferred is less risky because of the dividend and liquidation
preference, so it is possible the preferred could be worth more, depending on the circumstances.
6.
The two components are the dividend yield and the capital gains yield. For most companies, the
capital gains yield is larger. This is easy to see for companies that pay no dividends. For companies
that do pay dividends, the dividend yields are rarely over 5 percent and are often much less.
7.
Yes. If the dividend grows at a steady rate, so does the stock price. In other words, the dividend
growth rate and the capital gains yield are the same.
8.
In a corporate election, you can buy votes (by buying shares), so money can be used to influence or
even determine the outcome. Many would argue the same is true in political elections, but, in
principle at least, no one has more than one vote.
9.
It wouldn’t seem to be. Investors who don’t like the voting features of a particular class of stock are
under no obligation to buy it.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 164
10.
Investors buy such stock because they want it, recognizing that the shares have no voting power.
Presumably, investors pay a little less for such shares than they would otherwise.
11.
Presumably, the current stock value reflects the risk, timing and magnitude of all future cash flows,
both short-term and long-term. If this is correct, then the statement is false.
12.
If this assumption is violated, the two-stage dividend growth model is not valid. In other words, the
price calculated will not be correct. Depending on the stock, it may be more reasonable to assume
that the dividends fall from the high growth rate to the low perpetual growth rate over a period of
years, rather than in one year. 13.
In a declassified board, every board seat is up for election every year. This structure allows investors
to vote out a director (and even the entire board) much more quickly if investors are dissatisfied.
However, this structure also makes it more difficult to fight off a hostile takeover bid. In contrast, a
classified board can more effectively negotiate on behalf of stockholders, perhaps securing better
terms in a deal. Classified boards are also important for institutional memory. If an entire board were
voted out in a single year, there would be no board members available to evaluate the company’s
direction with regards to previous decisions.
14.
The major difficulty in using price ratio analysis is determining the correct benchmark PE ratio. In a
previous chapter, we showed how the sustainable growth rate is determined, and in a future chapter
we will discuss the required return. Although not exact measures, the growth rate and required return
have a solid economic basis. With the PE ratio, like any other ratio, it is difficult to determine what
the ratio should be. Since a small difference in the PE ratio can have a significant effect on the
calculated stock price, it is easy to arrive at an incorrect valuation. Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The constant dividend growth model is:
P
t
= D
t
× (1 + g
) / (
R
– g
)
So the price of the stock today is:
P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) P
0
= $1.95 (1.04) / (.105 – .04) P
0
= $31.20
The dividend at Year 4 is the dividend today times the FVIF for the growth rate in dividends and
four years, so:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
165 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
P
3
= D
3
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) P
3
= D
0
(1 + g)
4
/ (
R
–
g
) P
3
= $1.95 (1.04)
4
/ (.105 – .04) P
3
= $35.10
We can do the same thing to find the dividend in Year 16, which gives us the price in Year 15, so:
P
15
= D
15
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) P
15
= D
0
(1 + g)
16
/ (
R
– g
) P
15
= $1.95 (1.04)
16
/ (.105 – .04) P
15
= $56.19
There is another feature of the constant dividend growth model: The stock price grows at the
dividend growth rate. So, if we know the stock price today, we can find the future value for any time
in the future we want to calculate the stock price. In this problem, we want to know the stock price in
three years, and we have already calculated the stock price today. The stock price in three years will
be:
P
3
= P
0
(1 + g
)
3
P
3
= $31.20(1 + .04)
3
P
3
= $35.10
And the stock price in 15 years will be:
P
15
= P
0
(1 + g
)
15
P
15
= $31.20(1 + .04)
15
P
15
= $56.19
2.
We need to find the required return of the stock. Using the constant growth model, we can solve the
equation for R
. Doing so, we find:
R
= (
D
1 / P
0
) + g
R = ($2.04 / $37) + .045 R = .1001, or 10.01%
3.
The dividend yield is the dividend next year divided by the current price, so the dividend yield is:
Dividend yield = D
1
/ P
0
Dividend yield = $2.04 / $37 Dividend yield = .0551, or 5.51%
The capital gains yield, or percentage increase in the stock price, is the same as the dividend growth
rate, so:
Capital gains yield = 4.5%
4.
Using the constant growth model, we find the price of the stock today is:
P
0
= D
1 / (
R
–
g
) P
0
= $3.56 / (.11 – .0375) P
0
= $49.10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 166
5.
The required return of a stock is made up of two parts: The dividend yield and the capital gains
yield. So, the required return of this stock is:
R
= Dividend yield + Capital gains yield R = .059 + .039 R = .0980, or 9.80%
6.
We know the stock has a required return of 10.5 percent, and the dividend and capital gains yield are
equal, so:
Dividend yield = 1/2(.105) = .0525 = Capital gains yield
Now we know both the dividend yield and capital gains yield. The dividend is simply the stock price
times the dividend yield, so:
D
1
= .0525($63) D
1
= $3.31 This is the dividend next year. The question asks for the dividend this year. Using the relationship
between the dividend this year and the dividend next year:
D
1
= D
0
(1 + g
) We can solve for the dividend that was just paid:
$3.31 = D
0
(1 + .0525)
D
0
= $3.31 / 1.0525 D
0
= $3.14
7.
The price of any financial instrument is the PV of the future cash flows. The future dividends of this
stock are an annuity for 13 years, so the price of the stock is the PVA, which will be:
P
0
= $7.80(PVIFA
11.2%,13
) P
0
= $52.12
8.
The price of a share of preferred stock is the dividend divided by the required return. This is the
same equation as the constant growth model, with a dividend growth rate of zero percent.
Remember, most preferred stock pays a fixed dividend, so the growth rate is zero. Using this
equation, we find the price per share of the preferred stock is:
R
= D / P
0
R = $3.50 / $85 R = .0412, or 4.12%
9.
We can use the constant dividend growth model, which is:
P
t
= D
t
× (1 + g
) / (
R
– g
)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
167 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So the price of each company’s stock today is:
Red stock price = $3.25 / (.08 – .
04) = $81.25
Yellow stock price = $3.25 / (.11 – .04) = $46.43
Blue stock price = $3.25 / (.14 – .04) = $32.50
As the required return increases, the stock price decreases. This is a function of the time value of
money: A higher discount rate decreases the present value of cash flows. It is also important to note
that relatively small changes in the required return can have a dramatic impact on the stock price.
10.
If the company uses straight voting, you will need to own one-half of the shares, plus one share, in
order to guarantee enough votes to win the election. So, the number of shares needed to guarantee
election under straight voting will be:
Shares needed = (550,000 shares / 2) + 1
Shares needed = 275,001
And the total cost to you will be the shares needed times the price per share, or: Total cost = 275,001
$39
Total cost = $10,725,039
11.
If the company uses cumulative voting, you will need 1 / (
N
+ 1) percent of the stock (plus one
share) to guarantee election, where N is the number of seats up for election. So, the percentage of the
company’s stock you need will be:
Percent of stock needed = 1 / (
N
+ 1)
Percent of stock needed = 1 / (4 + 1)
Percent of stock needed = .20, or 20%
So, the number of shares you need to purchase is:
Number of shares to purchase = (550,000 × .20) + 1
Number of shares to purchase = 110,001 And the total cost to you will be the shares needed times the price per share, or: Total cost = 110,001
$39 Total cost = $4,290,039
12.
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PE ratio:
P
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
So, with a PE ratio of 18, we find:
P
= 18($2.35)
P
= $42.30
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 168
And with a PE ratio of 21, we find:
P
= 21($2.35)
P
= $49.35
13.
First, we need to find the sales per share, which is:
Sales per share = Sales / Shares outstanding
Sales per share = $2,700,000 / 130,000
Sales per share = $20.77
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PS ratio:
P
= Benchmark PS ratio × Sales per share
So, with a PS ratio of 4.3, we find:
P
= 4.3($20.77)
P
= $89.31
And with a PS ratio of 3.6, we find:
P
= 3.6($20.77)
P
= $74.77
Intermediate
14.
This stock has a constant growth rate of dividends, but the required return changes twice. To find the
value of the stock today, we will begin by finding the price of the stock at Year 6, when both the
dividend growth rate and the required return are stable forever. The price of the stock in Year 6 will
be the dividend in Year 7, divided by the required return minus the growth rate in dividends. So:
P
6
= D
6
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) P
6
= D
0
(1 + g
)
7
/ (
R
– g
) P
6
= $2.65 (1.045)
7
/ (.11 – .045) P
6
= $55.48
Now we can find the price of the stock in Year 3. We need to find the price here since the required
return changes at that time. The price of the stock in Year 3 is the PV of the dividends in Years 4, 5,
and 6, plus the PV of the stock price in Year 6. The price of the stock in Year 3 is:
P
3
= $2.65(1.045)
4
/ 1.13 + $2.65(1.045)
5
/ 1.13
2
+ $2.65(1.045)
6
/ 1.13
3
+ $55.48 / 1.13
3
P
3
= $46.23
Finally, we can find the price of the stock today. The price today will be the PV of the dividends in
Years 1, 2, and 3, plus the PV of the stock in Year 3. The price of the stock today is:
P
0
= $2.65(1.045) / 1.15 + $2.65(1.045)
2
/ (1.15)
2
+ $2.65(1.045)
3
/ (1.15)
3
+ $46.23 / (1.15)
3
P
0
= $36.98
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
169 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
15.
Here we have a stock that pays no dividends for 10 years. Once the stock begins paying dividends, it
will have a constant growth rate of dividends. We can use the constant growth model at that point. It
is important to remember that general constant dividend growth formula is:
P
t
= [
D
t
× (1 + g
)] / (
R
– g
)
This means that since we will use the dividend in Year 10, we will be finding the stock price in Year
9. The dividend growth model is similar to the PVA and the PV of a perpetuity: The equation gives
you the PV one period before the first payment. So, the price of the stock in Year 9 will be:
P
9
= D
10
/ (
R
– g
) P
9
= $14 / (.125 – .039) P
9
= $162.79
The price of the stock today is simply the PV of the stock price in the future. We simply discount the
future stock price at the required return. The price of the stock today will be:
P
0
= $162.79 / 1.125
9
P
0
= $56.40
16.
The price of a stock is the PV of the future dividends. This stock is paying five dividends, so the
price of the stock is the PV of these dividends using the required return. The price of the stock is:
P
0
= $8 / 1.11 + $12.50 / 1.11
2
+ $17 / 1.11
3
+ $21.50 / 1.11
4
+ $26 / 1.11
5
P
0
= $59.38
17.
With supernormal dividends, we find the price of the stock when the dividends level off at a constant
growth rate, and then find the PV of the future stock price, plus the PV of all dividends during the
supernormal growth period. The stock begins constant growth in Year 4, so we can find the price of
the stock in Year 4, at the beginning of the constant dividend growth, as:
P
4
= D
4
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) P
4
= $2.75(1.05) / (.12 – .05) P
4
= $41.25
The price of the stock today is the PV of the first four dividends, plus the PV of the Year 4 stock
price. So, the price of the stock today will be:
P
0
= $13 / 1.12 + $9 / 1.12
2
+ $6 / 1.12
3
+ $2.75 / 1.12
4
+ $41.25 / 1.12
4
P
0
= $51.02
18.
With supernormal dividends, we find the price of the stock when the dividends level off at a constant
growth rate, and then find the PV of the future stock price, plus the PV of all dividends during the
supernormal growth period. The stock begins constant growth in Year 4, so we can find the price of
the stock in Year 3, one year before the constant dividend growth begins as:
P
3
= D
3
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) P
3
= D
0
(1 + g
1
)
3
(1 + g
2
) / (
R
– g
) P
3
= $2.15(1.30)
3
(1.04) / (.11 – .04) P
3
= $70.18
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 170
The price of the stock today is the PV of the first three dividends, plus the PV of the Year 3 stock
price. The price of the stock today will be:
P
0
= $2.15(1.30) / 1.11 + $2.15(1.30)
2
/ 1.11
2
+ $2.15(1.30)
3
/ 1.11
3
+ $70.18 / 1.11
3
P
0
= $60.23
We could also use the two-stage dividend growth model for this problem, which is:
P
0
= [
D
0
(1 + g
1
)/(R – g
1
)]{1 – [(1 + g
1
)/(1 + R)]
t
}+ [(1 + g
1
)/(1 + R)]
t
[
D
0
(1 + g
2
)/(R – g
2
)]
P
0
= [$2.15(1.30)/(.11 – .30)][1 – (1.30/1.11)
3
] + [(1 + .30)/(1 + .11)]
3
[$2.15(1.04)/(.11 – .04)]
P
0
= $60.23
19.
Here we need to find the dividend next year for a stock experiencing supernormal growth. We know
the stock price, the dividend growth rates, and the required return, but not the dividend. First, we
need to realize that the dividend in Year 3 is the current dividend times the FVIF. The dividend in
Year 3 will be:
D
3
= D
0
(1.30)
3
And the dividend in Year 4 will be the dividend in Year 3 times one plus the growth rate, or:
D
4
= D
0
(1.30)
3
(1.20)
The stock begins constant growth in Year 4, so we can find the price of the stock in Year 4 as the
dividend in Year 5, divided by the required return minus the growth rate. The equation for the price
of the stock in Year 4 is:
P
4
= D
4
(1 + g
) / (
R
–
g
) Now we can substitute the previous dividend in Year 4 into this equation as follows:
P
4
= D
0
(1 + g
1
)
3
(1 + g
2
) (1 + g
3
) / (
R
– g
) P
4
= D
0
(1.30)
3
(1.20) (1.06) / (.10 – .06) P
4
= 69.86
D
0
When we solve this equation, we find that the stock price in Year 4 is 69.86 times as large as the
dividend today. Now we need to find the equation for the stock price today. The stock price today is
the PV of the dividends in Years 1, 2, 3, and 4, plus the PV of the Year 4 price. So:
P
0
= D
0
(1.30)/1.10 + D
0
(1.30)
2
/1.10
2
+ D
0
(1.30)
3
/1.10
3
+ D
0
(1.30)
3
(1.20)/1.10
4
+ 69.86
D
0
/1.10
4
We can factor out D
0
in the equation and combine the last two terms. Doing so, we get:
P
0
= $86 = D
0
{1.30/1.10 + 1.30
2
/1.10
2
+ 1.30
3
/1.10
3
+ [(1.30)
3
(1.20) + 69.86] / 1.10
4
}
Reducing the equation even further by solving all of the terms in the braces, we get: $86 = $53.75
D
0
D
0
= $86 / $53.75 D
0
= $1.60
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
171 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
This is the dividend today, so the projected dividend for the next year will be:
D
1
= $1.60(1.30) D
1
= $2.08
20.
The constant growth model can be applied even if the dividends are declining by a constant
percentage, just make sure to recognize the negative growth. So, the price of the stock today will be: P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
–
g
) P
0
= $10.25(1 – .03) / [(.095 – (–.03)] P
0
= $79.54
21.
We are given the stock price, the dividend growth rate, and the required return and are asked to find
the dividend. Using the constant dividend growth model, we get:
P
0
= $68 = D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) Solving this equation for the dividend gives us:
D
0
= $68(.11 – .0375) / (1.0375) D
0
= $4.75
22.
The price of a share of preferred stock is the dividend payment divided by the required return. We
know the dividend payment in Year 20, so we can find the price of the stock in Year 19, one year
before the first dividend payment. Doing so, we get:
P
19
= $20.00 / .0535 P
19
= $373.83 The price of the stock today is the PV of the stock price in the future, so the price today will be:
P
0
= $373.83 / (1.0535)
19
P
0
= $138.87
23.
The annual dividend paid to stockholders is $1.65, and the dividend yield is 2.1 percent. Using the
equation for the dividend yield:
Dividend yield = Dividend / Stock price
We can plug the numbers in and solve for the stock price:
.021 = $1.65 / P
0
P
0
= $1.65 / .021 P
0
= $78.57 The “Net Chg” of the stock shows the stock decreased by $.23 on this day, so the closing stock price
yesterday was:
Yesterday’s closing price = $78.57 + .23 Yesterday’s closing price = $78.80
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 172
To find the net income, we need to find the EPS. The stock quote tells us the PE ratio for the stock is
19. Since we know the stock price as well, we can use the PE ratio to solve for EPS as follows:
PE = Stock price / EPS 19 = $78.57 / EPS
EPS = $4.14 We know that EPS is just the total net income divided by the number of shares outstanding, so:
EPS = Net income / Shares $4.14 = Net income / 25,000,000
Net income = $103,383,459
24.
We can use the two-stage dividend growth model for this problem, which is:
P
0
= [
D
0
(1 + g
1
)/(
R
– g
1
)]{1 – [(1 + g
1
)/(1 + R
)]
t
}+ [(1 + g
1
)/(1 + R
)]
t
[
D
0
(1 + g
2
)/(
R
– g
2
)]
P
0
= [$1.55(1.27)/(.12 – .27)][1 – (1.27/1.12)
8
] + [(1.27)/(1.12)]
8
[$1.55(1.035)/(.12 – .035)]
P
0
= $74.33
25.
We can use the two-stage dividend growth model for this problem, which is:
P
0
= [
D
0
(1 + g
1
)/(
R
– g
1
)]{1 – [(1 + g
1
)/(1 + R
)]
t
}+ [(1 + g
1
)/(1 + R
)]
t
[
D
0
(1 + g
2
)/(
R
– g
2
)]
P
0
= [$1.94(1.16)/(.10 – .16)][1 – (1.16/1.10)
11
] + [(1.16)/(1.10)]
11
[$1.94(1.04)/(.10 – .04)]
P
0
= $88.02
26.
a.
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PE ratio:
P
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
So, with a PE ratio of 21, we find:
P
= 21($4.04)
P
= $84.84
b. First, we need to find the earnings per share next year, which will be:
EPS
1
= EPS
0
(1 + g
)
EPS
1
= $4.04(1 + .055)
EPS
1
= $4.26
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PE ratio:
P
1
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
1
P
1
= 21($4.26)
P
1
= $89.51
c.
To find the implied return over the next year, we calculate the return as:
R
= (
P
1
– P
0
) / P
0
R
= ($89.51 – 84.84) / $84.84
R
= .055, or 5.5%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
173 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Notice that the return is the same as the growth rate in earnings. Assuming a stock pays no
dividends and the PE ratio is constant, this will always be true when using price ratios to
evaluate the price of a share of stock.
27.
We need to find the PE ratio each year, which is:
PE
1
= $53.13 / $2.35 = 22.61
PE
2
= $58.45 / $2.47 = 23.66
PE
3
= $70.31 / $2.78 = 25.29
PE
4
= $61.12 / $3.04 = 20.11
So, the average PE is:
Average PE = (22.61 + 23.66 + 25.29 + 20.11) / 4
Average PE = 22.92
First, we need to find the earnings per share next year, which will be:
EPS
1
= EPS
0
(1 + g
)
EPS
1
= $3.04(1 + .11)
EPS
1
= $3.37
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PE ratio:
P
1
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
1
P
1
= 22.92($3.37)
P
1
= $77.33
28.
First, we need to find the earnings per share next year, which will be:
EPS
1
= EPS
0
(1 + g
)
EPS
1
= $2.15(1 + .09)
EPS
1
= $2.33
To find the high target stock price, we need to find the average high PE ratio each year, which is:
PE
1
= $27.43 / $1.55 = 17.70
PE
2
= $26.32 / $1.68 = 15.67
PE
3
= $30.42 / $1.81 = 16.81
PE
4
= $37.01 / $2.15 = 17.21
So, the average high PE is:
Average PE = (17.70 + 15.67 + 16.81 + 17.21) / 4
Average PE = 16.85
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 174
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PE ratio, the high target price is:
P
1
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
1
P
1
= 16.85($2.33)
P
1
= $39.30
To find the low target stock price, we need to find the average low PE ratio each year, which is:
PE
1
= $19.86 / $1.55 = 12.81
PE
2
= $20.18 / $1.68 = 12.01
PE
3
= $25.65 / $1.81 = 14.17
PE
4
= $26.41 / $2.15 = 12.28
So, the average low PE is:
Average PE = (12.81 + 12.01 + 14.17 + 12.28) / 4
Average PE = 12.82
Using the equation to calculate the price of a share of stock with the PE ratio, the low target price is:
P
1
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
1
P
1
= 12.82($2.33)
P
1
= $29.91
29.
To find the target price in five years, we first need to find the EPS in five years, which will be:
EPS
5
= EPS
0
(1 + g
)
5
EPS
5
= $2.35(1 + .08)
5
EPS
5
= $3.45
So, the target stock price in five years is:
P
5
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
5
P
5
= 21($3.45)
P
5
= $72.51
30.
We need to begin by finding the dividend for each year over the next five years, so:
D
1
= $1.36(1 + .16) = $1.58
D
2
= $1.36(1 + .16)
2
= $1.83
D
3
= $1.36(1 + .16)
3
= $2.12
D
4
= $1.36(1 + .16)
4
= $2.46
D
5
= $1.36(1 + .16)
5
= $2.86
To find the EPS in Year 5, we can use the dividends and payout ratio, which gives us:
EPS
5
= D
5
/ Payout ratio
EPS
5
= $2.86 / .40
EPS
5
= $7.14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
175 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, the terminal stock price in Year 5 will be:
P
5
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
5
P
5
= 21($7.14)
P
5
= $149.96
The stock price today is the present value of the dividends for the next five years, plus the present
value of the terminal stock price, discounted at the required return, or:
P
0
= $1.58 / 1.11 + $1.83 / 1.11
2
+ $2.12 / 1.11
3
+ $2.46 / 1.11
4
+ ($2.86 + 149.96) / 1.11
5
P
0
= $96.77
31.
To find the target stock price, we first need to calculate the growth rate in earnings. We can use the
sustainable growth rate from a previous chapter. First, the ROE is:
ROE = Net income / Equity ROE = $875,000 / $7,300,000
ROE = .1199, or 11.99%
We also need the retention ratio, which is one minus the payout ratio, or:
b
= 1 – Dividends / Net income
b
= 1 – $345,000 / $875,000
b
= .6057, or 60.57%
So, the sustainable growth rate is:
Sustainable growth rate = (ROE × b
) / (1 – ROE × b
)
Sustainable growth rate = (.1199 × .6057) / (1 – .1199 × .6057)
Sustainable growth rate = .0783, or 7.83%
Now we need to find the current EPS, which is:
EPS
0
= Net income / Shares outstanding
EPS
0
= $875,000 / 125,000
EPS
0
= $7.00
So, the EPS next year will be:
EPS
1
= EPS
0
(1 + g
)
EPS
1
= $7.00(1 + .0783)
EPS
1
= $7.55
Finally, the target share price next year is: P
1
= Benchmark PE ratio × EPS
5
P
1
= 16($7.55)
P
1
= $120.77
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 176
Challenge
32.
We are asked to find the dividend yield and capital gains yield for each of the stocks. All of the
stocks have a required return of 15 percent, which is the sum of the dividend yield and the capital
gains yield. To find the components of the total return, we need to find the stock price for each stock.
Using this stock price and the dividend, we can calculate the dividend yield. The capital gains yield
for the stock will be the total return (required return) minus the dividend yield.
W:
P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) = $3.75(1.10) / (.15 – .10) = $82.50
Dividend yield = D
1 / P
0
= $3.75(1.10) / $82.50 = .05, or 5% Capital gains yield = .15 – .05 = .10, or 10%
X:
P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) = $3.75 / (.15 – 0) = $25.00
Dividend yield = D
1
/ P
0
= $3.75 / $25.00 = .15, or 15%
Capital gains yield = .15 – .15 = 0%
Y:
P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) = $3.75(1 – .05) / (.15 + .05) = $17.81
Dividend yield = D
1
/ P
0
= $3.75(.95) / $17.81 = .20, or 20%
Capital gains yield = .15 – .20 = –.05, or –5%
Z:
P
2
= D
2
(1 + g
) / (
R
– g
) = D
0
(1 + g
1
)
2
(1 + g
2
) / (
R
– g
2
) P
2
= $3.75(1.20)
2
(1.05) / (.15 – .05) = $56.70
P
0
= $3.75 (1.20) / (1.15) + $3.75 (1.20)
2
/ (1.15)
2
+ $56.70 / (1.15)
2
= $50.87
Dividend yield = D
1
/ P
0
= $3.75(1.20) / $50.87 = .088, or 8.8% Capital gains yield = .15 – .088 = .062, or 6.2%
In all cases, the return is 15 percent, but the return is distributed differently between current income
and capital gains. High growth stocks have an appreciable capital gains component but a relatively
small current income yield; conversely, mature, negative-growth stocks provide a high current
income but also price depreciation over time.
33.
a
.
Using the constant growth model, the price of the stock paying annual dividends will be:
P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
) / (
R
–
g
) P
0
= $3.60(1.038) / (.105 – .038) P
0
= $55.77
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
177 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b
.
If the company pays quarterly dividends instead of annual dividends, the quarterly dividend will be one-fourth of annual dividend, or:
Quarterly dividend = $3.60(1.038) / 4 Quarterly dividend = $.934
To find the equivalent annual dividend, we must assume that the quarterly dividends are
reinvested at the required return. We can then use this interest rate to find the equivalent annual
dividend. In other words, when we receive the quarterly dividend, we reinvest it at the required
return on the stock. So, the effective quarterly rate is:
Effective quarterly rate = 1.105
.25
– 1 Effective quarterly rate = .0253, or 2.53%
The effective annual dividend will be the FVA of the quarterly dividend payments at the
effective quarterly required return. In this case, the effective annual dividend will be:
Effective D
1
= $.934(FVIFA
2.53%,4
) Effective D
1
= $3.88
Now, we can use the constant growth model to find the current stock price as:
P
0
= $3.88 / (.105 – .038) P
0
= $57.92
Note that we cannot simply find the quarterly effective required return and growth rate to find
the value of the stock. This would assume the dividends increased each quarter, not each year.
34.
Here we have a stock with supernormal growth, but the dividend growth changes every year for the
first four years. We can find the price of the stock in Year 3 since the dividend growth rate is
constant after the third dividend. The price of the stock in Year 3 will be the dividend in Year 4,
divided by the required return minus the constant dividend growth rate. So, the price in Year 3 will
be:
P
3
= $2.65(1.20)(1.15)(1.10)(1.05) / (.12 – .05) P
3
= $60.34
The price of the stock today will be the PV of the first three dividends, plus the PV of the stock price
in Year 3, so:
P
0
= $2.65(1.20)/(1.12) + $2.65(1.20)(1.15)/1.12
2
+ $2.65(1.20)(1.15)(1.10)/1.12
3
+ $60.34/1.12
3
P
0
= $51.57
35.
Here we want to find the required return that makes the PV of the dividends equal to the current
stock price. The equation for the stock price is:
P
= $2.65(1.20)/(1 +
R
) + $2.65(1.20)(1.15)/(1 +
R
)
2
+ $2.65(1.20)(1.15)(1.10)/(1 + R
)
3
+ [$2.65(1.20)(1.15)(1.10)(1.05)/(
R
– .05)]/(1 +
R
)
3
P
= $44.50
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 178
We need to find the roots of this equation. Using spreadsheet, trial and error, or a calculator with a root solving function, we find that:
R
= 13.10%
36.
Even though the question concerns a stock with a constant growth rate, we need to begin with the
equation for two-stage growth given in the chapter, which is:
P
0
= D
0
(
1
+
g
1
)
R - g
1
[
1 - (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
]
+ P
t
(
1
+
R
)
t
We can expand the equation (see Problem 37 for more detail) to the following:
P
0
= D
0
(
1
+
g
1
)
R - g
1
[
1 - (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
]
+ (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
D
0
(
1
+
g
2
)
R - g
2
Since the growth rate is constant, g
1
= g
2
, so:
P
0
= D
0
(
1
+
g
)
R - g
[
1
- (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
]
+ (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
D
0
(
1
+
g
)
R - g
Since we want the first t
dividends to constitute one-half of the stock price, we can set the two terms
on the right hand side of the equation equal to each other, which gives us:
D
0
(
1 +
g
)
R
- g
[
1 - (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
]
= (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
D
0
(
1
+
g
)
R - g
Since D
0
(
1 +
g
)
R
- g
appears on both sides of the equation, we can eliminate this, which leaves:
1 – (
1 +
g
1 +
R
)
t
= (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
Solving this equation, we get:
1 = (
1 +
g
1 +
R
)
t
+ (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
1 = 2
(
1 +
g
1 +
R
)
t
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
179 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
1/2 = (
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
t
t
ln (
1 +
g
1 +
R
)
= ln(0.5)
t
= ln
(
0.5
)
ln
(
1
+
g
1
+
R
)
This expression will tell you the number of dividends that constitute one-half of the current stock
price. 37.
To find the value of the stock with two-stage dividend growth, consider that the present value of the
first t
dividends is the present value of a growing annuity. Additionally, to find the price of the stock,
we need to add the present value of the stock price at time t
. So, the stock price today is:
P
0
= PV of t
dividends + PV(
P
t
)
Using g
1
to represent the first growth rate and substituting the equation for the present value of a
growing annuity, we get:
P
0
= D
1
[
1
- (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
R - g
1
]
+ PV(
P
t
)
Since the dividend in one year will increase at g
1
, we can rewrite the expression as:
P
0
= D
0
(1 + g
1
)
[
1
- (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
R - g
1
]
+ PV(
P
t
)
Now we can rewrite the equation again as:
P
0
= D
0
(
1
+
g
1
)
R - g
1
[
1 - (
1 +
g
1
1 +
R
)
t
]
+ PV(P
t
)
To find the price of the stock at time t
, we can use the constant dividend growth model, or:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 8 - 180
P
t
= D
t +
1
R - g
2
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
181 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The dividend at t + 1
will have grown at g
1
for t
periods, and at g
2
for one period, so:
D
t + 1
= D
0
(1 + g
1
)
t
(1 + g
2
)
So, we can rewrite the equation as:
P
t
= D
(
1
+
g
1
)
t
(
1
+
g
2
)
R - g
2
Next, we can find value today of the future stock price as:
PV(
P
t
) = D
(
1
+
g
1
)
t
(
1
+
g
2
)
R - g
2
× 1
(
1
+
R
)
t
which can be written as:
PV(
P
t
) = (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
× D
(
1
+
g
2
)
R - g
2
Substituting this into the stock price equation, we get:
P
0
= D
0
(
1
+
g
1
)
R - g
1
[
1
- (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
]
+ (
1
+
g
1
1
+
R
)
t
× D
(
1
+
g
2
)
R - g
2
In this equation, the first term on the right-hand side is the present value of the first t
dividends, and
the second term is the present value of the stock price when constant dividend growth forever
begins.
38.
To find the expression when the growth rate for the first stage is exactly equal to the required return,
consider we can find the present value of the dividends in the first stage as:
PV = D
0
(
1 +
g
1
)
1
(
1
+
R
)
1
+ D
0
(
1 +
g
1
)
2
(
1
+
R
)
2
+ D
0
(
1 +
g
1
)
3
(
1
+
R
)
3
+ …
Since g
1
is equal to R
, each of the terms reduces to:
PV = D
0
+ D
0
+ D
0
+ ….
PV = t
× D
0
So, the expression for the price of a stock when the first growth rate is exactly equal to the required return is:
P
0
= t
× D
0
+ D
0
×
(
1
+
g
1
)
t
×
(
1
+
g
2
)
R
−
g
2
×(
1
+
R
)
t
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9
NET PRESENT VALUE AND OTHER INVESTMENT CRITERIA
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
A payback period less than the project’s life means that the NPV is positive for a zero discount rate,
but nothing more definitive can be said. For discount rates greater than zero, the payback period will
still be less than the project’s life, but the NPV may be positive, zero, or negative, depending on
whether the discount rate is less than, equal to, or greater than the IRR. The discounted payback
includes the effect of the relevant discount rate. If a project’s discounted payback period is less than
the project’s life, it must be the case that NPV is positive.
2.
If a project has a positive NPV for a certain discount rate, then it will also have a positive NPV for a
zero discount rate; thus, the payback period must be less than the project life. Since discounted
payback is calculated at the same discount rate as is NPV, if NPV is positive, the discounted payback
period must be less than the project’s life. If NPV is positive, then the present value of future cash
inflows is greater than the initial investment cost; thus PI must be greater than 1. If NPV is positive
for a certain discount rate R, then it will be zero for some larger discount rate R*; thus the IRR must
be greater than the required return.
3.
a.
Payback period is simply the accounting break-even point of a series of cash flows. To actually
compute the payback period, it is assumed that any cash flow occurring during a given period is
realized continuously throughout the period, and not at a single point in time. The payback is
then the point in time for the series of cash flows when the initial cash outlays are fully
recovered. Given some predetermined cutoff for the payback period, the decision rule is to
accept projects that payback before this cutoff, and reject projects that take longer to payback.
b.
The worst problem associated with payback period is that it ignores the time value of money. In
addition, the selection of a hurdle point for payback period is an arbitrary exercise that lacks
any steadfast rule or method. The payback period is biased towards short-term projects; it fully
ignores any cash flows that occur after the cutoff point.
c.
Despite its shortcomings, payback is often used because (1) the analysis is straightforward and
simple and (2) accounting numbers and estimates are readily available. Materiality
considerations often warrant a payback analysis as sufficient; maintenance projects are another
example where the detailed analysis of other methods is often not needed. Since payback is
biased towards liquidity, it may be a useful and appropriate analysis method for short-term
projects where cash management is most important.
4.
a.
The discounted payback is calculated the same as is regular payback, with the exception that
each cash flow in the series is first converted to its present value. Thus discounted payback
provides a measure of financial/economic break-even because of this discounting, just as
regular payback provides a measure of accounting break-even because it does not discount the
cash flows. Given some predetermined cutoff for the discounted payback period, the decision
rule is to accept projects whose discounted cash flows payback before this cutoff period, and to
reject all other projects.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
183 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
The primary disadvantage to using the discounted payback method is that it ignores all cash
flows that occur after the cutoff date, thus biasing this criterion towards short-term projects. As
a result, the method may reject projects that in fact have positive NPVs, or it may accept
projects with large future cash outlays resulting in negative NPVs. In addition, the selection of
a cutoff point is again an arbitrary exercise.
c.
Discounted payback is an improvement on regular payback because it takes into account the
time value of money. For conventional cash flows and strictly positive discount rates, the
discounted payback will always be greater than the regular payback period.
5.
a.
The average accounting return is interpreted as an average measure of the accounting
performance of a project over time, computed as some average profit measure attributable to
the project divided by some average balance sheet value for the project. This text computes
AAR as average net income with respect to average (total) book value. Given some
predetermined cutoff for AAR, the decision rule is to accept projects with an AAR in excess of
the target measure, and reject all other projects. b.
AAR is not a measure of cash flows and market value, but a measure of financial statement
accounts that often bear little resemblance to the relevant value of a project. In addition, the
selection of a cutoff is arbitrary, and the time value of money is ignored. For a financial
manager, both the reliance on accounting numbers rather than relevant market data and the
exclusion of time value of money considerations are troubling. Despite these problems, AAR
continues to be used in practice because (1) the accounting information is usually available, (2)
analysts often use accounting ratios to analyze firm performance, and (3) managerial
compensation is often tied to the attainment of certain target accounting ratio goals.
6.
a.
NPV is simply the present value of a project’s cash flows. NPV specifically measures, after
considering the time value of money, the net increase or decrease in firm wealth due to the
project. The decision rule is to accept projects that have a positive NPV, and reject projects
with a negative NPV.
b.
NPV is superior to the other methods of analysis presented in the text because it has no serious
flaws. The method unambiguously ranks mutually exclusive projects, and can differentiate
between projects of different scale and time horizon. The only drawback to NPV is that it relies
on cash flow and discount rate values that are often estimates and not certain, but this is a
problem shared by the other performance criteria as well. A project with NPV = $2,500 implies
that the total shareholder wealth of the firm will increase by $2,500 if the project is accepted.
7.
a.
The IRR is the discount rate that causes the NPV of a series of cash flows to be exactly zero.
IRR can thus be interpreted as a financial break-even rate of return; at the IRR, the net value of
the project is zero. The IRR decision rule is to accept projects with IRRs greater than the
discount rate, and to reject projects with IRRs less than the discount rate.
b.
IRR is the interest rate that causes NPV for a series of cash flows to be zero. NPV is preferred
in all situations to IRR; IRR can lead to ambiguous results if there are non-conventional cash
flows, and it also ambiguously ranks some mutually exclusive projects. However, for stand-
alone projects with conventional cash flows, IRR and NPV are interchangeable techniques.
c.
IRR is frequently used because it is easier for many financial managers and analysts to rate
performance in relative terms, such as “12%”, than in absolute terms, such as “$46,000.” IRR
may be a preferred method to NPV in situations where an appropriate discount rate is unknown
are uncertain; in this situation, IRR would provide more information about the project than
would NPV.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 184
8.
a.
The profitability index is the present value of cash inflows relative to the project cost. As such,
it is a benefit/cost ratio, providing a measure of the relative profitability of a project. The
profitability index decision rule is to accept projects with a PI greater than one, and to reject
projects with a PI less than one.
b.
PI = (NPV + cost)/cost = 1 + (NPV/cost). If a firm has a basket of positive NPV projects and is
subject to capital rationing, PI may provide a good ranking measure of the projects, indicating
the “bang for the buck” of each particular project.
9.
For a project with future cash flows that are an annuity:
Payback = I / C And the IRR is: 0 = – I + C / IRR Solving the IRR equation for IRR, we get:
IRR = C / I Notice this is just the reciprocal of the payback. So:
IRR = 1 / PB
For long-lived projects with relatively constant cash flows, the sooner the project pays back, the
greater is the IRR.
10.
There are a number of reasons. Two of the most important have to do with transportation costs and
exchange rates. Manufacturing in the U.S. places the finished product much closer to the point of
sale, resulting in significant savings in transportation costs. It also reduces inventories because goods
spend less time in transit. Higher labor costs tend to offset these savings to some degree, at least
compared to other possible manufacturing locations. Of great importance is the fact that
manufacturing in the U.S. means that a much higher proportion of the costs are paid in dollars. Since
sales are in dollars, the net effect is to immunize profits to a large extent against fluctuations in
exchange rates. This issue is discussed in greater detail in the chapter on international finance.
11.
The single biggest difficulty, by far, is coming up with reliable cash flow estimates. Determining an
appropriate discount rate is also not a simple task. These issues are discussed in greater depth in the
next several chapters. The payback approach is probably the simplest, followed by the AAR, but
even these require revenue and cost projections. The discounted cash flow measures (discounted
payback, NPV, IRR, and profitability index) are really only slightly more difficult in practice.
12.
Yes, they are. Such entities generally need to allocate available capital efficiently, just as for-profits
do. However, it is frequently the case that the “revenues” from not-for-profit ventures are not
tangible. For example, charitable giving has real opportunity costs, but the benefits are generally
hard to measure. To the extent that benefits are measurable, the question of an appropriate required
return remains. Payback rules are commonly used in such cases. Finally, realistic cost/benefit
analysis along the lines indicated should definitely be used by the U.S. government and would go a
long
way
toward
balancing
the
budget!
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
185 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
13.
The MIRR is calculated by finding the present value of all cash outflows, the future value of all cash
inflows to the end of the project, and then calculating the IRR of the two cash flows. As a result, the
cash flows have been discounted or compounded by one interest rate (the required return), and then
the interest rate between the two remaining cash flows is calculated. As such, the MIRR is not a true
interest rate. In contrast, consider the IRR. If you take the initial investment, and calculate the future
value at the IRR, you can replicate the future cash flows of the project exactly. 14.
The statement is incorrect. It is true that if you calculate the future value of all intermediate cash
flows to the end of the project at the required return, then calculate the NPV of this future value and
the initial investment, you will get the same NPV. However, NPV says nothing about reinvestment
of intermediate cash flows. The NPV is the present value of the project cash flows. What is actually
done with those cash flows once they are generated is not relevant. Put differently, the value of a
project depends on the cash flows generated by the project, not on the future value of those cash
flows. The fact that the reinvestment “works” only if you use the required return as the reinvestment
rate is also irrelevant simply because reinvestment is not relevant in the first place to the value of the
project. One caveat: Our discussion here assumes that the cash flows are truly available once they are
generated, meaning that it is up to firm management to decide what to do with the cash flows. In
certain cases, there may be a requirement that the cash flows be reinvested. For example, in
international investing, a company may be required to reinvest the cash flows in the country in
which they are generated and not “repatriate” the money. Such funds are said to be “blocked” and
reinvestment becomes relevant because the cash flows are not truly available. 15.
The statement is incorrect. It is true that if you calculate the future value of all intermediate cash
flows to the end of the project at the IRR, then calculate the IRR of this future value and the initial
investment, you will get the same IRR. However, as in the previous question, what is done with the
cash flows once they are generated does not affect the IRR. Consider the following example:
C
0
C
1
C
2
IRR
Project A
–$100
$10
$110
10%
Suppose this $100 is a deposit into a bank account. The IRR of the cash flows is 10 percent. Does
the IRR change if the Year 1 cash flow is reinvested in the account, or if it is withdrawn and spent on
pizza? No. Finally, consider the yield to maturity calculation on a bond. If you think about it, the
YTM is the IRR on the bond, but no mention of a reinvestment assumption for the bond coupons is
suggested. The reason is that reinvestment is irrelevant to the YTM calculation; in the same way,
reinvestment is irrelevant in the IRR calculation. Our caveat about blocked funds applies here as
well.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 186
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
To calculate the payback period, we need to find the time that the project has recovered its initial
investment. After three years, the project has created:
$1,900 + 2,900 + 2,300 = $7,100
in cash flows. The project still needs to create another: $7,600 – 7,100 = $500
in cash flows. During the fourth year, the cash flows from the project will be $1,700. So, the payback
period will be three years, plus what we still need to make divided by what we will make during the
fourth year. The payback period is:
Payback = 3 + ($500 / $1,700) = 3.29 years
2.
To calculate the payback period, we need to find the time that the project has recovered its initial
investment. The cash flows in this problem are an annuity, so the calculation is simpler. If the initial
cost is $1,700, the payback period is:
Payback = 2 + ($350 / $675) = 2.52 years
There is a shortcut to calculate payback period when the project cash flows are an annuity. Just
divide the initial cost by the annual cash flow. For the $3,300 cost, the payback period is:
Payback = $3,300 / $675 = 4.89 years
The payback period for an initial cost of $5,600 is a little trickier. Notice that the total cash inflows
after eight years will be:
Total cash inflows = 8($675) = $5,400
If the initial cost is $5,600, the project never pays back. Notice that if you use the shortcut for
annuity cash flows, you get:
Payback = $5,600 / $675 = 8.29 years
This answer does not make sense since the cash flows stop after eight years, so again, we must
conclude the payback period is never.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
187 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
3.
Project A has total cash flows of $37,000 after Year 2, so the cash flows are short by $8,000 of
recapturing the initial investment, so the payback for Project A is:
Payback = 2 + ($8,000 / $37,000) = 2.53 years
Project B has cash flows of:
Cash flows = $13,000 + 15,000 + 24,000 = $52,000
during this first three years. The cash flows are still short by $3,000 of recapturing the initial
investment, so the payback for Project B is:
B:
Payback = 3 + ($3,000 / $255,000) = 3.01 years
Using the payback criterion and a cutoff of three years, accept Project A and reject Project B.
4.
When we use discounted payback, we need to find the value of all cash flows today. The value today
of the project cash flows for the first four years is:
Value today of Year 1 cash flow = $2,800 / 1.14 = $2,456.14
Value today of Year 2 cash flow = $3,700 / 1.14
2
= $2,847.03
Value today of Year 3 cash flow = $5,100 / 1.14
3
= $3,442.35
Value today of Year 4 cash flow = $4,300 / 1.14
4
= $2,545.95
To find the discounted payback, we use these values to find the payback period. The discounted first
year cash flow is $2,456.14, so the discounted payback for a $5,200 initial cost is: Discounted payback = 1 + ($5,200 – 2,456.14) / $2,847.03 = 1.96 years
For an initial cost of $8,000, the discounted payback is:
Discounted payback = 2 + ($6,400 – 2,456.14 – 2,847.03) / $3,442.35 = 2.32 years
Notice the calculation of discounted payback. We know the payback period is between two and three
years, so we subtract the discounted values of the Year 1 and Year 2 cash flows from the initial cost.
This is the numerator, which is the discounted amount we still need to make to recover our initial
investment. We divide this amount by the discounted amount we will earn in Year 3 to get the
fractional portion of the discounted payback.
If the initial cost is $11,000, the discounted payback is:
Discounted payback = 3 + ($10,400 – 2,456.14 – 2,847.03 – 3,442.35) / $2,545.95 = 3.65 years
5.
R
= 0%:
3 + ($2,900 / $3,700) = 3.78 years Discounted payback = Regular payback = 3.78 years
R
= 5%:
$3,700/1.05 + $3,700/1.05
2
+ $3,700/1.05
3
+ $3,700/1.05
4
= $13,120.02
$3,700/1.05
5
= $2,899.05
Discounted payback = 3 + ($14,000 – 13,120.02) / $2,899.05 = 4.30 years
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 188
R
= 19%:
$3,700(PVIFA
19%,6
) = $12,616.18
The project never pays back.
6.
Our definition of AAR is the average net income divided by the average book value. The average net
income for this project is:
Average net income = ($1,754,000 + 1,850,500 + 1,716,300 + 1,097,400) / 4 = $1,597,050
And the average book value is:
Average book value = ($15,000,000 + 0) / 2 = $7,500,000
So, the AAR for this project is:
AAR = Average net income / Average book value = $1,597,050 / $7,500,000 = .2129, or 21.29%
7.
The IRR is the interest rate that makes the NPV of the project equal to zero. So, the equation that defines
the IRR for this project is:
0 = – $26,000 + $11,000/(1+IRR) + $14,000/(1+IRR)
2
+ $10,000/(1+IRR)
3
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find that:
IRR = 16.69% Since the IRR is greater than the required return, we would accept the project.
8.
The NPV of a project is the PV of the inflows minus the PV of the outflows. The equation for the
NPV of this project at an 11 percent required return is:
NPV = – $26,000 + $11,000/1.11 + $14,000/1.11
2
+ $10,000/1.11
3
= $2,584.54 At an 11 percent required return, the NPV is positive, so we would accept the project.
The equation for the NPV of the project at a 24 percent required return is:
NPV = – $26,000 + $11,000/1.24 + $14,000/1.24
2
+ $10,000/1.24
3
= –$2,779.06 At a 24 percent required return, the NPV is negative, so we would reject the project.
9.
The NPV of a project is the PV of the inflows minus the PV of the outflows. Since the cash inflows
are an annuity, the equation for the NPV of this project at an 8 percent required return is:
NPV = –$67,000 + $15,400(PVIFA
8%, 9
) = $29,202.07 At an 8 percent required return, the NPV is positive, so we would accept the project.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
189 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The equation for the NPV of the project at a 20 percent required return is:
NPV = –$67,000 + $15,400(PVIFA
20%, 9
) = –$4,923.12 At a 20 percent required return, the NPV is negative, so we would reject the project.
We would be indifferent to the project if the required return was equal to the IRR of the project,
since at that required return the NPV is zero. The IRR of the project is:
0 = –$67,000 + $15,400(PVIFA
IRR, 9
) IRR = 17.67% 10.
The IRR is the interest rate that makes the NPV of the project equal to zero. So, the equation that defines
the IRR for this project is:
0 = –$13,900 + $6,400 / (1 + IRR) + $8,700 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $5,900 / (1 + IRR)
3
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find that:
IRR = 24.07%
11.
The NPV of a project is the PV of the inflows minus the PV of the outflows. At a zero discount rate
(and only at a zero discount rate), the cash flows can be added together across time. So, the NPV of
the project at a zero percent required return is:
NPV
= –$13,900 + 6,400 + 8,700 + 5,900 = $7,100
The NPV at a 10 percent required return is:
NPV = –$13,900 + $6,400 / 1.1 + $8,700 / 1.1
2
+ $5,900 / 1.1
3
= $3,541.02
The NPV at a 20 percent required return is:
NPV = –$13,900 + $6,400 / 1.2 + $8,700 / 1.2
2
+ $5,900 / 1.2
3
= $889.35
And the NPV at a 30 percent required return is:
NPV
= –$13,900 + $6,400 / 1.3 + $8,700 / 1.3
2
+ $5,900 / 1.3
3
= –$1,143.51
Notice that as the required return increases, the NPV of the project decreases. This will always be
true for projects with conventional cash flows. Conventional cash flows are negative at the beginning
of the project and positive throughout the rest of the project.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 190
12.
a.
The IRR is the interest rate that makes the NPV of the project equal to zero. The equation for the IRR
of Project A is:
0 = –$43,500 + $21,400/(1+IRR) + $18,500/(1+IRR)
2
+ $13,800/(1+IRR)
3
+ $7,600/(1+IRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
IRR = 18.33%
The equation for the IRR of Project B is:
0 = –$43,500 + $6,400/(1+IRR) + $14,700/(1+IRR)
2
+ $22,800/(1+IRR)
3
+ $25,200/(1+IRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
IRR = 17.37%
Examining the IRRs of the projects, we see that IRR
A
is greater than IRR
B
, so the IRR decision
rule implies accepting Project A. This may not be a correct decision; however, because the IRR
criterion has a ranking problem for mutually exclusive projects. To see if the IRR decision rule
is correct or not, we need to evaluate the project NPVs.
b.
The NPV of Project A is:
NPV
A
= –$43,500 + $21,400 / 1.11+ $18,500 / 1.11
2
+ $13,800 / 1.11
3
+ $7,600 / 1.11
4
NPV
A
= $5,891.09
And the NPV of Project B is:
NPV
B
= –$43,500 + $6,400 / 1.11 + $14,700 / 1.11
2
+ $22,800 / 1.11
3
+ $25,200 / 1.11
4
NPV
B
= $7,467.80
The NPV
B
is greater than the NPV
A
, so we should accept Project B.
c.
To find the crossover rate, we subtract the cash flows from one project from the cash flows of
the other project. Here, we will subtract the cash flows for Project B from the cash flows of
Project A. Once we find these differential cash flows, we find the IRR. The equation for the
crossover rate is:
Crossover rate: 0 = $15,000 / (1 + R
) + $3,800 / (1 + R
)
2
– $9,000 / (1 + R
)
3
– $17,600 / (1 + R
)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
R
= 15.19%
At discount rates above 15.19 percent choose Project A; for discount rates below 15.19 percent
choose Project B; indifferent between A and B at a discount rate of 15.19 percent.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
191 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
13.
The IRR is the interest rate that makes the NPV of the project equal to zero. The equation to
calculate the IRR of Project X is:
0 = –$24,000 + $10,620 / (1 + IRR) + $10,900 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $10,500 / (1 + IRR)
3
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find that:
IRR = 15.96%
For Project Y, the equation to find the IRR is:
0 = –$24,000 + $12,100 / (1 + IRR) + $9,360 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $10,400 / (1 + IRR)
3
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find that:
IRR = 16.13%
To find the crossover rate, we subtract the cash flows from one project from the cash flows of the
other project, and find the IRR of the differential cash flows. We will subtract the cash flows from
Project Y from the cash flows from Project X. It is irrelevant which cash flows we subtract from the
other. Subtracting the cash flows, the equation to calculate the IRR for these differential cash flows
is:
Crossover rate: 0 = –$1,480 / (1 + R
) + $1,540 / (1 + R
)
2
+ $100 / (1 + R
)
3
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find that:
R
= 10.19%
The table below shows the NPV of each project for different required returns. Notice that Project X
always has a higher NPV for discount rates below 10.19 percent, and always has a lower NPV for
discount rates above 10.19 percent.
R
NPV
X
NPV
Y
0%
$8,020.00
$7,860.00
5%
$5,071.20
$4,997.52
10%
$2,551.62
$2,549.21
15%
$380.67
$437.41
20%
–$1,504.17
–$1,398.15
25%
–$3,152.00
–$3,004.80
14.
a.
The equation for the NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$45,000,000 + $71,000,000 / 1.12 – $15,000,000 / 1.12
2
= $6,434,948.98 The NPV is greater than zero, so we would accept the project.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 192
b.
The equation for the IRR of the project is:
0 = –$45,000,000 + $71,000,000 / (1 + IRR) – $15,000,000 / (1 + IRR)
2
From Descartes rule of signs, we know there are potentially two IRRs since the cash flows
change signs twice. From trial and error, the two IRRs are:
IRR = 32.65%, –74.87%
When there are multiple IRRs, the IRR decision rule is ambiguous. Both IRRs are correct, that
is, both interest rates make the NPV of the project equal to zero. If we are evaluating whether or
not to accept this project, we would not want to use the IRR to make our decision. 15.
The profitability index is defined as the PV of the future cash flows divided by the initial investment.
The equation for the profitability index at a required return of 10 percent is:
PI = [$9,400 / 1.1 + $7,600 / 1.1
2
+ $4,300 / 1.1
3
] / $15,300 = 1.180
The equation for the profitability index at a required return of 15 percent is:
PI = [$9,400 / 1.15 + $7,600 / 1.15
2
+ $4,300 / 1.15
3
] / $15,300 = 1.095
The equation for the profitability index at a required return of 22 percent is:
PI = [$9,400 / 1.22 + $7,600 / 1.22
2
+ $4,300 / 1.22
3
] / $15,300 = .992
We would accept the project if the required return were 10 percent or 15 percent since the PI is
greater than one. We would reject the project if the required return were 22 percent since the PI is
less than one.
16.
a.
The profitability index is the PV of the future cash flows divided by the initial investment. The
cash flows for both projects are an annuity, so:
PI
I
= $24,800(PVIFA
10%,3
) / $51,000 = 1.209 PI
II
= $7,800(PVIFA
10%,3
) / $14,400 = 1.347
The profitability index decision rule implies that we accept project II, since PI
II
is greater than
PI
I
.
b.
The NPV of each project is: NPV
I
= –$51,000 + $24,800(PVIFA
10%,3
) = $10,673.93
NPV
II
= –$14,400 + $7,800(PVIFA
10%,3
) = $4,997.45
The NPV decision rule implies accepting Project I, since the NPV
I
is greater than the NPV
II
.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
193 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
Using the profitability index to compare mutually exclusive projects can be ambiguous when
the magnitude of the cash flows for the two projects are of different scale. In this problem,
Project I is roughly three times as large as Project II and produces a larger NPV, yet the
profitability index criterion implies that Project II is more acceptable.
17.
a
.
The payback period for each project is:
A:
3 + ($227,000 / $572,000) = 3.40 years
B:
2 + ($6,000 / $25,500) = 2.24 years
The payback criterion implies accepting Project B, because it pays back sooner than Project A.
b.
The discounted payback for each project is:
A:
$58,000 / 1.11 + $85,000 / 1.11
2
+ $85,000 / 1.11
3
= $183,391.43
$572,000 / 1.11
4
= $376,794.12
Discounted payback = 3 + ($455,000 – 183,391.43) / $376,794.12 = 3.87 years
B:
$31,000 / 1.11 + $28,000 / 1.11
2
= $50,653.36 $25,500 / 1.11
3
= $18,645.38
Discounted payback = 2 + ($65,000 – 50,653.36) / $18,645.38 = 2.77 years
The discounted payback criterion implies accepting Project B because it pays back sooner than A.
c
.
The NPV for each project is:
A:
NPV = –$455,000 + $58,000 / 1.11 + $85,000 / 1.11
2
+ $85,000 / 1.11
3
+ $572,000 / 1.11
4
NPV = $105,185.54
B:
NPV = –$65,000 + $31,000 / 1.11 + $28,000 / 1.11
2
+ $25,500 / 1.11
3
+ $19,000 / 1.11
4
NPV = $6,814.62
NPV criterion implies we accept Project A because Project A has a higher NPV than project B.
d.
The IRR for each project is:
A:
$455,000 = $58,000 / (1+IRR) + $85,000 / (1+IRR)
2
+ $85,000 / (1+IRR)
3
+ $572,000 / (1+IRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we
find that:
IRR = 18.15%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 194
B:
$65,000 = $31,000 / (1+IRR) + $28,000 / (1+IRR)
2
+ $25,500 / (1+IRR)
3
+ $19,000 / (1+IRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation,
we find that:
IRR = 23.65%
IRR decision rule implies we accept Project B because IRR for B is greater than IRR for A.
e.
The profitability index for each project is:
A:
PI = ($58,000 / 1.11 + $85,000 / 1.11
2
+ $85,000 / 1.11
3
+ $572,000 / 1.11
4
) / $455,000 PI = 1.231
B:
PI = ($31,000 / 1.11 + $28,000 / 1.11
2
+ $25,500 / 1.11
3
+ $19,000 / 1.11
4
) / $65,000 PI = 1.259
Profitability index criterion implies accept Project B because its PI is greater than Project A’s.
f.
In this instance, the NPV criteria implies that you should accept Project A, while profitability
index, payback period, discounted payback, and IRR imply that you should accept Project B.
The final decision should be based on the NPV since it does not have the ranking problem
associated with the other capital budgeting techniques. Therefore, you should accept Project A.
18.
At a zero discount rate (and only at a zero discount rate), the cash flows can be added together across
time. So, the NPV of the project at a zero percent required return is:
NPV = –$638,400 + 236,800 + 257,380 + 225,320 + 167,410 = $248,510
If the required return is infinite, future cash flows have no value. Even if the cash flow in one year is
$1 trillion, at an infinite rate of interest, the value of this cash flow today is zero. So, if the future
cash flows have no value today, the NPV of the project is simply the cash flow today, so at an
infinite interest rate:
NPV = –$638,400
The interest rate that makes the NPV of a project equal to zero is the IRR. The equation for the IRR
of this project is:
0 = –$638,400 + $236,800 / (1 + IRR) + $257,380 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $225,320 / (1 + IRR)
3
+ 167,410 / (1 + IRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
IRR = 15.49%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
195 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
19.
The MIRR for the project with all three approaches is:
Discounting approach:
In the discounting approach, we find the value of all negative cash outflows at Time 0, while any
positive cash inflows remain at the time at which they occur. So, discounting the cash outflows to
Time 0, we find:
Time 0 cash flow = –$41,000 – $9,400 / 1.10
5
Time 0 cash flow = –$46,836.66
So, the MIRR using the discounting approach is:
0 = –$46,836.66 + $15,700 / (1 + MIRR) + $19,400 / (1 + MIRR)
2
+ $24,300 / (1 + MIRR)
3
+ $18,100 / (1 + MIRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find:
MIRR = 22.68%
Reinvestment approach:
In the reinvestment approach, we find the future value of all cash except the initial cash flow at the
end of the project. So, reinvesting the cash flows to Time 5, we find:
Time 5 cash flow = $15,700(1.10
4
) + $19,400(1.10
3
) + $24,300(1.10
2
) + $18,100(1.10) – $9,400
Time 5 cash flow = $88,720.77
So, the MIRR using the reinvestment approach is:
0 = –$41,000 + $88,720.77 / (1 + MIRR)
5
$88,720.77 / $41,000 = (1 + MIRR)
5
MIRR = ($88,720.77 / $41,000)
1/5
– 1
MIRR = .1669, or 16.69%
Combination approach:
In the combination approach, we find the value of all cash outflows at Time 0, and the value of all
cash inflows at the end of the project. So, the value of the cash flows is:
Time 0 cash flow = –$41,000 – $9,400 / 1.10
5
Time 0 cash flow = –$46,836.66
Time 5 cash flow = $15,700(1.10
4
) + $19,400(1.10
3
) + $24,300(1.10
2
) + $18,100(1.10) Time 5 cash flow = $98,120.77
So, the MIRR using the combination approach is:
0 = –$46,836.66 + $98,120.77 / (1 + MIRR)
5
$98,120.77 / $46,836.66 = (1 + MIRR)
5
MIRR = ($98,120.77 / $46,836.66)
1/5
– 1
MIRR = .1594, or 15.94%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 196
Intermediate
20.
With different discounting and reinvestment rates, we need to make sure to use the appropriate
interest rate. The MIRR for the project with all three approaches is:
Discounting approach:
In the discounting approach, we find the value of all cash outflows at Time 0 at the discount rate,
while any cash inflows remain at the time at which they occur. So, the discounting the cash outflows
to Time 0, we find:
Time 0 cash flow = –$41,000 – $9,400 / 1.11
5
Time 0 cash flow = –$46,578.44
So, the MIRR using the discounting approach is:
0 = –$46,578.44 + $15,700 / (1 + MIRR) + $19,400 / (1 + MIRR)
2
+ $24,300 / (1 + MIRR)
3
+ $18,100 / (1 + MIRR)
4
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
MIRR = 22.97%
Reinvestment approach:
In the reinvestment approach, we find the future value of all cash except the initial cash flow at the
end of the project using the reinvestment rate. So, the reinvesting the cash flows to Time 5, we find:
Time 5 cash flow = $15,700(1.08
4
) + $19,400(1.08
3
) + $24,300(1.08
2
) + $18,100(1.08) – $9,400
Time 5 cash flow = $84,289.61
So, the MIRR using the discounting approach is:
0 = –$41,000 + $84,289.61 / (1 + MIRR)
5
$84,289.61 / $41,000 = (1 + MIRR)
5
MIRR = ($84,289.61 / $41,000)
1/5
– 1
MIRR = .1550, or 15.50%
Combination approach:
In the combination approach, we find the value of all cash outflows at Time 0 using the discount
rate, and the value of all cash inflows at the end of the project using the reinvestment rate. So, the
value of the cash flows is:
Time 0 cash flow = –$41,000 – $9,400 / 1.11
5
Time 0 cash flow = –$46,578.44
Time 5 cash flow = $15,700(1.08
4
) + $19,400(1.08
3
) + $24,300(1.08
2
) + $18,100(1.08) Time 5 cash flow = $93,689.61
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
197 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, the MIRR using the discounting approach is:
0 = –$46,578.44 + $93,689.61 / (1 + MIRR)
5
$93,689.61 / $46,578.44 = (1 + MIRR)
5
MIRR = ($93,689.61 / $46,578.44)
1/5
– 1
MIRR = .1500, or 15.00%
21.
Since the NPV index has the cost subtracted in the numerator, NPV index = PI – 1.
22.
a.
To have a payback equal to the project’s life, given C
is a constant cash flow for N years: C
= I / N
b.
To have a positive NPV, I < C
(PVIFA
R
%, N
). Thus, C
> I / (PVIFA
R
%, N
).
c.
Benefits = C
(PVIFA
R%, N
) = 2 × costs = 2I
C
= 2I / (PVIFA
R%, N
)
Challenge
23.
Given the seven-year payback, the worst case is that the payback occurs at the end of the seventh
year. Thus, the worst-case:
NPV = –$735,000 + $735,000/1.11
7
= –$380,981.07 The best case has infinite cash flows beyond the payback point. Thus, the best-case NPV is infinite.
24.
The equation for the IRR of the project is:
0 = –$3,024 + $17,172 / (1 + IRR) – $36,420 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $34,200 / (1 + IRR)
3
– $12,000 / (1 + IRR)
4
Using Descartes rule of signs, from looking at the cash flows we know there are four IRRs for this
project. Even with most computer spreadsheets, we have to do some trial and error. From trial and
error, IRRs of 25 percent, 33.33 percent, 42.86 percent, and 66.67 percent are found. We would accept the project when the NPV is greater than zero. See for yourself that the NPV is
greater than zero for required returns between 25 percent and 33.33 percent or between 42.86 percent
and 66.67 percent.
25.
a.
Here the cash inflows of the project go on forever, which is a perpetuity. Unlike ordinary
perpetuity cash flows, the cash flows here grow at a constant rate forever, which is a growing
perpetuity. If you remember back to the chapter on stock valuation, we presented a formula for
valuing a stock with constant growth in dividends. This formula is actually the formula for a
growing perpetuity, so we can use it here. The PV of the future cash flows from the project is:
PV of cash inflows = C
1 / (
R
– g
) PV of cash inflows = $127,000 / (.11 – .04) = $1,814,285.71
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 198
NPV is the PV of the inflows minus the PV of the outflows, so the NPV is:
NPV of the project = –$1,700,000 + 1,814,285.71 = $114,285.71 The NPV is positive, so we would accept the project.
b.
Here we want to know the minimum growth rate in cash flows necessary to accept the project.
The minimum growth rate is the growth rate at which we would have a zero NPV. The equation
for a zero NPV, using the equation for the PV of a growing perpetuity is:
0 = –$1,700,000 + $127,000 / (.11 – g
) Solving for g
, we get:
g
= .0353, or 3.53%
26.
The IRR of the project is:
$53,000 = $29,000 / (1 + IRR) + $37,000 / (1 + IRR)
2
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
IRR = 15.28%
At an interest rate of 12 percent, the NPV is:
NPV = $53,000 – $29,000 / 1.12 – $37,000 / 1.12
2
NPV = –$2,389.03
At an interest rate of zero percent, we can add cash flows, so the NPV is:
NPV = $53,000 – $29,000 – $37,000 NPV = –$13,000.00 And at an interest rate of 24 percent, the NPV is:
NPV = $53,000 – $29,000 / 1.24 – $37,000 / 1.24
2
NPV = +$5,549.43
The cash flows for the project are unconventional. Since the initial cash flow is positive and the
remaining cash flows are negative, the decision rule for IRR is invalid in this case. The NPV profile
is upward sloping, indicating that the project is more valuable when the interest rate increases.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
199 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
27.
The IRR is the interest rate that makes the NPV of the project equal to zero. So, the IRR of the
project is: 0 = $25,000 – $11,000 / (1 + IRR) + $7,000 / (1 + IRR)
2
Even though it appears there are two IRRs, a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error will
not give an answer. The reason is that there is no real IRR for this set of cash flows. If you examine
the IRR equation, what we are really doing is solving for the roots of the equation. Going back to
high school algebra, in this problem we are solving a quadratic equation. In case you don’t
remember, the quadratic equation is:
x = −
b
±
√
b
2
−
4
ac
2
a
In this case, the equation is:
x = −(−
11
,
000
)±
√
(−
11
,
000
)
2
−
4
(
25
,
000
)(
7
,
000
)
2
(
7
,
000
)
The square root term works out to be:
121,000,000 – 700,000,000 = –579,000,000
The square root of a negative number is a complex number, so there is no real number solution,
meaning the project has no real IRR. 28.
First, we need to find the future value of the cash flows for the one year in which they are blocked by
the government. So, reinvesting each cash inflow for one year, we find: Year 2 cash flow = $485,000(1.04) = $504,400
Year 3 cash flow = $535,000(1.04) = $556,400
Year 4 cash flow = $435,000(1.04) = $452,400
Year 5 cash flow = $390,000(1.04) = $405,600
So, the NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$1,450,000 + $504,400 / 1.11
2
+ $556,400 / 1.11
3
+ $452,400 / 1.11
4
+ $405,600 / 1.11
5
NPV = –$95,069.01
And the IRR of the project is:
0 = –$1,450,000 + $504,400 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $556,400 / (1 + IRR)
3
+ $452,400 / (1 + IRR)
4
+ $405,600 / (1 + IRR)
5
Using a spreadsheet, financial calculator, or trial and error to find the root of the equation, we find
that:
IRR = 8.73%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 200
While this may look like a MIRR calculation, it is not a MIRR, rather it is a standard IRR
calculation. Since the cash inflows are blocked by the government, they are not available to the
company for a period of one year. Thus, all we are doing is calculating the IRR based on when the
cash flows actually occur for the company.
Calculator Solutions
7.
CF
o
–$26,000
C01
$11,000
F01
1
C02
$14,000
F02
1
C03
$10,000
F03
1
IRR CPT
16.69%
8.
CF
o
–$26,000
CF
o
–$26,000
C01
$11,000
C01
$11,000
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$14,000
C02
$14,000
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$10,000
C03
$10,000
F03
1
F03
1
I = 11%
I = 25%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$2,854.54
–$2,779.06
9.
CF
o
–$67,000
CF
o
–$67,000
CF
o
–$67,000
C01
$15,400
C01
$15,400
C01
$15,400
F01
9
F01
9
F01
9
I = 8%
I = 20% IRR CPT NPV CPT
NPV CPT
17.67%
$29,202.07
–$4,923.12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
201 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
10.
CF
o
–$13,900
C01
$6,400
F01
1
C02
$8,700
F02
1
C03
$5,900
F03
1
IRR CPT 24.07%
11.
CF
o
–$13,900
CF
o
–$13,900
C01
$6,400
C01
$6,400
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$8,700
C02
$8,700
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$5,900
C03
$5,900
F03
1
F03
1
I = 0%
I = 10%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$7,100
$3,541.02
CF
o
–$13,900
CF
o
–$13,900
C01
$6,400
C01
$6,400
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$8,700
C02
$8,700
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$5,900
C03
$5,900
F03
1
F03
1
I = 20%
I = 30% NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$889.35
–$1,143.51
12.
Project A
CF
o
–$43,500
CF
o
–$43,500
C01
$21,400
C01
$21,400
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$18,500
C02
$18,500
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$13,800
C03
$13,800
F03
1
F03
1
C04
$7,600
C04
$7,600
F04
1
F04
1
IRR CPT I = 11% 18.33%
NPV CPT
$5,891.09
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 202
Project B
CF
o
–$43,500
CF
o
–$43,500
C01
$6,400
C01
$6,400
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$14,700
C02
$14,700
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$22,800
C03
$22,800
F03
1
F03
1
C04
$25,200
C04
$25,200
F04
1
F04
1
IRR CPT I = 11%
17.37%
NPV CPT
$7,467.80
Crossover rate
CF
o
$0
C01
$15,000
F01
1
C02
$3,800
F02
1
C03
–$9,000
F03
1
C04
–$17,600
F04
1
IRR CPT 15.19%
13.
Project X
CF
o
–$24,000
CF
o
–$24,000
CF
o
–$24,000
C01
$10,620
C01
$10,620
C01
$10,620
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$10,900
C02
$10,900
C02
$10,900
F02
1
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$10,500
C03
$10,500
C03
$10,500
F03
1
F03
1
F03
1
I = 0%
I = 15% I = 25%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$8,020
$380.67
–$3,152.00
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
203 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Project Y
CF
o
–$24,000
CF
o
–$24,000
CF
o
–$24,000
C01
$12,100
C01
$12,100
C01
$12,100
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$9,360
C02
$9,360
C02
$9,360
F02
1
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$10,400
C03
$10,400
C03
$10,400
F03
1
F03
1
F03
1
I = 0%
I = 15% I = 25%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$7,860
$437.41
–$3,004.80
Crossover rate
CF
o
$0
C01
–$1,480
F01
1
C02
$1,540
F02
1
C03
$100
F03
1
IRR CPT 10.19%
14.
CF
o
–$45,000,000
CF
o
–$45,000,000
C01
$71,000,000
C01
$71,000,000
F01
1
F01
1
C02
–$15,000,000
C02
–$15,000,000
F02
1
F02
1
I = 12%
IRR CPT
NPV CPT
32.65%
$6,434,948.98
Financial calculators will only give you one IRR, even if there are multiple IRRs. Using trial and error, or a root solving calculator, the other IRR is –74.87%.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 204
15.
CF
o
$0
CF
o
$0
CF
o
$0
C01
$9,400
C01
$9,400
C01
$9,400
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$7,600
C02
$7,600
C02
$7,600
F02
1
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$4,300
C03
$4,300
C03
$4,300
F03
1
F03
1
F03
1
I = 10%
I = 15% I = 22%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$18,057.10
$16,747.92
$15,179.11
@10%: PI = $18,057.10 / $15,300 = 1.180
@15%: PI = $16,747.92 / $15,300 = 1.095
@22%: PI = $15,179.11 / $15,300 = .992
16.
Project I
CF
o
$0
CF
o
–$51,000
C01
$24,800
C01
$24,800
F01
3
F01
3
I = 10%
I = 10% NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$61,673.93
$10,673.93
PI = $61,673.93 / $51,000 = 1.209
Project II
CF
o
$0
CF
o
–$14,400
C01
$7,800
C01
$7,800
F01
3
F01
3
I = 10%
I = 10%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
$19,397.45
$4,997.45
PI = $19,397.45 / $14,400 = 1.347
17.
CF(A)
c.
d.
e.
CF
o
–$455,000
CF
o
–$455,000
CF
o
$0
C01
$58,000
C01
$58,000
C01
$58,000
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$85,000
C02
$85,000
C02
$85,000
F02
2
F02
2
F02
2
C03
$572,000
C03
$572,000
C03
$572,000
F03
1
F03
1
F03
1
I = 15%
IRR CPT I = 15%
NPV CPT
18.15%
NPV CPT
$42,638.73
$497,638.73
PI = $497,638.73 / $455,000 = 1.094
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
205 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
CF(B)
c.
d.
e.
CF
o
–$65,000
CF
o
–$65,000
CF
o
$0
C01
$31,000
C01
$31,000
C01
$31,000
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$28,000
C02
$28,000
C02
$28,000
F02
1
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$25,500
C03
$25,500
C03
$25,500
F03
1
F03
1
F03
1
C04
$19,000
C04
$19,000
C04
$19,000
F04
1
F04
1
F04
1
I = 15%
IRR CPT I = 15% NPV CPT
23.65%
NPV CPT
$10,758.52
$75,758.52
PI = $75,758.52 / $65,000 = 1.166
f.
In this instance, the NPV criteria implies that you should accept Project A, while payback period,
discounted payback, profitability index, and IRR imply that you should accept Project B. The
final decision should be based on the NPV since it does not have the ranking problem associated
with the other capital budgeting techniques. Therefore, you should accept Project A.
18.
CF
o
–$638,400
CF
o
–$638,400
C01
$236,800
C01
$236,800
F01
1
F01
1
C02
$257,380
C02
$257,380
F02
1
F02
1
C03
$225,320
C03
$225,320
F03
1
F03
1
C04
$167,410
C04
$167,410
F04
1
F04
1
I = 0%
IRR CPT NPV CPT
15.49%
$248,510
26.
CF
o
$53,000
CF
o
$53,000
CF
o
$53,000
C01
–$29,000
C01
–$29,000
C01
–$29,000
F01
1
F01
1
F01
1
C02
–$37,000
C02
–$37,000
C02
–$37,000
F02
1
F02
1
F02
1
I = 12%
I = 0%
I = 24%
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
NPV CPT
–$2,389.03
–$13,000
$5,549.43
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 9 - 206
CF
o
$53,000
C01
–$29,000
F01
1
C02
–$37,000
F02
1
IRR CPT
15.28%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10
MAKING CAPITAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
In this context, an opportunity cost refers to the value of an asset or other input that will be used in a
project. The relevant cost is what the asset or input is actually worth today, not, for example, what it
cost to acquire.
2.
For tax purposes, a firm would choose MACRS because it provides for larger depreciation
deductions earlier. These larger deductions reduce taxes, but have no other cash consequences.
Notice that the choice between MACRS and straight-line is purely a time value issue; the total
depreciation is the same, only the timing differs.
3.
It’s probably only a mild oversimplification. Current liabilities will all be paid, presumably. The
cash portion of current assets will be retrieved. Some receivables won’t be collected, and some
inventory will not be sold, of course. Counterbalancing these losses is the fact that inventory sold
above cost (and not replaced at the end of the project’s life) acts to increase working capital. These
effects tend to offset one another.
4.
Management’s discretion to set the firm’s capital structure is applicable at the firm level. Since any
one particular project could be financed entirely with equity, another project could be financed with
debt, and the firm’s overall capital structure remains unchanged. Financing costs are not relevant in
the analysis of a project’s incremental cash flows according to the stand-alone principle.
5.
The EAC approach is appropriate when comparing mutually exclusive projects with different lives
that will be replaced when they wear out. This type of analysis is necessary so that the projects have
a common life span over which they can be compared; in effect, each project is assumed to exist
over an infinite horizon of N-year repeating projects. Assuming that this type of analysis is valid
implies that the project cash flows remain the same forever, thus ignoring the possible effects of,
among other things: (
a
) inflation, (
b
) changing economic conditions, (
c
) the increasing unreliability
of cash flow estimates that occur far into the future, and (
d
) the possible effects of future technology
improvement that could alter the project cash flows.
6.
Depreciation is a noncash expense, but it is tax-deductible on the income statement. Thus
depreciation causes taxes paid, an actual cash outflow, to be reduced by an amount equal to the
depreciation tax shield T
D. A reduction in taxes that would otherwise be paid is the same thing as a
cash inflow, so the effects of the depreciation tax shield must be added in to get the total incremental
aftertax cash flows.
7.
There are two particularly important considerations. The first is erosion. Will the essentialized book
simply displace copies of the existing book that would have otherwise been sold? This is of special
concern given the lower price. The second consideration is competition. Will other publishers step in
and produce such a product? If so, then any erosion is much less relevant. A particular concern to
book publishers (and producers of a variety of other product types) is that the publisher only makes
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 208
money from the sale of new books. Thus, it is important to examine whether the new book would
displace sales of used books (good from the publisher’s perspective) or new books (not good). The
concern arises any time there is an active market for used product.
8.
Definitely. The damage to Porsche’s reputation is definitely a factor the company needed to
consider. If the reputation was damaged, the company would have lost sales of its existing car lines. 9.
One company may be able to produce at lower incremental cost or market better. Also, of course,
one of the two may have made a mistake!
10.
Porsche would recognize that the outsized profits would dwindle as more product comes to market
and
competition
becomes
more
intense.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The $3.5 million acquisition cost of the land six years ago is a sunk cost. The $3.9 million current
aftertax value of the land is an opportunity cost if the land is used rather than sold off. The $16.7
million cash outlay and $850,000 grading expenses are the initial fixed asset investments needed to
get the project going. Therefore, the proper Year 0 cash flow to use in evaluating this project is $3,900,000 + 16,700,000 + 850,000 = $21,450,000
2.
Sales due solely to the new product line are:
25,000($19,000) = $475,000,000 Increased sales of the motor home line occur because of the new product line introduction; thus:
2,700($73,000) = $197,100,000 in new sales is relevant. Erosion of luxury motor coach sales is also due to the new campers; thus:
1,300($120,000) = $156,000,000 loss in sales is relevant. The net sales figure to use in evaluating the new line is thus:
$475,000,000 + 197,100,000 – 156,000,000 = $516,100,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
209 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
3.
We need to construct a basic income statement. The income statement is:
Sales
$
635,000
Variable costs
279,400
Fixed costs
193,000
Depreciation
54,000
EBT
$
108,600
Taxes@35%
38,010
Net income
$
70,590
4.
To find the OCF, we need to complete the income statement as follows:
Sales
$
713,500
Costs
497,300
Depreciation
87,400
EBT
$
128,800
Taxes@34%
43,792
Net income
$
85,008
The OCF for the company is:
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes
OCF = $128,800 + 87,400 – 43,792 OCF = $172,408
The depreciation tax shield is the depreciation times the tax rate, so:
Depreciation tax shield = T
C
(Depreciation)
Depreciation tax shield = .34($87,400) Depreciation tax shield = $29,716
The depreciation tax shield shows us the increase in OCF by being able to expense depreciation.
5.
To calculate the OCF, we first need to calculate net income. The income statement is:
Sales
$ 164,000
Variable costs
87,000
Depreciation
15,200
EBT
$
61,800
Taxes@35%
21,630
Net income
$
40,170
Using the most common financial calculation for OCF, we get:
OCF = EBIT + Depreciation – Taxes OCF = $61,800 + 15,200 – 21,630 OCF = $55,370
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 210
The top-down approach to calculating OCF yields:
OCF = Sales – Costs – Taxes OCF = $164,000 – 87,000 – 21,630 OCF = $55,370
The tax-shield approach is:
OCF = (Sales – Costs)(1 – T
C
) + T
C
(Depreciation) OCF = ($164,000 – 87,000)(1 – .35) + .35($15,200) OCF = $55,370
And the bottom-up approach is:
OCF = Net income + Depreciation OCF = $40,170 + 15,200 OCF = $55,370
All four methods of calculating OCF should always give the same answer. 6.
The MACRS depreciation schedule is shown in Table 10.7. The ending book value for any year is
the beginning book value minus the depreciation for the year. Remember, to find the amount of
depreciation for any year, you multiply the purchase price of the asset times the MACRS percentage
for the year. The depreciation schedule for this asset is: Year
Beginning Book Value
MACRS
Depreciation
Ending Book value
1
$1,240,000.00
.1429
$177,196.00
$1,062,804.00
2
1,062,804.00
.2449
303,676.00
759,128.00
3
759,128.00
.1749
216,876.00
542,252.00
4
542,252.00
.1249
154,876.00
387,376.00
5
387,376.00
.0893
110,732.00
276,644.00
6
276,644.00
.0892
110,608.00
166,036.00
7
166,036.00
.0893
110,732.00
55,304.00
8
55,304.00
.0446
55,304.00
0
7.
The asset has an eight-year useful life and we want to find the BV of the asset after five years. With
straight-line depreciation, the depreciation each year will be:
Annual depreciation = $730,000 / 8 Annual depreciation = $91,250
So, after five years, the accumulated depreciation will be:
Accumulated depreciation = 5($91,250)
Accumulated depreciation = $456,250
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
211 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The book value at the end of Year 5 is thus:
BV
5
= $730,000 – 456,250 BV
5
= $273,750
The asset is sold at a loss to book value, so the depreciation tax shield of the loss is recaptured.
Aftertax salvage value = $192,000 + ($273,750 – 192,000)(.40) Aftertax salvage value = $224,700
To find the taxes on salvage value, remember to use the equation:
Taxes on salvage value = (BV – MV)
T
C
This equation will always give the correct sign for a tax inflow (refund) or outflow (payment).
8.
To find the BV at the end of four years, we need to find the accumulated depreciation for the first
four years. We could calculate a table as in Problem 6, but an easier way is to add the MACRS
depreciation amounts for each of the first four years and multiply this percentage times the cost of
the asset. We can then subtract this from the asset cost. Doing so, we get: BV
4
= $6,500,000 – 6,500,000(.2000 + .3200 + .1920 + .1152) BV
4
= $1,123,200
The asset is sold at a gain to book value, so this gain is taxable.
Aftertax salvage value = $1,600,000 + ($1,123,200 – 1,600,000)(.35) Aftertax salvage value = $1,433,120
9.
Using the tax shield approach to calculating OCF (Remember the approach is irrelevant; the final
answer will be the same no matter which of the four methods you use.), we get:
OCF = (Sales – Costs)(1 – T
C
) + T
C
(Depreciation) OCF = ($2,190,000 – 815,000)(1 – .35) + .35($2,900,000/3) OCF = $1,232,083
10.
Since we have the OCF, we can find the NPV as the initial cash outlay plus the PV of the OCFs,
which are an annuity, so the NPV is:
NPV = –$2,900,000 + $1,232,083(PVIFA
12%,3
) NPV = $59,256.28
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 212
11.
The cash outflow at the beginning of the project will increase because of the spending on NWC. At
the end of the project, the company will recover the NWC, so it will be a cash inflow. The sale of the
equipment will result in a cash inflow, but we also must account for the taxes that will be paid on
this sale. So, the cash flows for each year of the project will be:
Year
Cash Flow
0
–$3,200,000
= –$2,900,000 – 300,000
1
1,232,083
2
1,232,083
3
1,668,583
= $1,232,083 + 300,000 + 210,000 + ($0 – 210,000)(.35)
And the NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$3,200,000 + $1,232,083(PVIFA
12%,2
) + ($1,668,583 / 1.12
3
) NPV = $69,948.35
12.
First we will calculate the annual depreciation for the equipment necessary for the project. The
depreciation amount each year will be:
Year 1 depreciation = $2,900,000(.3333) = $966,570 Year 2 depreciation = $2,900,000(.4445) = $1,289,050
Year 3 depreciation = $2,900,000(.1481) = $429,490 So, the book value of the equipment at the end of three years, which will be the initial investment
minus the accumulated depreciation, is:
Book value in 3 years = $2,900,000 – ($966,570 + 1,289,050 + 429,490) Book value in 3 years = $214,890
The asset is sold at a gain to book value, so this gain is taxable.
Aftertax salvage value = $210,000 + ($214,890 – 210,000)(0.35) Aftertax salvage value = $211,712
To calculate the OCF, we will use the tax shield approach, so the cash flow each year is:
OCF = (Sales – Costs)(1 – T
C
) + T
C
(Depreciation) Year
Cash Flow
0
–$3,200,000
= –$2,900,000 – 300,000
1
1,232,049.50
= ($1,375,000)(.65) + .35($966,570)
2
1,344,917.50
= ($1,375,000)(.65) + .35($1,289,050)
3
1,555,783.00
= ($1,375,000)(.65) + .35($429,490) + $211,712 + 300,000
Remember to include the NWC cost in Year 0, and the recovery of the NWC at the end of the
project. The NPV of the project with these assumptions is:
NPV = –$3,200,000 + ($1,232,049.50 / 1.12) + ($1,344,917.50 / 1.12
2
) + ($1,555,783.00 / 1.12
3
) NPV = $79,579.80
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
213 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
13.
First we will calculate the annual depreciation of the new equipment. It will be:
Annual depreciation = $540,000 / 5 Annual depreciation = $108,000
Now, we calculate the aftertax salvage value. The aftertax salvage value is the market price minus
(or plus) the taxes on the sale of the equipment, so:
Aftertax salvage value = MV + (BV – MV)
T
C
Very often the book value of the equipment is zero as it is in this case. If the book value is zero, the
equation for the aftertax salvage value becomes:
Aftertax salvage value = MV + (0 – MV)
T
C
Aftertax salvage value = MV(1 – T
C
)
We will use this equation to find the aftertax salvage value since we know the book value is zero. So,
the aftertax salvage value is:
Aftertax salvage value = $80,000(1 – .34) Aftertax salvage value = $52,800
Using the tax shield approach, we find the OCF for the project is:
OCF = $170,000(1 – .34) + .34($108,000) OCF = $148,920
Now we can find the project NPV. Notice we include the NWC in the initial cash outlay. The
recovery of the NWC occurs in Year 5, along with the aftertax salvage value.
NPV = –$540,000 – 29,000 + $148,920(PVIFA
10%,5
) + [($52,800 + 29,000) / 1.10
5
] NPV = $46,315.33
14.
First we will calculate the annual depreciation of the new equipment. It will be:
Annual depreciation charge = $425,000/5 Annual depreciation charge = $85,000
The aftertax salvage value of the equipment is:
Aftertax salvage value = $30,000(1 – .35) Aftertax salvage value = $19,500
Using the tax shield approach, the OCF is:
OCF = $130,000(1 – .35) + .35($85,000) OCF = $114,250
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 214
Now we can find the project IRR. There is an unusual feature that is a part of this project. Accepting
this project means that we will reduce NWC. This reduction in NWC is a cash inflow at Year 0. This
reduction in NWC implies that when the project ends, we will have to increase NWC. So, at the end
of the project, we will have a cash outflow to restore the NWC to its level before the project. We
also must include the aftertax salvage value at the end of the project. The IRR of the project is:
NPV = 0 = –$425,000 + 60,000 + $114,250(PVIFA
IRR%,5
) + [($19,500 – 60,000) / (1 + IRR)
5
]
IRR = 14.74%
15.
To evaluate the project with a $150,000 cost savings, we need the OCF to compute the NPV. Using
the tax shield approach, the OCF is:
OCF = $150,000(1 – .35) + .35($85,000) = $127,250
NPV = –$425,000 + 60,000 + $127,250(PVIFA
11%,5
) + [($19,500 – 60,000) / (1.11)
5
]
NPV = $81,268.12
The NPV with a $100,000 cost savings is:
OCF = $100,000(1 – .35) + .35($85,000) OCF = $94,750
NPV = –$425,000 + 60,000 + $94,750(PVIFA
11%,5
) + [($19,500 – 60,000) / (1.11)
5
]
NPV = –$38,848.54
We would accept the project if cost savings were $150,000, and reject the project if the cost savings
were $100,000. The required pretax cost savings that would make us indifferent about the project is
the cost savings that results in a zero NPV. The NPV of the project is:
NPV = 0 = –$425,000 + $60,000 + OCF(PVIFA
11%,5
) + [($19,500 – 60,000) / (1.11)
5
] Solving for the OCF, we find the necessary OCF for zero NPV is:
OCF = $105,261.26
Using the tax shield approach to calculating OCF, we get:
OCF = $105,261.26 = (S – C)(1 – .35) + .35($85,000)
(S – C) = $116,171.17
The cost savings that will make us indifferent is $116,171.17.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
215 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
16.
To calculate the EAC of the project, we first need the NPV of the project. Notice that we include the
NWC expenditure at the beginning of the project, and recover the NWC at the end of the project.
The NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$290,000 – 25,000 – $35,000(PVIFA
11%,5
) + $25,000 / 1.11
5
= –$429,520.11
Now we can find the EAC of the project. The EAC is:
EAC = –$429,520.11 / (PVIFA
11%,5
) = –$116,215.39
17.
We will need the aftertax salvage value of the equipment to compute the EAC. Even though the
equipment for each product has a different initial cost, both have the same salvage value. The
aftertax salvage value for both is:
Aftertax salvage value = $45,000(1 – .35) = $29,250
To calculate the EAC, we first need the OCF and NPV of each option. The OCF and NPV for
Techron I is:
OCF = –$69,000(1 – .35) + .35($270,000/3) = –$13,350
NPV = –$270,000 – $13,350(PVIFA
10%,3
) + ($29,250/1.10
3
) = –$281,223.52
EAC = –$281,223.52 / (PVIFA
10%,3
) = –$113,084.14
And the OCF and NPV for Techron II is:
OCF = –$36,000(1 – .35) + .35($475,000/5) = $9,850
NPV = –$475,000 + $9,850(PVIFA
10%,5
) + ($29,250/1.10
5
) = –$419,498.80
EAC = –$419,498.80 / (PVIFA
10%,5
) = –$110,662.73
The two milling machines have unequal lives, so they can only be compared by expressing both on
an equivalent annual basis, which is what the EAC method does. Thus, you prefer the Techron II
because it has the lower (less negative) annual cost.
18.
To find the bid price, we need to calculate all other cash flows for the project, and then solve for the
bid price. The aftertax salvage value of the equipment is:
Aftertax salvage value = $85,000(1 – .35) = $55,250
Now we can solve for the necessary OCF that will give the project a zero NPV. The equation for the
NPV of the project is:
NPV = 0 = –$940,000 – 90,000 + OCF(PVIFA
12%,5
) + [($90,000 + 55,250) / 1.12
5
]
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 216
Solving for the OCF, we find the OCF that makes the project NPV equal to zero is:
OCF = $947,581.25 / PVIFA
12%,5
= $262,868.26
The easiest way to calculate the bid price is the tax shield approach, so:
OCF = $262,868.26 = [(P – v)Q – FC ](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
$262,868.26 = [(P – $15.10)(140,000) – $435,000 ](1 – .35) + .35($940,000/5) P = $20.37
Intermediate
19.
First, we will calculate the depreciation each year, which will be:
D
1
= $410,000(.2000) = $82,000 D
2
= $410,000(.3200) = $131,200
D
3
= $410,000(.1920) = $78,720 D
4
= $410,000(.1152) = $47,232
The book value of the equipment at the end of the project is:
BV
4
= $410,000 – ($82,000 + 131,200 + 78,720 + 47,232) = $70,848
The asset is sold at a loss to book value, so this creates a tax refund.
Aftertax salvage value = $55,000 + ($70,848 – 55,000)(.35) = $60,546.80
So, the OCF for each year will be:
OCF
1
= $155,000(1 – .35) + .35($82,000) = $129,450
OCF
2
= $155,000(1 – .35) + .35($131,200) = $146,670
OCF
3
= $155,000(1 – .35) + .35($78,720) = $128,302
OCF
4
= $155,000(1 – .35) + .35($47,232) = $117,281.20
Now we have all the necessary information to calculate the project NPV. We need to be careful with
the NWC in this project. Notice the project requires $20,000 of NWC at the beginning, and $3,100
more in NWC each successive year. We will subtract the $20,000 from the initial cash flow, and
subtract $3,100 each year from the OCF to account for this spending. In Year 4, we will add back the
total spent on NWC, which is $29,300. The $3,100 spent on NWC capital during Year 4 is
irrelevant. Why? Well, during this year the project required an additional $3,100, but we would get
the money back immediately. So, the net cash flow for additional NWC would be zero. With this, the
equation for the NPV of the project is:
NPV = – $410,000 – 20,000 + ($129,450 – 3,100) / 1.09 + ($146,670 – 3,100) / 1.09
2
+ ($128,302 – 3,100) / 1.09
3
+ ($117,281.20 + 29,300 + 60,546.80) / 1.09
4
NPV = $50,171.04
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
217 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
20.
If we are trying to decide between two projects that will not be replaced when they wear out, the
proper capital budgeting method to use is NPV. Both projects only have costs associated with them,
not sales, so we will use these to calculate the NPV of each project. Using the tax shield approach to
calculate the OCF, the NPV of System A is:
OCF
A
= –$80,000(1 – .34) + .34($290,000/4) OCF
A
= –$28,150
NPV
A
= –$290,000 – $28,150(PVIFA
8%,4
) NPV
A
= –$383,236.37
And the NPV of System B is:
OCF
B
= –$74,000(1 – .34) + .34($375,000/6) OCF
B
= –$27,590
NPV
B
= –$375,000 – $27,590(PVIFA
8%,6
) NPV
B
= –$502,545.25
If the system will not be replaced when it wears out, then System A should be chosen, because it has
the more positive NPV.
21.
If the equipment will be replaced at the end of its useful life, the correct capital budgeting technique
is EAC. Using the NPVs we calculated in the previous problem, the EAC for each system is:
EAC
A
= –$383,236.37 / (PVIFA
8%,4
) EAC
A
= –$115,707.03
EAC
B
= – $502,545.25 / (PVIFA
8%,6
) EAC
B
= –$108,708.27
If the conveyor belt system will be continually replaced, we should choose System B since it has the
more positive EAC.
22.
To find the bid price, we need to calculate all other cash flows for the project, and then solve for the
bid price. The aftertax salvage value of the equipment is:
Aftertax salvage value = $400,000(1 – .34) Aftertax salvage value = $264,000
Now we can solve for the necessary OCF that will give the project a zero NPV. The current aftertax
value of the land is an opportunity cost, but we also need to include the aftertax value of the land in
five years since we can sell the land at that time. The equation for the NPV of the project is:
NPV = 0 = –$4,600,000 – 1,080,000 – 600,000 + OCF(PVIFA
12%,5
) – $50,000(PVIFA
12%,4
) + {($264,000 + 600,000 + 4(50,000) + 1,150,000] / 1.12
5
}
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 218
Solving for the OCF, we find the OCF that makes the project NPV equal to zero is:
OCF = $5,175,584.41 / PVIFA
12%,5
OCF = $1,435,757.48
The easiest way to calculate the bid price is the tax shield approach, so:
OCF = $1,435,757.48 = [(P – v)Q – FC ](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
$1,435,757.48 = [(P – $.0045)(100,000,000) – $1,200,000](1 – .34) + .34($4,600,000/5) P = $.03351
23.
At a given price, taking accelerated depreciation compared to straight-line depreciation causes the
NPV to be higher; similarly, at a given price, lower net working capital investment requirements will
cause the NPV to be higher. Thus, NPV would be zero at a lower price in this situation. In the case
of a bid price, you could submit a lower price and still break even, or submit the higher price and
make a positive NPV.
24.
Since we need to calculate the EAC for each machine, sales are irrelevant. EAC only uses the costs
of operating the equipment, not the sales. Using the bottom-up approach, or net income plus
depreciation, method to calculate OCF, we get:
Machine A
Machine B
Variable costs
–$3,500,000
–$3,000,000
Fixed costs
–195,000
–230,000
Depreciation
–433,333
–577,778
EBT
–$4,128,333
–$3,807,778
Tax
1,444,917
1,332,722
Net income
–$2,683,417
–$2,475,056
+ Depreciation
433,333
577,778
OCF
–$2,250,083
–$1,897,278
The NPV and EAC for Machine A are:
NPV
A
= –$2,600,000 – $2,250,083(PVIFA
10%,6
) NPV
A
= –$12,399,699.51
EAC
A
= – $12,399,699.51 / (PVIFA
10%,6
) EAC
A
= –$2,847,062.52
And the NPV and EAC for Machine B are:
NPV
B
= –$5,200,000 – 1,897,278(PVIFA
10%,9
) NPV
B = –$16,126,467.91
EAC
B
= – $16,126,467.91 / (PVIFA
10%,9
) EAC
B
= –$2,800,208.58
You should choose Machine B since it has a more positive EAC.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
219 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
25.
A kilowatt hour is 1,000 watts for 1 hour. A 60-watt bulb burning for 500 hours per year uses 30,000 watt hours, or 30 kilowatt hours. Since the cost of a kilowatt hour is $.121, the cost per year
is:
Cost per year = 30($.121)
Cost per year = $3.63
The 60-watt bulb will last for 1,000 hours, which is two years of use at 500 hours per year. So, the
NPV of the 60-watt bulb is:
NPV = –$.45 – $3.63(PVIFA
10%,2
)
NPV = –$6.75
And the EAC is:
EAC = –$6.75 / (PVIFA
10%,2
) EAC = –$3.89
Now we can find the EAC for the 15-watt CFL. A 15-watt bulb burning for 500 hours per year uses
7,500 watts, or 7.5 kilowatts. And, since the cost of a kilowatt hour is $.121, the cost per year is:
Cost per year = 7.5($.121)
Cost per year = $.9075
The 15-watt CFL will last for 12,000 hours, which is 24 years of use at 500 hours per year. So, the
NPV of the CFL is:
NPV = –$3.40 – $.9075(PVIFA
10%,24
)
NPV = –$11.55
And the EAC is:
EAC = –$11.55 / (PVIFA
10%,24
) EAC = –$1.29
Thus, the CFL is much cheaper. But see our next two questions.
26.
To solve the EAC algebraically for each bulb, we can set up the variables as follows:
W = Light bulb wattage
C = Cost per kilowatt hour
H = Hours burned per year
P = Price of the light bulb
The number of watts used by the bulb per hour is:
WPH = W / 1,000
And the kilowatt hours used per year is:
KPY = WPH × H
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 220
The electricity cost per year is therefore:
ECY = KPY × C
The NPV of the decision to buy the light bulb is:
NPV = – P – ECY(PVIFA
R
%,
t
)
And the EAC is:
EAC = NPV / (PVIFA
R
%,
t
)
Substituting, we get:
EAC = [–P – (W / 1,000 × H × C)PVIFA
R
%,
t
] / PVIFA
R
%
,t
We need to set the EAC of the two light bulbs equal to each other and solve for C, the cost per
kilowatt hour. Doing so, we find: [–$.45 – (60 / 1,000 × 500 × C)PVIFA
10%,2
] / PVIFA
10%,2
= [–$3.40 – (15 / 1,000 × 500 × C)PVIFA
10%,24
] / PVIFA
10%,24
C = $.005295
So, unless the cost per kilowatt hour is extremely low, it makes sense to use the CFL. But when
should you replace the incandescent bulb? See the next question.
27.
We are again solving for the breakeven kilowatt hour cost, but now the incandescent bulb has only
500 hours of useful life. In this case, the incandescent bulb has only one year of life left. The
breakeven electricity cost under these circumstances is:
[–$.45 – (60 / 1,000 × 500 × C)PVIFA
10%,1
] / PVIFA
10%,1
= [–$3.40 – (15 / 1,000 × 500 × C)PVIFA
10%,24
] / PVIFA
10%,24
C = –$.005181
Unless the electricity cost is negative (Not very likely!), it does not make financial sense to replace the incandescent bulb until it burns out.
28.
The debate between incandescent bulbs and CFLs is not just a financial debate, but an environmental
one as well. The numbers below correspond to the numbered items in the question:
1.
The extra heat generated by an incandescent bulb is waste, but not necessarily in a heated
structure, especially in northern climates.
2.
Since CFLs last so long, from a financial viewpoint, it might make sense to wait if prices are
declining.
3.
Because of the nontrivial health and disposal issues, CFLs are not as attractive as our previous
analysis suggests.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
221 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
4.
From a company’s perspective, the cost of replacing working incandescent bulbs may outweigh
the financial benefit. However, since CFLs last longer, the cost of replacing the bulbs will be
lower in the long run.
5.
Because incandescent bulbs use more power, more coal has to be burned, which generates more
mercury in the environment, potentially offsetting the mercury concern with CFLs. 6.
As in the previous question, if CO
2
production is an environmental concern, the lower power
consumption from CFLs is a benefit.
7.
CFLs require more energy to make, potentially offsetting (at least partially) the energy savings
from their use. Worker safety and site contamination are also negatives for CFLs.
8.
This fact favors the incandescent bulb because the purchasers will only receive part of the
benefit from the CFL.
9.
This fact favors waiting for new technology.
While there is always a “best” answer, this question shows that the analysis of the “best” answer is
not always easy and may not be possible because of incomplete data. As for how to better legislate
the use of CFLs, our analysis suggests that requiring them in new construction might make sense.
Rental properties in general should probably be required to use CFLs (why rentals?).
Another piece of legislation that makes sense is requiring the producers of CFLs to supply a disposal
kit and proper disposal instructions with each one sold. Finally, we need much better research on the
hazards associated with broken bulbs in the home and workplace and proper procedures for dealing
with broken bulbs.
29.
Surprise! You should definitely upgrade the truck. Here’s why. At 10 mpg, the truck burns 12,000 /
10 = 1,200 gallons of gas per year. The new truck will burn 12,000 / 12.5 = 960 gallons of gas per
year, a savings of 240 gallons per year. The car burns 12,000 / 25 = 480 gallons of gas per year,
while the new car will burn 12,000 / 40 = 300 gallons of gas per year, a savings of 180 gallons per
year, so it’s not even close.
This answer may strike you as counterintuitive, so let’s consider an extreme case. Suppose the car
gets 6,000 mpg, and you could upgrade to 12,000 mpg. Should you upgrade? Probably not since you
would only save one gallon of gas per year. So, the reason you should upgrade the truck is that it
uses so much more gas in the first place.
Notice that the answer doesn’t depend on the cost of gasoline, meaning that if you upgrade, you
should always upgrade the truck. In fact, it doesn’t depend on the miles driven, as long as the miles
driven are the same.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 222
30.
We can begin by calculating the gallons saved by purchasing the new truck. The current and new
gallon usage when driving x
miles per year are:
Current truck gallons = x
/ 10
New truck gallons = x
/ 12.5
So the gallons saved by purchasing the new truck are:
Truck gallons saved = x
/ 10 – x
/ 12.5
If we let y
equal the increased mileage for the car, the gallons used by the current car, the new car,
and the savings by purchasing the new car are:
Current car gallons = (
x
+ y
) / 25
New car gallons = (
x
+ y
) / 40
Car gallons saved = (
x
+ y
) / 25 – (
x
+ y
) / 40
We need to set the gallon savings from the new truck purchase equal to the gallon savings from the
new car purchase equal to each other, so:
x
/ 10 – x
/ 12.5 = (
x
+ y
) / 25 – (
x
+ y
) / 40
From this equation you can see again that the cost per gallon is irrelevant. Each term would be
multiplied by the cost per gallon, which would cancel out since each term is multiplied by the same
amount. To add and subtract fractions, we need to get the same denominator. In this case, we will
choose a denominator of 1,000 since all four of the current denominators are multiples of 1,000.
Doing so, we get:
100
x
/ 1,000 – 80
x
/ 1,000 = 40(
x
+ y
) / 1,000 – 25(
x
+ y
) / 1,000
20
x
/ 1,000 = 15(
x
+ y
) / 1,000
20
x
= 15
x
+ 15
y
5
x
= 15
y
y
= x
/3
The difference in the mileage should be 1/3 of the miles driven by the truck. So, if the truck is driven
12,000 miles, the breakeven car mileage is 16,000 miles (12,000 + 12,000/3).
Challenge
31.
We will begin by calculating the aftertax salvage value of the equipment at the end of the project’s
life. The aftertax salvage value is the market value of the equipment minus any taxes paid (or
refunded), so the aftertax salvage value in four years will be:
Taxes on salvage value = (BV – MV)
T
C
Taxes on salvage value = ($0 – 350,000)(.38)
Taxes on salvage value = –$133,000
Market price
$350,000
Tax on sale
–133,000
Aftertax salvage value
$217,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
223 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Now we need to calculate the operating cash flow each year. Using the bottom up approach to
calculating operating cash flow, we find:
Year 0
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Revenues
$2,700,000
$3,225,000
$3,900,000
$2,925,000
Fixed costs
415,000
415,000
415,000
415,000
Variable costs
405,000
483,750
585,000
438,750
Depreciation
1,166,550
1,555,750
518,350
259,350
EBT
$713,450
$770,500
$2,381,650
$1,811,900
Taxes
271,111
292,790
905,027
688,522
Net income
$442,339
$477,710
$1,476,623
$1,123,378
OCF
$1,608,889
$2,033,460
$1,994,973
$1,382,728
Capital spending
–$3,500,000
$217,000
Land
–2,300,000
2,400,000
NWC
–125,000
125,000
Total cash flow
–$5,925,000
$1,608,889
$2,033,460
$1,994,973
$4,124,728
Notice the calculation of the cash flow at Time 0. The capital spending on equipment and investment
in net working capital are both cash outflows. The aftertax selling price of the land is also a cash
outflow. Even though no cash is actually spent on the land because the company already owns it, the
aftertax cash flow from selling the land is an opportunity cost, so we need to include it in the
analysis. The company can sell the land at the end of the project, so we need to include that value as
well. With all the project cash flows, we can calculate the NPV, which is:
NPV = –$5,925,000 + $1,608,889 / 1.13 + $2,033,460 / 1.13
2
+ $1,994,973 / 1.13
3
+ $4,124,728 / 1.13
4
NPV = $1,003,682.32
The company should accept the new product line.
32.
This is an in-depth capital budgeting problem. Probably the easiest OCF calculation for this problem
is the bottom up approach, so we will construct an income statement for each year. Beginning with
the initial cash flow at time zero, the project will require an investment in equipment. The project
will also require an investment in NWC. The initial NWC investment is given, and the subsequent
NWC investment will be 15 percent of the increase in the following year’s sales. So, the cash flow
required for the project today will be:
Capital spending
–$17,000,000
Initial NWC
–1,500,000
Total cash flow
–$18,500,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 224
Now we can begin the remaining calculations. Sales figures are given for each year, along with the
price per unit. The variable costs per unit are used to calculate total variable costs, and fixed costs
are given at $1,500,000 per year. To calculate depreciation each year, we use the initial equipment
cost of $17 million, times the appropriate MACRS depreciation each year. The remainder of each
income statement is calculated below. Notice at the bottom of the income statement we added back
depreciation to get the OCF for each year. The section labeled “Net cash flows” will be discussed
below:
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Ending book value
$14,570,700
$10,407,400
$7,434,100
$5,310,800
$3,792,700
Sales
$33,180,000
$38,710,000
$44,635,000
$41,870,000
$31,205,000
Variable costs
22,260,000
25,970,000
29,945,000
28,090,000
20,935,000
Fixed costs
3,400,000
3,400,000
3,400,000
3,400,000
3,400,000
Depreciation
2,429,300
4,163,300
2,973,300
2,123,300
1,518,100
EBIT
$5,090,700
$5,176,700
$8,316,700
$8,256,700
$5,351,900
Taxes
1,781,745
1,811,845
2,910,845
2,889,845
1,873,165
Net income
$3,308,955
$3,364,855
$5,405,855
$5,366,855
$3,478,735
Depreciation
2,429,300
4,163,300
2,973,300
2,123,300
1,518,100
Operating cash flow
$5,738,255
$7,528,155
$8,379,155
$7,490,155
$4,996,835
Net cash flows
Operating CF
$5,738,255
$7,528,155
$8,379,155
$7,490,155
$4,996,835
Change in NWC
–829,500
–888,750
414,750
1,599,750
1,203,750
Capital spending
3,537,445
Total cash flow
$4,908,755
$6,639,405
$8,793,905
$9,089,905
$9,738,030
After we calculate the OCF for each year, we need to account for any other cash flows. The other
cash flows in this case are NWC cash flows and capital spending, which is the aftertax salvage of the
equipment. The required NWC capital is 15 percent of the increase in sales in the next year. We will
work through the NWC cash flow for Year 1. The total NWC in Year 1 will be 15 percent of the
sales increase from Year 1 to Year 2, or:
Increase in NWC for Year 1 = .15($38,710,000 – 33,180,000) Increase in NWC for Year 1 = $892,500
Notice that the NWC cash flow is negative. Since the sales are increasing, we will have to spend
more money to increase NWC. In Year 4, the NWC cash flow is positive since sales are declining.
And, in Year 5, the NWC cash flow is the recovery of all NWC the company still has in the project. To calculate the aftertax salvage value, we first need the book value of the equipment. The book
value at the end of the five years will be the purchase price, minus the total depreciation. So, the
ending book value is:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
225 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Ending book value = $17,000,000 – ($2,429,300 + 4,163,300 + 2,973,300 + 2,123,300 + 1,518,100) Ending book value = $3,792,700
The market value of the used equipment is 20 percent of the purchase price, or $3.4 million, so the
aftertax salvage value will be:
Aftertax salvage value = $3,400,000 + ($3,792,700 – 3,400,000)(.35) Aftertax salvage value = $3,537,445
The aftertax salvage value is included in the total cash flows as capital spending. Now we have all of
the cash flows for the project. The NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$18,500,000 + $4,908,755 / 1.18 + $6,639,405 / 1.18
2
+ $8,793,905 / 1.18
3
+ $9,089,905 / 1.18
4
+ $9,738,030 / 1.18
5
NPV = $4,725,575.77
And the IRR is:
NPV = 0 = –$18,500,000 + $4,908,755 / (1 + IRR) + $6,639,405 / (1 + IRR)
2
+ $8,793,905 / (1 + IRR)
3
+ $9,089,905 / (1 + IRR)
4
+ $9,738,030 / (1 + IRR)
5
IRR = 27.52%
We should accept the project.
33.
To find the initial pretax cost savings necessary to buy the new machine, we should use the tax
shield approach to find the OCF. We begin by calculating the depreciation each year using the
MACRS depreciation schedule. The depreciation each year is:
D
1
= $645,000(.3333) = $214,978.50
D
2
= $645,000(.4445) = $286,702.50
D
3
= $645,000(.1481) = $95,524.50
D
4
= $645,000(.0741) = $47,794.50
Using the tax shield approach, the OCF each year is:
OCF
1
= (S – C)(1 – .35) + .35($214,978.50)
OCF
2
= (S – C)(1 – .35) + .35($286,702.50)
OCF
3
= (S – C)(1 – .35) + .35($95,524.50)
OCF
4
= (S – C)(1 – .35) + .35($47,794.50)
OCF
5
= (S – C)(1 – .35)
Now we need the aftertax salvage value of the equipment. The aftertax salvage value is:
Aftertax salvage value = $75,000(1 – .35) = $48,750
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 226
To find the necessary cost reduction, we must realize that we can split the cash flows each year. The OCF
in any given year is the cost reduction (S – C) times one minus the tax rate, which is an annuity for
the project life, and the depreciation tax shield. To calculate the necessary cost reduction, we would
require a zero NPV. The equation for the NPV of the project is: NPV = 0 = –$645,000 – 55,000 + (S – C)(.65)(PVIFA
9%,5
) + .35($214,978.50 / 1.09
+ $286,702.50 / 1.09
2
+ $95,524.50 / 1.09
3
+ $47,794.50 / 1.09
4
) + ($55,000 + 48,750) / 1.09
5
Solving this equation for the sales minus costs, we get:
(S – C)(.65)(PVIFA
9%,5
) = $441,413.27
(S – C) = $174,590.80
34.
a.
This problem is basically the same as Problem 18, except we are given a sales price. The cash
flow at Time 0 for all three parts of this question will be:
Capital spending
–$940,000
Change in NWC
–90,000
Total cash flow
–$1,030,000
We will use the initial cash flow and the salvage value we already found in that problem. Using
the bottom-up approach to calculating the OCF, we get: Assume price per unit = $23 and units/year = 140,000
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Sales
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
Variable costs
2,114,000
2,114,000
2,114,000
2,114,000
2,114,000
Fixed costs
435,000
435,000
435,000
435,000
435,000
Depreciation
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
EBIT
$483,000
$483,000
$483,000
$483,000
$483,000
Taxes (35%)
169,050
169,050
169,050
169,050
169,050
Net Income
$313,950
$313,950
$313,950
$313,950
$313,950
Depreciation
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
Operating CF
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Operating CF
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
Change in NWC
0
0
0
0
90,000
Capital spending
0
0
0
0
55,250
Total CF
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
$501,950
$647,200
With these cash flows, the NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$1,030,000 + $501,950(PVIFA
12%,5
) + [($90,000 + 55,250) / 1.12
5
]
NPV = $861,836.17
If the actual price is above the bid price that results in a zero NPV, the project will have a
positive NPV. As for the cartons sold, if the number of cartons sold increases, the NPV will
increase, and if the costs increase, the NPV will decrease.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
227 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b
. To find the minimum number of cartons sold to still break even, we need to use the tax shield
approach to calculating OCF, and solve the problem similar to finding a bid price. Using the
initial cash flow and salvage value we already calculated, the equation for a zero NPV of the
project is: NPV = 0 = –$1,030,000 + OCF(PVIFA
12%,5
) + [($90,000 + 55,250) / 1.12
5
]
So, the necessary OCF for a zero NPV is:
OCF = $947,581.25 / PVIFA
12%,5
= $262,868.26
Now we can use the tax shield approach to solve for the minimum quantity as follows:
OCF = $262,868.26 = [(P – v)Q – FC](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
$262,868.26 = [($23.00 – 15.10)Q – 435,000 ](1 – .35) + .35($940,000/5) Q = 93,441
As a check, we can calculate the NPV of the project with this quantity. The calculations are:
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Sales
$2,149,137
$2,149,137
$2,149,137
$2,149,137
$2,149,137
Variable costs
1,410,955
1,410,955
1,410,955
1,410,955
1,410,955
Fixed costs
435,000
435,000
435,000
435,000
435,000
Depreciation
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
EBIT
$115,182
$115,182
$115,182
$115,182
$115,182
Taxes (35%)
40,314
40,314
40,314
40,314
40,314
Net Income
$74,868
$74,868
$74,868
$74,868
$74,868
Depreciation
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
Operating CF
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Operating CF
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
Change in NWC
0
0
0
0
90,000
Capital spending
0
0
0
0
55,250
Total CF
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$408,118
NPV = –$1,030,000 + $262,868(PVIFA
12%,5
) + [($90,000 + 55,250) / 1.12
5
]
$0
Note, the NPV is not exactly equal to zero because we had to round the number of cartons sold;
you cannot sell one-half of a carton.
c
. To find the highest level of fixed costs and still breakeven, we need to use the tax shield
approach to calculating OCF, and solve the problem similar to finding a bid price. Using the
initial cash flow and salvage value we already calculated, the equation for a zero NPV of the
project is: NPV = 0 = –$1,030,000 + OCF(PVIFA
12%,5
) + [($90,000 + 55,250) / 1.12
5
]
OCF = $947,581.25 / PVIFA
12%,5
= $262,868.26
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 228
Notice this is the same OCF we calculated in part b
. Now we can use the tax shield approach to
solve for the maximum level of fixed costs as follows:
OCF = $262,868.26 = [(P–v)Q – FC](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
$262,868.26 = [($23.00 – 15.10)(140,000) – FC](1 – .35) + .35($940,000/5) FC = $802,818.06
As a check, we can calculate the NPV of the project with this level of fixed costs. The calculations are:
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Sales
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
$3,220,000
Variable costs
2,114,000
2,114,000
2,114,000
2,114,000
2,114,000
Fixed costs
802,818
802,818
802,818
802,818
802,818
Depreciation
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
EBIT
$115,182
$115,182
$115,182
$115,182
$115,182
Taxes (35%)
40,314
40,314
40,314
40,314
40,314
Net Income
$74,868
$74,868
$74,868
$74,868
$74,868
Depreciation
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
188,000
Operating CF
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
Year
1
2
3
4
5
Operating CF
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
Change in NWC
0
0
0
0
90,000
Capital spending
0
0
0
0
55,250
Total CF
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$262,868
$408,118
NPV = –$1,030,000 + $262,868(PVIFA
12%,5
) + [($90,000 + 55,250) / 1.12
5
]
$0
35.
We need to find the bid price for a project, but the project has extra cash flows. Since we don’t
already produce the keyboard, the sales of the keyboard outside the contract are relevant cash flows.
Since we know the extra sales number and price, we can calculate the cash flows generated by these
sales. The cash flow generated from the sale of the keyboard outside the contract is:
1
2
3
4
Sales
$2,394,000
$2,835,000
$3,759,000
$2,184,000
Variable costs
1,311,000
1,552,500
2,058,500
1,196,000
EBT
$1,083,000
$1,282,500
$1,700,500
$988,000
Tax
433,200
513,000
680,200
395,200
Net income (and OCF)
$649,800
$769,500
$1,020,300
$592,800
So, the addition to NPV of these market sales is:
NPV of market sales = $649,800 / 1.10 + $769,500 / 1.10
2
+ $1,020,300 / 1.10
3
+ $592,800 / 1.10
4
NPV of market sales = $2,398,134.55
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
229 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
You may have noticed that we did not include the initial cash outlay, depreciation, or fixed costs in
the calculation of cash flows from the market sales. The reason is that it is irrelevant whether or not
we include these here. Remember, we are not only trying to determine the bid price, but we are also
determining whether or not the project is feasible. In other words, we are trying to calculate the NPV
of the project, not just the NPV of the bid price. We will include these cash flows in the bid price
calculation. The reason we stated earlier that whether we included these costs in this initial
calculation was irrelevant is that you will come up with the same bid price if you include these costs
in this calculation, or if you include them in the bid price calculation. Next, we need to calculate the aftertax salvage value, which is:
Aftertax salvage value = $275,000(1 – .40) = $165,000
Instead of solving for a zero NPV as is usual in setting a bid price, the company president requires an
NPV of $100,000, so we will solve for a NPV of that amount. The NPV equation for this project is
(remember to include the NWC cash flow at the beginning of the project, and the NWC recovery at
the end):
NPV = $100,000 = –$2,900,000 – 175,000 + 2,398,134.55 + OCF (PVIFA
10%,4
) + [($165,000 + 175,000) / 1.10
4
]
Solving for the OCF, we get:
OCF = $544,640.87 / PVIFA
10%,4
= $171,818.29
Now we can solve for the bid price as follows:
OCF = $171,818.29 = [(P – v)Q – FC ](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
$171,818.29 = [(P – $115)(4,800) – $570,000](1 – .40) + .40($2,900,000 / 4)
P = $192.71
36.
a.
Since the two computers have unequal lives, the correct method to analyze the decision is the
EAC. We will begin with the EAC of the new computer. Using the depreciation tax shield
approach, the OCF for the new computer system is:
OCF = ($290,000)(1 – .38) + ($1,560,000 / 5)(.38) = $298,360
Notice that the costs are positive, which represents a cash inflow. The costs are positive in this
case since the new computer will generate a cost savings. The only initial cash flow for the new
computer is its cost of $1,560,000. We next need to calculate the aftertax salvage value, which
is:
Aftertax salvage value = $300,000(1 – .38) = $186,000
Now we can calculate the NPV of the new computer as:
NPV = –$1,560,000 + $298,360(PVIFA
12%,5
) + $186,000 / 1.12
5
NPV = –$378,937.58
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 10 - 230
And the EAC of the new computer is:
EAC = –$378,937.58 / (PVIFA
12%,5
) = –$105,120.97
Analyzing the old computer, the only OCF is the depreciation tax shield, so:
OCF = $260,000(.38) = $98,800
The initial cost of the old computer is a little trickier. You might assume that since we already
own the old computer there is no initial cost, but we can sell the old computer, so there is an
opportunity cost. We need to account for this opportunity cost. To do so, we will calculate the
aftertax salvage value of the old computer today. We need the book value of the old computer
to do so. The book value is not given directly, but we are told that the old computer has
depreciation of $260,000 per year for the next three years, so we can assume the book value is
the total amount of depreciation over the remaining life of the system, or $780,000. So, the
aftertax salvage value of the old computer is:
Aftertax salvage value = $420,000 + ($780,000 – 420,000)(.38) = $556,800
This is the initial cost of the old computer system today because we are forgoing the
opportunity to sell it today. We next need to calculate the aftertax salvage value of the
computer system in two years since we are “buying” it today. The aftertax salvage value in two
years is:
Aftertax salvage value = $120,000 + ($260,000 – 120,000)(.38) = $173,200
Now we can calculate the NPV of the old computer as:
NPV = –$556,800 + $98,800 / 1.12 + ($98,800 + 173,200) / 1.12
2
NPV = –$251,748.98
And the EAC of the old computer is:
EAC = –$251,748.98 / (PVIFA
12%,2
) = –$148,959.40
Even if we are going to replace the system in two years no matter what our decision today, we
should replace it today since the EAC is more positive.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
231 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
If we are only concerned with whether or not to replace the machine now, and are not worrying
about what will happen in two years, the correct analysis is NPV. To calculate the NPV of the
decision on the computer system now, we need the difference in the total cash flows of the old
computer system and the new computer system. From our previous calculations, we can say the
cash flows for each computer system are:
t
New computer
Old computer
Difference
0
–$1,560,000
–$556,800
–$1,003,200
1
298,360
98,800
199,560
2
298,360
272,000
26,360
3
298,360
0
298,360
4
298,360
0
298,360
5
484,360
0
484,360
Since we are only concerned with marginal cash flows, the cash flows of the decision to replace
the old computer system with the new computer system are the differential cash flows. The
NPV of the decision to replace, ignoring what will happen in two years is:
NPV = –$1,003,200 + $199,560/1.12 + $26,360/1.12
2
+ $298,360/1.14
3
+ $298,360/1.14
4
+ $484,360/1.14
5
NPV = –$127,188.60
If we are not concerned with what will happen in two years, we should not replace the old
computer system.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11
PROJECT ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Forecasting risk is the risk that a poor decision is made because of errors in projected cash flows.
The danger is greatest with a new product because the cash flows are probably harder to predict.
2.
With a sensitivity analysis, one variable is examined over a broad range of values. With a scenario
analysis, all variables are examined for a limited range of values.
3.
It is true that if average revenue is less than average cost, the firm is losing money. This much of the
statement is therefore correct. At the margin, however, accepting a project with marginal revenue in
excess of its marginal cost clearly acts to increase operating cash flow.
4.
It makes wages and salaries a fixed cost, driving up operating leverage.
5.
Fixed costs are relatively high because airlines are relatively capital intensive (and airplanes are
expensive). Skilled employees such as pilots and mechanics mean relatively high wages which,
because of union agreements, are relatively fixed. Maintenance expenses are significant and
relatively fixed as well.
6.
From the shareholder perspective, the financial breakeven point is the most important. A project can
exceed the accounting and cash breakeven points but still be below the financial breakeven point.
This causes a reduction in shareholder (your) wealth.
7.
The project will reach the cash break-even first, the accounting break-even next, and finally the
financial breakeven. For a project with an initial investment and sales after, this ordering will always
apply. The cash break-even is achieved first since it excludes depreciation. The accounting break-
even is next since it includes depreciation. Finally, the financial break-even, which includes the time
value of money, is achieved.
8.
Soft capital rationing implies that the firm as a whole isn’t short of capital, but the division or project
does not have the necessary capital. The implication is that the firm is passing up positive NPV
projects. With hard capital rationing the firm is unable to raise capital for a project under any
circumstances. Probably the most common reason for hard capital rationing is financial distress,
meaning bankruptcy is a possibility.
9.
The implication is that they will face hard capital rationing.
10.
While the fact that the worst-case NPV is positive is interesting, it also indicates that there is likely a
problem with the inputs and/or analysis. While we would like all of our projects to be guaranteed to
make money, as a practical matter, it doesn’t seem likely that these types of projects are very
prevalent.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
233 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
a.
The total variable cost per unit is the sum of the two variable costs, so:
Total variable costs per unit = $9.64 + 8.63 Total variable costs per unit = $18.27
b.
The total costs include all variable costs and fixed costs. We need to make sure we are
including all variable costs for the number of units produced, so:
Total costs = Variable costs + Fixed costs Total costs = $18.27(215,000) + $915,000 Total costs = $4,843,050
c.
The cash breakeven, that is the point where cash flow is zero, is:
Q
C
= $915,000 / ($39.99 – 18.27) Q
C
= 42,742.70 units
And the accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= ($915,000 + 465,000) / ($39.99 – 18.27) Q
A
= 63,535.91 units
2.
The total costs include all variable costs and fixed costs. We need to make sure we are including all
variable costs for the number of units produced, so:
Total costs = ($35.85 + 26.45)(145,000) + $1,750,000 Total costs = $10,783,500
The marginal cost, or cost of producing one more unit, is the total variable cost per unit, so:
Marginal cost = $35.85 + 26.45 Marginal cost = $62.30
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 234
The average cost per unit is the total cost of production, divided by the quantity produced, so:
Average cost = Total cost / Total quantity Average cost = $10,783,500 / 145,000 Average cost = $74.37
Minimum acceptable total revenue = 5,000($62.30) Minimum acceptable total revenue = $311,500 Additional units should be produced only if the cost of producing those units can be recovered.
3.
The base-case, best-case, and worst-case values are shown below. Remember that in the best-case,
sales and price increase, while costs decrease. In the worst-case, sales and price decrease, and costs
increase.
Unit
Scenario
Unit Sales
Unit Price
Variable Cost
Fixed Costs
Base
95,000
$1,700
$480
$4,100,000
Best
109,250
1,955 408 3,485,000 Worst
80,750
1,445
552
4,715,000
4.
An estimate for the impact of changes in price on the profitability of the project can be found from
the sensitivity of NPV with respect to price:
NPV/
P. This measure can be calculated by finding
the NPV at any two different price levels and forming the ratio of the changes in these parameters.
Whenever a sensitivity analysis is performed, all other variables are held constant at their base-case
values.
5.
a
.
To calculate the accounting breakeven, we first need to find the depreciation for each year. The
depreciation is:
Depreciation = $864,000 / 8 Depreciation = $108,000 per year
And the accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= ($765,000 + 108,000) / ($49 – 33) Q
A
= 54,563 units
To calculate the accounting breakeven, we must realize at this point (and only this point), the
OCF is equal to depreciation. So, the DOL at the accounting breakeven is:
DOL = 1 + FC / OCF = 1 + FC / D DOL = 1 + [$765,000 / $108,000] DOL = 8.083
b.
We will use the tax shield approach to calculate the OCF. The OCF is:
OCF
base
= [(P – v)Q – FC](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D OCF
base
= [($49 – 33)(71,000) – $765,000](1 – .35) + .35($108,000) OCF
base
= $278,950
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
235 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Now we can calculate the NPV using our base-case projections. There is no salvage value or
NWC, so the NPV is:
NPV
base
= –$860,000 + $278,950(PVIFA
10%,8
) NPV
base
= $627,177.66
To calculate the sensitivity of the NPV to changes in the quantity sold, we will calculate the
NPV at a different quantity. We will use sales of 75,000 units. The NPV at this sales level is:
OCF
new
= [($49 – 33)(75,000) – $765,000](1 – .35) + .35($108,000) OCF
new
= $320,550
And the NPV is:
NPV
new
= –$860,000 + $320,550(PVIFA
10%,8
) NPV
new
= $846,110.59
So, the change in NPV for every unit change in sales is:
NPV/
S = ($624,177.66 – 849,110.59) / (71,000 – 75,000)
NPV/
S = +$55.483
If sales were to drop by 500 units, then NPV would drop by:
NPV drop = $55.483(500) = $27,741.62
You may wonder why we chose 75,000 units. Because it doesn’t matter! Whatever sales
number we use, when we calculate the change in NPV per unit sold, the ratio will be the same. c.
To find out how sensitive OCF is to a change in variable costs, we will compute the OCF at a
variable cost of $34. Again, the number we choose to use here is irrelevant: We will get the
same ratio of OCF to a one dollar change in variable cost no matter what variable cost we use.
So, using the tax shield approach, the OCF at a variable cost of $34 is:
OCF
new
= [($49 – 34)(71,000) – 765,000](1 – .65) + .35($108,000) OCF
new
= $232,800
So, the change in OCF for a $1 change in variable costs is:
OCF/
v = ($278,950 – 232,800) / ($33 – 34)
OCF/
v = –$46,150
If variable costs decrease by $1 then, OCF would increase by $46,150
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 236
6.
We will use the tax shield approach to calculate the OCF for the best- and worst-case scenarios. For
the best-case scenario, the price and quantity increase by 10 percent, so we will multiply the base
case numbers by 1.1, a 10 percent increase. The variable and fixed costs both decrease by 10 percent,
so we will multiply the base case numbers by .9, a 10 percent decrease. Doing so, we get:
OCF
best
= {[($49)(1.1) – ($33)(.9)](71,000)(1.1) – $765,000(.9)}(1 – .35) + .35($107,500) OCF
best
= $818,788
The best-case NPV is:
NPV
best
= –$860,000 + $818,788(PVIFA
10%,8
) NPV
best
= $3,504,173.55
For the worst-case scenario, the price and quantity decrease by 10 percent, so we will multiply the
base case numbers by .9, a 10 percent decrease. The variable and fixed costs both increase by 10
percent, so we will multiply the base case numbers by 1.1, a 10 percent increase. Doing so, we get:
OCF
worst
= {[($49)(0.9) – ($33)(1.1)](71,000)(.9) – $765,000(1.1)}(1 – .35) + .35($107,500) OCF
worst
= –$185,202
The worst-case NPV is:
NPV
worst
= –$860,000 – $185,202(PVIFA
10%,8
) NPV
worst
= –$1,852,039.00
7.
The cash breakeven equation is:
Q
C
= FC / (P – v)
And the accounting breakeven equation is:
Q
A
= (FC + D) / (P – v) Using these equations, we find the following cash and accounting breakeven points:
a.
Q
C
= $9,000,000 / ($2,980 – 2,135) Q
A
= ($9,000,000 + 3,100,000) / ($2,980 – 2,135)
Q
C
= 10,650.89
Q
A
= 14,319.53
b
. Q
C
= $135,000 / ($46 – 41) Q
A
= ($135,000 + 183,000) / ($46 – 41) Q
C
= 27,000
Q
A
= 63,600
c
. Q
C
= $1,900 / ($9 – 3) Q
A
= ($1,900 + 930) / ($9 – 3) Q
C
= 316.67
Q
A
= 471.67
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
237 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
8.
We can use the accounting breakeven equation:
Q
A
= (FC + D) / (P – v) to solve for the unknown variable in each case. Doing so, we find:
(1): Q
A
= 97,432 = ($820,000 + D) / ($39 – 30) D = $56,888
(2): Q
A
= 165,000 = ($2,745,000 + 1,150,000) / (P – $27) P = $50.61
(3): Q
A
= 19,530 = ($237,000 + 138,900) / ($92 – v) v = $72.75
9.
The accounting breakeven for the project is:
Q
A
= [$19,300 + ($26,800 / 4)] / ($54 – 36) Q
A
= 1,444.44 And the cash breakeven is:
Q
C
= $19,300 / ($54 – 36) Q
C
= 1,072.22
At the financial breakeven, the project will have a zero NPV. Since this is true, the initial cost of the
project must be equal to the PV of the cash flows of the project. Using this relationship, we can find
the OCF of the project must be:
NPV = 0 implies $26,800 = OCF(PVIFA
12%,4
) OCF = $8,823.48
Using this OCF, we can find the financial breakeven is:
Q
F
= ($19,300 + 8,823.48) / ($54 – 36) = 1,562.42
And the DOL of the project is:
DOL = 1 + ($19,300 / $8,823.48) = 3.187
10.
In order to calculate the financial breakeven, we need the OCF of the project. We can use the cash
and accounting breakeven points to find this. First, we will use the cash breakeven to find the price
of the product as follows:
Q
C
= FC / (P – v) 10,300 = $170,000 / (P – $27) P = $43.50
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 238
Now that we know the product price, we can use the accounting breakeven equation to find the
depreciation. Doing so, we find the annual depreciation must be:
Q
A
= (FC + D) / (P – v) 14,200 = ($170,000 + D) / ($43.50 – 27) Depreciation = $64,369
We now know the annual depreciation amount. Assuming straight-line depreciation is used, the
initial investment in equipment must be five times the annual depreciation, or: Initial investment = 5($64,369) = $321,845
The PV of the OCF must be equal to this value at the financial breakeven since the NPV is zero, so:
$321,845 = OCF(PVIFA
12%,5
) OCF = $89,282.84
We can now use this OCF in the financial breakeven equation to find the financial breakeven sales
quantity:
Q
F
= ($170,000 + 89,282.84) / ($43.50 – 27) Q
F
= 15,709.49
11.
We know that the DOL is the percentage change in OCF divided by the percentage change in
quantity sold. Since we have the original and new quantity sold, we can use the DOL equation to
find the percentage change in OCF. Doing so, we find:
DOL = %
OCF / %
Q Solving for the percentage change in OCF, we get:
%
OCF = (DOL)(%
Q)
%
OCF = 3.21[(57,000 – 53,000) / 53,000]
%
OCF = .2423, or 24.23%
The new level of operating leverage is lower since FC/OCF is smaller.
12.
Using the DOL equation, we find:
DOL = 1 + FC / OCF
3.21 = 1 + $175,000/OCF
OCF = $79,186 The percentage change in quantity sold at 46,000 units is:
%ΔQ = (46,000 – 53,000) / 53,000 %ΔQ = –.1321, or –13.21%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
239 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, using the same equation as in the previous problem, we find:
%ΔOCF = 3.21(–13.21%) %ΔOCF = –42.40%
So, the new OCF level will be:
New OCF = (1 – .4240)($79,186) New OCF = $45,614
And the new DOL will be:
New DOL = 1 + ($175,000 / $45,615) New DOL = 4.837
13.
The DOL of the project is:
DOL = 1 + ($83,000 / $102,900) DOL = 1.807 If the quantity sold changes to 9,500 units, the percentage change in quantity sold is:
%
Q = (9,500 – 9,100) / 9,100 %ΔQ = .0440, or 4.40%
So, the OCF at 9,500 units sold is:
%
OCF = DOL(%
Q) %ΔOCF = 1.807(.0440) %ΔOCF = .0794, or 7.94% This makes the new OCF:
New OCF = $102,900(1.0794) New OCF = $111,071.43
And the DOL at 9,500 units is:
DOL = 1 + ($83,000 / $111,071.43) DOL = 1.747
14.
We can use the equation for DOL to calculate fixed costs. The fixed costs must be:
DOL = 3.42 = 1 + FC / OCF
FC = (3.42 – 1)$64,000 FC = $154,880
If the output rises to 18,500 units, the percentage change in quantity sold is:
%
Q = (18,500 – 17,500) / 17,500 %ΔQ = .0571, or 5.71%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 240
The percentage change in OCF is:
%
OCF = 3.42(.0571) %ΔOCF = .1954, or 19.54%
So, the operating cash flow at this level of sales will be:
OCF = $64,000(1.1954) OCF = $76,507.43
If the output falls to 16,500 units, the percentage change in quantity sold is:
%
Q = (16,500 – 17,500) / 17,500 %ΔQ = –.0571, or –5.71%
The percentage change in OCF is:
%
OCF = 3.42(–.0571) %ΔOCF = –.1954, or –19.54%
So, the operating cash flow at this level of sales will be:
OCF = $64,000(1 – .1954) OCF = $51,492.57
15.
Using the equation for DOL, we get:
DOL = 1 + FC / OCF
At 18,500 units:
DOL = 1 + $154,880 / $76,507.43
DOL = 3.02
At 16,500 units:
DOL = 1 + $154,880 / $51,492.57
DOL = 4.01
Intermediate
16.
a
.
At the accounting breakeven, the IRR is zero percent since the project recovers the initial
investment. The payback period is N years, the length of the project since the initial investment
is exactly recovered over the project life. The NPV at the accounting breakeven is: NPV = I [(1/N)(PVIFA
R%,N
) – 1]
b
.
At the cash breakeven level, the IRR is –100 percent, the payback period is negative, and the
NPV is negative and equal to the initial cash outlay.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
241 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c
.
The definition of the financial breakeven is where the NPV of the project is zero. If this is true,
then the IRR of the project is equal to the required return. Assuming that the required return is
positive, it is impossible to state the payback period, except to say that the payback period must
be less or equal to the length of the project. Since the discounted cash flows are equal to the
initial investment, the undiscounted cash flows must be greater than or equal to the initial
investment, so the payback must be less or equal to the project life.
17.
Using the tax shield approach, the OCF at 84,000 units will be:
OCF = [(P – v)Q – FC](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D OCF = [($26 – 18)(84,000) – 195,000](1 – .34) + .34($475,000 / 4) OCF = $355,195
We will calculate the OCF at 85,000 units. The choice of the second level of quantity sold is
arbitrary and irrelevant. No matter what level of units sold we choose, we will still get the same
sensitivity. So, the OCF at this level of sales is:
OCF = [($26 – 18)(85,000) – 195,000](1 – .34) + .34($475,000 / 4) OCF = $360,475
The sensitivity of the OCF to changes in the quantity sold is:
Sensitivity =
OCF/
Q = ($355,195 – 360,475) / (84,000 – 85,000)
OCF/
Q = +$5.28
OCF will increase by $5.28 for every additional unit sold. 18.
At 84,000 units, the DOL is:
DOL = 1 + FC / OCF
DOL = 1 + ($195,000 / $355,195) DOL = 1.55
The accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= (FC + D) / (P – v) Q
A
= [$195,000 + ($475,000 / 4)] / ($26 – 18) Q
A
= 39,219
And, at the accounting breakeven level, the DOL is:
DOL = 1 + [$195,000 / ($475,000 / 4)] DOL = 2.64
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 242
19.
a
.
The base-case, best-case, and worst-case values are shown below. Remember that in the best-
case, sales and price increase, while costs decrease. In the worst-case, sales and price decrease,
and costs increase.
Scenario
Unit Sales
Variable Cost
Fixed Costs
Base
190
$10,400
$515,000
Best
209
9,360
463,500
Worst
171
11,440
566,500
Using the tax shield approach, the OCF and NPV for the base case estimate is:
OCF
base
= [($17,300 – 10,400)(190) – $515,000](1 – .35) + .35($1,750,000 / 4) OCF
base
= $670,525
NPV
base
= –$1,750,000 + $670,525(PVIFA
12%,4
) NPV
base
= $286,618.67
The OCF and NPV for the worst case estimate are:
OCF
worst
= [($17,300 – 11,440)(171) – $566,500](1 – .35) + .35($1,750,000 / 4) OCF
worst
= $436,239
NPV
worst
= –$1,750,000 + $436,239(PVIFA
12%,4
) NPV
worst
= –$424,989.76
And the OCF and NPV for the best case estimate are:
OCF
best
= [($17,300 – 9,360)(209) – $463,500](1 – .35) + .35($1,750,000 / 4) OCF
best
= $930,499
NPV
best
= –$1,750,000 + $930,499(PVIFA
12%,4
) NPV
best
= $1,076,250.53
b
.
To calculate the sensitivity of the NPV to changes in fixed costs we choose another level of
fixed costs. We will use fixed costs of $516,000. The OCF using this level of fixed costs and
the other base case values with the tax shield approach, we get:
OCF = [($17,300 – 10,400)(190) – $516,000](1 – .35) + .35($1,750,000 / 4) OCF = $669,875
And the NPV is:
NPV = –$1,750,000 + $669,875(PVIFA
12%,4
) NPV = $284,644.39
The sensitivity of NPV to changes in fixed costs is:
NPV /
FC = ($286,618.67 – 284,644.39) / ($515,000 – 516,000)
NPV /
FC = –$1.97
For every dollar fixed costs increase(decrease), NPV decreases(increases) by $1.97.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
243 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c
.
The cash breakeven is: Q
C
= FC / (P – v) Q
C
= $515,000 / ($17,300 – 10,400) Q
C
= 74.64
d
.
The accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= (FC + D) / (P – v)
Q
A
= [$515,000 + ($1,750,000 / 4)] / ($17,300 – 10,400) Q
A
= 138.04
At the accounting breakeven, the DOL is:
DOL = 1 + FC / OCF
DOL = 1 + ($515,000 / $437,500) = 2.18
For each 1% increase (decrease) in unit sales, OCF will increase (decrease) by 2.18%.
20.
The marketing study and the research and development are both sunk costs and should be ignored.
We will calculate the sales and variable costs first. Since we will lose sales of the expensive clubs
and gain sales of the cheap clubs, these must be accounted for as erosion. The total sales for the new
project will be:
Sales
New clubs
$715
75,000 = $53,625,000
Exp. clubs
$1,150
(–10,000) = –11,500,000
Cheap clubs
$425
12,000 = 5,100,000
$47,225,000
For the variable costs, we must include the units gained or lost from the existing clubs. Note that the
variable costs of the expensive clubs are an inflow. If we are not producing the sets anymore, we will
save these variable costs, which is an inflow. So:
Var. Costs
New clubs
–$383
75,000 = –$28,875,000
Exp. clubs
–$620
(–10,000) = 6,200,000
Cheap clubs
–$195
12,000 = –2,340,000
–$25,015,000
The pro forma income statement will be:
Sales
$47,225,000
Variable costs
25,015,000
Costs
9,400,000
Depreciation
4,300,000
EBT
$8,510,000
Taxes
3,404,000
Net income
$5,106,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 244
Using the bottom up OCF calculation, we get:
OCF = NI + Depreciation = $5,106,000 + 4,300,000 OCF = $9,406,000
So, the payback period is:
Payback period = 3 + $3,282,000 / $9,406,000 Payback period = 3.35 years
The NPV is:
NPV = –$30,100,000 – 1,400,000 + $9,406,000(PVIFA
10%,7
) + $1,400,000/1.10
7
NPV = $15,010,768.76
And the IRR is:
IRR = –$30,100,000 – 1,400,000 + $9,406,000(PVIFA
IRR%,7
) + $1,400,000/IRR
7
IRR = 23.15%
21.
The best case and worst cases for the variables are:
Base Case
Best Case
Worst Case
Unit sales (new)
75,000
82,500
67,500
Price (new)
$715
$787
$644
VC (new)
$385
$347
$424
Fixed costs
$9,400,000
$8,460,000
$10,340,000
Sales lost (expensive)
10,000
9,000
11,000
Sales gained (cheap)
12,000
13,200
10,800
Best-case
We will calculate the sales and variable costs first. Since we will lose sales of the expensive clubs
and gain sales of the cheap clubs, these must be accounted for as erosion. The total sales for the new
project will be:
Sales
New clubs
$787
82,500 = $64,886,250
Exp. clubs
$1,150
(–9,000) = – 10,350,000
Cheap clubs
$425
13,200 = 5,610,000
$60,146,250
For the variable costs, we must include the units gained or lost from the existing clubs. Note that the
variable costs of the expensive clubs are an inflow. If we are not producing the sets anymore, we will
save these variable costs, which is an inflow. So:
Var. Costs
New clubs
–$347
82,500 = –$28,586,250
Exp. clubs
–$620
(–9,000) = 5,580,000
Cheap clubs
–$195
13,200 = – 2,574,000
–$25,580,250
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
245 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The pro forma income statement will be:
Sales
$60,146,250
Variable costs
25,580,250
Costs
8,460,000
Depreciation
4,300,000
EBT
$21,806,000
Taxes
8,722,400
Net income
$13,083,600
Using the bottom up OCF calculation, we get:
OCF = Net income + Depreciation = $13,083,600 + 4,300,000 OCF = $17,383,600
And the best-case NPV is:
NPV = –$30,100,000 – 1,400,000 + $17,383,600(PVIFA
10%,7
) + 1,400,000/1.10
7
NPV = $53,849,066.72
Worst Case
We will calculate the sales and variable costs first. Since we will lose sales of the expensive clubs
and gain sales of the cheap clubs, these must be accounted for as erosion. The total sales for the new
project will be:
Sales
New clubs
$644
67,500 = $43,436,250
Exp. clubs
$1,150
(–11,000) = – 12,650,000
Cheap clubs
$425
10,800 = 4,590,000
$35,376,250
For the variable costs, we must include the units gained or lost from the existing clubs. Note that the
variable costs of the expensive clubs are an inflow. If we are not producing the sets anymore, we will
save these variable costs, which is an inflow. So:
Var. Costs
New clubs
–$424
67,500 = –$28,586,250
Exp. clubs
–$620
(– 11,000) = 6,820,000
Cheap clubs
–$195
10,800 = – 2,106,000
–$23,872,250
The pro forma income statement will be:
Sales
$35,376,250
Variable costs
23,872,250
Costs
10,340,000
Depreciation
4,300,000
EBT
–$3,136,000
Taxes
–1,254,400
*assumes a tax credit
Net income
–$1,881,600
Using the bottom up OCF calculation, we get:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 246
OCF = NI + Depreciation = –$1,881,600 + 4,300,000 OCF = $2,418,400
And the worst-case NPV is:
NPV = –$30,100,000 – 1,400,000 + $2,418,400(PVIFA
10%,7
) + 1,400,000/1.10
7
NPV = –$19,007,794.57
22.
To calculate the sensitivity of the NPV to changes in the price of the new club, we simply need to
change the price of the new club. We will choose $725, but the choice is irrelevant as the sensitivity
will be the same no matter what price we choose. We will calculate the sales and variable costs first. Since we will lose sales of the expensive clubs
and gain sales of the cheap clubs, these must be accounted for as erosion. The total sales for the new
project will be:
Sales
New clubs
$725
75,000 = $54,375,000
Exp. clubs
$1,150
(–10,000) = –11,500,000
Cheap clubs
$425
12,000 = 5,100,000
$47,975,000
For the variable costs, we must include the units gained or lost from the existing clubs. Note that the
variable costs of the expensive clubs are an inflow. If we are not producing the sets anymore, we will
save these variable costs, which is an inflow. So:
Var. costs
New clubs
–$385
75,000 = –$28,875,000
Exp. clubs
–$620
(–10,000) = 6,200,000
Cheap clubs
–$195
12,000 = –2,340,000
–$25,015,000
The pro forma income statement will be:
Sales
$47,975,000
Variable costs
25,015,000
Costs
9,400,000
Depreciation
4,300,000
EBT
$9,260,000
Taxes
3,704,000
Net income
$ 5,556,000
Using the bottom up OCF calculation, we get:
OCF = NI + Depreciation = $5,556,000 + 4,300,000 OCF = $9,856,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
247 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the NPV is:
NPV = –$30,100,000 – 1,400,000 + $9,856,000(PVIFA
10%,7
) + 1,400,000/1.10
7
NPV = $17,201,557.23
So, the sensitivity of the NPV to changes in the price of the new club is:
NPV/
P = ($15,010,768.76 – 17,201,557.23) / ($715 – 725)
NPV/
P = $219,078.85
For every dollar increase (decrease) in the price of the clubs, the NPV increases (decreases) by
$219,078.85.
To calculate the sensitivity of the NPV to changes in the quantity sold of the new club, we simply
need to change the quantity sold. We will choose 76,000 units, but the choice is irrelevant as the
sensitivity will be the same no matter what quantity we choose. We will calculate the sales and variable costs first. Since we will lose sales of the expensive clubs
and gain sales of the cheap clubs, these must be accounted for as erosion. The total sales for the new
project will be:
Sales
New clubs
$715
76,000 = $54,340,000
Exp. clubs
$1,150
(–10,000) = –11,500,000
Cheap clubs
$425
12,000 = 5,100,000
$47,940,000
For the variable costs, we must include the units gained or lost from the existing clubs. Note that the
variable costs of the expensive clubs are an inflow. If we are not producing the sets anymore, we will
save these variable costs, which is an inflow. So:
Var. costs
New clubs
–$385
76,000 = –$29,260,000
Exp. clubs
–$620
(–10,000) = 6,200,000
Cheap clubs
–$195
12,000 = –2,340,000
–$25,400,000
The pro forma income statement will be:
Sales
$47,940,000
Variable costs
25,400,000
Costs
9,400,000
Depreciation
4,300,000
EBT
$8,840,000
Taxes
3,536,000
Net income
$ 5,304,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 248
Using the bottom up OCF calculation, we get:
OCF = NI + Depreciation = $5,304,000 + 4,300,000 OCF = $9,604,000
The NPV at this quantity is:
NPV = –$30,100,000 – $1,400,000 + $9,604,000(PVIFA
10%,7
) + $1,400,000/1.10
7
NPV = $15,974,715.69
So, the sensitivity of the NPV to changes in the quantity sold is:
NPV/
Q = ($15,010,768.76 – 15,974,715.69) / (75,000 – 76,000)
NPV/
Q = $963.95
For an increase (decrease) of one set of clubs sold per year, the NPV increases (decreases) by $963.95.
23.
a.
First we need to determine the total additional cost of the hybrid. The hybrid costs more to
purchase and more each year, so the total additional cost is:
Total additional cost = $13,190 + 6($400)
Total additional cost = $15,590
Next, we need to determine the cost per mile for each vehicle. The cost per mile is the cost per
gallon of gasoline divided by the miles per gallon, or:
Cost per mile for traditional = $3.25 / 19
Cost per mile for traditional = $.171053
Cost per mile for hybrid = $3.25 / 22
Cost per mile for hybrid = $.147727
So, the savings per mile driven for the hybrid will be:
Savings per mile = $.171053 – .147727
Savings per mile = $.023325
We can now determine the breakeven point by dividing the total additional cost by the savings per mile, which is: Total breakeven miles = $15,590 / $.023325
Total breakeven miles = 668,371
So, the miles you would need to drive per year is the total breakeven miles divided by the
number of years of ownership, or:
Miles per year = 668,371 miles / 6 years
Miles per year = 111,395 miles/year
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
249 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
First, we need to determine the total miles driven over the life of either vehicle, which will be:
Total miles driven = 6(15,000)
Total miles driven = 90,000
Since we know the total additional cost of the hybrid from part a
, we can determine the
necessary savings per mile to make the hybrid financially attractive. The necessary cost savings
per mile will be:
Cost savings needed per mile = $15,590 / 90,000
Cost savings needed per mile = $.17322
Now we can find the price per gallon for the miles driven. If we let P be the price per gallon,
the necessary price per gallon will be: P/19 – P/22 = $.17322
P(1/19 – 1/22) = $.007177
P = $24.14
c.
To find the number of miles it is necessary to drive, we need the present value of the costs and
savings to be equal to zero. If we let MDPY equal the miles driven per year, the breakeven
equation for the hybrid car is:
Cost = 0 = –$15,590 – $400(PVIFA
10%,6
) + $.023325(MDPY)(PVIFA
10%,6
)
The savings per mile driven, $.023325, is the same as we calculated in part a
. Solving this
equation for the number of miles driven per year, we find:
$.023325(MDPY)(PVIFA
10%,6
) = $14,932.10 MDPY(PVIFA
10%,6
) = 640,166.11
Miles driven per year = 146,987
To find the cost per gallon of gasoline necessary to make the hybrid break even in a financial
sense, if we let CSPG equal the cost savings per gallon of gas, the cost equation is:
Cost = 0 = –$15,590 – $400(PVIFA
10%,6
) + CSPG(15,000)(PVIFA
10%,6
)
Solving this equation for the cost savings per gallon of gas necessary for the hybrid to break
even from a financial sense, we find:
CSPG(15,000)(PVIFA
10%,6
) = $6,871.58 CSPG(PVIFA
10%,6
) = $14,932.10
Cost savings per gallon of gas = $.228568
Now we can find the price per gallon for the miles driven. If we let P be the price per gallon,
the necessary price per gallon will be: P/19 – P/22 = $.228568
P(1/19 – 1/22) = $.228568
P = $31.85
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 250
d.
The implicit assumption in the previous analysis is that each car depreciates by the same dollar
amount and has identical resale value.
24.
a.
The cash flow per plane is the initial cost divided by the breakeven number of planes, or:
Cash flow per plane = $13,000,000,000 / 249
Cash flow per plane = $52,208,835
b.
In this case the cash flows are a perpetuity. Since we know the cash flow per plane, we need to
determine the annual cash flow necessary to deliver a 20 percent return. Using the perpetuity
equation, we find:
PV = C
/ R
$13,000,000,000 = C
/ .20
C
= $2,600,000,000
This is the total cash flow, so the number of planes that must be sold is the total cash flow
divided by the cash flow per plane, or:
Number of planes = $2,600,000,000 / $52,208,835
Number of planes = 49.80, or about 50 planes per year c.
In this case the cash flows are an annuity. Since we know the cash flow per plane, we need to
determine the annual cash flow necessary to deliver a 20 percent return. Using the present value
of an annuity equation, we find:
PV = C
(PVIFA
20%,10
)
$13,000,000,000 = C
(PVIFA
20%,10
)
C
= $3,100,795,839
This is the total cash flow, so the number of planes that must be sold is the total cash flow
divided by the cash flow per plane, or:
Number of planes = $3,100,795,839 / $52,208,835
Number of planes = 59.39, or about 60 planes per year Challenge
25.
a.
The tax shield definition of OCF is:
OCF = [(P – v)Q – FC](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
Rearranging and solving for Q, we find:
(OCF – T
C
D)/(1 – T
C
) = (P – v)Q – FC
Q = {FC + [(OCF – T
C
D) / (1 – T
C
)]} / (P – v)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
251 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
The cash breakeven is:
Q
C
= {$500,000 + [($0 – 700,000(.38)) / (1 – .38)]} / ($40,000 – 20,000)
Q
C
= 3.55
And the accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= {$500,000 + [($700,000 – 700,000(.38)) / (1 – .38)]} / ($40,000 – 20,000) Q
A
= 60
The financial breakeven is the point at which the NPV is zero, so:
OCF
F
= $3,500,000 / PVIFA
20%,5
OCF
F
= $1,170,328.96 So:
Q
F
= [FC + (OCF – T
C
D)/(1 – T
C
)]/(P – v)
Q
F
= {$500,000 + [$1,170,328.96 – .38($700,000)] / (1 – .38)}/ ($40,000 – 20,000)
Q
F
= 97.93
98
c.
At the accounting breakeven point, the net income is zero. Thus using the bottom up definition of
OCF:
OCF = NI + D We can see that OCF must be equal to depreciation. So, the accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= {FC + [(D – T
C
D) / (1 – T
C
)]} / (P – v) Q
A
= (FC + D) / (P – v) Q
A
= (FC + OCF) / (P – v)
The tax rate has cancelled out in this case.
26.
The DOL is expressed as:
DOL = %
OCF / %
Q DOL = {[(OCF
1 – OCF
0
)/OCF
0
] / [(Q
1
– Q
0
) / Q
0
]}
The OCF for the initial period and the first period is:
OCF
1
= [(P – v)Q
1
– FC](1 – T
C
) + T
D OCF
0
= [(P – v)Q
0
– FC](1 – T
C
) + T
D The difference between these two cash flows is:
OCF
1 – OCF
0
= (P – v)(1 – T
C
)(Q
1 – Q
0
)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 252
Dividing both sides by the initial OCF we get:
(OCF
1 – OCF
0
)/OCF
0
= (P – v)( 1– T
C
)(Q
1 – Q
0
) / OCF
0
Rearranging we get:
[(OCF
1 – OCF
0
) / OCF
0
] / [(Q
1 – Q
0
) / Q
0
] = [(P – v)(1 – T
C
)Q
0
] / OCF
0
= [OCF
0 – T
C
D + FC(1 – T
C
)] / OCF
0
DOL = 1 + [FC(1 – T
C
) – T
C
D] / OCF
0
27.
a
.
Using the tax shield approach, the OCF is:
OCF = [($280 – 185)(35,000) – $985,000](1 – .38) + .38($5,200,000 / 5) OCF = $1,846,000
And the NPV is:
NPV = –$5,200,000 – 410,000 + $1,846,000(PVIFA
13%,5
) + [$410,000 + $500,000(1 – .38)] / 1.13
5
NPV
= $1,273,596.06
b
.
In the worst-case, the OCF is:
OCF
worst
= {[($280)(.9) – 185](35,000) – $985,000}(1 – .38) + .38[$5,200,000(1.15) / 5] OCF
worst
= $1,297,680
And the worst-case NPV is:
NPV
worst
= –$5,200,000(1.15) – $410,000(1.05) + $1,297,680(PVIFA
13%,5
) + [$410,000(1.05) + $500,000(.85)(1 – .38)] / 1.13
5
NPV
worst
= –$1,469,583.94
The best-case OCF is:
OCF
best
= {[$280(1.1) – 185](35,000) – $985,000}(1 – .38) + .38[$5,200,000(.85) / 5] OCF
best
= $2,394,320
And the best-case NPV is:
NPV
best
= –$5,200,000(.85) – $410,000(.95) + $2,394,320(PVIFA
13%,5
) + [$410,000(.95) + $500,000(1.15)(1 – .38)] / 1.13
5
NPV
best
= $4,016,776.07
28.
To calculate the sensitivity to changes in quantity sold, we will choose a quantity of 36,000 tons. The
OCF at this level of sales is: OCF = [($280 – 185)(36,000) – $985,000](1 – .38) + .38($5,200,000 / 5) OCF = $1,904,900
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
253 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The sensitivity of changes in the OCF to quantity sold is:
OCF/
Q = ($1,846,000 – 1,904,900) / (35,000 – 36,000)
OCF/
Q = +$58.90
The NPV at this level of sales is:
NPV = –$5,200,000 – $410,000 + $1,904,900(PVIFA
13%,5
) + [$410,000 + $500,000(1 – .38)] / 1.13
5
NPV = $1,480,760.98
And the sensitivity of NPV to changes in the quantity sold is:
NPV/
Q = ($1,273,596.06 – 1,480,760.98) / (35,000 – 36,000)
NPV/
Q = +$207.16
You wouldn’t want the quantity to fall below the point where the NPV is zero. We know the NPV
changes $207.16 for every ton sold, so we can divide the NPV for 35,000 units by the sensitivity to
get a change in quantity. Doing so, we get:
$1,273,596.06 = $207.16(
Q)
Q = 6,148 For a zero NPV, we need to decrease sales by 6,148 units, so the minimum quantity is:
Q
Min
= 35,000 – 6,148 Q
Min
= 28,852
29.
At the cash breakeven, the OCF is zero. Setting the tax shield equation equal to zero and solving for
the quantity, we get:
OCF = 0 = [($280 – 185)Q
C
– $985,000](1 – .38) + .38($5,200,000 / 5) Q
C
= 3,659
The accounting breakeven is:
Q
A
= [$985,000 + ($5,200,000 / 5)] / ($280 – 185)
Q
A
= 21,316
From Problem 28, we know the financial breakeven is 28,852 tons.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 11 - 254
30.
Using the tax shield approach to calculate the OCF, the DOL is:
DOL = 1 + [$985,000(1 – .38) – .38($5,200,000 / 5)] / $1,846,000 DOL = 1.12
Thus a 1 percent rise in Q leads to a 1.12 percent rise in OCF. If Q rises to 36,000, then the percentage change in quantity is:
Q = (36,000 – 35,000) / 35,000 = .0286, or 2.86% So, the percentage change in OCF is:
%
OCF = 2.86%(1.12) %
OCF = 3.19%
From Problem 28:
OCF/OCF = ($1,904,900 – 1,846,000) / $1,846,000
OCF/OCF = .0319, or 3.19%
In general, if Q rises by 1,000 tons, OCF rises by 3.19%.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12
SOME LESSONS FROM CAPITAL MARKET HISTORY
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
They all wish they had! Since they didn’t, it must have been the case that the stellar performance
was not foreseeable, at least not by most.
2.
As in the previous question, it’s easy to see after the fact that the investment was terrible, but it
probably wasn’t so easy ahead of time.
3.
No, stocks are riskier. Some investors are highly risk averse, and the extra possible return doesn’t
attract them relative to the extra risk.
4.
On average, the only return that is earned is the required return—investors buy assets with returns in
excess of the required return (positive NPV), bidding up the price and thus causing the return to fall
to the required return (zero NPV); investors sell assets with returns less than the required return
(negative NPV), driving the price lower and thus causing the return to rise to the required return
(zero NPV).
5.
The market is not weak form efficient.
6.
Yes, historical information is also public information; weak form efficiency is a subset of semi-
strong form efficiency.
7.
Ignoring trading costs, on average, such investors merely earn what the market offers; stock
investments all have a zero NPV. If trading costs exist, then these investors lose by the amount of the
costs.
8.
Unlike gambling, the stock market is a positive sum game; everybody can win. Also, speculators
provide liquidity to markets and thus help to promote efficiency.
9.
The EMH only says, within the bounds of increasingly strong assumptions about the information
processing of investors, that assets are fairly priced. An implication of this is that, on average, the
typical market participant cannot earn excessive profits from a particular trading strategy. However,
that does not mean that a few particular investors cannot outperform the market over a particular
investment horizon. Certain investors who do well for a period of time get a lot of attention from the
financial press, but the scores of investors who do not do well over the same period of time generally
get considerably less attention from the financial press.
10.
a.
If the market is not weak form efficient, then this information could be acted on and a profit
earned from following the price trend. Under (2), (3), and (4), this information is fully
impounded in the current price and no abnormal profit opportunity exists.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12 - 256
b
.
Under (2), if the market is not semi-strong form efficient, then this information could be used to
buy the stock “cheap” before the rest of the market discovers the financial statement anomaly.
Since (2) is stronger than (1), both imply that a profit opportunity exists; under (3) and (4), this
information is fully impounded in the current price and no profit opportunity exists.
c.
Under (3), if the market is not strong form efficient, then this information could be used as a
profitable trading strategy, by noting the buying activity of the insiders as a signal that the stock
is underpriced or that good news is imminent. Since (1) and (2) are weaker than (3), all three
imply that a profit opportunity exists. Note that this assumes the individual who sees the insider
trading is the only one who sees the trading. If the information about the trades made by
company management is public information, it will be discounted in the stock price and no
profit opportunity exists. Under (4), this information does not signal any profit opportunity for
traders; any pertinent information the manager-insiders may have is fully reflected in the
current share price.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The return of any asset is the increase in price, plus any dividends or cash flows, all divided by the
initial price. The return of this stock is:
R
= [($88 – 79) + 1.45] / $79 R
= .1323, or 13.23%
2.
The dividend yield is the dividend divided by the beginning of the period price, so:
Dividend yield = $1.45 / $79 Dividend yield = .0184, or 1.84%
And the capital gains yield is the increase in price divided by the initial price, so:
Capital gains yield = ($88 – 79) / $79 Capital gains yield = .1139, or 11.39%
3.
Using the equation for total return, we find:
R
= [($71 – 79) + 1.45] / $79 R = –.0829, or –8.29%
And the dividend yield and capital gains yield are:
Dividend yield = $1.45 / $79 Dividend yield = .0184, or 1.84%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
257 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Capital gains yield = ($71 – 79) / $79 Capital gains yield = –.1013, or –10.13%
Here’s a question for you: Can the dividend yield ever be negative? No, that would mean you were
paying the company for the privilege of owning the stock. It has happened on bonds. 4.
The total dollar return is the increase in price plus the coupon payment, so:
Total dollar return = $940 – 970 + 70 Total dollar return = $40
The total percentage return of the bond is:
R
= [($940 – 970) + 70] / $970 R
= .0412, or 4.12%
Notice here that we could have simply used the total dollar return of $40 in the numerator of this
equation.
Using the Fisher equation, the real return was: (1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
r
= (1.0412 / 1.03) – 1 r
= .0109, or 1.09%
5.
The nominal return is the stated return, which is 12.10 percent. Using the Fisher equation, the real
return was: (1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
r
= (1.121) / (1.03) – 1 r = .0883, or 8.83%
6.
Using the Fisher equation, the real returns for long-term government and corporate bonds were: (1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
r
G
= 1.059 / 1.030 – 1 r
G
= .0282, or 2.82% r
C = 1.063 / 1.030 – 1 r
C
= .0320, or 3.20%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12 - 258
7.
The average return is the sum of the returns, divided by the number of returns. The average return for each
stock was:
¯
X
=
[
∑
i
=
1
N
x
i
]
/
N
=
[
.15
+
.26
+
.07
−
.13
+
.11
]
5
=
.0920, or 9.20%
¯
Y
=
[
∑
i
=
1
N
y
i
]
/
N
=
[
.21
+
.36
+
.13
−
.26
+
.15
]
5
=
.1180, or 11.80%
Remembering back to “sadistics,” we calculate the variance of each stock as:
σ
X
2
=
[
∑
i
=
1
N
(
x
i
−
¯
x
)
2
]
/
(
N
−
1
)
σ
X
2
=
1
5
−
1
{
(
.15
−
.092
)
2
+
(
.26
−
.092
)
2
+
(
.07
−
.092
)
2
+
(
−
.13
−
.092
)
2
+
(
.11
−
.092
)
2
}
=
.02042
σ
Y
2
=
1
5
−
1
{
(
.21
−
.118
)
2
+
(
.36
−
.118
)
2
+
(
.13
−
.118
)
2
+
(
−
.26
−
.118
)
2
+
(
.15
−
.118
)
2
}
=
.05277
The standard deviation is the square root of the variance, so the standard deviation of each stock is:
X
= (.02042)
1/2
= .1429, or 14.29%
Y
= (.05277)
1/2
= .2297, or 22.97%
8. We will calculate the sum of the returns for each asset and the observed risk premium first. Doing
so, we get:
Year
Large Co. Stock Return
T-Bill Return
Risk Premium
1970
3.94%
6.50%
2.56%
1971
14.30
4.36
9.94
1972
18.99
4.23
14.76
1973
–14.69
7.29
–21.98
1974
–26.47
7.99
–34.46
1975
37.23
5.87
31.36
33.30
36.24
–2.94
a
.
The average return for large company stocks over this period was:
Large company stocks average return = 33.30% / 6 = 5.55% And the average return for T-bills over this period was:
T-bills average return = 36.24% / 6 = 6.04%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
259 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b
.
Using the equation for variance, we find the variance for large company stocks over this period
was: Variance = 1/5[(.0394 – .0555)
2
+ (.1430 – .0555)
2
+ (.1899 – .0555)
2
+ (–.1469 – .0555)
2
+ (–.2647 – .0555)
2
+ (.3723 – .0555)
2
] Variance = .053967
And the standard deviation for large company stocks over this period was:
Standard deviation = (.053967)
1/2
Standard deviation = .2323, or 23.23%
Using the equation for variance, we find the variance for T-bills over this period was:
Variance = 1/5[(.0650 – .0604)
2
+ (.0436 – .0604)
2
+ (.0423 – .0604)
2
+ (.0729 – .0604)
2
+ (.0799 – .0604)
2
+ (.0587 – .0604)
2
] Variance = .000234
And the standard deviation for T-bills over this period was:
Standard deviation = (.000234)
1/2
Standard deviation = .0153, or 1.53%
c
.
The average observed risk premium over this period was:
Average observed risk premium = –2.94% / 6 = –0.49%
The variance of the observed risk premium was:
Variance = 1/5[(–.0256 – (–.0049))
2
+ (.0994 – (–.0049))
2
+ (.1476 – (–.0049)))
2
+ (–.2198 – (–.0049))
2
+ (–.3446 – (–.0049))
2
+ (.3136 – (–.0049))
2
] Variance = .059517
And the standard deviation of the observed risk premium was:
Standard deviation = (.059517)
1/2
Standard deviation = .2440, or 24.40%
d.
Before the fact, for most assets the risk premium will be positive; investors demand
compensation over and above the risk-free return to invest their money in the risky asset. After
the fact, the observed risk premium can be negative if the asset’s nominal return is
unexpectedly low, the risk-free return is unexpectedly high, or if some combination of these
two events occurs.
9.
a
.
To find the average return, we sum all the returns and divide by the number of returns, so:
Average return = (.07 –.13 +.21 +.34 +.15) / 5 Average return = .1280, or 12.80%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12 - 260
b
.
Using the equation to calculate variance, we find:
Variance = 1/4[(.07 – .128)
2
+ (–.13 – .128)
2
+ (.21 – .128)
2
+ (.34 – .128)
2
+
(.15 – .128)
2
] Variance = .03052
So, the standard deviation is:
Standard deviation = (.03052)
1/2
Standard deviation = .1747, or 17.47%
10.
a
.
To calculate the average real return, we can use the average return of the asset, and the average
inflation in the Fisher equation. Doing so, we find:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
= (1.128 / 1.035) – 1 = .0899, or 8.99%
b
.
The average risk premium is simply the average return of the asset, minus the average risk-free
rate, so, the average risk premium for this asset would be: RP
=
R
– R
f
RP
= .128 – .042 RP
= .0860, or 8.60%
11.
We can find the average real risk-free rate using the Fisher equation. The average real risk-free rate
was:
(1 + R
) = (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
r
f
= (1.042 / 1.035) – 1 r
f
= .0068, or .68% And to calculate the average real risk premium, we can subtract the average risk-free rate from the
average real return. So, the average real risk premium was:
rp
=
r
– r
f
rp
= 8.99% – .68% rp
= 8.31%
12.
T-bill rates were highest in the early 1980s. This was during a period of high inflation and is
consistent with the Fisher effect.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
261 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Intermediate
13.
To find the real return, we first need to find the nominal return, which means we need the current
price of the bond. Going back to the chapter on pricing bonds, we find the current price is:
P
1
= $65(PVIFA
5.2%,14
) + $1,000(PVIF
5.2%,14
) P
1
= $1,127.05
So the nominal return is:
R
= [($1,127.05 – 1,090) + 65] / $1,090 R = .0936, or 9.36%
And, using the Fisher equation, we find the real return is:
1 + R
= (1 + r
)(1 + h
)
r
= (1.0936 / 1.039) – 1 r = .0526, or 5.26%
14.
Here we know the average stock return, and four of the five returns used to compute the average
return. We can work the average return equation backward to find the missing return. The average
return is calculated as:
5(.103) = .09 – .16 + .21 + .17 + R
R
= .205, or 20.5%
The missing return has to be 20.5 percent. Now we can use the equation for the variance to find:
Variance = 1/4[(.09 – .103)
2
+ (–.16 – .103)
2
+ (.21 – .103)
2
+ (.17 – .103)
2
+ (.205 – .103)
2
] Variance = .023920
And the standard deviation is:
Standard deviation = (.023920)
1/2
Standard deviation = .1547, or 15.47%
15.
The arithmetic average return is the sum of the known returns divided by the number of returns, so:
Arithmetic average return = (.09 + .21 + .32 – .18 + .27 – .12) / 6 Arithmetic average return = .0983, or 9.83%
Using the equation for the geometric return, we find:
Geometric average return = [(1 + R
1
) × (1 + R
2
) × … × (1 + R
T
)]
1/
T
– 1
Geometric average return =
[(1 + .09)(1 + .21)(1 + .32)(1 – .18)(1 + .27)(1 – .12)]
(1/6)
– 1 Geometric average return = .0810, or 8.10%
Remember, the geometric average return will always be less than the arithmetic average return if the
returns have any variation.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12 - 262
16.
To calculate the arithmetic and geometric average returns, we must first calculate the return for each year. The return for each year is:
R
1
= ($59.32 – 51.50 + .65) / $51.50 = .1645, or 16.45%
R
2
= ($64.13 – 59.32 + .70) / $59.32 = .0929, or 9.29%
R
3
= ($57.86 – 64.13 + .77) / $64.13 = –.0858, or –8.58%
R
4
= ($65.19 – 57.86 + .86) / $57.86 = .1415, or 14.15%
R
5
= ($74.86 – 65.19 + .95) / $65.19 = .1629, or 16.29%
The arithmetic average return was:
R
A
= (.1645 + .0929 – .0858 + .1415 + .1629) / 5 R
A
= .0952, or 9.52%
And the geometric average return was:
R
G
= [(1 + .1645)(1 + .0929)(1 – .0858)(1 + .1415)(1 + .1629)]
1/5
– 1 R
G
= .0908, or 9.08% 17.
Looking at the long-term corporate bond return history in Figure 12.10, we see that the mean return
was 6.3 percent, with a standard deviation of 8.4 percent. In the normal probability distribution,
approximately 2/3 of the observations are within one standard deviation of the mean. This means
that 1/3 of the observations are outside one standard deviation away from the mean. Or: Pr(
R
< –2.1 or R
>14.7)
1
/
3
But we are only interested in one tail here, that is, returns less than –2.1 percent, so:
Pr(
R
< –2.1)
1
/
6
You can use the z
-statistic and the cumulative normal distribution table to find the answer as well.
Doing so, we find:
z
= (
X
– µ)/
z
= (–2.1% – 6.3) / 8.4% = –1.00
Looking at the z
-table, this gives a probability of 15.87%, or:
Pr(
R
< –2.1)
.1587, or 15.87%
The range of returns you would expect to see 95 percent of the time is the mean plus or minus 2
standard deviations, or: 95% level: R
± 2
= 6.3% ± 2(8.4%) = –10.50% to 23.10%
The range of returns you would expect to see 99 percent of the time is the mean plus or minus 3
standard deviations, or:
99% level: R
± 3
= 6.3% ± 3(8.4%) = –18.90% to 31.50%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
263 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
18.
The mean return for small company stocks was 16.9 percent, with a standard deviation of 32.6
percent. Doubling your money is a 100% return, so if the return distribution is normal, we can use
the z
-statistic. So:
z
= (
X
– µ)/
z
= (100% – 16.9) / 32.3% = 2.573 standard deviations above the mean This corresponds to a probability of
.504%, or once every 200 years. Tripling your money would
be:
z
= (200% – 16.9) / 32.3% = 5.669 standard deviations above the mean. This corresponds to a probability of about .0000007%, or less than once every 1 million years.
19.
It is impossible to lose more than 100 percent of your investment. Therefore, return distributions are
truncated on the lower tail at –100 percent.
20.
To find the best forecast, we apply Blume’s formula as follows:
R
(5) = 5 - 1
39
× 8.8% + 40 - 5
39
× 10.4% = 10.24%
R
(10) = 10 - 1
39
× 8.8% + 40 - 10
39
× 10.4% = 10.03%
R
(20) = 20 - 1
39
× 8.8% + 40 - 20
39
× 10.4% = 9.62%
21.
The best forecast for a one year return is the arithmetic average, which is 12.1 percent. The
geometric average, found in Table 12.4 is 10.1 percent. To find the best forecast for other periods,
we apply Blume’s formula as follows:
R
(5) = 5 - 1
88 - 1
× 10.1% + 88 - 5
88 - 1
× 12.1% = 12.01%
R
(20) = 20 - 1
88 - 1
× 10.1% + 88 - 20
88 - 1
× 12.1% = 11.66%
R
(30) = 30 - 1
88- 1
× 10.1% + 88 - 30
88 - 1
× 12.1% = 11.43%
22.
To find the real return we need to use the Fisher equation. Rewriting the Fisher equation to solve for the real return, we get:
r
= [(1 + R
) / (1 + h
)] – 1
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12 - 264
So, the real return each year was:
Year
T-Bill Return
Inflation
Real Return
1973
.0729 .0871 –.0131
1974
.0799 .1234 –.0387
1975
.0587 .0694 –.0100
1976
.0507 .0486 .0020 1977
.0545 .0670 –.0117
1978
.0764 .0902 –.0127
1979
.1056 .1329 –.0241
1980
.1210 .1252 –.0037
.6197 .7438 –.1120
a.
The average return for T-bills over this period was: Average return = .6197 / 8 Average return = .0775, or 7.75% And the average inflation rate was:
Average inflation = .7438 / 8 Average inflation = .0930, or 9.30%
b.
Using the equation for variance, we find the variance for T-bills over this period was:
Variance = 1/7[(.0729 – .0775)
2
+ (.0799 – .0775)
2
+ (.0587 – .0775)
2
+ (.0507 – .0775)
2
+ (.0545 – .0775)
2
+ (.0764 – .0775)
2
+ (.1056 – .0775)
2
+ (.1210
.0775)
2
] Variance = .000616
And the standard deviation for T-bills was:
Standard deviation = (.000616)
1/2
Standard deviation = .0248, or 2.48%
The variance of inflation over this period was:
Variance = 1/7[(.0871 – .0930)
2
+ (.1234 – .0930)
2
+ (.0694 – .0930)
2
+ (.0486 – .0930)
2
+ (.0670 – .0930)
2
+ (.0902 – .0930)
2
+ (.1329 – .0930)
2
+ (.1252
.0930)
2
] Variance = .000971
And the standard deviation of inflation was:
Standard deviation = (.000971)
1/2
Standard deviation = .0312, or 3.12%
c
.
The average observed real return over this period was:
Average observed real return = –.1120 / 8 Average observed real return = –.0140, or –1.40%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
265 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
d
.
The statement that T-bills have no risk refers to the fact that there is only an extremely small
chance of the government defaulting, so there is little default risk. Since T-bills are short term,
there is also very limited interest rate risk. However, as this example shows, there is inflation
risk, i.e., the purchasing power of the investment can actually decline over time even if the
investor is earning a positive return.
Challenge
23.
Using the z
-statistic, we find:
z
= (
X
– µ) /
z
= (0% – 12.1) / 20.2% = –.599 Pr(R
≤
0)
27.46%
24.
For each of the questions asked here, we need to use the z
-statistic, which is:
z
= (
X
– µ)/
a
.
z
= (10% – 6.3) / 8.4% = .4405
This z
-statistic gives us the probability that the return is less than 10 percent, but we are looking
for the probability the return is greater than 10 percent. Given that the total probability is 100
percent (or 1), the probability of a return greater than 10 percent is 1 minus the probability of a
return less than 10 percent. Using the cumulative normal distribution table, we get:
Pr(R
≥
10%) = 1 – Pr(R
≤
10%) = 1 – .6702
32.98%
For a return greater than 0 percent:
z
= (0% – 6.3) / 8.4% = –.75 Pr(
R
≥
10%) = 1 – Pr(
R
≤
10%) = 1 – .7734
22.66%
b.
The probability that T-bill returns will be greater than 10 percent is:
z
= (10% – 3.5) / 3.1% = 2.097 Pr(
R
≥
10%) = 1 – Pr(
R
≤
10%) = 1 – .9820
1.80%
And the probability that T-bill returns will be less than 0 percent is:
z
= (0% – 3.5) / 3.1% = –1.1290
Pr(
R
≤
0)
12.94%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 12 - 266
c
.
The probability that the return on long-term corporate bonds will be less than –2.76 percent is:
z
= (–2.76% – 6.3) / 8.4% = –1.0786
Pr(
R
≤
–2.76%)
14.04%
And the probability that T-bill returns will be greater than 10.56 percent is:
z
= (10.56% – 3.5) / 3.1% = 2.2774 Pr(
R
≥
10.56%) = 1 – Pr(
R
≤
10.56%) = 1 – .9886
1.14%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13
RISK, RETURN, AND THE SECURITY MARKET LINE
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Some of the risk in holding any asset is unique to the asset in question. By investing in a variety of
assets, this unique portion of the total risk can be eliminated at little cost. On the other hand, there
are some risks that affect all investments. This portion of the total risk of an asset cannot be
costlessly eliminated. In other words, systematic risk can be controlled, but only by a costly
reduction in expected returns.
2.
If the market expected the growth rate in the coming year to be 2 percent, then there would be no
change in security prices if this expectation had been fully anticipated and priced. However, if the
market had been expecting a growth rate other than 2 percent and the expectation was incorporated
into security prices, then the government’s announcement would most likely cause security prices in
general to change; prices would drop if the anticipated growth rate had been more than 2 percent,
and prices would rise if the anticipated growth rate had been less than 2 percent.
3.
a.
systematic
b.
unsystematic
c.
both; probably mostly systematic
d.
unsystematic
e.
unsystematic
f.
systematic
4.
a.
a change in systematic risk has occurred; market prices in general will most likely decline.
b.
no change in unsystematic risk; company price will most likely stay constant.
c.
no change in systematic risk; market prices in general will most likely stay constant.
d.
a change in unsystematic risk has occurred; company price will most likely decline.
e.
no change in systematic risk; market prices in general will most likely stay constant assuming
the market believed the legislation would be passed.
5.
No to both questions. The portfolio expected return is a weighted average of the asset returns, so it
must be less than the largest asset return and greater than the smallest asset return.
6.
False. The variance of the individual assets is a measure of the total risk. The variance on a well-
diversified portfolio is a function of systematic risk only.
7.
Yes, the standard deviation can be less than that of every asset in the portfolio. However,
p
cannot
be less than the smallest beta because
p
is a weighted average of the individual asset betas.
8.
Yes. It is possible, in theory, to construct a zero beta portfolio of risky assets whose return would be
equal to the risk-free rate. It is also possible to have a negative beta; the return would be less than the
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 268
risk-free rate. A negative beta asset would carry a negative risk premium because of its value as a
diversification instrument.
9.
Such layoffs generally occur in the context of corporate restructurings. To the extent that the market
views a restructuring as value-creating, stock prices will rise. So, it’s not layoffs per se that are being
cheered on. Nonetheless, Wall Street does encourage corporations to takes actions to create value,
even if such actions involve layoffs.
10.
Earnings contain information about recent sales and costs. This information is useful for projecting future growth rates and cash flows. Thus, unexpectedly low earnings often lead market participants to reduce estimates of future growth rates and cash flows; price drops are the result. The reverse is often
true
for
unexpectedly
high
earnings.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The portfolio weight of an asset is the total investment in that asset divided by the total portfolio
value. First, we will find the portfolio value, which is:
Total portfolio value = 135($48) + 165($29) Total portfolio value = $11,265
The portfolio weight for each stock is:
Weight
A
= 135($48) / $11,265 = .5752
Weight
B
= 165($29) / $11,265 = .4248
2.
The expected return of a portfolio is the sum of the weight of each asset times the expected return of
each asset. The total value of the portfolio is:
Total portfolio value = $2,650 + 4,450 Total portfolio value = $7,100
So, the expected return of this portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = ($2,650 / $7,100)(.08) + ($4,450 / $7,100)(.11) E(
R
P
) = .0988, or 9.88%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
269 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
3.
The expected return of a portfolio is the sum of the weight of each asset times the expected return of
each asset. So, the expected return of the portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = .35(.08) + .20(.16) + .45(.11) E(
R
P
) = .1095, or 10.95%
4.
Here we are given the expected return of the portfolio and the expected return of each asset in the
portfolio and are asked to find the weight of each asset. We can use the equation for the expected
return of a portfolio to solve this problem. Since the total weight of a portfolio must equal 1 (100%),
the weight of Stock Y must be one minus the weight of Stock X. Mathematically speaking, this
means:
E(
R
P
) = .1085 = .115
w
X
+ .094(1 – w
X
) We can now solve this equation for the weight of Stock X as:
.1085 = .115
w
X
+ .094 – .094
w
X
.0145 = .021
w
X
w
X
= .6905
So, the dollar amount invested in Stock X is the weight of Stock X times the total portfolio value, or:
Investment in X = .6905($10,000) = $6,904.76
And the dollar amount invested in Stock Y is:
Investment in Y = (1 – .6905)($10,000) = $3,095.24
5.
The expected return of an asset is the sum of each return times the probability of that return
occurring. So, the expected return of the asset is:
E(
R
) = .20(–.14) + .80(.17) E(
R
) = .1080, or 10.80%
6.
The expected return of an asset is the sum of each return times the probability of that return
occurring. So, the expected return of the asset is:
E(
R
) = .10(–.18) + .60(.11) + .30(.26) E(
R
) = .1260, or 12.60%
7.
The expected return of an asset is the sum of each return times the probability of that return
occurring. So, the expected return of each stock asset is:
E(
R
A
) = .15(.04) + .55(.09) + .30(.17) E(
R
A
) = .1065, or 10.65%
E(
R
B
) = .15(–.17) + .55(.12) + .30(.27) E(
R
A
) = .1215, or 12.15%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 270
To calculate the standard deviation, we first need to calculate the variance. To find the variance, we
find the squared deviations from the expected return. We then multiply each possible squared
deviation by its probability, then add all of these up. The result is the variance. So, the variance and
standard deviation of each stock is:
A
2
=.15(.04 – .1065)
2
+ .55(.09 – .1065)
2
+ .30(.17 – .1065)
2
A
2
= .00202
A
= (.00202)
1/2
A
= .0450, or 4.50%
B
2
=.15(–.17 – .1215)
2
+ .55(.12 – .1215)
2
+ .30(.27 – .1215)
2
B
2
= .01936
B
= (.01936)
1/2
B
= .1392, or 13.92%
8.
The expected return of a portfolio is the sum of the weight of each asset times the expected return of
each asset. So, the expected return of the portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = .25(.08) + .55(.14) + .20(.18) E(
R
P
) = .1330, or 13.30%
If we own this portfolio, we would expect to get a return of 13.30 percent.
9.
a.
To find the expected return of the portfolio, we need to find the return of the portfolio in each
state of the economy. This portfolio is a special case since all three assets have the same
weight. To find the expected return in an equally weighted portfolio, we can sum the returns of
each asset and divide by the number of assets, so the return of the portfolio in each state of the
economy is:
Boom: R
P
= (.06 + .15 + .25) / 3 = .1533, or 15.33%
Bust: R
P
= (.11 – .04
.08) / 3 = –.00338, or –.33%
To find the expected return of the portfolio, we multiply the return in each state of the economy
by the probability of that state occurring, and then sum. Doing this, we find:
E(
R
P
) = .75(.1533) + .25(–.0033) E(
R
P
) = .1142, or 11.42%
b.
This portfolio does not have an equal weight in each asset. We still need to find the return of
the portfolio in each state of the economy. To do this, we will multiply the return of each asset
by its portfolio weight and then sum the products to get the portfolio return in each state of the
economy. Doing so, we get:
Boom: R
P
= .20(.06) +.20(.15) + .60(.25) =.1920, or 19.20%
Bust: R
P
= .20(.11) +.20(–.04) + .60(
.08) = –.0340, or –3.40%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
271 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the expected return of the portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = .75(.1920) + .25(
.0340) E(
R
P
) = .1355, or 13.55%
To find the variance, we find the squared deviations from the expected return. We then multiply
each possible squared deviation by its probability, than add all of these up. The result is the
variance. So, the variance and standard deviation of the portfolio is:
p
2
= .75(.1920 – .1355)
2
+ .25(
.0340 – .1355)
2
p
2
= .009577 10.
a.
This portfolio does not have an equal weight in each asset. We first need to find the return of
the portfolio in each state of the economy. To do this, we will multiply the return of each asset
by its portfolio weight and then sum the products to get the portfolio return in each state of the
economy. Doing so, we get:
Boom:
R
P
= .30(.35) + .40(.45) + .30(.27) = .3660, or 36.60%
Good: R
P
= .30(.16) + .40(.10) + .30(.08) = .1120, or 11.20%
Poor:
R
P
= .30(–.01) + .40(–.06) + .30(–.04) = –.0390, or –3.90%
Bust:
R
P
= .30(–.12) + .40(–.20) + .30(–.09) = –.1430, or –14.30%
And the expected return of the portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = .10(.3660) + .60(.1120) + .25(–.0390) + .05(–.1430) E(
R
P
) = .0869, or 8.69%
b.
To calculate the standard deviation, we first need to calculate the variance. To find the variance,
we find the squared deviations from the expected return. We then multiply each possible
squared deviation by its probability, than add all of these up. The result is the variance. So, the
variance and standard deviation of the portfolio is:
P
2
= .10(.3660 – .0869)
2
+ .60(.1120 – .0869)
2
+ .25(–.0390 – .0869)
2
+ .05(–.1430 – .0869)
2
P
2
= .01477
P
= (.01477)
1/2
P
= .1215, or 12.15%
11.
The beta of a portfolio is the sum of the weight of each asset times the beta of each asset. So, the
beta of the portfolio is:
P
= .20(.84) + .30(1.17) + .35(1.08) + .15(1.36)
P
= 1.10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 272
12.
The beta of a portfolio is the sum of the weight of each asset times the beta of each asset. If the
portfolio is as risky as the market, it must have the same beta as the market. Since the beta of the
market is one, we know the beta of our portfolio is one. We also need to remember that the beta of
the risk-free asset is zero. It has to be zero since the asset has no risk. Setting up the equation for the
beta of our portfolio, we get:
P
= 1.0 = 1
/
3
(0) + 1
/
3
(1.32) + 1
/
3
(
X
) Solving for the beta of Stock X, we get:
X
= 1.68
13.
CAPM states the relationship between the risk of an asset and its expected return. CAPM is:
E(
R
i
) = R
f
+ [E(
R
M
) – R
f
] ×
i
Substituting the values we are given, we find:
E(
R
i
) = .038 + (.103 – .038)(1.15) E(
R
i
) = .1128, or 11.28%
14.
We are given the values for the CAPM except for the
of the stock. We need to substitute these
values into the CAPM, and solve for the
of the stock. One important thing we need to realize is
that we are given the market risk premium. The market risk premium is the expected return of the
market minus the risk-free rate. We must be careful not to use this value as the expected return of the
market. Using the CAPM, we find:
E(
R
i
) = .102 = .041 + .072
i
i
= .85
15.
Here we need to find the expected return of the market using the CAPM. Substituting the values
given, and solving for the expected return of the market, we find:
E(
R
i
) = .1105 = .036 + [E(
R
M
) – .036](1.13) E(
R
M
) = .1019, or 10.19%
16.
Here we need to find the risk-free rate using the CAPM. Substituting the values given, and solving
for the risk-free rate, we find:
E(
R
i
) = .1215 = R
f
+ (.102 – R
f
)(1.31) .1215 = R
f
+ .13362 – 1.31
R
f
R
f
= .0391, or 3.91%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
273 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
17.
First, we need to find the
of the portfolio. The
of the risk-free asset is zero, and the weight of the
risk-free asset is one minus the weight of the stock, so the
of the portfolio is: ß
P
= w
W
(1.15) + (1 – w
W
)(0) = 1.15
w
W
So, to find the
of the portfolio for any weight of the stock, we simply multiply the weight of the
stock times its
.
Even though we are solving for the
and expected return of a portfolio of one stock and the risk-free
asset for different portfolio weights, we are really solving for the SML. Any combination of this
stock, and the risk-free asset will fall on the SML. For that matter, a portfolio of any stock and the
risk-free asset, or any portfolio of stocks, will fall on the SML. We know the slope of the SML line
is the market risk premium, so using the CAPM and the information concerning this stock, the
market risk premium is:
E(
R
W
) = .118 = .037 + MRP(1.15) MRP = .081 / 1.15
MRP = .0704, or 7.04%
So, now we know the CAPM equation for any stock is:
E(
R
P
) = .037 + .0704
p
The slope of the SML is equal to the market risk premium, which is .0704. Using these equations to fill in
the table, we get the following results:
w
W
E(
R
P
)
ß
P
0%
3.70%
.000
25
5.73
.288
50
7.75
.575
75
9.78
.863
100
11.80
1.150
125
13.83
1.438
150
15.85
1.725
18.
There are two ways to correctly answer this question. We will work through both. First, we can use
the CAPM. Substituting in the value we are given for each stock, we find:
E(
R
Y
) = .025 + .072(1.20) E(
R
Y
) = .1114, or 11.14%
It is given in the problem that the expected return of Stock Y is 11.4 percent, but according to the
CAPM, the return of the stock based on its level of risk, the expected return should be 11.14 percent.
This means the stock return is too high, given its level of risk. Stock Y plots above the SML and is
undervalued. In other words, its price must increase to reduce the expected return to 11.14 percent.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 274
For Stock Z, we find:
E(
R
Z
) = .025 + .072(.80) E(
R
Z
) = .0826, or 8.26%
The return given for Stock Z is 8.06 percent, but according to the CAPM the expected return of the
stock should be 8.26 percent based on its level of risk. Stock Z plots below the SML and is
overvalued. In other words, its price must decrease to increase the expected return to 8.26 percent.
We can also answer this question using the reward-to-risk ratio. All assets must have the same
reward-to-risk ratio. The reward-to-risk ratio is the risk premium of the asset divided by its
. We are
given the market risk premium, and we know the
of the market is one, so the reward-to-risk ratio
for the market is .072, or 7.2 percent. Calculating the reward-to-risk ratio for Stock Y, we find: Reward-to-risk ratio Y = (.1140 – .025) / 1.20 Reward-to-risk ratio Y = .0742, or 7.42%
The reward-to-risk ratio for Stock Y is too high, which means the stock plots above the SML, and
the stock is undervalued. Its price must increase until its reward-to-risk ratio is equal to the market
reward-to-risk ratio. For Stock Z, we find:
Reward-to-risk ratio Z = (.0806 – .025) / .80 Reward-to-risk ratio Z = .0695, or 6.95%
The reward-to-risk ratio for Stock Z is too low, which means the stock plots below the SML, and the
stock is overvalued. Its price must decrease until its reward-to-risk ratio is equal to the market
reward-to-risk ratio.
19.
We need to set the reward-to-risk ratios of the two assets equal to each other, which is:
(.1140 – R
f
) / 1.20 = (.0806 – R
f
) / .80 We can cross multiply to get:
.80(.1140 – R
f
) = 1.20(.0806 – R
f
)
Solving for the risk-free rate, we find:
.0912 – .80
R
f
= .09672 – 1.20
R
f
R
f
= .0138, or 1.38%
Intermediate
20.
a.
Again we have a special case where the portfolio is equally weighted, so we can sum the
returns of each asset and divide by the number of assets. The expected return of the portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = (.105 + .024) / 2 E(
R
P
) = .0645, or 6.45%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
275 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
We need to find the portfolio weights that result in a portfolio with a
of .92. We know the
of the risk-free asset is zero. We also know the weight of the risk-free asset is one minus the
weight of the stock since the portfolio weights must sum to one, or 100 percent. So:
P
= .92 = w
S
(1.14) + (1 – w
S
)(0) .92 = 1.14
w
S
+ 0 – 0
w
S
w
S
= .92 / 1.14 w
S
= .8070 And, the weight of the risk-free asset is:
w
Rf
= 1 – .8070 w
Rf
= .1930
c.
We need to find the portfolio weights that result in a portfolio with an expected return of 9
percent. We also know the weight of the risk-free asset is one minus the weight of the stock
since the portfolio weights must sum to one, or 100 percent. So:
E(
R
P
) = .09 = .105w
S
+ .024(1 – w
S
) .09 = .105
w
S
+ .024 – .024
w
S
.066 = .081
w
S
w
S
= .8148 So, the
of the portfolio will be:
P
= .8148(1.14) + (1 – .8148)(0)
P
= .929
d.
Solving for the
of the portfolio as we did in part a
, we find:
P
= 2.28 = w
S
(1.14) + (1 – w
S
)(0) w
S
= 2.28 / 1.14 = 2 w
Rf
= 1 – 2 = –1
The portfolio is invested 200% in the stock and –100% in the risk-free asset. This represents
borrowing at the risk-free rate to buy more of the stock.
21.
For a portfolio that is equally invested in large-company stocks and long-term bonds:
Return = (12.10% + 5.90%) / 2 = 9.00%
For a portfolio that is equally invested in small stocks and Treasury bills:
Return = (16.90% + 3.50%) / 2 = 10.20%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 276
22.
We know that the reward-to-risk ratios for all assets must be equal. This can be expressed as:
[E(
R
A
) – R
f
] /
A
= [E(
R
B
) – R
f
] /
B
The numerator of each equation is the risk premium of the asset, so:
RP
A /
A
= RP
B /
B
We can rearrange this equation to get:
B /
A
= RP
B / RP
A
If the reward-to-risk ratios are the same, the ratio of the betas of the assets is equal to the ratio of the
risk premiums of the assets.
23.
a.
We need to find the return of the portfolio in each state of the economy. To do this, we will
multiply the return of each asset by its portfolio weight and then sum the products to get the
portfolio return in each state of the economy. Doing so, we get:
Boom:
R
P
= .4(.21) + .4(.36) + .2(.55) = .3380, or 33.80%
Normal:
R
P
= .4(.17) + .4(.13) + .2(.09) = .1380, or 13.80%
Bust:
R
P
= .4(.00) + .4(–.28) + .2(–.45) = –.2020, or –20.20%
And the expected return of the portfolio is:
E(
R
P
) = .25(.338) + .60(.138) + .15(–.202) E(
R
P
) = .1370, or 13.70%
To calculate the standard deviation, we first need to calculate the variance. To find the variance,
we find the squared deviations from the expected return. We then multiply each possible
squared deviation by its probability, than add all of these up. The result is the variance. So, the
variance and standard deviation of the portfolio is:
P
2
= .25(.338 – .1370)
2
+ .60(.138 – .1370)
2
+ .15(–.202 – .1370)
2
P
2
= .02734
P
= (.02734)
1/2
= .1653, or 16.53%
b.
The risk premium is the return of a risky asset minus the risk-free rate. T-bills are often used as
the risk-free rate, so:
RP
i
= E(
R
P
) – R
f
= .1370 – .0380 E(
R
P
) – R
f
= .0990, or 9.90%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
277 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
The approximate expected real return is the expected nominal return minus the inflation rate, so:
Approximate expected real return = .1370 – .035 Approximate expected real return = .1020, or 10.20%
To find the exact real return, we will use the Fisher equation. Doing so, we get:
1 + E(
R
i
) = (1 + h
)[1 + e
(
r
i
)] 1.1370 = (1.0350)[1 + e
(
r
i
)] e
(
r
i
) = (1.1370 / 1.035) – 1 e
(
r
i
) = .0986, or 9.86%
The approximate real risk-free rate is:
Approximate expected real return = .038 – .035 Approximate expected real return = .003, or .30%
And using the Fisher effect for the exact real risk-free rate, we find:
1 + E(
R
i
) = (1 + h
)[1 + e
(
r
i
)] 1.038 = (1.0350)[1 + e
(
r
i
)] e
(
r
i
) = (1.038 / 1.035) – 1 e
(
r
i
) = .0029, or .29%
The approximate real risk premium is the approximate expected real return minus the risk-free
rate, so:
Approximate expected real risk premium = .102 – .003 Approximate expected real risk premium = .0990, or 9.90%
The exact real risk premium is the exact real return minus the risk-free rate, so:
Exact expected real risk premium = .0986 – .0029 Exact expected real risk premium = .0957, or 9.57%
24.
We know the total portfolio value and the investment of two stocks in the portfolio, so we can find
the weight of these two stocks. The weights of Stock A and Stock B are:
w
A
= $185,000 / $1,000,000 = .185
w
B
= $320,000 / $1,000,000 = .320 Since the portfolio is as risky as the market, the
of the portfolio must be equal to one. We also know the
of the risk-free asset is zero. We can use the equation for the
of a portfolio to find the weight of the
third stock. Doing so, we find:
P
= 1 = w
A
(.80) + w
B
(1.13) + w
C
(1.29) + w
Rf
(0) 1 = .185(.80) + .32(1.13) + w
C
(1.29)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 278
Solving for the weight of Stock C, we find: w
C
= .38015504 So, the dollar investment in Stock C must be:
Investment in Stock C = .38015504($1,000,000) = $380,155.04
We also know the total portfolio weight must be one, so the weight of the risk-free asset must be one
minus the asset weight we know, or:
1 = w
A
+ w
B
+ w
C
+ w
Rf
= 1 – .185 – .320 – .38015504 – w
Rf
w
Rf
= .11484496
So, the dollar investment in the risk-free asset must be:
Investment in risk-free asset = .11484496($1,000,000) = $114,844.96
Challenge
25.
We are given the expected return of the assets in the portfolio. We also know the sum of the weights
of each asset must be equal to one. Using this relationship, we can express the expected return of the
portfolio as:
E(
R
P
) = .1360 = w
X
(.1140) + w
Y
(.0868) .1360 = w
X
(.1140) + (1 – w
X
)(.0868)
.1360 = .1140
w
X
+ .0868 – .0868
w
X
.0492 = .0272
w
X
w
X
= 1.8088
And the weight of Stock Y is:
w
Y
= 1 – 1.8088 w
Y
= –.8088
The amount to invest in Stock Y is:
Investment in Stock Y = –.8088($100,000) Investment in Stock Y = –$80,882.35
A negative portfolio weight means that you short sell the stock. If you are not familiar with short
selling, it means you borrow a stock today and sell it. You must then purchase the stock at a later
date to repay the borrowed stock. If you short sell a stock, you make a profit if the stock decreases in
value.
To find the beta of the portfolio, we can multiply the portfolio weight of each asset times its beta and
sum. So, the beta of the portfolio is:
P
= 1.8088(1.25) + (–.8088)(.85)
P
= 1.574
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
279 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
26.
The amount of systematic risk is measured by the
of an asset. Since we know the market risk
premium and the risk-free rate, if we know the expected return of the asset we can use the CAPM to
solve for the
of the asset. The expected return of Stock I is:
E(
R
I
) = .15(.02) + .70(.21) + .15(.06) = .1590, or 15.90% Using the CAPM to find the
of Stock I, we find:
.1590 = .04 + .07
I
I
= 1.70
The total risk of the asset is measured by its standard deviation, so we need to calculate the standard
deviation of Stock I. Beginning with the calculation of the stock’s variance, we find:
I
2
= .15(.02 – .1590)
2
+ .70(.21 – .1590)
2
+ .15(.06 – .1590)
2
I
2
= .00619
I
= (.00619)
1/2
= .0787, or 7.87%
Using the same procedure for Stock II, we find the expected return to be:
E(
R
II
) = .15(–.25) + .70(.09) + .15(.44) = .0915 Using the CAPM to find the
of Stock II, we find:
.0915 = .04 + .07
II
II
= .74
And the standard deviation of Stock II is:
II
2
= .15(–.25 – .0915)
2
+ .70(.09 – .0915)
2
+ .15(.44 – .0915)
2
II
2
= .03571
II
= (.03571)
1/2
= .1890, or 18.90%
Although Stock II has more total risk than I, it has much less systematic risk, since its beta is much
smaller than I’s. Thus, I has more systematic risk, and II has more unsystematic and more total risk.
Since unsystematic risk can be diversified away, I is actually the “riskier” stock despite the lack of
volatility in its returns. Stock I will have a higher risk premium and a greater expected return.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 13 - 280
27.
Here we have the expected return and beta for two assets. We can express the returns of the two
assets using CAPM. If the CAPM is true, then the security market line holds as well, which means
all assets have the same risk premium. Setting the risk premiums of the assets equal to each other
and solving for the risk-free rate, we find:
(.1079 – R
f
) / 1.21 = (.0843 – R
f
) / .83
.83(.1079 – R
f
) = 1.21(.0843 – R
f
)
.089557 – .83
R
f
= .102003 – 1.21
R
f
.38
R
f
= .012446
R
f
= .0328, or 3.28%
Now using CAPM to find the expected return on the market with both stocks, we find:
.1079 = .0328 + 1.21(
R
M
– .0328)
.0843 = .0328 + .83(
R
M
– .0328)
R
M
= .0949, or 9.49%
R
M
= .0949, or 9.49%
28.
a.
The expected return of an asset is the sum of the probability of each return occurring times the
probability of that return occurring. So, the expected return of each stock is:
E(
R
A
) = .15(–.08) + .60(.11) + .25(.30) = .1290, or 12.90%
E(
R
B
) = .15(–.10) + .60(.09) + .25(.27) = .1065, or 10.65%
b.
We can use the expected returns we calculated to find the slope of the Security Market Line.
We know that the beta of Stock A
is .35 greater than the beta of Stock B. Therefore, as beta
increases by .35, the expected return on a security increases by .0225 (= .1290 – .1065). The
slope of the security market line (SML) equals:
Slope
SML
= Rise / Run
Slope
SML
= Increase in expected return / Increase in beta
Slope
SML
= (.1290 – .1065) / .35
Slope
SML
= .0643, or 6.43%
Since the market’s beta is 1 and the risk-free rate has a beta of zero, the slope of the Security
Market Line equals the expected market risk premium. So, the expected market risk premium
must be 6.43 percent.
We could also solve this problem using CAPM. The equations for the expected returns of the
two stocks are:
E(
R
A
) = .1290 = R
f
+ (
B
+ .35)(MRP)
E(
R
B
) = .1065 = R
f
+
B
(MRP)
Subtracting the CAPM equation for Stock B from the CAPM equation for Stock A yields:
.0225 = .35MRP
MRP = .0643, or 6.43%
which is the same answer as our previous result.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14
COST OF CAPITAL
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
It is the minimum rate of return the firm must earn overall on its existing assets. If it earns more than
this, value is created.
2.
Book values for debt are likely to be much closer to market values than are equity book values.
3.
No. The cost of capital depends on the risk of the project, not the source of the money.
4.
Interest expense is tax-deductible. There is no difference between pretax and aftertax equity costs.
5.
The primary advantage of the DCF model is its simplicity. The method is disadvantaged in that (
a
)
the model is applicable only to firms that actually pay dividends; many do not; (
b
) even if a firm
does pay dividends, the DCF model requires a constant dividend growth rate forever; (
c
) the
estimated cost of equity from this method is very sensitive to changes in g, which is a very uncertain
parameter; and (
d
) the model does not explicitly consider risk, although risk is implicitly considered
to the extent that the market has impounded the relevant risk of the stock into its market price. While
the share price and most recent dividend can be observed in the market, the dividend growth rate
must be estimated. Two common methods of estimating g are to use analysts’ earnings and payout
forecasts or to determine some appropriate average historical g from the firm’s available data.
6.
Two primary advantages of the SML approach are that the model explicitly incorporates the relevant
risk of the stock and the method is more widely applicable than is the dividend discount model, since
the SML doesn’t make any assumptions about the firm’s dividends. The primary disadvantages of
the SML method are (
a
) three parameters (the risk-free rate, the expected return on the market, and
beta) must be estimated, and (
b
) the method essentially uses historical information to estimate these
parameters. The risk-free rate is usually estimated to be the yield on very short maturity T-bills and
is, hence, observable; the market risk premium is usually estimated from historical risk premiums
and, hence, is not observable. The stock beta, which is unobservable, is usually estimated either by
determining some average historical beta from the firm and the market’s return data, or by using beta
estimates provided by analysts and investment firms.
7.
The appropriate aftertax cost of debt to the company is the interest rate it would have to pay if it
were to issue new debt today. Hence, if the YTM on outstanding bonds of the company is observed,
the company has an accurate estimate of its cost of debt. If the debt is privately placed, the firm
could still estimate its cost of debt by (
a
) looking at the cost of debt for similar firms in similar risk
classes, (
b
) looking at the average debt cost for firms with the same credit rating (assuming the
firm’s private debt is rated), or (
c
) consulting analysts and investment bankers. Even if the debt is
publicly traded, an additional complication occurs when the firm has more than one issue
outstanding; these issues rarely have the same yield because no two issues are ever completely
homogeneous.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 282
8.
a.
This only considers the dividend yield component of the required return on equity.
b.
This is the current yield only, not the promised yield to maturity. In addition, it is based on the
book value of the liability, and it ignores taxes.
c.
Equity is inherently more risky than debt (except, perhaps, in the unusual case where a firm’s
assets have a negative beta). For this reason, the cost of equity exceeds the cost of debt. If taxes
are considered in this case, it can be seen that at reasonable tax rates, the cost of equity does
exceed the cost of debt.
9.
R
Sup
= .12 + .75(.08) = .1800, or 18.00%
Both should proceed. The appropriate discount rate does not depend on which company is investing;
it depends on the risk of the project. Since Superior is in the business, it is closer to a pure play.
Therefore, its cost of capital should be used. With an 18 percent cost of capital, the project has an
NPV of $1 million regardless of who takes it.
10.
If the different operating divisions were in much different risk classes, then separate cost of capital
figures should be used for the different divisions; the use of a single, overall cost of capital would be
inappropriate. If the single hurdle rate were used, riskier divisions would tend to receive more funds
for investment projects, since their return would exceed the hurdle rate despite the fact that they may
actually plot below the SML and, hence, be unprofitable projects on a risk-adjusted basis. The
typical problem encountered in estimating the cost of capital for a division is that it rarely has its
own securities traded on the market, so it is difficult to observe the market’s valuation of the risk of
the division. Two typical ways around this are to use a pure play proxy for the division, or to use
subjective adjustments of the overall firm hurdle rate based on the perceived risk of the division.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
With the information given, we can find the cost of equity using the dividend growth model. Using
this model, the cost of equity is:
R
E
= [$3.40(1.045) / $53] + .045
R
E
= .1120, or 11.20%
2.
Here we have information to calculate the cost of equity using the CAPM. The cost of equity is:
R
E
= .035 + 1.15(.11 – .035) R
E
= .1213, or 12.13%
3.
We have the information available to calculate the cost of equity using the CAPM and the dividend
growth model. Using the CAPM, we find:
R
E
= .036 + .95(.07) R
E
= .1025, or 10.25%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
283 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And using the dividend growth model, the cost of equity is
R
E
= [$2.05(1.041) / $39] + .041 R
E
= .0957, or 9.57%
Both estimates of the cost of equity seem reasonable. If we remember the historical return on large
capitalization stocks, the estimate from the CAPM model is about one and three-fourths percent
lower than the historical average, and the estimate from the dividend growth model is about two and
one-halfpercent lower than the historical average, so we cannot definitively say one of the estimates
is incorrect. Given this, we will use the average of the two, so:
R
E
= (.1025 + .0957) / 2 R
E
= .0991, or 9.91%
4.
To use the dividend growth model, we first need to find the growth rate in dividends. So, the
increase in dividends each year was:
g
1
= ($1.82 – 1.71) / $1.71 = .0643, or 6.43% g
2
= ($1.93 – 1.82) / $1.82 = .0604, or 6.04%
g
3
= ($1.99 – 1.93) / $1.93 = .0311, or 3.11%
g
4
= ($2.08 – 1.99) / $1.99 = .0452, or 4.52%
So, the average arithmetic growth rate in dividends was:
g
= (.0643 + .0604 + .0311 + .0452) / 4 g
= .05027, or 5.027%
Using this growth rate in the dividend growth model, we find the cost of equity is:
R
E
= [$2.08(1.05027) / $45] + .05027 R
E
= .0988, or 9.88%
Calculating the geometric growth rate in dividends, we find:
$2.08 = $1.71(1 + g)
4
g
= .05019, or 5.019%
The cost of equity using the geometric dividend growth rate is:
R
E
= [$2.08(1.05019) / $45] + .05019 R
E
= .0987, or 9.87%
5.
The cost of preferred stock is the dividend payment divided by the price, so:
R
P
= $3.75 / $87 R
P
= .0431, or 4.31%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 284
6.
The pretax cost of debt is the YTM of the company’s bonds, so:
P
0
= $970 = $25(PVIFA
R
%,46
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,46
) R
= 2.613%
YTM = 2 × 2.613% = 5.23%
And the aftertax cost of debt is:
R
D
= .0523(1 – .35) R
D
= .0340, or 3.40%
7.
a.
The pretax cost of debt is the YTM of the company’s bonds, so:
P
0
= $930 = $35(PVIFA
R
%,54
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,54
) R
= 3.807%
YTM = 2 × 3.807% = 7.61%
b.
The aftertax cost of debt is:
R
D
= .0761(1 – .35) R
D
= .0495, or 4.95%
c.
The aftertax rate is more relevant because that is the actual cost to the company.
8.
The book value of debt is the total par value of all outstanding debt, so:
BV
D
= $85,000,000 + 35,000,000 BV
D
= $120,000,000
To find the market value of debt, we find the price of the bonds and multiply by the number of
bonds. Alternatively, we can multiply the price quote of the bond times the par value of the bonds.
Doing so, we find:
MV
D
= .93($85,000,000) + .59($35,000,000) MV
D
= $79,050,000 + 20,650,000
MV
D
= $99,700,000
The YTM of the zero coupon bonds is:
P
Z
= $590 = $1,000(PVIF
R
%,24
) R
= 2.223%
YTM = 2 × 2.223% = 4.45%
So, the aftertax cost of the zero coupon bonds is:
R
Z
= .0445(1 – .35) R
Z
= .0289, or 2.89%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
285 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The aftertax cost of debt for the company is the weighted average of the aftertax cost of debt for all
outstanding bond issues. We need to use the market value weights of the bonds. The total aftertax
cost of debt for the company is:
R
D
= .0495($79.05 / $99.70) + .0289($20.65 / $99.70)
R
D
= .0452, or 4.52%
9.
a.
Using the equation to calculate the WACC, we find:
WACC = .70(.11) + .05(.05) + .25(.07)(1 – .35) WACC = .0909, or 9.09%
b.
Since interest is tax deductible and dividends are not, we must look at the aftertax cost of debt,
which is:
R
D
= .07(1 – .35) R
D
= .0455, or 4.55% Hence, on an aftertax basis, debt is cheaper than the preferred stock.
10.
Here we need to use the debt-equity ratio to calculate the WACC. Doing so, we find:
WACC = .12(1 / 1.35) + .06(.35 / 1.35)(1 – .35) WACC = .0990, or 9.90%
11.
Here we have the WACC and need to find the debt-equity ratio of the company. Setting up the
WACC equation, we find:
WACC = .0850 = .11(
E/V
) + .061(
D/V
)(1 – .35)
Rearranging the equation, we find:
.0850(
V/E
) = .11 + .061(.65)(
D/E
)
Now we must realize that the V/E
is just the equity multiplier, which is equal to:
V/E
= 1 + D/E
.0850(
D/E
+ 1) = .11 + .03965(
D/E
) Now we can solve for D/E
as:
.04535(
D/E
) = .025 D/E
= .5513
12.
a.
The book value of equity is the book value per share times the number of shares, and the book
value of debt is the face value of the company’s debt, so:
BV
E
= 8,000,000($7) = $56,000,000 BV
D
= $85,000,000 + 50,000,000 = $135,000,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 286
So, the total value of the company is:
V
= $56,000,000 + 135,000,000 = $191,000,000 And the book value weights of equity and debt are:
E/V
= $56,000,000 / $191,000,000 = .2932 D/V
= 1 – E/V
= .7068
b.
The market value of equity is the share price times the number of shares, so:
MV
E
= 8,000,000($73) = $584,000,000 Using the relationship that the total market value of debt is the price quote times the par value
of the bond, we find the market value of debt is:
MV
D
= .97($85,000,000) + 1.08($50,000,000) = $136,450,000
This makes the total market value of the company:
V
= $584,000,000 + 136,450,000 = $720,450,000 And the market value weights of equity and debt are:
E/V
= $584,000,000 / $720,450,000 = .8106 D/V
= 1 – E/V
= .1894
c.
The market value weights are more relevant.
13.
First, we will find the cost of equity for the company. The information provided allows us to solve
for the cost of equity using the dividend growth model, so:
R
E
= [$3.90(1.06) / $73] + .06 R
E
= .1166, or 11.66%
Next, we need to find the YTM on both bond issues. Doing so, we find:
P
1
= $970 = $35(PVIFA
R%,42
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,42
) R
= 3.641% YTM = 3.641% × 2 = 7.28%
P
2
= $1,080 = $40(PVIFA
R%,12
) + $1,000(PVIF
R%,12
) R = 3.187% YTM = 3.187% × 2 = 6.37%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
287 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
To find the weighted average aftertax cost of debt, we need the weight of each bond as a percentage
of the total debt. We find:
x
D1
= .97($85,000,000) / $136,450,000 x
D1
= .6043
x
D2
= 1.08($50,000,000) / $136,450,000 x
D2
= .3957
Now we can multiply the weighted average cost of debt times one minus the tax rate to find the
weighted average aftertax cost of debt. This gives us: R
D
= (1 – .35)[(.6043)(.0728) + (.3957)(.0637)] R
D
= .0450, or 4.50%
Using these costs we have found and the weight of debt we calculated earlier, the WACC is:
WACC = .8106(.1166) + .1894(.0450) WACC = .1031, or 10.31%
14.
a.
Using the equation to calculate WACC, we find:
WACC = .099 = (1/1.85)(.14) + (.85/1.85)(1 – .35)
R
D
R
D
= .0781, or 7.81%
b.
Using the equation to calculate WACC, we find:
WACC = .099 = (1/1.85)
R
E
+ (.85/1.85)(.068) R
E
= .1254, or 12.54%
15.
We will begin by finding the market value of each type of financing. We find:
MV
D
= 10,000($1,000)(1.08) = $10,800,000 MV
E
= 495,000($63) = $31,185,000
MV
P
= 35,000($72) = $2,520,000 And the total market value of the firm is:
V
= $10,800,000 + 31,185,000 + 2,520,000 V = $44,505,000
Now, we can find the cost of equity using the CAPM. The cost of equity is:
R
E
= .032 + 1.15(.07) R
E
= .1125, or 11.25%
The cost of debt is the YTM of the bonds, so:
P
0
= $1,080 = $32(PVIFA
R%,50
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,50
) R
= 2.895%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 288
YTM = 2.895% × 2 = 5.79%
And the aftertax cost of debt is:
R
D
= (1 – .35)(.0579) R
D
= .0376, or 3.76%
The cost of preferred stock is:
R
P
= $3.50 / $72 R
P
= .0486, or 4.86%
Now we have all of the components to calculate the WACC. The WACC is:
WACC = .0376($10,800,000 / $44,505,000) + .1125($31,185,000 / $44,505,000) + .0486($2,520,000 / $44,505,000) WACC = .0907, or 9.07%
Notice that we didn’t include the (1 – T
C
) term in the WACC equation. We used the aftertax cost of
debt in the equation, so the term is not needed here.
16.
a.
We will begin by finding the market value of each type of financing. We find:
MV
D
= 120,000($1,000)(1.07) = $128,400,000 MV
E
= 7,300,000($46) = $335,800,000
MV
P
= 220,000($91) = $20,020,000 And the total market value of the firm is:
V
= $128,400,000 + 335,800,000 + 20,020,000 V = $484,220,000
So, the market value weights of the company’s financing are:
D/V
= $128,400,000 / $484,220,000 = .2652
P/V
= $20,020,000 / $484,220,000 = .0413 E/V
= $335,800,000 /$484,220,000 = .6935
b.
For projects equally as risky as the firm itself, the WACC should be used as the discount rate.
First we can find the cost of equity using the CAPM. The cost of equity is:
R
E
= .036 + .95(.07) R
E
= .1025, or 10.25%
The cost of debt is the YTM of the bonds, so:
P
0
= $1,070 = $31(PVIFA
R
%,30
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,30
) R
= 2.754% YTM = 2.754% × 2 = 5.51%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
289 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 290
And the aftertax cost of debt is:
R
D
= (1 – .35)(.0551) R
D
= .0358, or 3.58%
The cost of preferred stock is:
R
P
= $4.50 / $91 R
P
= .0495, or 4.95%
Now we can calculate the WACC as:
WACC = .2652(.0358) + .0413(.0495) + .6935(.1025) WACC = .0826, or 8.26%
17.
a.
Projects Y and Z.
b.
Using the CAPM to consider the projects, we need to calculate the expected return of the
project given its level of risk. This expected return should then be compared to the IRR of the
project. If the return calculated using the CAPM is lower than the project IRR, we should
accept the project, if not, we reject the project. After considering risk via the CAPM:
E
[
W
] = .04 + .75(.11 – .04) = .0925 > .089, so reject W
E
[
X
] = .04 + .90(.11 – .04) = .1030 < .108, so accept X
E
[
Y
] = .04 + 1.15(.11 – .04) = .1205 < .128, so accept Y
E
[
Z
] = .04 + 1.45(.11 – .04) = .1415 < .139, so reject Z
c. Project X would be incorrectly rejected; Project Z would be incorrectly accepted.
18.
a.
He should look at the weighted average flotation cost, not just the debt cost.
b.
The weighted average flotation cost is the weighted average of the flotation costs for debt and
equity, so:
f
T
= .03(.60/1.60) + .07(1/1.60) f
T
= .0550, or 5.50%
c.
The total cost of the equipment including flotation costs is:
Amount raised(1 – .0550) = $24,000,000 Amount raised = $24,000,000 / (1 – .0550) Amount raised = $25,396,825
Even if the specific funds are actually being raised completely from debt, the flotation costs,
and hence true investment cost, should be valued as if the firm’s target capital structure is used.
19.
We first need to find the weighted average flotation cost. Doing so, we find:
f
T
= .70(.08) + .05(.05) + .25(.02) f
T
= .064, or 6.4%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
291 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the total cost of the equipment including flotation costs is:
Amount raised(1 – .064) = $65,000,000 Amount raised = $65,000,000 / (1 – .064) Amount raised = $69,407,369
Intermediate
20.
Using the debt-equity ratio to calculate the WACC, we find:
WACC = (.80/1.80)(.046) + (1/1.80)(.11) WACC = .0816, or 8.16%
Since the project is riskier than the company, we need to adjust the project discount rate for the
additional risk. Using the subjective risk factor given, we find:
Project discount rate = 8.16% + 3.00% Project discount rate = 11.16%
We would accept the project if the NPV is positive. The NPV is the PV of the cash outflows plus the
PV of the cash inflows. The cash inflows are a growing perpetuity. If you remember, the equation
for the PV of a growing perpetuity is the same as the dividend growth equation, so:
PV of future cash flows = $2,100,000 / (.1116 – .02) PV of future cash flows = $25,936,893 The project should only be undertaken if its cost is less than $25,936,893 since costs less than this
amount will result in a positive NPV.
21.
The total cost including flotation costs was:
Total costs = $30,000,000 + 1,900,000 Total costs = $31,900,000 Using the equation to calculate the total cost including flotation costs, we get:
Amount raised(1 – f
T
) = Amount needed after flotation costs
$31,900,000(1 – f
T
) = $30,000,000 f
T
= .0596, or 5.96%
Now, we know the weighted average flotation cost. The equation to calculate the percentage
flotation costs is: f
T
= .0596 = .07(
E/V
) + .03(
D/V
) We can solve this equation to find the debt-equity ratio as follows:
.0596(
V/E
) = .07 + .03(
D/E
)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 292
We must recognize that the V/E
term is the equity multiplier, which is (1 + D/E
), so:
.0596(
D/E
+ 1) = .07 + .03(
D/E
) D/E
= .3531
22.
To find the aftertax cost of debt for the company, we need to find the weighted average of the four
debt issues. We will begin by calculating the market value of each debt issue, which is:
MV
1
= 1.0318($45,000,000) MV
1
= $46,431,000
MV
2
= 1.1050($40,000,000) MV
2
= $44,200,000
MV
3
= 1.0985($50,000,000) MV
3
= $54,925,000 MV
4
= 1.0275($65,000,000) MV
4
= $66,787,500
So, the total market value of the company’s debt is:
MV
D
= $46,431,000 + 44,200,000 + 54,925,000 + 66,787,500 MV
D
= $212,343,500
The weight of each debt issue is:
x
1
= $46,431,000 / $212,343,500 x
1
= .2187, or 21.87%
x
2
= $44,200,000 / $212,343,500 x
2
= .2082, or 20.82%
x
3
= $54,925,000 / $212,343,500 x
3
= .2587, or 25.87% x
4
= $66,787,500 / $212,343,500 x
4
= .3145, or 31.45%
Next, we need to find the YTM for each bond issue. The YTM for each issue is:
P
1
= $1,031.80 = $30(PVIFA
R
%,10
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,10
) R
1
= 2.634% YTM
1
= 2.634% × 2 YTM
1
= 5.27%
P
2
= $1,105.00 = $37.50(PVIFA
R
%,16
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,16
) R
2
= 2.919% YTM
2
= 2.919% × 2 YTM
2
= 5.84%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
293 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
P
3
= $1,098.50 = $36(PVIFA
R
%,31
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,31
) R
3
= 3.101% YTM
3
= 3.101% × 2 YTM
3
= 6.20%
P
4
= $1,027.50 = $34(PVIFA
R
%,50
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,50
) R
4
= 3.287% YTM
4
= 3.287% × 2 YTM
4
= 6.57%
The weighted average YTM of the company’s debt is thus:
YTM = .2187(.0527) + .2082(.0584) + .2587(.0620) + .3145(.0657)
YTM = .0604, or 6.04%
And the aftertax cost of debt is:
R
D
= .0604(1 – .34)
R
D
= .0399, or 3.99%
23.
a.
Using the dividend growth model, the cost of equity is:
R
E
= [(.45)(1.04) / $72] + .04 R
E
= .0465, or 4.65%
b.
Using the CAPM, the cost of equity is:
R
E
= .037 + 1.15(.11 – .037) R
E
= .1210, or 12.10%
c.
When using the dividend growth model or the CAPM, you must remember that both are
estimates for the cost of equity. Additionally, and perhaps more importantly, each method of
estimating the cost of equity depends upon different assumptions. 24.
First, we need to find the adjusted cash flow from assets (ACFA) for each year. We are given the
projected EBIT, depreciation, increase in NWC, and capital spending. Each of these accounts
increase at 18 percent per year. So, the ACFA for each of the next five years will be:
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
EBIT
$1,900,000
$2,242,000
$2,645,560
$3,121,761
$3,683,678
Depreciation
165,000
194,700
229,746
271,100
319,898
Taxes*
665,000
784,700
925,946
1,092,616
1,289,287
Capital spending
115,000
135,700
160,126
188,949
222,959
Change in NWC
85,000
100,300
118,354
139,658
164,796
ACFA
$1,200,000
$1,416,000
$1,670,880
$1,971,638
$2,326,533
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 294
The cash flows will grow at 3 percent in perpetuity, so the terminal value of the company in Year 5
will be:
Terminal value
5
= ACFA
6
/ (WACC – g
)
Terminal value
5
= $2,326,533(1 + .03) / (.085 – .03)
Terminal value
5
= $43,569,623.84
The value of the company today is the present value of the first five ACFAs, plus the value today of
the terminal value, or:
Company value = $1,200,000 / 1.085 + $1,416,000 / 1.085
2
+ $1,670,880 / 1.085
3
+ $1,971,638 / 1.085
4
+ ($2,326,533 + 43,569,623.84) / 1.085
5
Company value = $35,562,677.78
To find the value of equity, we subtract the value of the debt from the total value of the company,
which is:
Equity value = $35,562,677.78 – 13,000,000
Equity value = $22,562,677.78
Finally, the value per share is the total equity value divided by the shares outstanding, or:
Share price = $22,562,677.78 / 800,000
Share price = $28.20
25.
The ACFA for each of the first five years will be the same as the previous problem. To calculate the
terminal value, we can use the price-sales ratio, which will be:
Terminal value
5
= 3.5($9,500,000)
Terminal value
5
= $33,250,000
The value of the company today is the present value of the first five FCFs, plus the value today of
the terminal value, or:
Company value = $1,200,000 / 1.085 + $1,416,000 / 1.085
2
+ $1,670,880 / 1.085
3
+ $1,971,638 / 1.085
4
+ ($2,326,533 + 33,250,000) / 1.085
5
Company value = $28,699,659.18
To find the value of equity, we subtract the value of the debt from the total value of the company,
which is:
Equity value = $28,699,659.18 – 13,000,000
Equity value = $15,699,659.18
Finally, the value per share is the total equity value divided by the shares outstanding, or:
Share price = $15,699,659.18 / 800,000
Share price = $19.62
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
295 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Challenge
26.
First, we need to find the adjusted cash flow from assets (ACFA) for each year. At the growth rates
given, the projected ACFA for each of the next five years will be:
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
EBIT
$3,392,500
$3,901,375
$4,486,581
$5,159,568
$5,933,504
Depreciation
282,000
338,400
406,080
487,296
584,755
Taxes*
1,187,375
1,365,481
1,570,303
1,805,849
2,076,726
Capital spending
570,000
684,000
820,800
984,960
1,181,952
Change in NWC
115,500
127,050
139,755
153,731
169,104
ACFA
$1,801,625
$2,063,244
$2,361,803
$2,702,325
$3,090,477
The cash flows will grow at 3.5 percent in perpetuity, so the terminal value of the company in Year 5
will be:
Terminal value
5
= ACFA
6
/ (WACC – g
)
Terminal value
5
= $3,090,477(1 + .035) / (.0925 – .035)
Terminal value
5
= $55,628,587.03
The value of the company today is the present value of the first five ACFAs, plus the value today of
the terminal value, or:
Company value = $1,801,625 / 1.0925 + $2,063,244 / 1.0925
2
+ $2,361,803 / 1.0925
3
+ $2,702,325 / 1.0925
4
+ ($3,090,477 + 55,628,587.03) / 1.0925
5
Company value = $44,814,627.66
To find the value of equity, we subtract the value of the debt from the total value of the company,
which is:
Equity value = $44,814,627.66 – 19,500,000
Equity value = $25,314,627.66
Finally, the value per share is the total equity value divided by the shares outstanding, or:
Share price = $25,314,627.66 / 400,000
Share price = $63.29
27.
The ACFA for each of the first five years will be the same as the previous problem. To calculate the
terminal value, we can use the price-sales ratio, which will be:
Terminal value
5
= 2.7($21,500,000)
Terminal value
5
= $58,050,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 296
The value of the company today is the present value of the first five ACFAs, plus the value today of
the terminal value, or:
Company value = $1,801,625 / 1.0925 + $2,063,244 / 1.0925
2
+ $2,361,803 / 1.0925
3
+ $2,702,325 / 1.0925
4
+ ($3,090,477 + 58,050,000) / 1.0925
5
Company value = $46,370,455.86
To find the value of equity, we subtract the value of the debt from the total value of the company,
which is:
Equity value = $46,370,455.86 – 19,500,000
Equity value = $26,870,455.86
Finally, the value per share is the total equity value divided by the shares outstanding, or:
Share price = $26,870,455.86 / 400,000
Share price = $67.18
28.
We can use the debt-equity ratio to calculate the weights of equity and debt. The debt of the
company has a weight for long-term debt and a weight for accounts payable. We can use the weight
given for accounts payable to calculate the weight of accounts payable and the weight of long-term
debt. The weight of each will be:
Accounts payable weight = .15/1.15 = .13
Long-term debt weight = 1/1.15 = .87
Since the accounts payable has the same cost as the overall WACC, we can write the equation for the
WACC as:
WACC = (1/1.6)(.14) + (.6/1.6)[(.15/1.15)WACC + (1/1.15)(.08)(1 – .35)]
Solving for WACC, we find:
WACC = .0875 + .375[(.15/1.15)WACC + .0452]
WACC = .0875 + .0489WACC + .0170
(.9511)WACC = .1045
WACC = .1098, or 10.98%
We will use basically the same equation to calculate the weighted average flotation cost, except we
will use the flotation cost for each form of financing. Doing so, we get: Flotation costs = (1/1.6)(.08) + (.6/1.6)[(.15/1.15)(0) + (1/1.15)(.04)] Flotation costs = .0630, or 6.30%
The total amount we need to raise to fund the new equipment will be:
Amount raised = $65,000,000 / (1 – .0630) Amount raised = $69,373,550
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
297 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Since the cash flows go to perpetuity, we can calculate the present value using the equation for the
PV of a perpetuity. The NPV is: NPV = –$69,373,550 + ($9,400,000 / .1098)
NPV
= $16,214,379
29.
We can use the debt-equity ratio to calculate the weights of equity and debt. The weight of debt in
the capital structure is:
x
D
= .75 / 1.75 x
D
= .4286, or 42.86%
And the weight of equity is:
x
E
= 1 – .4286 x
E
= .5714, or 57.14%
Now we can calculate the weighted average flotation costs for the various percentages of internally
raised equity. To find the portion of equity flotation costs, we can multiply the equity costs by the
percentage of equity raised externally, which is one minus the percentage raised internally. So, if the
company raises all equity externally, the flotation costs are:
f
T
= (.5714)(.08)(1 – 0) + (.4286)(.035) f
T
= .0607, or 6.07%
The initial cash outflow for the project needs to be adjusted for the flotation costs. To account for the
flotation costs:
Amount raised(1 – .0615) = $48,000,000 Amount raised = $48,000,000 / (1 – .0607) Amount raised = $51,102,662
If the company uses 60 percent internally generated equity, the flotation cost is:
f
T
= (.5714)(.08)(1 – .60) + (.4286)(.035) f
T
= .0333, or 3.33%
And the initial cash flow will be:
Amount raised(1 – .0332) = $48,000,000 Amount raised = $48,000,000 / (1 – .0333) Amount raised = $49,652,726
If the company uses 100 percent internally generated equity, the flotation cost is:
f
T
= (.5714)(.08)(1 – 1) + (.4286)(.035) f
T
= .0150, or 1.50%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 298
And the initial cash flow will be:
Amount raised(1 – .0150) = $48,000,000 Amount raised = $48,000,000 / (1 – .0150) Amount raised = $48,730,964
30.
The $3.9 million cost of the land three years ago is a sunk cost and irrelevant; the $4.4 million
appraised value of the land is an opportunity cost and is relevant. The $4.8 million land value in five
years is a relevant cash flow as well. The fact that the company is keeping the land rather than
selling it is unimportant. The land is an opportunity cost in five years and is a relevant cash flow for
this project. The market value capitalization weights are:
MV
D
= 210,000($1,000)(1.08) = $226,800,000 MV
E
= 8,300,000($68) = $564,400,000
MV
P
= 450,000($81) = $36,450,000 The total market value of the company is:
V
= $226,800,000 + 564,400,000 + 36,450,000 V = $827,650,000
Next we need to find the cost of funds. We have the information available to calculate the cost of
equity using the CAPM, so:
R
E
= .035 + 1.10(.07) R
E
= .1120, or 11.20%
The cost of debt is the YTM of the company’s outstanding bonds, so:
P
0
= $1,080 = $32(PVIFA
R
%,50
) + $1,000(PVIF
R
%,50
) R
= 2.895% YTM = 2.895% × 2 = 5.79%
And the aftertax cost of debt is:
R
D
= (1 – .35)(.0579) R
D
= .0376, or 3.76%
The cost of preferred stock is:
R
P
= $4.50 / $81 R
P
= .0556, or 5.56%
a.
The weighted average flotation cost is the sum of the weight of each source of funds in the
capital structure of the company times the flotation costs, so:
f
T
= ($564.4 / $827.65)(.08) + ($36.45 / $827.65)(.06) + ($226.8 / $827.65)(.04) f
T
= .0682, or 6.82%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
299 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The initial cash outflow for the project needs to be adjusted for the flotation costs. To account
for the flotation costs:
Amount raised(1 – .0682) = $37,000,000 Amount raised = $37,000,000 / (1 – .0682) Amount raised = $39,706,304
So the cash flow at time zero will be:
CF
0
= –$4,400,000 – 39,706,304 – 1,300,000 CF
0
= –$45,406,304
There is an important caveat to this solution. This solution assumes that the increase in net
working capital does not require the company to raise outside funds; therefore the flotation
costs are not included. However, this is an assumption and the company could need to raise
outside funds for the NWC. If this is true, the initial cash outlay includes these flotation costs,
so: Total cost of NWC including flotation costs:
$1,300,000 / (1 – .0682) = $1,395,086
This would make the total initial cash flow:
CF
0
= –$4,400,000 – 39,706,304 – 1,395,086 CF
0
= –$45,501,390 b.
To find the required return on this project, we first need to calculate the WACC for the
company. The company’s WACC is:
WACC = [(($564.4 / $827.65)(.1120) + ($36.45 / $827.65)(.0556) + ($226.8 / $827.65)(.0376)]
WACC = .0891, or 8.91%
The company wants to use the subjective approach to this project because it is located overseas.
The adjustment factor is 2 percent, so the required return on this project is:
Project required return = .0891 + .02 Project required return = .1091, or 10.91%
c.
The annual depreciation for the equipment will be:
$37,000,000 / 8 = $4,625,000
So, the book value of the equipment at the end of five years will be:
BV
5
= $37,000,000 – 5($4,625,000) BV
5
= $13,875,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 14 - 300
So, the aftertax salvage value will be:
Aftertax salvage value = $5,100,000 + .35($13,875,000 – 5,100,000) Aftertax salvage value = $8,171,250
d.
Using the tax shield approach, the OCF for this project is:
OCF = [(
P
– v
)
Q
– FC](1 – T
C
) + T
C
D
OCF = [($11,450 – 9,500)(15,300) – 6,700,000](1 – .35) + .35($37,000,000 / 8) OCF = $16,656,500
e.
The accounting breakeven sales figure for this project is:
Q
A
= (FC + D
) / (
P
– v
) Q
A
= ($6,700,000 + 4,652,000) / ($11,450 – 9,500) Q
A
= 5,808 units
f.
We have calculated all cash flows of the project. We just need to make sure that in Year 5 we
add back the aftertax salvage value and the recovery of the initial NWC. The cash flows for the
project are:
Year
Cash Flow
0
–$45,406,304
1
16,656,500
2
16,656,500
3
16,656,500
4
16,656,500
5
30,927,750
Using the required return of 10.91 percent, the NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$45,406,304 + $16,656,500(PVIFA
10.91%,4
) + $30,927,750 / 1.1091
5
NPV = $24,790,606.10
And the IRR is:
NPV = 0 = –$45,406,304 + $16,656,500(PVIFA
IRR%,4
) + $30,927,750 / (1 + IRR)
5
IRR = 28.94%
If the initial NWC is assumed to be financed from outside sources, the cash flows are:
Year
Cash Flow
0
–$45,501,390
1
16,656,500
2
16,656,500
3
16,656,500
4
16,656,500
5
30,927,750
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
301 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
With this assumption, and the required return of 10.91 percent, the NPV of the project is:
NPV = –$45,501,390 + $16,656,500(PVIFA
10.91%,4
) + $30,927,750 / 1.1091
5
NPV = $24,695,519.75
And the IRR is:
NPV = 0 = –$45,501,390 + $16,656,500(PVIFA
IRR%,4
) + $30,927,750/(1 + IRR)
5
IRR = 28.85%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 15
RAISING CAPITAL
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
A company’s internally generated cash flow provides a source of equity financing. For a profitable
company, outside equity may never be needed. Debt issues are larger because large companies have
the greatest access to public debt markets (small companies tend to borrow more from private
lenders). Equity issuers are frequently small companies going public; such issues are often quite
small.
2.
From the previous question, economies of scale are part of the answer. Beyond this, debt issues are
simply easier and less risky to sell from an investment bank’s perspective. The two main reasons are
that very large amounts of debt securities can be sold to a relatively small number of buyers,
particularly large institutional buyers such as pension funds and insurance companies, and debt
securities are much easier to price.
3.
They are riskier and harder to market from an investment bank’s perspective.
4.
Yields on comparable bonds can usually be readily observed, so pricing a bond issue accurately is
much less difficult.
5.
It is clear that the stock was sold too cheaply, so Zipcar had reason to be unhappy.
6.
No, but in fairness, pricing the stock in such a situation is extremely difficult.
7.
It’s an important factor. Only 9.68 million of the shares were underpriced. The other 30 million
were, in effect, priced completely correctly. 8.
The evidence suggests that a nonunderwritten rights offering might be substantially cheaper than a
cash offer. However, such offerings are rare, and there may be hidden costs or other factors not yet
identified or well understood by researchers.
9.
He could have done worse since his access to the oversubscribed and, presumably, underpriced
issues was restricted while the bulk of his funds were allocated to stocks from the undersubscribed
and, quite possibly, overpriced issues.
10.
a.
The price will probably go up because IPOs are generally underpriced. This is especially true
for smaller issues such as this one.
b.
It is probably safe to assume that they are having trouble moving the issue, and it is likely that
the issue is not substantially underpriced.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
303 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
a.
The new market value will be the current shares outstanding times the stock price plus the
rights offered times the rights price, so:
New market value = 350,000($64) + 50,000($58) New market value = $25,300,000
b
.
The number of rights associated with the old shares is the number of shares outstanding divided
by the shares offered, so:
Number of rights needed = 350,000 old shares / 50,000 new shares Number of rights needed = 7 rights per new share
c
.
The new price of the stock will be the new market value of the company divided by the total
number of shares outstanding after the rights offer, which will be:
P
X
= $25,300,000 / (350,000 + 50,000) P
X
= $63.25
d.
The value of the right is:
Value of a right = $64 – 63.25 Value of a right = $.75
e
.
A rights offering usually costs less; it protects the proportionate interests of existing share-
holders and also protects against underpricing.
2.
a.
The maximum subscription price is the current stock price, or $52. The minimum price is
anything greater than $0.
b.
The number of new shares will be the amount raised divided by the subscription price, so:
Number of new shares = $30,000,000 / $46 Number of new shares = 652,174 shares
And the number of rights needed to buy one share will be the current shares outstanding
divided by the number of new shares offered, so:
Number of rights needed = 3,900,000 shares outstanding / 652,174 new shares Number of rights needed = 5.98
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 15 - 304
c
.
A shareholder can buy 5.98 rights-on shares for:
5.98($52) = $310.96
The shareholder can exercise these rights for $46, at a total cost of:
$310.96 + 46 = $356.96
The investor will then have:
Ex-rights shares = 1 + 5.98
Ex-rights shares = 6.98 The ex-rights price per share is: P
X
= [5.98($52) + $46] / 6.98 P
X
= $51.14 So, the value of a right is:
Value of a right = $52 – 51.14 Value of a right = $.86
d
.
Before the offer, a shareholder will have the shares owned at the current market price, or:
Portfolio value = (1,000 shares)($52) Portfolio value = $52,000
After the rights offer, the share price will fall, but the shareholder will also hold the rights, so:
Portfolio value = (1,000 shares)($51.14) + (1,000 rights)($.86) Portfolio value = $52,000
3.
Using the equation we derived in Problem 2, part c
to calculate the price of the stock ex-rights, we
can find the number of shares a shareholder will have ex-rights, which is:
P
X
= $49.30 = [
N
($51) + $35] / (
N
+ 1) N
= 8.412
The number of new shares is the amount raised divided by the per-share subscription price, so:
Number of new shares = $17,000,000 / $35 Number of new shares = 485,714 And the number of old shares is the number of new shares times the number of rights per share, so:
Number of old shares = 8.412(485,714) Number of old shares = 4,085,714
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
305 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
4.
If you receive 1,000 shares of each, the profit is:
Profit = 1,000($11) – 1,000($3) Profit = $8,000
Since you will only receive one-half of the shares of the oversubscribed issue, your profit will be:
Expected profit = 500($11) – 1,000($3) Expected profit = $2,500 This is an example of the winner’s curse.
5.
Using X
to stand for the required sale proceeds, the equation to calculate the total sale proceeds,
including flotation costs is:
X
(1 – .07) = $75,000,000 X
= $80,645,161 required total proceeds from sale.
So the number of shares offered is the total amount raised divided by the offer price, which is:
Number of shares offered = $80,645,161 / $19 Number of shares offered = 4,244,482
6.
This is the same as the previous problem, except we need to include the $900,000 of expenses in the
amount the company needs to raise, so: X
(1 – .07) = $75,000,000 + 900,000 X
= $81,612,903 required total proceeds from sale.
Number of shares offered = $81,612,903 / $19 Number of shares offered = 4,295,416
7.
We need to calculate the net amount raised and the costs associated with the offer. The net amount
raised is the number of shares offered times the price received by the company, minus the costs
associated with the offer, so:
Net amount raised = (20,000,000 shares)($23.25) – 950,000 – 320,000 Net amount raised = $463,730,000
The company received $463,730,000 from the stock offering. Now we can calculate the direct costs.
Part of the direct costs are given in the problem, but the company also had to pay the underwriters.
The stock was offered at $25 per share, and the company received $23.25 per share. The difference,
which is the underwriters spread, is also a direct cost. The total direct costs were:
Total direct costs = $950,000 + ($25 – 23.25)(20,000,000 shares) Total direct costs = $35,950,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 15 - 306
We are given part of the indirect costs in the problem. Another indirect cost is the immediate price
appreciation. The total indirect costs were: Total indirect costs = $320,000 + ($29.32 – 25)(20,000,000 shares) Total indirect costs = $86,720,000
This makes the total costs:
Total costs = $35,950,000 + 86,720,000 Total costs = $122,670,000
The flotation costs as a percentage of the amount raised is the total cost divided by the amount
raised, so:
Flotation cost percentage = $122,670,000 / $463,730,000 Flotation costs = .2645, or 26.45%
8.
The number of rights needed per new share is:
Number of rights needed = 195,000 old shares / 30,000 new shares Number of rights needed = 6.50 rights per new share.
Using P
RO
as the rights-on price, and P
S
as the subscription price, we can express the price per share
of the stock ex-rights as:
P
X
= [
NP
RO
+ P
S
] / (
N
+ 1)
a.
P
X
= [6.50($73) + $73] / (6.50 + 1) = $73.00; No change.
b
.
P
X
= [6.50($73) + $69] / (6.50 + 1) = $72.47; Price drops by $.53 per share.
c
.
P
X
= [6.50($73) + $60] / (6.50 + 1) = $71.27; Price drops by $1.73 per share.
Intermediate
9.
a.
The number of shares outstanding after the stock offer will be the current shares outstanding,
plus the amount raised divided by the current stock price, assuming the stock price doesn’t
change. So:
Number of shares after offering = 5,000,000 + $45,000,000 / $29 Number of shares after offering = 6,551,724
Since the book value per share is $7, the old book value of the shares is the current number of
shares outstanding times 7. We can see the company will sell 1,551,724 shares, and these will
have a book value of $29 per share. The sum of these two values will give us the total book
value of the company. If we divide this by the new number of shares outstanding. So, the new
book value per share will be:
New book value per share = [5,000,000($7) + 1,551,724($29)] / 6,551,724 New book value per share = $12.21
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
307 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The current EPS for the company is:
EPS
0
= NI
0 / Shares
0
EPS
0
= $3,200,000 / 5,000,000 shares EPS
0
= $.64 per share
And the current P/E is:
P/E
0
= $29 / $.64 P/E
0
= 45.31 times
If the net income increases by $900,000, the new EPS will be:
EPS
1
= NI
1 / shares
1
EPS
1
= $4,100,000 / 6,551,724 shares EPS
1
= $.63 per share
Assuming the P/E remains constant, the new share price will be:
P
1
= (P/E)
0
(EPS
1
) P
1
= 45.31($.63) P
1
= $28.36
The current market-to-book ratio is:
Current market-to-book = $29 / $7 Current market-to-book = 4.4129 Using the new share price and book value per share, the new market-to-book ratio will be:
New market-to-book = $28.36 / $12.21 New market-to-book = 2.3223
Market value dilution has occurred because the firm financed a negative NPV project. The cost
of the project is given at $45 million. The NPV of the project is the cost of the new project plus
the new market value of the firm minus the current market value of the firm, or: NPV = –$45,000,000 + [6,551,724($28.36) – 5,000,000($29)] NPV = –$4,218,750
b
.
For the price to remain unchanged when the P/E ratio is constant, EPS must remain constant.
The new net income must be the new number of shares outstanding times the current EPS,
which gives:
NI
1
= (6,551,724 shares)($.64 per share) NI
1
= $4,193,103
10.
The total equity of the company is total assets minus total liabilities, or:
Equity = $8,000,000 – 3,400,000
Equity = $4,600,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 15 - 308
So, the current ROE of the company is:
ROE
0
= NI
0
/TE
0
ROE
0
= $900,000 / $4,600,000 ROE
0
= .1957, or 19.57%
The new net income will be the ROE times the new total equity, or:
NI
1
= (ROE
0
)(TE
1
) NI
1
= .1957($4,600,000 + 850,000) NI
1
= $1,066,304
The company’s current earnings per share are:
EPS
0
= NI
0
/ Shares outstanding
0
EPS
0
= $900,000 / 30,000 shares EPS
0
= $30.00 The number of shares the company will offer is the cost of the investment divided by the current
share price, so:
Number of new shares = $850,000 / $84 Number of new share = 10,119
The earnings per share after the stock offer will be:
EPS
1
= $1,066,304 / 40,119 shares EPS
1
= $26.58 The current P/E ratio is: (P/E)
0
= $84 / $30 (P/E)
0
= 2.800
Assuming the P/E remains constant, the new stock price will be:
P
1
= 2.800($26.58) P
1
= $74.42
The current book value per share and the new book value per share are:
BVPS
0
= TE
0
/ shares
0
BVPS
0
= $4,600,000 / 30,000 shares BVPS
0
= $153.33 per share
BVPS
1
= TE
1
/shares
1
BVPS
1
= ($4,600,000 + 850,000) / 40,119 shares BVPS
1
= $135.85 per share
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
309 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So the current and new market-to-book ratios are:
Market-to-book
0
= $84 / $153.33 Market-to-book
0
= .5478
Market-to-book
1
= $74.42 / $135.85 Market-to-book
1
= .5478
The NPV of the project is the cost of the project plus the new market value of the firm minus the
current market value of the firm, or:
NPV = –$850,000 + [$74.42(40,119) – $84(30,000)] NPV = –$384,348
Accounting dilution takes place here because the market-to-book ratio is less than one. Market value
dilution has occurred since the firm is investing in a negative NPV project.
11.
Using the P/E ratio to find the necessary EPS after the stock issue, we get:
P
1
= $84 = 2.800(EPS
1
) EPS
1
= $30.00
The additional net income level must be the EPS times the new shares outstanding, so: Net income = $30.00(10,119 shares) Net income = $303,571
And the new ROE is:
ROE
1
= $303,571 / $850,000 ROE
1
= .3571, or 35.71%
Next, we need to find the NPV of the project. The NPV of the project is the cost of the project plus
the new market value of the firm minus the current market value of the firm, or:
NPV = –$850,000 + [$84(40,119) – $84(30,000)] = $0
Accounting dilution still takes place, as BVPS still falls from $153.33 to $135.85, but no market
dilution takes place because the firm is investing in a zero NPV project.
12.
The number of new shares is the amount raised divided by the subscription price, so:
Number of new shares = $65,000,000 / $
P
S
And the ex-rights number of shares (
N
) is equal to:
N
= Old shares outstanding/New shares outstanding N
= 27,000,000 / ($65,000,000 / $
P
S
) N
= .415
P
S
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 15 - 310
We know the equation for the ex-rights stock price is:
P
X
= [
NP
RO
+ P
S
] / (
N
+ 1)
We can substitute in the numbers we are given, and then substitute the two previous results. Doing
so, and solving for the subscription price, we get: P
X
= $74 = [
N
($79) + $
P
S
] / (
N
+ 1) $74 = [$79(.415
P
S
) + P
S
] / (.415
P
S
+ 1) $74 = $32.82
P
S
/ (1 + .415
P
S
) P
S
= $24.05
13.
Using P
RO
as the rights-on price, and P
S
as the subscription price, we can express the price per share
of the stock ex-rights as:
P
X
= [
NP
RO
+ P
S
]/(
N
+ 1)
And the equation for the value of a right is: Value of a right = P
RO
– P
X
Substituting the ex-rights price equation into the equation for the value of a right and rearranging, we
get:
Value of a right = P
RO
– {[
NP
RO
+ P
S
]/(
N + 1)} Value of a right = [(
N
+ 1)
P
RO
– NP
RO
– P
S
]/(
N + 1) Value of a right = [
P
RO
– P
S
]/(
N
+ 1)
14.
The net proceeds to the company on a per share basis is the subscription price times one minus the
underwriter spread, so:
Net proceeds to the company = $20(1 – .06) Net proceeds to the company = $18.80 per share
So, to raise the required funds, the company must sell:
New shares offered = $5,500,000 / $18.80 New shares offered = 292,553
The number of rights needed per share is the current number of shares outstanding divided by the
new shares offered, or:
Number of rights needed = 580,000 old shares / 292,553 new shares
Number of rights needed = 1.98 rights per share
The ex-rights stock price will be:
P
X
= [
NP
RO
+ P
S
] / (
N
+ 1)
P
X
= [1.98($45) + 20] / (1.98 + 1) P
X
= $36.62
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
311 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, the value of a right is:
Value of a right = $45 – 36.62 Value of a right = $8.38
And your proceeds from selling your rights will be:
Proceeds from selling rights = 5,000($8.38) Proceeds from selling rights = $41,910.51
15.
Using the equation for valuing a stock ex-rights, we find:
P
X
= [
NP
RO
+ P
S
] / (
N
+ 1)
P
X
= [4($60) + $35] / (4 + 1) P
X
= $55
The stock is incorrectly priced. Calculating the value of a right using the actual stock price, we find:
Value of a right = P
RO
– P
X
Value of a right = $60 – 53 Value of a right = $7 So, the rights are underpriced. You can create an immediate profit on the ex-rights day if the stock is
selling for $53 and the rights are selling for $3 by executing the following transactions:
Buy four rights in the market for 4($3) = $12. Use these rights to purchase a new share at the
subscription price of $35. Immediately sell this share in the market for $53, creating an instant $6
profit.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16
FINANCIAL LEVERAGE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE POLICY
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Business risk is the equity risk arising from the nature of the firm’s operating activity and is directly
related to the systematic risk of the firm’s assets. Financial risk is the equity risk that is due entirely
to the firm’s chosen capital structure. As financial leverage, or the use of debt financing, increases,
so does financial risk and, hence, the overall risk of the equity. Thus, Firm B could have a higher
cost of equity if it uses greater leverage.
2.
No, it doesn’t follow. While it is true that the equity and debt costs are rising, the key thing to
remember is that the cost of debt is still less than the cost of equity. Since we are using more and
more debt, the WACC does not necessarily rise.
3.
Because many relevant factors such as bankruptcy costs, tax asymmetries, and agency costs cannot
easily be identified or quantified, it’s practically impossible to determine the precise debt-equity
ratio that maximizes the value of the firm. However, if the firm’s cost of new debt suddenly becomes
much more expensive, it’s probably true that the firm is too highly leveraged.
4.
The more capital intensive industries, such as airlines, cable television, and electric utilities, tend to
use greater financial leverage. Also, industries with less predictable future earnings, such as
computers or drugs, tend to use less financial leverage. Such industries also have a higher
concentration of growth and startup firms. Overall, the general tendency is for firms with
identifiable, tangible assets and relatively more predictable future earnings to use more debt
financing. These are typically the firms with the greatest need for external financing and the greatest
likelihood of benefiting from the interest tax shelter.
5.
It’s called leverage (or “gearing” in the UK) because it magnifies gains or losses.
6.
Homemade leverage refers to the use of borrowing on the personal level as opposed to the corporate
level. 7.
One answer is that the right to file for bankruptcy is a valuable asset, and the financial manager acts
in shareholders’ best interest by managing this asset in ways that maximize its value. To the extent
that a bankruptcy filing prevents “a race to the courthouse steps,” it would seem to be a reasonable
use of the process. 8.
As in the previous question, it could be argued that using bankruptcy laws as a sword may simply be
the best use of the asset. Creditors are aware at the time a loan is made of the possibility of
bankruptcy, and the interest charged incorporates it.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
313 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
9.
One side is that Continental was going to go bankrupt because its costs made it uncompetitive. The
bankruptcy filing enabled Continental to restructure and keep flying. The other side is that
Continental abused the bankruptcy code. Rather than renegotiate labor agreements, Continental
simply abrogated them to the detriment of its employees. In this question, as well as the last several,
an important thing to keep in mind is that the bankruptcy code is a creation of law, not economics. A
strong argument can always be made that making the best use of the bankruptcy code is no different
from, for example, minimizing taxes by making the best use of the tax code. Indeed, a strong case
can be made that it is the financial manager’s duty to do so. As the case of Continental illustrates, the
code can be changed if socially undesirable outcomes are a problem.
10.
The
basic
goal
is
to
minimize
the
value
of
nonmarketed
claims.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
a.
A table outlining the income statement for the three possible states of the economy is shown
below. The EPS is the net income divided by the 5,500 shares outstanding. The last row shows
the percentage change in EPS the company will experience in a recession or an expansion
economy.
Recession
Normal
Expansion
EBIT
$13,650
$21,000
$26,250
Interest
0
0
0
NI
$13,650
$21,000
$26,250
EPS
$ 2.48
$ 3.82
$ 4.77
%
EPS
–35
–––
+25
b.
If the company undergoes the proposed recapitalization, it will repurchase:
Share price = Equity / Shares outstanding
Share price = $165,000 / 5,500
Share price = $30
Shares repurchased = Debt issued / Share price
Shares repurchased = $60,000 / $30 Shares repurchased = 2,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 314
The interest payment each year under all three scenarios will be:
Interest payment = $60,000(.07) = $4,200
The last row shows the percentage change in EPS the company will experience in a recession
or an expansion economy under the proposed recapitalization.
Recession
Normal
Expansion
EBIT
$13,650
$21,000
$26,250
Interest
4,200
4,200
4,200
NI
$ 9,450
$16,800
$22,050
EPS
$2.70
$ 4.80
$6.30
%
EPS
–43.75
–––
+31.25
2.
a.
A table outlining the income statement with taxes for the three possible states of the economy is
shown below. The share price is still $30, and there are still 5,500 shares outstanding. The last
row shows the percentage change in EPS the company will experience in a recession or an
expansion economy.
Recession
Normal
Expansion
EBIT
$13,650
$21,000
$26,250
Interest
0
0
0
Taxes
4,778
7,350
9,188
NI
$ 8,873
$13,650
$17,063
EPS
$1.61
$2.48
$3.10
%
EPS
–35
–––
+25
b.
A table outlining the income statement with taxes for the three possible states of the economy
and assuming the company undertakes the proposed capitalization is shown below. The interest
payment and shares repurchased are the same as in part b
of Problem 1. Recession
Normal
Expansion
EBIT
$13,650
$21,000
$26,250
Interest
4,200
4,200
4,200
Taxes
3,308
5,880
7,718
NI
$6,143
$10,920
$14,333
EPS
$1.76
$3.12
$4.10
%
EPS
–43.75
–––
+31.25
Notice that the percentage change in EPS is the same both with and without taxes.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
315 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
3.
a.
Since the company has a market-to-book ratio of 1.0, the total equity of the firm is equal to the
market value of equity. Using the equation for ROE:
ROE = NI / $165,000
The ROE for each state of the economy under the current capital structure and no taxes is:
Recession
Normal
Expansion
ROE
.0827
.1273
.1591
%
ROE
–35
–––
+25
The second row shows the percentage change in ROE from the normal economy.
b.
If the company undertakes the proposed recapitalization, the new equity value will be:
Equity = $165,000 – 60,000 Equity = $105,000 So, the ROE for each state of the economy is:
ROE = NI / $105,000
Recession
Normal
Expansion
ROE
.0900
.1600
.2100
%
ROE
–43.75
–––
+31.25
c.
If there are corporate taxes and the company maintains its current capital structure, the ROE is:
ROE
.0538
.0827
.1034
%
ROE
–35
–––
+25
If the company undertakes the proposed recapitalization, and there are corporate taxes, the ROE
for each state of the economy is:
ROE
.0585
.1040
.1365
%
ROE
–43.75
–––
+31.25
Notice that the percentage change in ROE is the same as the percentage change in EPS. The
percentage change in ROE is also the same with or without taxes.
4.
a.
Under Plan I, the unlevered company, net income is the same as EBIT with no corporate tax.
The EPS under this capitalization will be:
EPS = $400,000 / 195,000 shares EPS = $2.05
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 316
Under Plan II, the levered company, EBIT will be reduced by the interest payment. The interest
payment is the amount of debt times the interest rate, so:
NI = $400,000 – .08($1,787,500) NI = $257,000
And the EPS will be:
EPS = $257,000 / 140,000 shares EPS = $1.84
Plan I has the higher EPS when EBIT is $400,000.
b.
Under Plan I, the net income is $600,000 and the EPS is: EPS = $600,000 / 195,000 shares EPS = $3.08
Under Plan II, the net income is:
NI = $600,000 – .08($1,787,500) NI = $457,000
And the EPS is:
EPS = $457,000 / 140,000 shares EPS = $3.26
Plan II has the higher EPS when EBIT is $600,000.
c.
To find the breakeven EBIT for two different capital structures, we simply set the equations for
EPS equal to each other and solve for EBIT. The breakeven EBIT is:
EBIT / 195,000 = [EBIT – .08($1,787,500)] / 140,000 EBIT = $507,000 5.
We can find the price per share by dividing the amount of debt used to repurchase shares by the
number of shares repurchased. Doing so, we find the share price is:
Share price = $1,787,500 / (195,000 – 140,000) Share price = $32.50 per share
The value of the company under the all-equity plan is:
V
= $32.50(195,000 shares) = $6,337,500
And the value of the company under the levered plan is:
V
= $32.50(140,000 shares) + $1,787,500 debt = $6,337,500
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
317 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
6.
a.
The income statement for each capitalization plan is:
I
II
All-equity
EBIT
$56,000
$56,000
$56,000
Interest
13,050
24,360
0
NI
$42,950
$31,640
$56,000
EPS
$ 3.30
$ 3.04
$ 3.50
The all-equity plan has the highest EPS; Plan II has the lowest EPS.
b.
The breakeven level of EBIT occurs when the capitalization plans result in the same EPS. The
EPS is calculated as:
EPS = (EBIT – R
D
D
) / Shares outstanding
This equation calculates the interest payment (
R
D
D
) and subtracts it from the EBIT, which
results in the net income. Dividing by the shares outstanding gives us the EPS. For the all-
equity capital structure, the interest term is zero. To find the breakeven EBIT for two different
capital structures, we simply set the equations equal to each other and solve for EBIT. The
breakeven EBIT between the all-equity capital structure and Plan I is: EBIT / 16,000 = [EBIT – .10($130,500)] / 13,000 EBIT = $69,600
And the breakeven EBIT between the all-equity capital structure and Plan II is:
EBIT / 16,000 = [EBIT – .10($243,600)] / 10,400 EBIT = $69,600
The break-even levels of EBIT are the same because of M&M Proposition I.
c.
Setting the equations for EPS from Plan I and Plan II equal to each other and solving for EBIT,
we get:
[EBIT – .10($130,500)] / 13,000 = [EBIT – .10($243,600)] / 10,400 EBIT = $69,600
This break-even level of EBIT is the same as in part b
again because of M&M Proposition I.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 318
d.
The income statement for each capitalization plan with corporate income taxes is:
I
II
All-equity
EBIT
$56,000
$56,000
$56,000
Interest
13,050
24,360
0
Taxes
17,180
12,656
22,400
NI $ 25,770
$18,984
$ 33,600
EPS
$ 1.98
$ 1.83
$ 2.10
The all-equity plan still has the highest EPS; Plan II still has the lowest EPS.
We can calculate the EPS as:
EPS = [(EBIT – R
D
D
)(1 – T
C
)] / Shares outstanding This is similar to the equation we used before, except now we need to account for taxes. Again,
the interest expense term is zero in the all-equity capital structure. So, the breakeven EBIT
between the all-equity plan and Plan I is:
EBIT(1 – .40) / 16,000 = [EBIT – .10($130,500)](1 – .40) / 13,000 EBIT = $69,600
The break-even EBIT between the all-equity plan and Plan II is:
EBIT(1 – .40) / 16,000 = [EBIT – .10($243,600)](1 – .40) / 10,400 EBIT = $69,600
And the breakeven between Plan I and Plan II is:
[EBIT – .10($130,500)](1 –
.40) / 13,000 = [EBIT – .10($243,600)](1 – .40) / 10,400 EBIT = $69,600
The break-even levels of EBIT do not change because the addition of taxes reduces the income
of all three plans by the same percentage; therefore, they do not change relative to one another.
7.
To find the value per share of the stock under each capitalization plan, we can calculate the price as
the value of shares repurchased divided by the number of shares repurchased. So, under Plan I, the
value per share is: P
= $130,500 / (16,000 – 13,000 shares) P
= $43.50 per share And under Plan II, the value per share is:
P
= $243,600 / (16,000 – 10,400 shares) P
= $43.50 per share
This shows that when there are no corporate taxes, the stockholder does not care about the capital
structure decision of the firm. This is M&M Proposition I without taxes.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
319 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
8.
a.
The earnings per share are:
EPS = $29,000 / 6,500 shares EPS = $4.46 So, the cash flow for the investor is:
Cash flow = $4.46(100 shares) Cash flow = $446.15
b.
To determine the cash flow to the shareholder, we need to determine the EPS of the firm under
the proposed capital structure. The market value of the firm is:
V
= $45(6,500) V
= $292,500 Under the proposed capital structure, the firm will raise new debt in the amount of:
D
= .30($292,500) D
= $87,750
This means the number of shares repurchased will be:
Shares repurchased = $87,750 / $45 Shares repurchased = 1,950
Under the new capital structure, the company will have to make an interest payment on the new
debt. The net income with the interest payment will be: NI = $29,000 – .08($87,750) NI = $21,980
This means the EPS under the new capital structure will be:
EPS = $21,980 / (6,500 – 1,950) shares EPS = $4.83
Since all earnings are paid as dividends, the shareholder will receive:
Shareholder cash flow = $4.83(100 shares) Shareholder cash flow = $483.08
c.
To replicate the proposed capital structure, the shareholder should sell 30 percent of their
shares, or 30 shares, and lend the proceeds at 8 percent. The shareholder will have an interest
cash flow of:
Interest cash flow = 30($45)(.08) Interest cash flow = $108
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 320
The shareholder will receive dividend payments on the remaining 70 shares, so the dividends
received will be:
Dividends received = $4.83(70 shares) Dividends received = $338.15
The total cash flow for the shareholder under these assumptions will be:
Total cash flow = $108 + 338.15 Total cash flow = $446.15
This is the same cash flow we calculated in part a
.
d.
The capital structure is irrelevant because shareholders can create their own leverage or unlever
the stock to create the payoff they desire, regardless of the capital structure the firm actually
chooses.
9.
a.
The rate of return earned will be the dividend yield. The company has debt, so it must make an
interest payment. The net income for the company is:
NI = $87,000 – .08($390,000) NI = $55,800 The investor will receive dividends in proportion to the percentage of the company’s shares
they own. The total dividends received by the shareholder will be:
Dividends received = $55,800($48,750 / $390,000) Dividends received = $6,975
So the return the shareholder expects is:
R
= $6,975 / $48,750 R
= .1431, or 14.31%
b.
To generate exactly the same cash flows in the other company, the shareholder needs to match
the capital structure of ABC. The shareholder should sell all shares in XYZ. This will net
$48,750. The shareholder should then borrow $48,750. This will create an interest cash flow of:
Interest cash flow = .08(–$48,750) Interest cash flow = –$3,900
The investor should then use the proceeds of the stock sale and the loan to buy shares in ABC.
The investor will receive dividends in proportion to the percentage of the company’s shares
they own. The total dividends received by the shareholder will be:
Dividends received = $87,000[($48,750 + 48,750) / $780,000] Dividends received = $10,875
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
321 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The total cash flow for the shareholder will be:
Total cash flow = $10,875 – 3,900
Total cash flow = $6,975
The shareholder’s return in this case will be:
R
= $6,975 / $48,750 R
= .1431, or 14.31%
c.
ABC is an all equity company, so:
R
E
= R
A
= $87,000 / $780,000
R
E
= .1115, or 11.15%
To find the cost of equity for XYZ we need to use M&M Proposition II, so:
R
E
= R
A
+ (
R
A
–
R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)
R
E
= .1115 + (.1115 – .08)(1)(1) R
E
= .1431, or 14.31%
d.
To find the WACC for each company we need to use the WACC equation:
WACC = (
E/V
)
R
E
+ (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
)
So, for ABC, the WACC is:
WACC = (1)(.1115) + (0)(.08) WACC = .1115, or 11.15% And for XYZ, the WACC is:
WACC = (1/2)(.1431) + (1/2)(.08) WACC = .1115, or 11.15%
When there are no corporate taxes, the cost of capital for the firm is unaffected by the capital
structure; this is M&M Proposition II without taxes.
10.
With no taxes, the value of an unlevered firm is the EBIT divided by the unlevered cost of equity, so:
V
= EBIT / WACC $20,400,000 = EBIT / .095
EBIT = .095($20,400,000) EBIT = $1,938,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 322
11.
If there are corporate taxes, the value of an unlevered firm is:
V
U
= EBIT(1 – T
C
) / R
U
Using this relationship, we can find EBIT as:
$20,400,000 = EBIT(1 – .35) / .095
EBIT = $2,981,538.46
The WACC remains at 9.5 percent. Due to taxes, EBIT for an all-equity firm would have to be
higher for the firm to still be worth $20.4 million.
12.
a.
With the information provided, we can use the equation for calculating WACC to find the cost
of equity. The equation for WACC is:
WACC = (
E/V
)
R
E
+ (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
) The company has a debt-equity ratio of 1.5, which implies the weight of debt is 1.5/2.5, and the
weight of equity is 1/2.5, so
WACC = .084 = (1/2.5)
R
E
+ (1.5/2.5)(.059)(1 – .35)
R
E
= .1525, or 15.25%
b.
To find the unlevered cost of equity we need to use M&M Proposition II with taxes, so:
R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
) .1525 = R
U
+ (
R
U
– .059)(1.5)(1 – .35) R
U
= .1063, or 10.63%
c.
To find the cost of equity under different capital structures, we can again use M&M Proposition
II with taxes. With a debt-equity ratio of 2, the cost of equity is:
R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
) R
E
= .1063 + (.1063 – .059)(2)(1 – .35) R
E
= .1679, or 16.79% With a debt-equity ratio of 1.0, the cost of equity is:
R
E
= .1063 + (.1063 – .059)(1)(1 – .35) R
E
= .1371, or 13.71% And with a debt-equity ratio of 0, the cost of equity is:
R
E
= .1063 + (.1063 – .059)(0)(1 – .35) R
E
= R
U
= .1063, or 10.63%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
323 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
13.
a
.
For an all-equity financed company: WACC = R
U
= R
E
= .102 or 10.20%
b.
To find the cost of equity for the company with leverage we need to use M&M Proposition II
with taxes, so:
R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
) R
E
= .102 + (.102 – .064)(.25/.75)(.65) R
E
= .1102, or 11.02%
c.
Using M&M Proposition II with taxes again, we get:
R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
) R
E
= .102 + (.102 – .064)(.50/.50)(1 – .35) R
E
= .1267, or 12.67%
d.
The WACC with 25 percent debt is:
WACC = (
E/V
)
R
E
+ (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
) WACC = .75(.1102) + .25(.064)(1 – .35) WACC = .0931, or 9.31%
And the WACC with 50 percent debt is:
WACC = (
E/V
)
R
E
+ (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
) WACC = .50(.1267) + .50(.064)(1 – .35) WACC = .0842, or 8.42%
14.
a.
The value of the unlevered firm is:
V
U
= EBIT(1 – T
C
) / R
U
V
U
= $83,000(1 – .35) / .13 V
U
= $415,000
b.
The value of the levered firm is:
V
L
= V
U
+ T
C
D
V
L
= $415,000 + .35($125,000) V
L
= $458,750
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 324
15.
We can find the cost of equity using M&M Proposition II with taxes. Doing so, we find:
R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
) R
E
= .13 + (.13 – .08)($125,000 / [($458,750 – 125,000)](1 – .35) R
E
= .1422, or 14.22%
Using this cost of equity, the WACC for the firm after recapitalization is:
WACC = (
E/V
)
R
E
+ (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
) WACC = .1422[($458,750 – 125,000) / $458,750] + .08(1 – .35)($125,000 / $458,750) WACC = .1176, or 11.76%
When there are corporate taxes, the overall cost of capital for the firm declines the more highly
leveraged is the firm’s capital structure. This is M&M Proposition I with taxes.
Intermediate
16.
To find the value of the levered firm we first need to find the value of an unlevered firm. So, the value
of the unlevered firm is:
V
U
= EBIT(1 – T
C
) / R
U
V
U
= ($67,000)(1 – .35) / .1025 V
U
= $424,878.05
Now we can find the value of the levered firm as:
V
L
= V
U + T
C
D
V
L
= $424,878.05 + .35($139,000) V
L
= $473,528.05
Applying M&M Proposition I with taxes, the firm has increased its value by issuing debt. As long as
M&M Proposition I holds, that is, there are no bankruptcy costs and so forth, then the company
should continue to increase its debt/equity ratio to maximize the value of the firm.
17.
a.
With no debt, we are finding the value of an unlevered firm, so:
V
U
= EBIT(1 – T
C
) / R
0
V
U
= $23,500(1 – .35) / .15 V
U
= $101,833.33
b.
The general expression for the value of a leveraged firm is:
V
L
= V
U
+ T
C
D
If debt is 50 percent of V
U
, then D = (.50)
V
U
, and we have:
V
L
= V
U
+ T
[(.50)
V
U
]
V
L
= $101,833.33 + .35(.50)($101,833.33) V
L
= $119,654.17
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
325 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And if debt is 100 percent of V
U
, then D
= (1.0) V
U
, and we have:
V
L
= V
U + T
C
[(1.0)
V
U
]
V
L
= $101,833.33 + .35(1.0)($101,833.33)
V
L
= $137,475.00
c.
According to M&M Proposition I with taxes:
V
L
= V
U
+ T
C
D
With debt being 50 percent of the value of the levered firm, D must equal (.50)
V
L
, so:
V
L
= V
U
+ T
C
[(.50)
V
L
]
V
L
= $101,833.33 + .35(.50)(
V
L
)
V
L
= $123,434.34
If the debt is 100 percent of the levered value, D
must equal V
L
, so:
V
L
= V
U
+ T
C
[(1.0)(
V
L
]
V
L
= $101,833.33 + .35(1.0)(
V
L
)
V
L = $156,666.67
18.
a.
To purchase 5 percent of Knight’s equity, the investor would need:
Knight investment = .05($1,850,000) = $92,500
And to purchase 5 percent of Day without borrowing would require:
Day investment = .05($2,900,000) = $145,000
In order to compare dollar returns, the initial net cost of both positions should be the same.
Therefore, the investor will need to borrow the difference between the two amounts, or:
Amount to borrow = $145,000 – 92,500 = $52,500 An investor who owns 5 percent of Knight’s equity will be entitled to 5 percent of the firm’s
earnings available to common stock holders at the end of each year. While Knight’s expected
operating income is $400,000, it must pay $72,000 to debt holders before distributing any of its
earnings to stockholders. So, the amount available to this shareholder will be:
Cash flow from Knight to shareholder = .05($400,000 – 72,000) = $16,400
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 16 - 326
Day will distribute all of its earnings to shareholders, so the shareholder will receive:
Cash flow from Day to shareholder = .05($400,000) = $20,000
However, to have the same initial cost, the investor has borrowed $52,500 to invest in Day, so
interest must be paid on the borrowings. The net cash flow from the investment in Day will be:
Net cash flow from Day investment = $20,000 – .06($52,500) = $16,850
For the same initial cost, the investment in Day produces a higher dollar return. b.
Both of the two strategies have the same initial cost. Since the dollar return to the investment in
Day is higher, all investors will choose to invest in Day over Knight. The process of investors
purchasing Day’s equity rather than Knight’s will cause the market value of Day’s equity to
rise and the market value of Knight’s equity to fall. Any differences in the dollar returns to the
two strategies will be eliminated, and the process will cease when the total market values of the
two firms are equal. Challenge
19.
M&M Proposition II states:
R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)
And the equation for WACC is:
WACC = (
E/V
)
R
E
+ (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
) Substituting the M&M Proposition II equation into the equation for WACC, we get:
WACC = (
E/V
)[
R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)] + (
D/V
)
R
D
(1 – T
C
) Rearranging and reducing the equation, we get:
WACC = R
U
[(
E/V
) + (
E/V
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)] + R
D
(1 – T
C
)[(
D/V
) – (
E/V
)(
D/E
)]
WACC = R
U
[(
E/V
) + (
D/V
)(1 – T
C
)] WACC = R
U
[{(
E
+
D
)/
V
} – T
C
(
D/V
)] WACC = R
U
[1 – T
C
(
D/V
)]
20.
The return on equity is net income divided by equity. Net income can be expressed as:
NI = (EBIT – R
D
D
)(1 – T
C
)
So, ROE is:
R
E
= (EBIT – R
D
D
)(1 – T
C
)/
E
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
327 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Now we can rearrange and substitute as follows to arrive at M&M Proposition II with taxes:
R
E
= [EBIT(1 – T
C
)/
E
] – [
R
D
(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)]
R
E
= R
U
V
U
/
E
– [
R
D
(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)] R
E
= R
U
(
V
L
– T
C
D
)/
E
– [
R
D
(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)]
R
E
= R
U
(
E
+ D
– T
C
D
)/
E
– [
R
D
(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
)] R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
D
)(
D/E
)(1 – T
C
) 21.
M&M Proposition II, with no taxes is: R
E
= R
U
+ (
R
U
– R
f
)(
D/E
)
Note that we use the risk-free rate as the return on debt. This is an important assumption of M&M
Proposition II. The CAPM to calculate the cost of equity is expressed as: R
E
=
E
(
R
M
– R
f
)
+ R
f
We can rewrite the CAPM to express the return on an unlevered company as:
R
A
=
A
(
R
M
– R
f
)
+ R
f
We can now substitute the CAPM for an unlevered company into M&M Proposition II. Doing so
and rearranging the terms we get:
R
E
=
A
(
R
M
– R
f
) + R
f
+ [
A
(
R
M
– R
f
) + R
f
– R
f
](
D/E
)
R
E
=
A
(
R
M
– R
f
) + R
f
+ [
A
(
R
M
– R
f
)](
D/E
)
R
E
= (1 + D/E
)
A
(
R
M
– R
f
) + R
f
Now we set this equation equal to the CAPM equation to calculate the cost of equity and reduce:
E
(
R
M
– R
f
) + R
f
= (1 + D/E
)
A
(
R
M
– R
f
) + R
f
E
(
R
M
– R
f
) = (1 + D/E
)
A
(
R
M
– R
f
)
E
=
A
(1 + D/E
)
22.
Using the equation we derived in Problem 21:
E
=
A
(1 + D/E
) The equity beta for the respective asset betas is:
Debt-Equity Ratio
Equity Beta
0
1(1 + 0) = 1
1
1(1 + 1) = 2
5
1(1 + 5) = 6
20
1(1 + 20) = 21
The equity risk to the shareholder is composed of both business and financial risk. Even if the assets
of the firm are not very risky, the risk to the shareholder can still be large if the financial leverage is
high. These higher levels of risk will be reflected in the shareholder’s required rate of return R
E
,
which will increase with higher debt/equity ratios.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 17
DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Dividend policy deals with the timing of dividend payments, not the amounts ultimately paid.
Dividend policy is irrelevant when the timing of dividend payments doesn’t affect the present value
of all future dividends.
2.
A stock repurchase reduces equity while leaving debt unchanged. The debt ratio rises. A firm could,
if desired, use excess cash to reduce debt instead. This is a capital structure decision.
3.
Friday, December 29 is the ex-dividend day. Remember not to count January 1 because it is a
holiday, and the exchanges are closed. Anyone who buys the stock before December 29 is entitled to
the dividend, assuming they do not sell it again before December 29.
4.
No, because the money could be better invested in stocks that pay dividends in cash which benefit
the fundholders directly.
5.
The change in price is due to the change in dividends, not due to the change in dividend policy
.
Dividend policy can still be irrelevant without a contradiction.
6.
The stock price dropped because of an expected drop in future dividends. Since the stock price is the
present value of all future dividend payments, if the expected future dividend payments decrease,
then the stock price will decline.
7. The plan will probably have little effect on shareholder wealth. The shareholders can reinvest on
their own, and the shareholders must pay the taxes on the dividends either way. However, the
shareholders who take the option may benefit at the expense of the ones who don’t (because of the
discount). Also as a result of the plan, the firm will be able to raise equity by paying a 10 percent
flotation cost (the discount), which may be a smaller discount than the market flotation costs of a
new issue for some companies.
8.
If these firms just went public, they probably did so because they were growing and needed the
additional capital. Growth firms typically pay very small cash dividends, if they pay a dividend at
all. This is because they have numerous projects available, and they reinvest the earnings in the firm
instead of paying cash dividends.
9.
The stock price drop on the ex-dividend date should be lower. With taxes, stock prices should drop
by the amount of the dividend, less the taxes investors must pay on the dividends. A lower tax rate
lowers the investors’ tax liability.
10.
With a high tax on dividends and a low tax on capital gains, investors, in general, will prefer capital
gains. If the dividend tax rate declines, the attractiveness of dividends increases.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
329 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The aftertax dividend is the pretax dividend times one minus the tax rate, so:
Aftertax dividend = $4.80(1 – .15) = $4.08 The stock price should drop by the aftertax dividend amount, or:
Ex-dividend price = $68.20 – 4.08 = $64.12
2.
a.
Since the par value is $.50 and the common stock account is $40,000, there are 80,000 shares
outstanding. The shares outstanding increases by 10 percent, so:
New shares outstanding = 80,000(1.10) = 88,000 New shares issued = 8,000
Since the par value of the new shares is $.50, the capital surplus per share is $29.50. The total
capital surplus is therefore:
Capital surplus on new shares = 8,000($29.50) = $236,000
Common stock ($2 par value)
$ 44,000
Capital surplus
581,000
Retained earnings
508,900
$1,133,900
b.
The shares outstanding increases by 25 percent, so:
New shares outstanding = 80,000(1.25) = 100,000 New shares issued = 20,000
Since the par value of the new shares is $.50, the capital surplus per share is $29.50. The total
capital surplus is therefore:
Capital surplus on new shares = 20,000($29.50) = $590,000
Common stock ($2 par value)
$ 50,000
Capital surplus
935,000
Retained earnings
148,900
$1,133,900
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 17 - 330
3.
a.
To find the new shares outstanding, we multiply the current shares outstanding times the ratio
of new shares to old shares, so:
New shares outstanding = 80,000(4/1) = 320,000 The equity accounts are unchanged except the par value of the stock is changed by the ratio of
new shares to old shares, so the new par value is:
New par value = $.50(1/4) = $.125 per share.
b.
To find the new shares outstanding, we multiply the current shares outstanding times the ratio
of new shares to old shares, so:
New shares outstanding = 80,000(1/5) = 164,000 The equity accounts are unchanged except the par value of the stock is changed by the ratio of
new shares to old shares, so the new par value is:
New par value = $.50(5/1) = $2.50 per share
4.
To find the new stock price, we multiply the current stock price by the ratio of old shares to new
shares, so:
a.
$73(3/5) = $43.80
b.
$73(1/1.15) = $63.48
c.
$73(1/1.425) = $51.23
d.
$73(7/4) = $127.75
e.
To find the new shares outstanding, we multiply the current shares outstanding times the ratio
of new shares to old shares, so:
a:
490,000(5/3) = 816,667 b:
490,000(1.15) = 563,500
c:
490,000(1.425) = 698,250
d:
490,000(4/7) = 280,000
5.
The stock price is the total market value of equity divided by the shares outstanding, so:
P
0
= $387,900 equity / 12,000 shares = $32.33 per share Ignoring tax effects, the stock price will drop by the amount of the dividend, so:
P
X
= $32.33 – 1.30 = $31.03
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
331 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The total dividends paid will be:
$1.30 per share(12,000 shares) = $15,600 The equity and cash accounts will both decline by $15,600.
6.
Repurchasing the shares will reduce cash and shareholders’ equity by $15,600. The shares
repurchased will be the total purchase amount divided by the stock price, so:
Shares bought = $15,600 / $32.33 = 482.60
And the new shares outstanding will be:
New shares outstanding = 12,000 – 482.60 = 11,517.40
After repurchase, the new stock price is:
Share price = ($387,900 – 15,600) / 11,517.40 shares = $32.33 The repurchase is effectively the same as the cash dividend because you either hold a share worth
$32.33, or a share worth $31.03 and $1.30 in cash. Therefore, if you participate in the repurchase
according to the dividend payout percentage; you are unaffected.
7.
The stock price is the total market value of equity divided by the shares outstanding, so:
P
0
= $537,000 equity / 13,000 shares = $41.31 per share The shares outstanding will increase by 25 percent, so:
New shares outstanding = 13,000(1.25) = 16,250
The new stock price is the market value of equity divided by the new shares outstanding, so:
P
X
= $537,000 / 16,250 shares = $33.05
8.
With a stock dividend, the shares outstanding will increase by one plus the dividend amount, so:
New shares outstanding = 275,000(1.15) = 316,250
The capital surplus is the capital paid in excess of par value, which is $1, so:
Capital surplus for new shares = 41,250($60) = $2,475,000
The new capital surplus will be the old capital surplus plus the additional capital surplus for the new
shares, so:
Capital surplus = $763,000 + 2,475,000 = $3,238,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 17 - 332
The new equity portion of the balance sheet will look like this:
Common stock ($1 par value)
$ 316,250
Capital surplus
3,238,000
Retained earnings
767,750
$4,322,000
9.
The only equity account that will be affected is the par value of the stock. The par value will change
by the ratio of old shares to new shares, so:
New par value = $1(1/4) = $.25 per share.
The total dividends paid this year will be the dividend amount times the number of shares
outstanding. The company had 275,000 shares outstanding before the split. We must remember to
adjust the shares outstanding for the stock split, so:
Total dividends paid this year = $.75(275,000 shares)(4/1 split) = $825,000
The dividends increased by 10 percent, so the total dividends paid last year were:
Last year’s dividends = $825,000 / 1.10 = $750,000
And to find the dividends per share, we simply divide this amount by the shares outstanding last
year. Doing so, we get:
Dividends per share last year = $750,000 / 275,000 shares = $2.73
Intermediate
10.
The price of the stock today is the PV of the dividends, so:
P
0
= $2.70 / 1.15 + $46 / 1.15
2
= $37.13
To find the equal two-year dividends with the same present value as the price of the stock, we set up
the following equation and solve for the dividend (Note: The dividend is a two-year annuity, so we
could solve with the annuity factor as well):
$37.13 = D
/ 1.15 + D
/ 1.15
2
D
= $22.84
We now know the cash flow per share we want each of the next two years. We can find the price of
the stock in one year, which will be:
P
1
= $46 / 1.15 = $40.00 Since you own 1,000 shares, in one year you want:
Cash flow in Year 1 = 1,000($22.84) = $22,839.53
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
333 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
But you’ll only get: Dividends received in one year = 1,000($2.70) = $2,700
Thus, in one year you will need to sell additional shares in order to increase your cash flow. The
number of shares to sell in year one is:
Shares to sell at time one = ($22,839.53 – 2,700) / $40.00 = 503.49 shares
At Year 2, your cash flow will be the dividend payment times the number of shares you still own, so
the Year 2 cash flow is: Year 2 cash flow = $46(1,000 – 503.49) = $22,839.53 11.
If you only want $750 in Year 1, you will buy:
($2,700 – 750) / $40.00 = 48.75 shares at Time 1. Your dividend payment in Year 2 will be:
Year 2 dividend = (1,000 + 48.75)($46) = $48,242.50
Note, the present value of each cash flow stream is the same. Below we show this by finding the
present values as:
PV = $750 / 1.15 + $48,242.50 / 1.15
2
= $37,130.43
PV = 1,000($2.70) / 1.15 + 1,000($46) / 1.15
2
= $37,130.43
12.
a.
If the company makes a dividend payment, we can calculate the wealth of a shareholder as:
Dividend per share = $14,500 / 2,000 shares = $7.25 The stock price after the dividend payment will be:
P
X
= $58 – 7.25 = $50.75 per share
The shareholder will have a stock worth $50.75 and a $7.25 dividend for a total wealth of $58.
If the company makes a repurchase, it will repurchase:
Shares repurchased = $14,500 / $58 = 250 shares
If the shareholder lets their shares be repurchased, they will have $58 in cash. If the shareholder
keeps their shares, they’re still worth $58.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 17 - 334
b.
If the company pays dividends, the current EPS is $1.65, and the P/E ratio is:
P/E = $58 / $1.65 = 30.76
If the company repurchases stock, the number of shares will decrease. The total net income is
the EPS times the current number of shares outstanding. Dividing net income by the new
number of shares outstanding, we find the EPS under the repurchase is:
EPS = $1.65(2,000) / (2,000
250) = $1.89 The stock price will remain at $58 per share, so the P/E ratio is:
P/E = $58 / $1.89 = 30.76
c. A share repurchase would seem to be the preferred course of action. Only those shareholders
who wish to sell will do so, giving the shareholder a tax timing option that he or she doesn’t get
with a dividend payment.
Challenge
13.
Assuming no capital gains tax, the aftertax return for the Gordon Company is the capital gains
growth rate, plus the dividend yield times 1 minus the tax rate. Using the constant growth dividend
model, we get:
Aftertax return = g
+ D
(1 – t
) = .13 Solving for g
, we get:
.13 = g
+ .035(1 – .35)
g
= .1073
The equivalent pretax return for Gordon Company is:
Pretax return = g
+ D
= .1073 + .035 = .1423, or 14.23%
14.
Using the equation for the decline in the stock price ex-dividend for each of the tax rate
policies, we get:
(
P
0
– P
X
) / D
= (1 – T
P
) / (1 – T
G
)
a.
P
0
– P
X
= D
(1 – 0) / (1 – 0)
P
0
– P
X
= D
b.
P
0
– P
X
= D
(1 – .15) / (1 – 0)
P
0
– P
X
= .85
D
c.
P
0
– P
X
= D
(1 – .15) / (1 – .30)
P
0
– P
X
= 1.2143
D
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
335 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
d.
With this tax policy, we simply need to multiply the personal tax rate times one minus the
dividend exemption percentage, so:
P
0
– P
X
= D
[1 – (.35)(.30)] / (1 – .35) P
0
– P
X
= 1.3769
D
e.
Since different investors have widely varying tax rates on ordinary income and capital gains,
dividend payments have different aftertax implications for different investors. This differential
taxation among investors is one aspect of what we have called the clientele effect.
15.
Since the $3,000,000 cash is after corporate tax, the full amount will be invested. So, the value of
each alternative is:
Alternative 1
:
The firm invests in T-bills or in preferred stock, and then pays out as special dividend in three years
If the firm invests in T-Bills
:
If the firm invests in T-bills, the aftertax yield of the T-bills will be:
Aftertax corporate yield = .03(1 – .35)
Aftertax corporate yield = .0195, or 1.95%
So, the future value of the corporate investment in T-bills will be:
FV of investment in T-bills = $3,000,000(1 + .0195)
3
FV of investment in T-bills = $3,178,944.49
Since the future value will be paid to shareholders as a dividend, the aftertax cash flow will be:
Aftertax cash flow to shareholders = $3,178,944.49(1 – .15)
Aftertax cash flow to shareholders = $2,702,102.82
If the firm invests in preferred stock:
If the firm invests in preferred stock, the assumption would be that the dividends received will be
reinvested in the same preferred stock. The preferred stock will pay a dividend of:
Preferred dividend = .05($3,000,000)
Preferred dividend = $150,000
Since 70 percent of the dividends are excluded from tax:
Taxable preferred dividends = (1 – .70)($150,000)
Taxable preferred dividends = $45,000
And the taxes the company must pay on the preferred dividends will be:
Taxes on preferred dividends = .35($45,000)
Taxes on preferred dividends = $15,750
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 17 - 336
So, the aftertax dividend for the corporation will be:
Aftertax corporate dividend = $150,000 – 15,750
Aftertax corporate dividend = $134,250
This means the aftertax corporate dividend yield is:
Aftertax corporate dividend yield = $134,250 / $3,000,000
Aftertax corporate dividend yield = .0448, or 4.48%
The future value of the company’s investment in preferred stock will be:
FV of investment in preferred stock = $3,000,000(1 + .0448)
3
FV of investment in preferred stock = $3,421,041.94
Since the future value will be paid to shareholders as a dividend, the aftertax cash flow will be:
Aftertax cash flow to shareholders = $3,421,041.94(1 – .15)
Aftertax cash flow to shareholders = $2,711,655.57
Alternative 2:
The firm pays out dividend now, and individuals invest on their own. The aftertax cash received by
shareholders now will be:
Aftertax cash received today = $3,000,000(1 – .15)
Aftertax cash received today = $2,550,000
The individuals invest in Treasury bills:
If the shareholders invest the current aftertax dividends in Treasury bills, the aftertax individual yield
will be:
Aftertax individual yield on T-bills = .03(1 – .31)
Aftertax individual yield on T-bills = .0207, or 2.07%
So, the future value of the individual investment in Treasury bills will be:
FV of investment in T-bills = $2,550,000(1 + .0207)
3
FV of investment in T-bills = $2,711,655.57
The individuals invest in preferred stock:
If the individual invests in preferred stock, the assumption would be that the dividends received will
be reinvested in the same preferred stock. The preferred stock will pay a dividend of:
Preferred dividend = .05($2,550,000)
Preferred dividend = $127,500
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
337 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the taxes on the preferred dividends will be:
Taxes on preferred dividends = .31($127,500)
Taxes on preferred dividends = $39,525
So, the aftertax preferred dividend will be:
Aftertax preferred dividend = $127,500 – 39,525
Aftertax preferred dividend = $89,975
This means the aftertax individual dividend yield is:
Aftertax corporate dividend yield = $89,975 / $2,550,000
Aftertax corporate dividend yield = .0345, or 3.45%
The future value of the individual investment in preferred stock will be:
FV of investment in preferred stock = $2,550,000(1 + .0345)
3
FV of investment in preferred stock = $2,823,135.12
The aftertax cash flow for the shareholders is maximized when the firm invests the cash in the
preferred stocks and pays a special dividend later.
16.
a.
Let x be the ordinary income tax rate. The individual receives an after-tax dividend of:
Aftertax dividend = $1,000(1 – x
) which she invests in Treasury bonds. The Treasury bond will generate aftertax cash flows to the
investor of:
Aftertax cash flow from Treasury bonds = $1,000(1 – x
)[1 + .03(1 – x
)]
If the firm invests the money, its proceeds are:
Firm proceeds = $1,000[1 + .03(1 – .35)]
And the proceeds to the investor when the firm pays a dividend will be:
Proceeds if firm invests first = (1 – x
){$1,000[1 + .03(1 – .35)]}
To be indifferent, the investor’s proceeds must be the same whether she invests the aftertax
dividend or receives the proceeds from the firm’s investment and pays taxes on that amount. To
find the rate at which the investor would be indifferent, we can set the two equations equal, and
solve for x
. Doing so, we find:
$1,000(1 – x
)[1 + .03(1 – x
)] = (1 – x
){$1,000[1 + .03(1 – .35)]}
1 + .03(1 – x
) = 1 + .03(1 – .35)
x
= .35, or 35%
Note that this argument does not depend upon the length of time the investment is held.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 17 - 338
b.
Yes, this is a reasonable answer. She is only indifferent if the aftertax proceeds from the $1,000
investment in identical securities are identical. That occurs only when the tax rates are
identical.
c.
Since both investors will receive the same pre-tax return, you would expect the same answer as
in part a
. Yet, because Carlson enjoys a tax benefit from investing in stock (70 percent of
income from stock is exempt from corporate taxes), the tax rate on ordinary income which
induces indifference, is much lower. Again, set the two equations equal and solve for x
:
$1,000(1 – x
)[1 + .06(1 – x
)] = (1 – x
)($1,000{1 + .06[.70 + (1 – .70)(1 – .35)]})
1 + .06(1 – x
) = 1 + .06[.70 + (1 – .70)(1 – .35)]
x
= .1050, or 10.50%
d.
It is a compelling argument, but there are legal constraints, which deter firms from investing
large sums in stock of other companies.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18
SHORT-TERM FINANCE AND PLANNING
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
These are firms with relatively long inventory periods and/or relatively long receivables periods.
Thus, such firms tend to keep inventory on hand, and they allow customers to purchase on credit and
take a relatively long time to pay.
2.
These are firms that have a relatively long time between the time purchased inventory is paid for and
the time that inventory is sold and payment received. Thus, these are firms that have relatively short
payables periods and/or relatively long receivable cycles.
3.
a.
Use: The cash balance declined by $200 to pay the dividend.
b.
Source:
The cash balance increased by $500, assuming the goods bought on payables credit
were sold for cash.
c.
Use: The cash balance declined by $900 to pay for the fixed assets.
d.
Use: The cash balance declined by $625 to pay for the higher level of inventory.
e.
Use: The cash balance declined by $1,200 to pay for the redemption of debt.
4.
Carrying costs will decrease because they are not holding goods in inventory. Shortage costs will
probably increase depending on how close the suppliers are and how well they can estimate need.
The operating cycle will decrease because the inventory period is decreased.
5.
Since the cash cycle equals the operating cycle minus the accounts payable period, it is not possible
for the cash cycle to be longer than the operating cycle if the accounts payable period is positive.
Moreover, it is unlikely that the accounts payable period would ever be negative since that implies
the firm pays its bills before they are incurred.
6.
It lengthened its payables period, thereby shortening its cash cycle. It will have no effect on the
operating cycle.
7.
The supplier’s receivables period will increase, thereby increasing their operating and cash cycles.
8.
It is sometimes argued that large firms take advantage of smaller firms by threatening to take their
business elsewhere. However, considering a move to another supplier to get better terms is the
nature of competitive free enterprise.
9.
They would like to! The payables period is a subject of much negotiation, and it is one aspect of the
price a firm pays its suppliers. A firm will generally negotiate the best possible combination of
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 340
payables period and price. Typically, suppliers provide strong financial incentives for rapid payment.
This issue is discussed in detail in a later chapter on credit policy.
10.
BlueSky will need less financing because it is essentially borrowing more from its suppliers. Among
other things, BlueSky will likely need less short-term borrowing from other sources, so it will save
on interest expense.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
a.
No change. A dividend paid for by the sale of debt will not change cash since the cash raised
from the debt offer goes immediately to shareholders.
b.
No change. The real estate is paid for by the cash raised from the debt, so this will not change
the cash balance.
c.
No change. Inventory and accounts payable will increase, but neither will impact the cash
account.
d.
Decrease. The short-term bank loan is repaid with cash, which will reduce the cash balance.
e
.
Decrease. The payment of taxes is a cash transaction.
f
.
Decrease. The preferred stock will be repurchased with cash.
g.
No change. Accounts receivable will increase, but cash will not increase until the receivables
are paid off.
h
.
Decrease. The interest is paid with cash, which will reduce the cash balance.
i
.
Increase. When payments for previous sales, or accounts receivable, are paid off, the cash
balance increases since the payment must be made in cash.
j.
Decrease. The accounts payable are reduced through cash payments to suppliers.
k.
Decrease. Here the dividend payments are made with cash, which is generally the case. This is
different from part a
where debt was raised to make the dividend payment. l.
No change. The short-term note will not change the cash balance.
m.
Decrease. The utility bills must be paid in cash.
n.
Decrease. A cash payment will reduce cash.
o.
Increase. If marketable securities are sold, the company will receive cash from the sale.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
341 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
2.
The total liabilities and equity of the company are the value of equity, plus current liabilities and
long-term debt, so:
Total liabilities and equity = $12,875 + 1,960 + 8,100 Total liabilities and equity = $22,935
We have NWC other than cash. Since NWC is current assets minus current liabilities, NWC other
than cash is:
NWC other than cash = Accounts receivable + Inventory – Current liabilities
$2,750 = Accounts receivable + Inventory – $1,960
Accounts receivable + Inventory = $2,750 + 1,960
Accounts receivable + Inventory = $4,710
Since total assets must equal total liabilities and equity, we can solve for cash as:
Cash = Total assets – Fixed assets – (Accounts receivable + Inventory)
Cash = $22,935 – $16,590 – 4,710
Cash = $1,635
So, the current assets are:
Current assets = $1,635 + 4,710
Current assets = $6,345
3.
a.
Increase. If receivables go up, the time to collect the receivables would increase, which
increases the operating cycle.
b.
Increase. If credit repayment times are increased, customers will take longer to pay their bills,
which will lead to an increase in the operating cycle.
c.
Decrease. If the inventory turnover increases, the inventory period decreases.
d.
No change. The accounts payable period is part of the cash cycle, not the operating cycle.
e.
Decrease. If the receivables turnover increases, the receivables period decreases.
f.
No change. Payments to suppliers affects the accounts payable period, which is part of the cash
cycle, not the operating cycle.
4.
a.
Increase; Increase. If the terms of the cash discount are made less favorable to customers, the
accounts receivable period will lengthen. This will increase both the cash cycle and the
operating cycle.
b.
Increase; No change. This will shorten the accounts payable period, which will increase the
cash cycle. It will have no effect on the operating cycle since the accounts payable period is not
part of the operating cycle.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 342
c.
Decrease; Decrease. If more customers pay in cash, the accounts receivable period will
decrease. This will decrease both the cash cycle and the operating cycle.
d.
Decrease; Decrease. Assume the accounts payable period does not change. Fewer raw materials
purchased will reduce the inventory period, which will decrease both the cash cycle and the
operating cycle. e.
Decrease; No change. If more raw materials are purchased on credit, the accounts payable
period will tend to increase, which would decrease the cash cycle. We should say that this may
not be the case. The accounts payable period is a decision made by the company’s
management. The company could increase the accounts payable account and still make the
payments in the same number of days. This would leave the accounts payable period
unchanged, which would leave the cash cycle unchanged. The change in credit purchases made
on credit will not affect the inventory period or the accounts payable period, so the operating
cycle will not change.
f.
Increase; Increase. If more goods are produced for inventory, the inventory period will
increase. This will increase both the cash cycle and operating cycle. 5.
a.
A 45-day collection period implies all receivables outstanding from the previous quarter are
collected in the current quarter, and:
(90 – 45) / 90 = 1/2 of current sales are collected. So:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Beginning receivables
$345.00
$410.00
$425.00
$465.00
Sales
820.00
850.00
930.00
1,010.00
Cash collections
(755.00)
(835.00)
(890.00)
(970.00)
Ending receivables
$410.00
$425.00
$465.00
$505.00
b.
A 60-day collection period implies all receivables outstanding from the previous quarter are
collected in the current quarter, and:
(90-60) / 90 = 1/3 of current sales are collected. So:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Beginning receivables
$345.00
$546.67
$566.67
$620.00
Sales
820.00
850.00
930.00
1,010.00
Cash collections
(618.33)
(830.00)
(876.67)
(956.67)
Ending receivables
$546.67
$566.67
$620.00
$673.33
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
343 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
A 30-day collection period implies all receivables outstanding from previous quarter are
collected in the current quarter, and:
(90-30) / 90 = 2/3 of current sales are collected. So:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Beginning receivables
$345.00
$273.33
$283.33
$310.00
Sales
820.00
850.00
930.00
1,010.00
Cash collections
(891.67)
(840.00)
(903.33)
(983.33)
Ending receivables
$273.33
$283.33
$310.00
$336.67
6.
The operating cycle is the inventory period plus the receivables period. The inventory turnover and
inventory period are:
Inventory turnover = COGS / Average inventory
Inventory turnover = $76,157 / [($10,583 + 13,685) / 2] Inventory turnover = 6.2763 times
Inventory period = 365 days / Inventory turnover
Inventory period = 365 days / 6.2763 Inventory period = 58.16 days
And the receivables turnover and receivables period are:
Receivables turnover = Credit sales / Average receivables
Receivables turnover = $127,382 / [($5,130 + 5,690) / 2] Receivables turnover = 23.5457 times
Receivables period = 365 days / Receivables turnover
Receivables period = 365 days / 23.5457 Receivables period = 15.50 days
So, the operating cycle is:
Operating cycle = 58.16 days + 15.50 days Operating cycle = 73.66 days
The cash cycle is the operating cycle minus the payables period. The payables turnover and payables
period are:
Payables turnover = COGS / Average payables
Payables turnover = $76,157 / [$7,205 + 8,105) / 2] Payables turnover = 9.9487 times
Payables period = 365 days / Payables turnover
Payables period = 365 days / 9.9487 Payables period = 36.69 days
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 344
So, the cash cycle is:
Cash cycle = 73.66 days – 36.69 days Cash cycle = 36.97 days
The firm is receiving cash on average 36.97 days after it pays its bills.
7.
If we factor immediately, we receive cash an average of 32 days sooner. The number of periods in a year are:
Number of periods = 365 / 32 Number of periods = 11.4063 The EAR of this arrangement is:
EAR = (1 + Periodic rate)
m
– 1
EAR = (1 + 1.35 / 98.65)
11.4063
– 1 EAR = .1677, or 16.77%
8.
a.
The payables period is zero since the company pays immediately. The payment in each period
is 30 percent of next period’s sales, so:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Payment of accounts
$252.00
$237.00
$264.00
$262.20
b.
Since the payables period is 90 days, the payment in each period is 30 percent of the current
period’s sales, so:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Payment of accounts
$228.00
$252.00
$237.00
$264.00
c.
Since the payables period is 60 days, the payment in each period is two-thirds of last quarter’s
orders, plus one-third of this quarter’s orders, or:
Quarterly payments = 2/3(.30) times current sales + 1/3(.30) next period sales.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Payment of accounts
$236.00
$247.00
$246.00
$263.40
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
345 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
9.
Since the payables period is 60 days, the payables in each period will be:
Payables each period = 2/3 of last quarter’s orders + 1/3 of this quarter’s orders
Payables each period = 2/3(.75) times current sales + 1/3(.75) next period sales
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Payment of accounts
$1,563.7
5
$1,640.0
0
$1,400.0
0
$1,465.0
0
Wages, taxes, other expenses
394.00
463.00
386.00
348.00
Long-term financing expenses
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
Total
$2,047.7
5
$2,193.0
0
$1,876.0
0
$1,903.0
0
10.
a.
The November sales must have been the total uncollected sales minus the uncollected sales
from December, divided by the collection rate two months after the sale, so:
November sales = ($93,000 – 62,000) / .15 November sales = $206,666.67
b.
The December sales are the uncollected sales from December divided by the collection rate of
the previous months’ sales, so:
December sales = $62,000 / .35 December sales = $177,142.86
c.
The collections each month for this company are:
Collections = .15(Sales from 2 months ago) + .20(Last month’s sales) + .65 (Current sales)
January collections = .15($206,666.67) + .20($177,142.86) + .65($216,000) January collections = $206,828.57
February collections = .15($177,142.86) + .20($216,000) + .65($241,000) February collections = $226,421.43
March collections = .15($216,000) + .20($241,000) + .65($257,000) March collections = $247,650.00
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 346
11.
The sales collections each month will be:
Sales collections = .35(current month sales) + .60(previous month sales)
Given this collection, the cash budget will be:
April May
June
Beginning cash balance
$135,000
$90,020
$70,205
Cash receipts
Cash collections from credit sales
272,040
346,965
356,875
Total cash available
$407,040
$436,985
$427,080
Cash disbursements
Purchases
$161,300
$148,900
$169,300
Wages, taxes, and expenses
54,340
70,300
75,170
Interest
12,580
12,580
12,580
Equipment purchases
88,800
135,000
0
Total cash disbursements
$317,020
$366,780
$257,050
Ending cash balance
$90,020
$70,205
$170,030
12.
Item
Source/Use
Amount
Cash
Source $928
Accounts receivable
Use –$3,784
Inventories
Use –$3,230
Property, plant, and equipment
Use –$11,198
Accounts payable
Source $2,337
Accrued expenses
Use –$713
Long-term debt
Source $2,640
Common stock Source $4,400
Accumulated retained earnings
Source $1,415
Intermediate
13.
a.
If you borrow $50,000,000, the compensating balance will be:
Compensating balance = $50,000,000(.04) = $2,000,000 Your total repayment will be based on the full amount of the loan including the compensating
balance, so at the end of the year you will owe:
Interest = $50,000,000(1 + .0047)
12
Interest = $52,894,051.22
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
347 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
You will receive your compensating balance back at the end, so the year-end cash flow will be:
Year-end cash flow = $52,894,051.22 – 2,000,000
Year-end cash flow = $50,894,051.22
However, with the compensating balance, you will only get the use of:
Amount received = $50,000,000 – 50,000,000(.04) Amount received = $48,000,000
This means the periodic interest rate is:
FV = PV(1 + R
)
$50,894,051.22 = $48,000,000(1 + R
)
R
= $50,894,051.22 / $48,000,000 – 1
EAR = .0603, or 6.03% b.
To end up with $15,000,000, you must borrow:
Amount to borrow = $15,000,000 / (1 – .04) Amount to borrow = $15,625,000
The total interest you will pay on the loan is:
Total interest paid = $15,625,000(1.0047)
6
– 15,625,000 Total interest paid = $445,834.90
14.
a.
The EAR of your investment account is:
EAR = 1.0085
4
– 1 EAR = .0344, or 3.44%
b.
To calculate the EAR of the loan, we can divide the interest on the loan by the amount of the
loan. The interest on the loan includes the opportunity cost of the compensating balance. The
opportunity cost is the amount of the compensating balance times the potential interest rate you
could have earned. The compensating balance is only on the unused portion of the credit line,
so:
Opportunity cost = .04($70,000,000 – 45,000,000)(1.0085)
4
– .05($70,000,000 – 45,000,000) Opportunity cost = $43,044.95
And the interest you will pay to the bank on the loan is:
Interest cost = $45,000,000(1.0145)
4
– 45,000,000 Interest cost = $2,667,318.24
So, the EAR of the loan in the amount of $45 million is:
EAR = ($43,044.95 + 2,667,318.24) / $45,000,000 EAR = .0602, or 6.02%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 348
c.
The compensating balance is only applied to the unused portion of the credit line, so the EAR
of a loan on the full credit line is:
EAR = 1.0145
4
– 1 EAR = .0593, or 5.93%
15.
a.
A 45-day collection period means sales collections each quarter are:
Collections = 1/2 current sales + 1/2 prior quarter’s sales
A 36-day payables period means payables each quarter are:
Payables = 3/5 current orders + 2/5 prior quarter’s orders
So, the cash inflows and disbursements each quarter are:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Beginning receivables
$68.00
$80.00
$87.50
$95.00
Sales
160.00
175.00
190.00
215.00
Collection of accounts
148.00
167.50
182.50
202.50
Ending receivables
$80.00
$87.50
$95.00
$107.50
Payment of accounts
$76.05
$82.80
$92.25
$84.60
Wages, taxes, and expenses
40.00
43.75
47.50
53.75
Capital expenditures
0
75.00
0
0
Interest and dividends
12.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
Total cash disbursements
$128.05
$213.55
$151.75
$150.35
Total cash collections
$148.00
$167.50
$182.50
$202.50
Total cash disbursements
128.05
213.55
151.75
150.35
Net cash inflow
$19.95
–$46.05
$30.75
$52.15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
349 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The company’s cash budget will be:
WILDCAT, INC.
Cash Budget
(in millions)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Beginning cash balance
$49.00
$68.95
$22.90
$53.65
Net cash inflow
19.95
–46.05
30.75
52.15
Ending cash balance
$68.95
$22.90
$53.65
$105.80
Minimum cash balance
–30.00
–30.00
–30.00
–30.00
Cumulative surplus (deficit)
$38.95
–$7.10
$23.65
$75.80
With a $30 million minimum cash balance, the short-term financial plan will be:
WILDCAT, INC.
Short-Term Financial Plan (in millions)
b.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Target cash balance
$30.00
$30.00
$30.00
$30.00
Net cash inflow
19.95
–46.05
30.75
52.15
New short-term investments
–20.33
0
–24.64
–52.64
Income on short-term investments
.38
.79
0
.49
Short-term investments sold
0
39.33
0
0
New short-term borrowing
0
5.93
0
0
Interest on short-term borrowing
0
0
–.18
0
Short-term borrowing repaid
0
0
–5.93
0
Ending cash balance
$30.00
$30.00
$30.00
$30.00
Minimum cash balance
–30.00
–30.00
–30.00
–30.00
Cumulative surplus (deficit)
$0
$0
$0
$0
Beginning short-term investments
$19.00
$39.33
$0
$24.64
Ending short-term investments
$39.33
$0
$24.64
$77.28
Beginning short-term debt
$0
$0
$5.93
$0
Ending short-term debt
$0
$5.93
$0
$0
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 350
Below you will find the interest paid (or received) for each quarter:
Q1: excess funds of $194 invested for one quarter earns .02($19) = $.38 in income
Q2: excess funds of $39.33 invested for one quarter earns .02($39.33) = $.79 in income
Q3: excess funds of $5.93 invested for one quarter earns .02($5.93) = $.18 in income
Q4: excess funds of $24.64 invested for one quarter earns .02($24.64) = $.49 in income
Net cash cost = $.38 + .79 + .18 + .49 = $1.48
16.
a.
With a minimum cash balance of $40 million, the short-term financial plan will be:
WILDCAT, INC.
Short-Term Financial Plan (in millions)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Target cash balance
$40.00
$40.00
$40.00
$40.00
Net cash inflow
19.95
–46.05
30.75
52.15
New short-term investments
–20.13
0
–13.92
–52.43
Income on short-term investments
.18
.58
0
.28
Short-term investments sold
0
29.13
0
0
New short-term borrowing
0
16.34
0
0
Interest on short-term borrowing
0
0
–.49
0
Short-term borrowing repaid
0
0
–16.34
0
Ending cash balance
$40.00
$40.00
$40.00
$40.00
Minimum cash balance
–40.00
–40.00
–40.00
–40.00
Cumulative surplus (deficit)
$0
$0
$0
$0
Beginning short-term investments
$9.00
$29.13
$0
$13.92
Ending short-term investments
$29.13
$0
$13.92
$66.35
Beginning short-term debt
$0
$0
$16.34
$0
Ending short-term debt
$0
$16.34
$0
$0
Below you will find the interest paid (or received) for each quarter:
Q1: excess funds at start of quarter of $9 invested for one quarter earns .02($9) = $.18 in
income
Q2: excess funds of $29.13 invested for one quarter earns .02($29.13) = $.58 in income
Q3: shortage of funds of $16.34 borrowed for one quarter costs .03($16.34) = $.49 in interest
Q4: excess funds of $13.92 invested for one quarter earns .02($13.92) = $.28 in income
Net cash cost = $.18 + .58 – .49 + .28 = $.55
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
351 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
And with a minimum cash balance of $20 million, the short-term financial plan will be:
WILDCAT, INC.
Short-Term Financial Plan (in millions)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Target cash balance
$20.00
$20.00
$20.00
$20.00
Net cash inflow
19.95
–46.05
30.75
52.15
New short-term investments
–20.83
0
–31.15
–53.17
Income on short-term investments
0.88
1.30
0.4
1.02
Short-term investments sold
0
44.75
0
0
New short-term borrowing
0
0
0
0
Interest on short-term borrowing
0
0
0
0
Short-term borrowing repaid
0
0
0
0
Ending cash balance
$20.00
$20.00
$20.00
$20.00
Minimum cash balance
–20.00
–20.00
–20.00
–20.00
Cumulative surplus (deficit)
$0
$0
$0
$0
Beginning short-term investments
$44.00
$64.83
$20.08
$51.23
Ending short-term investments
$64.83
$20.08
$51.23
$104.40
Beginning short-term debt
$0
$0
$0
$0
Ending short-term debt
$0
$0
$0
$0
Below you will find the interest paid (or received) for each quarter:
Q1: excess funds at start of quarter of $29 invested for one quarter earns .02($29) = $.58
income
Q2: excess funds of $49.53 invested for one quarter earns .02($49.53) = $.99 in income
Q3: excess funds of $4.47 invested for one quarter earns .02($4.47) = $.09 in income
Q4: excess funds of $35.31 invested for one quarter earns .02($35.31) = $.71 in income
Net cash cost = $.58 + .99 + .09 + .71 = $2.37
Since cash has an opportunity cost, the firm can boost its profit if it keeps its minimum cash balance
low and invests the cash instead. However, the tradeoff is that in the event of unforeseen
circumstances, the firm may not be able to meet its short-run obligations if enough cash is not
available.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 18 - 352
Challenge
17.
a.
For every dollar borrowed, you pay interest of:
Interest = $1[(1 + .0195)
4
– 1] = $.080
You also must maintain a compensating balance of 4.5 percent of the funds borrowed, so for
each dollar borrowed, you will only receive:
Amount received = $1(1 – .045) = $.955
We can adjust the EAR equation we have been using to account for the compensating balance
by dividing the EAR by one minus the compensating balance, so:
EAR = [(1.0195)
4
– 1] / (1 – .045) EAR = .0841, or 8.41%
Another way to calculate the EAR is using the FVIF (or PVIF). For each dollar borrowed, we
must repay:
Amount owed = $1(1.0195)
4
Amount owed = $1.0803
At the end of the year the compensating will be returned, so your net cash flow at the end of the
year will be:
End of year cash flow = $1.0803 – .045
End of year cash flow = $1.0353
The present value of the end of year cash flow is the amount you receive at the beginning of the
year, so the EAR is:
FV = PV(1 + R
)
$1.0353 = $.955(1 + R
)
R
= $1.0353 / $.955 – 1
EAR = .0841, or 8.41% b.
The EAR is the amount of interest paid on the loan divided by the amount received when the
loan is originated. The amount of interest you will pay on the loan is the amount of the loan
times the effective annual interest rate, so:
Interest = $130,000,000[(1.0195)
4
– 1]
Interest = $10,440,469.53
For whatever loan amount you take, you will only receive 95.5 percent of that amount since
you must maintain a 4.5 percent compensating balance on the portion of the credit line used.
The credit line also has a fee of .150 percent, so you will only get to use:
Amount received = .955($130,000,000) – .00150($400,000,000)
Amount received = $123,550,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
353 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, the EAR of the loan is:
EAR = $10,440,469.53 / $123,550,000
EAR = .0845, or 8.45%
18.
You will pay interest of:
Interest = $25,000,000(.0775) = $1,937,500
Additionally, the compensating balance on the loan is:
Compensating balance = $25,000,000(.05) = $1,250,000
Since this is a discount loan, you will receive the loan amount minus the interest payment. You will
also not get to use the compensating balance. So, the amount of money you will actually receive on a
$25 million loan is:
Cash received = $25,000,000 – 1,937,500 – 1,250,000 = $21,812,500
The EAR is the interest amount divided by the loan amount, so:
EAR = $1,937,500 / $21,812,500 EAR = .0888, or 8.88%
We can also use the FVIF (or PVIF) here to calculate the EAR. Your cash flow at the beginning of
the year is $21,812,500. At the end of the year, your cash flow includes the loan repayment, but you
will also receive your compensating balance back, so:
End of year cash flow = $25,000,000 – 1,250,000
End of year cash flow = $23,750,000
So, using the time value of money, the EAR is:
$23,750,000 = $21,812,500(1 + R
)
R
= $23,750,000 / $21,812,500 – 1
EAR = .0888, or 8.88%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 19
CASH AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Yes. Once a firm has more cash than it needs for operations and planned expenditures, the excess
cash has an opportunity cost. It could be invested (by shareholders) in potentially more profitable
ways. Question 10 discusses another reason.
2.
If it has too much cash, it can simply pay a dividend or, more likely in the current financial
environment, buy back stock. It can also reduce debt. If it has insufficient cash, then it must either
borrow, sell stock, or improve profitability.
3.
Probably not. Creditors would probably want substantially more.
4.
Historically, it has often been argued that companies held cash to guard against future economic
downturns. However, in recent years, companies such as Microsoft and Cisco keep profits earned
offshore in that country. Whenever cash that is earned offshore is repatriated to the U.S., it is taxed
as income. Thus, companies keep cash offshore to avoid paying income tax on those earnings. Note,
the U.S. is one of the few developed countries to tax repatriated earnings. 5.
Cash management is associated more with the collection and disbursement of cash. Liquidity
management is broader and concerns the optimal level of liquid assets needed by a firm. Thus, for
example, a company’s stockpiling of cash is liquidity management; whereas, evaluating a lockbox
system is cash management.
6.
Such instruments go by a variety of names, but the key feature is that the dividend adjusts, keeping
the price relatively stable. This price stability, along with the dividend tax exemption, makes so-
called adjustable rate preferred stock very attractive relative to interest-bearing instruments.
7.
Net disbursement float is more desirable because the bank thinks the firm has more money than it
actually does, and the firm is, therefore, receiving interest on funds it has already spent.
8.
The firm has a net disbursement float of $500,000. If this is an ongoing situation, the firm may be
tempted to write checks for more than it actually has in its account.
9.
a.
About the only disadvantage to holding T-bills are the generally lower yields compared to
alternative money market investments.
b.
Some ordinary preferred stock issues pose both credit and price risks that are not consistent
with most short-term cash management plans.
c.
The primary disadvantage of NCDs is the normally large transactions sizes, which may not be
feasible for the short-term investment plans of many smaller to medium-sized corporations.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
355 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
d.
The primary disadvantages of the commercial paper market are the higher default risk
characteristics of the security and the lack of an active secondary market which may
excessively restrict the flexibility of corporations to meet their liquidity adjustment needs.
e.
The primary disadvantages of RANs are that some possess nontrivial levels of default risk, and
also, corporations are somewhat restricted in the type and amount of these tax-exempts that
they can hold in their portfolios.
f.
The primary disadvantage of the repo market is the generally very short maturities available.
10.
The concern is that excess cash on hand can lead to poorly thought-out management decisions. The
thought is that keeping cash levels relatively low forces management to pay careful attention to cash
flow and capital spending.
11.
A potential advantage is that the quicker payment often means a better price. The disadvantage is
that doing so increases the firm’s cash cycle.
12.
This is really a capital structure decision. If the firm has an optimal capital structure, paying off debt
moves it to an underleveraged position. However, a combination of debt reduction and stock buy-
backs could be structured to leave capital structure unchanged.
13.
It is unethical because you have essentially tricked the grocery store into making you an interest-free
loan, and the grocery store is harmed because it could have earned interest on the money instead of
loaning
it
to
you.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The average daily float is the average value of checks received per day times the average number of
days delay, divided by the number of days in a month. Assuming 30 days in a month, the average
daily float is:
Average daily float = 4($124,000) / 30 Average daily float = $16,533.33 2.
a.
The disbursement float is the average daily value of checks written times the average number of
days for the checks to clear, so:
Disbursement float = 4($16,000) Disbursement float = $64,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 19 - 356
The collection float is the average daily value of checks received times the average number of
days for the checks to clear, so:
Collection float = 2(–$21,000) Collection float = –$42,000
The net float is the disbursement float plus the collection float, so:
Net float = $64,000 – 42,000 Net float = $22,000
b.
The new collection float will be:
Collection float = 1(–$21,000) Collection float = –$21,000
And the new net float will be:
Net float = $64,000 – 21,000 Net float = $43,000
3.
a.
The collection float is the average daily value of checks received times the average number of
days for the checks to clear, so:
Collection float = 3($19,000) Collection float = $57,000
b.
The firm should pay no more than the amount of the float, or $57,000, to eliminate the float.
c.
The maximum daily charge the firm should be willing to pay is the collection float times the
daily interest rate, so:
Maximum daily charge = $57,000(.00017) Maximum daily charge = $9.69
4.
a.
Total float = 4($13,000) + 3($4,500) Total float = $65,500
b.
The average daily float is the total float divided by the number of days in a month. Assuming
30 days in a month, the average daily float is:
Average daily float = $65,500 / 30 Average daily float = $2,183.33
c.
The average daily receipts are the average daily value of checks received divided by the
number of days in a month. Assuming a 30-day month:
Average daily receipts = ($13,000 + 4,500) / 30 Average daily receipts = $583.33
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
357 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The weighted average delay is the sum of the days to clear a check times the amount of the
check divided by the average daily receipts, so:
Weighted average delay = 4($13,000 / $17,500) + 3($4,500 / $17,500) Weighted average delay = 3.74 days
5.
The average daily collections are the number of checks received times the average value of a check,
so:
Average daily collections = $145(5,600) Average daily collections = $812,000
The present value of the lockbox service is the average daily receipts times the number of days the
collection is reduced, so:
PV = (2 day reduction)($812,000) PV = $1,624,000
The daily cost is a perpetuity. The present value of the cost is the daily cost divided by the daily
interest rate. So:
PV of cost = $175 / .00016 PV of cost = $1,093,750 The NPV of the lockbox is the cost plus the present value of the reduction in collection time, so: NPV = –$1,093,750 + 1,624,000
NPV = $530,250
The firm should take the lockbox service.
The annual savings excluding the cost would be the future value of the savings minus the savings,
so:
Annual savings = $1,624,000(1.00016)
365
– 1,624,000 Annual savings = $97,657.64
And the annual cost would be the future value of the daily cost, which is an annuity, so:
Annual cost = $175(FVIFA
365,.016%
) Annual cost = $65,771.58
So, the annual net savings would be:
Annual net savings = $97,657.64 – 65,771.58 Annual net savings = $31,886.06
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 19 - 358
6.
a.
The average daily float is the sum of the percentage each check amount is of the total checks
received times the number of checks received times the amount of the checks times the number
of days until the check clears, divided by the number of days in a month. Assuming a 30-day
month, we get:
Average daily float = [.60(4,900)($39)(2) + .40(4,900)($71)(3)] / 30 Average daily float = $21,560
On average, there is $21,560 that is uncollected and not available to the firm.
b.
The total collections are the sum of the percentage of each check amount received times the
total checks received times the amount of the check, so:
Total collections = .60(4,900)($39) + .40(4,900)($71) Total collections = $253,820
The weighted average delay is the sum of the average number of days a check of a specific
amount is delayed, times the percentage that check amount makes up of the total checks
received, so:
Weighted average delay = 2[.60(4,900)($39) / $253,820] + 3[.40(4,900)($71) / $253,820] Weighted average delay = 2.55 days
The average daily float is the weighted average delay times the average value of checks
received per day. Assuming a 30-day month, we get:
Average daily float = 2.55($253,820 / 30 days) Average daily float = $21,560
c.
The most the firm should pay is the total amount of the average float, or $21,560.
d.
The average daily interest rate is:
1.07 = (1 + R
)
365
R
= .01854% per day
The daily cost of float is the average daily float times the daily interest rate, so:
Daily cost of the float = $21,560(.0001854) Daily cost of the float = $4.00
e.
The most the firm should pay is the change in the average daily float. Under the reduced
collection time assumption, we get:
New average daily float = 1.5($253,820 / 30) New average daily float = $12,691
So, the most they should pay is the old float minus the new float, or:
Maximum to pay = $21,560 – 12,691
Maximum to pay = $8,869
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
359 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
7.
a.
The present value of adopting the system is the number of days collections are reduced times
the average daily collections, so:
PV = 3(435)($920) PV = $1,200,600
b.
The NPV of adopting the system is the present value of the savings minus the cost of adopting
the system. The cost of adopting the system is the present value of the fee per transaction times
the number of transactions. This is a perpetuity, so:
NPV = $1,200,600 – [$.15(435) / .00068] NPV = $1,104,644
c.
The net cash flow is the present value of adopting the system times the daily interest rate, minus
the transaction cost per day, so:
Net cash flow per day = $1,200,600(.00068) – $.15(435) Net cash flow per day = $751.16
The net cash flow per check is the net cash flow per day divided by the number of checks
received per day, or:
Net cash flow per check = $751.16 / 435
Net cash flow per check = $1.73
Alternatively, we could find the net cash flow per check as the number of days the system
reduces collection time times the average check amount times the daily interest rate, minus the
transaction cost per check. Doing so, we confirm our previous answer as:
Net cash flow per check = 3($920)(.00068) – $.15 Net cash flow per check = $1.73 per check
8.
a.
The reduction in cash balance from adopting the lockbox is the number of days the system
reduces collection time times the average daily collections, so:
Cash balance reduction = 3($145,000) Cash balance reduction = $435,000
b.
The dollar return that can be earned is the average daily interest rate times the cash balance
reduction. The average daily interest rate is:
Average daily rate = 1.05
1/365
– 1 Average daily rate = .0134% per day
The daily dollar return that can be earned from the reduction in days to clear the checks is:
Daily dollar return = $435,000(.000134) Daily dollar return = $58.15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 19 - 360
c.
If the company takes the lockbox, it will receive three payments early. So, the savings are the
cash balance reduction of $435,000 in part a
.
If the lockbox payments occur at the end of the month, we need the effective monthly interest
rate, which is:
Monthly interest rate = 1.05
1/12
– 1 Monthly interest rate = .004074, or .4074%
Assuming the lockbox payments occur at the end of the month, the lockbox payments, which
are a perpetuity, will be:
PV = C / R
$435,000 = C
/ .004074 C
= $1,722.24
It could also be assumed that the lockbox payments occur at the beginning of the month. If so,
we would need to use the PV of a perpetuity due, which is:
PV = C
+ C
/ R
Solving for C
:
C
= (PV × R
) / (1 + R
)
C
= (435,000 × .004074) / (1 + .004074)
C
= $1,765.05
9.
The interest that the company could earn will be the amount of the checks times the number of days
it will delay payment times the number of weeks that checks will be disbursed times the daily
interest rate, so:
Interest = $97,000(7)(52 / 2)(.00011) Interest = $1,941.94
10.
The benefit of the new arrangement is the $6 million in accelerated collections since the new system
will speed up collections by one day. The cost is the new compensating balance, but the company
will recover the existing compensating balance, so:
NPV = $6,000,000 – ($500,000 – 375,000) NPV = $5,875,000 The company should proceed with the new system. The savings are the NPV times the annual
interest rate, so:
Net savings = $5,875,000(.025) Net savings = $146,875
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
361 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Intermediate
11.
To find the NPV of taking the lockbox, we first need to calculate the present value of the savings.
The present value of the savings will be the reduction in collection time times the average daily
collections, so: PV = 1.5(900)($700) PV = $945,000
And the daily interest rate is:
Daily interest rate = 1.055
1/365
– 1 Daily interest rate = .00015, or .015% per day
The transaction costs are a perpetuity. The cost per day is the cost per transaction times the number
of transactions per day, so the NPV of taking the lockbox is:
NPV = $945,000 – [$.15(900) / .00015] NPV = $24,740.75 Without the annual fee, the lockbox system should be accepted. To calculate the NPV of the lockbox
with the annual fee, we can simply use the NPV of the lockbox without the annual fee and subtract
the additional cost. The annual fee is a perpetuity, so, with the fee, the NPV of taking the lockbox is:
NPV = $24,740.75 – [$5,000 / .055] NPV = –$66,168.34
With the annual fee, the lockbox system should not be accepted.
12.
The minimum number of payments per day needed to make the lockbox system feasible is the
number of checks that makes the NPV of the decision equal to zero. The average daily interest rate
is:
Daily interest rate = 1.04
1/365
– 1 Daily interest rate = .0107% per day
The present value of the savings is the average payment amount times the days the collection period
is reduced times the number of customers. The costs are the transaction fee and the annual fee. Both
are perpetuities. The total transaction costs are the transaction costs per check times the number of
checks. The equation for the NPV of the project, where N
is the number of checks transacted per
day, is:
NPV = 0 = ($4,100)(1)
N
– $.10(
N
) / .000107 – $7,500 / .04
$187,500 = $4,100
N
– $930.58
N
$3,169.42
N
= $187,500
N
= 59.16 customers per day
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 19 - 362
APPENDIX 19A
1.
a.
Decrease. This will lower the trading costs, which will cause a decrease in the target cash
balance.
b.
Decrease. This will increase the holding cost, which will cause a decrease in the target cash
balance.
c.
Increase. This will increase the amount of cash that the firm has to hold in non-interest-bearing
accounts, so they will have to raise the target cash balance to meet this requirement.
d.
Decrease. If the credit rating improves, then the firm can borrow more easily, allowing it to
lower the target cash balance and borrow if a cash shortfall occurs.
e.
Increase. If the cost of borrowing increases, the firm will need to hold more cash to protect
against cash shortfalls as its borrowing costs become more prohibitive.
f.
Either. This depends somewhat on what the fees apply to, but if direct fees are established, then
the compensating balance may be lowered, thus lowering the target cash balance. If, on the
other hand, fees are charged on the number of transactions, then the firm may wish to hold a
higher cash balance so they are not transferring money into the account as often.
2.
The target cash balance using the BAT model is:
C
*
= [(2
T
× F
)/
R
]
1/2
C
*
= [2($10,200)($25) / .045]
1/2
C
*
= $3,366.50
The initial balance should be $3,366.50, and whenever the balance drops to $0, another $3,366.50
should be transferred in.
3.
The holding cost is the average daily cash balance times the interest rate, so:
Holding cost = ($1,700)(.05) Holding cost = $85.00
The trading costs are the total cash needed times the replenishing costs, divided by the average daily
balance times two, so:
Trading cost = [($64,000)($8)] / [($1,700)(2)] Trading cost = $150.59
The total cost is the sum of the holding cost and the trading cost, so:
Total cost = $85.00 + 150.59 Total cost = $235.59
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
363 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The target cash balance using the BAT model is:
C
*
= [(2
T
× F
) / R
]
1/2
C
*
= [2($64,000)($8) / .05]
1/2
C
*
= $4,525.48
They should increase their average daily cash balance to:
New average cash balance = $4,525.48 / 2 New average cash balance = $2,262.74 This would minimize the costs. The new total cost would be:
New total cost = ($2,262.74)(.05) + [($64,000)($8)] / [2($2,262.74)] New total cost = $226.27
4.
a.
The opportunity costs are the amount transferred times the interest rate, divided by two, so:
Opportunity cost = ($1,500)(.04) / 2 Opportunity cost = $30.00
The trading costs are the total cash balance times the trading cost per transaction, divided by the
amount transferred, so:
Trading cost = ($21,000)($25) / $1,500 Trading cost = $350.00
The firm keeps too little in cash because the trading costs are much higher than the opportunity
costs.
b.
The target cash balance using the BAT model is:
C
*
= [(2
T
× F
) / R
]
1/2
C
*
= [2($21,000)($25) / .04]
1/2
C
*
= $5,123.48
5.
The total cash needed is the cash shortage per month times 12 months, so:
Total cash = 12($140,000) Total cash = $1,680,000
The target cash balance using the BAT model is:
C
*
= [(2
T
× F
) / R
]
1/2
C
*
= [2($1,680,000)($250) / .032]
1/2
C
*
= $162,018.52
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 19 - 364
The company should invest:
Invest = $690,000 – 162,018.52 Invest = $527,981.48 of its current cash holdings in marketable securities to bring the cash balance down to the optimal
level. Over the rest of the year, sell securities:
Sell securities = $1,680,000 / $162,018.52 Sell securities = 10.37
10 times.
6.
The lower limit is the minimum balance allowed in the account, and the upper limit is the maximum
balance allowed in the account. When the account balance drops to the lower limit:
Securities sold = $80,000 – 43,000 Securities sold = $37,000 in marketable securities will be sold, and the proceeds deposited in the account. This moves the
account balance back to the target cash level. When the account balance rises to the upper limit,
then:
Securities purchased = $125,000 – 80,000 Securities purchased = $45,000 of marketable securities will be purchased. This expenditure brings the cash level back down to the
target balance of $80,000.
7.
The target cash balance using the Miller-Orr model is:
C
*
= L
+ (3/4 × F
×
2
/ R
]
1/3
C
*
= $1,500 + [3/4($40)($80)
2
/ .00013]
1/3
C
*
= $2,638.81
The upper limit is:
U
*
= 3 × C
*
– 2 × L
U
*
= 3($2,638.81) – 2($1,500) U
*
= $4,916.44
When the balance in the cash account drops to $1,500, the firm sells:
Sell = $2,638.81 – 1,500 Sell = $1,138.81
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
365 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
of marketable securities. The proceeds from the sale are used to replenish the account back to the
optimal target level of C
*
. Conversely, when the upper limit is reached, the firm buys:
Buy = $4,916.44 – 2,638.81 Buy = $2,277.63 of marketable securities. This expenditure lowers the cash level back down to the optimal level of
$2,638.81.
8.
As variance increases, the upper limit and the spread will increase, while the lower limit remains
unchanged. The lower limit does not change because it is an exogenous variable set by management.
As the variance increases, however, the amount of uncertainty increases. When this happens, the
target cash balance, and therefore the upper limit and the spread, will need to be higher. If the
variance drops to zero, then the lower limit, the target balance, and the upper limit will all be the
same.
9.
The average daily interest rate is:
Daily rate = 1.041
1/365
– 1 Daily rate = .000110, or .0110% per day
The target cash balance using the Miller-Orr model is:
C
*
= L
+ (3/4 × F
×
2
/ R
]
1/3
C
*
= $160,000 + [3/4($300)($890,000) / .000110]
1/3
C
*
= $172,206.86
The upper limit is:
U
*
= 3 × C
*
– 2 × L
U
*
= 3($172,206.86) – 2($160,000) U
*
= $196,620.59
10.
Using the BAT model and solving for R
, we get:
C
*
= [(2
T
× F
)/
R
]
1/2
$5,100 = [2($31,000)($10) / R
]
1/2
R
= [2($31,000)($10)] / $5,100
2
R
= .0238, or 2.38%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20
CREDIT AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
a.
A sight draft is a commercial draft that is payable immediately.
b.
A time draft is a commercial draft that does not require immediate payment.
c.
A banker’s acceptance is a bank’s guarantee of the future payment of a commercial draft.
d.
A promissory note is an IOU that the customer signs.
e.
A trade acceptance is the buyer’s acceptance of the commercial draft and promise to pay it in
the future.
2.
Trade credit is usually granted on open account. The invoice is the credit instrument.
3.
Credit costs: cost of debt, probability of default, and the cash discount
No-credit costs: lost sales
The sum of these are the carrying costs.
4.
1.
Character:
determines if a customer is willing to pay his or her debts.
2.
Capacity:
determines if a customer is able to pay debts out of operating cash flow.
3.
Capital:
determines the customer’s financial reserves in case problems occur with
operating cash flow.
4.
Collateral:
assets that can be liquidated to pay off the loan in case of default.
5.
Conditions:
customer’s ability to weather an economic downturn and whether such a
downturn is likely.
5.
1.
Perishability and collateral value
2.
Consumer demand
3.
Cost, profitability, and standardization
4.
Credit risk
5.
The size of the account
6.
Competition
7.
Customer type
If the credit period exceeds a customer’s operating cycle, then the firm is financing the receivables
and other aspects of the customer’s business that go beyond the purchase of the selling firm’s
merchandise.
6.
a.
B:
A is likely to sell for cash only, unless the product really works. If it does, then they might
grant longer credit periods to entice buyers.
b.
A:
Landlords have significantly greater collateral, and that collateral is not mobile.
c.
A:
Since A’s customers turn over inventory less frequently, they have a longer inventory
period and, thus, will most likely have a longer credit period as well.
d.
B:
Since A’s merchandise is perishable and B’s is not, B will probably have a longer credit
period.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
367 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
e.
A:
Rugs are fairly standardized and are transportable, while carpets are custom fit and not
particularly transportable.
7.
The three main categories of inventory are: raw material (initial inputs to the firm’s production
process), work-in-progress (partially completed products), and finished goods (products ready for
sale). From the firm’s perspective, the demand for finished goods is independent from the demand
for the other types of inventory. The demand for raw material and work-in-progress is derived from,
or dependent on, the firm’s needs for these inventory types in order to achieve the desired levels of
finished goods.
8.
JIT systems reduce inventory amounts. Assuming no adverse effects on sales, inventory turnover
will increase. Since assets will decrease, total asset turnover will also increase. Recalling the DuPont
equation, an increase in total asset turnover, all else being equal, has a positive effect on ROE.
9.
Carrying costs should be equal to order costs. Since the carrying costs are low relative to the order
costs, the firm should increase the inventory level.
10.
Since the price of components can decline quickly, Dell does not have inventory which is purchased
and then declines quickly in value before it is sold. If this happens, the inventory may be sold at a
loss. While this approach is valuable, it is difficult to implement. For example, Dell manufacturing
plants will often have areas set aside that are for the suppliers. When parts are needed, it is a matter
of going across the floor to get new parts. In fact, most computer manufacturers are trying to
implement
similar
inventory
systems.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
a.
There are 30 days until account is overdue. If you take the full period, you must remit:
Remittance = 250($130) Remittance = $32,500
b.
There is a 1 percent discount offered, with a 10-day discount period. If you take the discount,
you will only have to remit:
Remittance = (1 – .01)($32,500) Remittance = $32,175
c.
The implicit interest is the difference between the two remittance amounts, or:
Implicit interest = $32,500 – 32,175 Implicit interest = $325
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20 - 368
The number of days’ credit offered is:
Days’ credit = 30 – 10 Days’ credit = 20 days 2.
The receivables turnover is:
Receivables turnover = 365 / Average collection period
Receivables turnover = 365 / 27 Receivables turnover = 13.519 times
And the average receivables are:
Average receivables = Sales / Receivables turnover
Average receivables = $31,000,000 / 13.519 Average receivables = $2,293,150.68
3.
a.
The average collection period is the percentage of accounts taking the discount times the
discount period, plus the percentage of accounts not taking the discount times the days until full
payment is required, so:
Average collection period = .75(10 days) + .25(30 days) Average collection period = 15 days
b.
And the average daily balance is:
Average balance = 1,450($1,620)(15)(12/365) Average balance = $1,158,410.96
4.
The daily sales are:
Daily sales = $23,500 / 7 Daily sales = $3,357.14
Since the average collection period is 34 days, the average accounts receivable is:
Average accounts receivable = $3,357.14(34) Average accounts receivable = $114,142.86
5.
The interest rate for the term of the discount is:
Interest rate = .01 / .99 Interest rate = .0101, or 1.01%
And the interest is for:
30 – 10 = 20 days
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
369 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, using the EAR equation, the effective annual interest rate is:
EAR = (1 + Periodic rate)
m
– 1
EAR = (1.0101)
365/20
– 1 EAR = .2013, or 20.13%
a.
The periodic interest rate is:
Interest rate = .02 / .98 Interest rate = .0204, or 2.04% And the EAR is:
EAR = (1.0204)
365/20
– 1 EAR = .4459, or 44.59%
b.
The EAR is:
EAR = (1.0101)
365/35
– 1 EAR = .1105, or 11.05%
c.
The EAR is:
EAR = (1.0101)
365/15
– 1 EAR = .2771, or 27.71%
6.
The receivables turnover is:
Receivables turnover = 365 / Average collection period Receivables turnover = 365 / 29 Receivables turnover = 12.5862 times
And the annual credit sales are:
Annual credit sales = Receivables turnover × Average daily receivables
Annual credit sales = 12.5862($43,900) Annual credit sales = $552,534.48
7.
The total sales of the firm are equal to the total credit sales since all sales are on credit, so:
Total credit sales = 8,600($410) Total credit sales = $3,526,000
The average collection period is the percentage of accounts taking the discount times the discount
period, plus the percentage of accounts not taking the discount times the days until full payment is
required, so:
Average collection period = .65(10) + .35(40) Average collection period = 20.50 days
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20 - 370
The receivables turnover is 365 divided by the average collection period, so:
Receivables turnover = 365 / 20.50 Receivables turnover = 17.8049 times
And the average receivables are the credit sales divided by the receivables turnover so:
Average receivables = $3,526,000 / 17.8049 Average receivables = $198,035.62
If the firm increases the cash discount, more people will pay sooner, thus lowering the average
collection period. If the ACP declines, the receivables turnover increases, which will lead to a
decrease in the average receivables. 8.
The average collection period is the net credit terms plus the days overdue, so:
Average collection period = 30 + 4 Average collection period = 34 days
The receivables turnover is 365 divided by the average collection period, so:
Receivables turnover = 365 / 34 Receivables turnover = 10.7353 times
And the average receivables are the credit sales divided by the receivables turnover so:
Average receivables = $9,750,000 / 10.7353 Average receivables = $908,219.18
9.
a.
The cash outlay for the credit decision is the variable cost of the engine. If this is a one-time
order, the cash inflow is the present value of the sales price of the engine times one minus the
default probability. So, the NPV per unit is:
NPV = –$1,600,000 + (1 – .005)($1,725,000) / 1.018 NPV = $86,026.52 per unit The company should fill the order.
b.
To find the break-even probability of default,
, we simply use the NPV equation from part a
,
set it equal to zero, and solve for
. Doing so, we get:
NPV = 0 = –$1,600,000 + (1 –
)($1,725,000) / 1.018
= .0558, or 5.58%
We would not accept the order if the default probability was higher than 5.58 percent.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
371 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
If the customer will become a repeat customer, the cash inflow changes. The cash inflow is now
one minus the default probability, times the sales price minus the variable cost. We need to use
the sales price minus the variable cost since we will have to build another engine for the
customer in one period. Additionally, this cash inflow is now a perpetuity, so the NPV under
these assumptions is:
NPV = –$1,600,000 + (1 – .005)($1,725,000 – 1,600,000) / .018 NPV = $5,309,722.22 per unit The company should fill the order. The break-even default probability under these assumptions
is:
NPV = 0 = –$1,600,000 + (1 –
)($1,725,000 – 1,600,000) / .018
= .7696, or 76.96%
We would not accept the order if the default probability was higher than 76.96 percent. This
default probability is much higher than the default probability in part b
because the customer
may become a repeat customer.
d.
It is assumed that if a person has paid his or her bills in the past, they will pay their bills in the
future. This implies that if someone doesn’t default when credit is first granted, then they will
be a good customer far into the future, and the possible gains from the future business outweigh
the possible losses from granting credit the first time.
10.
The cost of switching is the lost sales from the existing policy plus the incremental variable costs
under the new policy, so:
Cost of switching = $63(1,240) + $495(1,310 – 1,240) Cost of switching = $815,850
The benefit of switching is the new sales price minus the variable costs per unit, times the
incremental units sold, so:
Benefit of switching = ($630 – 495)(1,310 – 1,240) Benefit of switching = $9,450
The benefit of switching is a perpetuity, so the NPV of the decision to switch is:
NPV = –$815,850 + $9,450 / .0095 NPV = $178,886.84
The firm will have to bear the cost of sales for one month before they receive any revenue from
credit sales, which is why the initial cost is for one month. Receivables will grow over the one-
month credit period and will then remain stable with payments and new sales offsetting one another.
11.
The carrying costs are the average inventory times the cost of carrying an individual unit, so:
Carrying costs = (2,800 / 2)($6.20) = $8,680
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20 - 372
The order costs are the number of orders times the cost of an order, so:
Order costs = (52)($1,200) = $62,400
The economic order quantity is:
EOQ = [(2T × F) / CC]
1/2
EOQ = [2(52)(2,800)($1,200) / $6.20]
1/2
EOQ = 7,507.42
The firm’s policy is not optimal, since the carrying costs and the order costs are not equal. The
company should increase the order size and decrease the number of orders.
12.
The carrying costs are the average inventory times the cost of carrying an individual unit, so:
Carrying costs = (450 / 2)($41) = $9,225 The order costs are the number of orders times the cost of an order, so:
Restocking costs = 52($130) = $6,760
The economic order quantity is:
EOQ = [(2T × F) / CC]
1/2
EOQ = [2(52)(450)($130) / $41]
1/2
EOQ = 385.21
The number of orders per year will be the total units sold per year divided by the EOQ, so:
Number of orders per year = 52(450) / 385.21 Number of orders per year = 60.75 The firm’s policy is not optimal, since the carrying costs and the order costs are not equal. The
company should decrease the order size and increase the number of orders.
Intermediate
13.
The total carrying costs are:
Carrying costs = (Q/2)
CC where CC is the carrying cost per unit. The restocking costs are:
Restocking costs = F
(T / Q)
Setting these equations equal to each other and solving for Q, we find:
CC
(Q / 2) = F
(T / Q)
Q
2
= 2
F
T /CC
Q = [2F
T / CC]
1/2
= EOQ
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
373 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
14.
The cash flow from either policy is:
Cash flow = (P – v)Q
So, the cash flows from the old policy are:
Cash flow from old policy = ($73 – 38)(3,280) Cash flow from old policy = $114,800
And the cash flow from the new policy would be:
Cash flow from new policy = ($75 – 38)(3,390) Cash flow from new policy = $125,430
So, the incremental cash flow would be:
Incremental cash flow = $125,430 – 114,800 Incremental cash flow = $10,630
The incremental cash flow is a perpetuity. The cost of initiating the new policy is:
Cost of new policy = –[PQ + v(Q
– Q)]
So, the NPV of the decision to change credit policies is:
NPV = –[($73)(3,280) + ($38)(3,390 – 3,280)] + $10,630 / .025 NPV = $181,580
15.
The cash flow from the old policy is:
Cash flow from old policy = ($125 – 96)(1,320) Cash flow from old policy = $38,280
And the cash flow from the new policy will be:
Cash flow from new policy = ($127 – 98)(1,350) Cash flow from new policy = $39,150
The incremental cash flow, which is a perpetuity, is the difference between the old policy cash flows
and the new policy cash flows, so:
Incremental cash flow = $39,150 – 38,280 Incremental cash flow = $870
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20 - 374
The cost of switching credit policies is:
Cost of new policy = –[PQ + Q(v
– v) + v
(Q
– Q)]
In this cost equation, we need to account for the increased variable cost for all units produced. This
includes the units we already sell, plus the increased variable costs for the incremental units. So, the
NPV of switching credit policies is:
NPV = –[$125(1,320) + 1,320($98 – 96) + $98(1,350 – 1,320)] + ($870 / .0095) NPV = –$79,001.05
16.
If the cost of subscribing to the credit agency is less than the savings from collection of the bad
debts, the company should subscribe. The cost of the subscription is:
Cost of the subscription = $1,000 + $8.50(200) Cost of the subscription = $2,700
And the savings from having no bad debts will be:
Savings from not selling to bad credit risks = ($750)(200)(.04) Savings from not selling to bad credit risks = $6,000
So, the company’s net savings will be:
Net savings = $6,000 – 2,700
Net savings = $3,300
The company should subscribe to the credit agency.
Challenge
17.
The cost of switching credit policies is:
Cost of new policy = –[PQ + Q(v
– v) + v
(Q
– Q)]
And the cash flow from switching, which is a perpetuity, is:
Cash flow from new policy = [Q
(P
– v
) – Q(P – v)]
To find the break-even quantity sold for switching credit policies, we set the NPV equal to zero and
solve for Q
. Doing so, we find:
NPV = 0 = –[($73)(3,280) + ($38)(Q
– 3,280)] + [(Q
)($75 – 38) – (3,280)($73 – 38)] / .025
0 = –$239,440 – $38Q
+ $124,640 + $1,480Q
– $4,592,000
$1,442Q
= $4,706,800 Q
= 3,264.08
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
375 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
18.
We can use the equation for the NPV we constructed in Problem 17. Using the sales figure of 3,420
units and solving for P
, we get:
NPV = 0 = [–($73)(3,280) – ($38)(3,420 – 3,280)] + [(P
– 38)(3,420) – ($73 – 38)(3,280)] / .025
0 = –$239,440 – 5,320 + $136,800P
– 5,198,400 – 4,592,000 $136,800P
= $10,035,160 P
= $73.36
19.
From Problem 15, the incremental cash flow from the new credit policy will be:
Incremental cash flow = Q
(P
– v
) – Q(P – v)
And the cost of the new policy is:
Cost of new policy = –[PQ + Q(v
– v) + v
(Q
– Q)]
Setting the NPV equal to zero and solving for P
, we get:
NPV = 0 = –[($125)(1,320) + ($98 – 96)(1,320) + ($98)(1,350 – 1,320)] + [(1,350)(P
– 98) – (1,320)($125 – 96)] / .0095
0 = –[$165,000 + 2,640 + 2,940] + $142,105.26P
– 13,926,315.79 – 4,029,473.68
$142,105.26P
= $18,126,369.47 P
= $127.56
20.
Since the company sells 700 suits per week, and there are 52 weeks per year, the total number of
suits sold is:
Total suits sold = 700 × 52 = 36,400
And, the EOQ is 500 suits, so the number of orders per year is:
Orders per year = 36,400 / 500 = 72.80
To determine the day when the next order is placed, we need to determine when the last order was
placed. Since the suits arrived on Monday and there is a three-day delay from the time the order was
placed until the suits arrive, the last order was placed Friday. Since there are approximately five days
between the orders, the next order will be placed on Wednesday
Alternatively, we could consider that the store sells 100 suits per day (700 per week / 7 days). This
implies that the store will be at the safety stock of 100 suits on Saturday when it opens. Since the
suits must arrive before the store opens on Saturday, they should be ordered three days prior to
account for the delivery time, which again means the suits should be ordered on Wednesday.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20 - 376
21.
The cash outlay for the credit decision is the variable cost of the engine. Since the orders can be one-
time or perpetual, the NPV of the decision is the weighted average of the two potential sales streams.
The initial cost is the cost for all of the engines. So, the NPV is:
NPV = –125($9,700) + (1 – .30)(125)($11,100) / 1.019 + .30(125)($11,100 – 9,700) / .019 NPV = $2,503,798.23
The company should fill the order.
22.
The default rate will affect the value of the one-time sales as well as the perpetual sales. All future
cash flows need to be adjusted by the default rate. So, the NPV now is:
NPV = –125($9,700) + (1 – .15)[(1 – .30)(125)($11,100) / 1.019 + .30(125)($11,100 – 9,700) / .019]
NPV = $1,946,353.49
The company should still fill the order.
APPENDIX 20A
1.
The cash flow from the old policy is the quantity sold times the price, so:
Cash flow from old policy = 25,000($350) Cash flow from old policy = $8,750,000
The cash flow from the new policy is the quantity sold times the new price, all times one minus the
default rate, so:
Cash flow from new policy = 25,000($368)(1 – .03)
Cash flow from new policy = $8,924,000
The incremental cash flow is the difference in the two cash flows, so:
Incremental cash flow = $8,924,000 – 8,750,000 Incremental cash flow = $174,000
The cash flows from the new policy are a perpetuity. The cost is the old cash flow, so the NPV of the
decision to switch is:
NPV = –$8,750,000 + $174,000 / .025 NPV = –$1,790,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
377 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
2.
a.
The old price as a percentage of the new price is:
$99 / $100 = .99
So the discount is:
Discount = 1 – .99 = .01, or 1%
The credit terms will be:
Credit terms: 1/20, net 30
b.
We are unable to determine for certain since no information is given concerning the percentage
of customers who will take the discount. However, the maximum receivables would occur if all
customers took the credit, so:
Receivables = 2,400($100) Receivables = $240,000 (at a maximum)
c.
Since the quantity sold does not change, variable cost is the same under either plan.
d.
No, because:
d –
= .01 – .08 d –
= –.07, or –7% Therefore the NPV will be negative. The NPV is: NPV = –2,400($99) + (2,400)($100)(.01 – .08) / (.0075) NPV = –$2,477,600 The break-even credit price is:
P(1 + r) / (1 –
) = $99(1.0075) / (.92) P = $108.42 This implies that the break-even discount is:
Break-even discount = 1 – ($99 / $108.42) Break-even discount = .0868, or 8.68%
The NPV at this discount rate is:
NPV = –2,400($99) + (2,400)($108.42)(.0868 – .08) / (.0075) NPV
0
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 20 - 378
3.
a.
The cost of the credit policy switch is the quantity sold times the variable cost. The cash inflow
is the price times the quantity sold, times one minus the default rate. This is a one-time, lump
sum, so we need to discount this value one period. Doing so, we find the NPV is:
NPV = –15($540) + (1 – .2)(15)($975) / 1.02 NPV = $3,370.59 The order should be taken since the NPV is positive.
b.
To find the break-even default rate,
, we just need to set the NPV equal to zero and solve for
the break-even default rate. Doing so, we get:
NPV = 0 = –15($540) + (1 –
)(15)($975) / 1.02
= .4351, or 43.51%
c.
Effectively, the cash discount is:
Cash discount = ($975 – 910) / $975 Cash discount = .0667, or 6.67% Since the discount rate is less than the default rate, credit should not be granted. The firm would
be better off taking the $910 up-front than taking an 80% chance of making $975.
4.
a.
The cash discount is:
Cash discount = ($69 – 64) / $69 Cash discount = .0725, or 7.25%
The default probability is one minus the probability of payment, or:
Default probability = 1 – .90 Default probability = .10
Since the default probability is greater than the cash discount, credit should not be granted; the
NPV of doing so is negative.
b.
Due to the increase in both quantity sold and credit price when credit is granted, an additional
incremental cost is incurred of:
Additional cost = (5,800)($33 – 32) + (6,400 – 5,800)($33) Additional cost = $25,600
The break-even price under these assumptions is:
NPV = 0 = –$25,600 – (5,800)($64) + {6,400[(1 – .10)P
– $33] – 5,800($64 – 32)} / (1.0075
3
– 1)
NPV = –$25,600 – 371,200 + 254,089.56P
– 9,316,617.35 – 8,187,330.40
$17,900,747.75 = $254,089.56P
P
= $70.45
c.
The credit report is an additional cost, so we have to include it in our analysis. The NPV when
using the credit reports is:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
379 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
NPV = 5,800($64 – 32) – .90(6,400)$33 – 5,800($64) – 6,400($1.50) + {6,400[.90($69 – 33) – 1.50] – 5,800($64 – 32)} / (1.0075
3
– 1)
NPV = $151,131.30 The reports should be purchased and credit should be granted. Note, in this case, we are
multiplying the new sales per quarter by the percentage of customers who pay. This is an
implicit assumption of buying the credit report. If we buy the credit report, we will correctly
identify the customers who won’t pay. Therefore: Q
= .90(6,400)
Q
= 5,760
5.
We can express the old cash flow as:
Old cash flow = (P – v)Q
And the new cash flow will be:
New cash flow = (P – v)(1 –
)Q
+
Q
[(1 –
)P
– v] So, the incremental cash flow is:
Incremental cash flow = –(P – v)Q + (P – v)(1 –
)Q
+
Q
[(1 –
)P
– v]
Incremental cash flow = (P – v)(Q
– Q) +
Q
[(1 –
)P
– P]
Thus: NPV = (P – v)(Q
– Q) –
PQ
+ [
(
P - v
)(
Q
'
- Q
)+
α Q
'
{(
1 - π
)
P
'
- P
}
R
]
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 21
INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE FINANCE
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
a.
The dollar is selling at a premium because it is more expensive in the forward market than in
the spot market (SF 1.53 versus SF 1.50).
b.
The franc is expected to depreciate relative to the dollar because it will take more francs to buy
one dollar in the future than it does today.
c.
Inflation in Switzerland is higher than in the United States, as are interest rates.
2.
The exchange rate will increase, as it will take progressively more pesos to purchase a dollar. This is
the relative PPP relationship.
3.
a.
The Australian dollar is expected to weaken relative to the dollar, because it will take more A$
in the future to buy one dollar than it does today.
b.
The inflation rate in Australia is higher.
c.
Nominal interest rates in Australia are higher; relative real rates in the two countries are the
same.
4.
A Yankee bond is most accurately described by d
.
5.
It depends. For example, if a country’s currency strengthens, imports become cheaper (good), but its
exports become more expensive for others to buy (bad). The reverse is true for currency
depreciation.
6.
The main advantage is the avoidance of the tariff. Additional advantages include being closer to the
final consumer and, thereby, saving on transportation, significantly lower wages, and less exposure
to exchange rate risk. Disadvantages include political risk and costs of supervising distant
operations.
7.
One key thing to remember is that dividend payments are made in the home currency. More
generally, it may be that the owners of the multinational are primarily domestic and are ultimately
concerned about their wealth denominated in their home currency because, unlike a multinational,
they are not internationally diversified.
8.
a.
False. If prices are rising faster in Great Britain, it will take more pounds to buy the same
amount of goods that one dollar can buy; the pound will depreciate relative to the dollar.
b.
False. The forward market would already reflect the projected deterioration of the euro relative
to the dollar. Only if you feel that there might be additional, unanticipated weakening of the
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
381 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
euro that isn’t reflected in forward rates today will the forward hedge protect you against
additional declines.
c.
True. The market would only be correct on average, while you would be correct all the time.
9.
a.
American exporters: Their situation in general improves because a sale of the exported goods
for a fixed number of euros will be worth more dollars.
American importers: Their situation in general worsens because the purchase of the imported
goods for a fixed number of euros will cost more in dollars.
b.
American exporters: They would generally be better off if the British government’s intentions
result in a strengthened pound.
American importers: They would generally be worse off if the pound strengthens.
c.
American exporters: They would generally be much worse off, because an extreme case of
fiscal expansion like this one will make American goods prohibitively expensive to buy, or else
Brazilian sales, if fixed in reais, would become worth an unacceptably low number of dollars.
American importers: They would generally be much better off, because Brazilian goods will
become much cheaper to purchase in dollars.
10.
IRP is the most likely to hold because it presents the easiest and least costly means to exploit any
arbitrage opportunities. Relative PPP is least likely to hold since it depends on the absence of market
imperfections and frictions in order to hold strictly.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
Using the quotes from the table, we get:
a.
$100(€.7210/$1) = €72.10
b.
$1.3869
c.
€5M($1.3869/€) = $6,934,813
d.
Singapore dollar
e.
Mexican peso
f.
(P13.0434/$1)($1.3869/€1) = P18.0907/€ This is a cross rate.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 21 - 382
g.
Most valuable: Kuwait dinar = $3.5606
Least valuable: Vietnam dong = $.00004742
2.
a.
You would prefer £100, since:
(£100)($1.6893/£1) = $168.93
b.
You would still prefer £100. Using the $/£ exchange rate and the SF/$ exchange rate to find the
amount of Swiss francs £100 will buy, we get:
(£100)($1.6893/£1)(SF .8793/$) = SF 148.5401
c.
Using the quotes in the book to find the SF/£ cross rate, we find:
(SF .8793/$)($1.6893/£1) = SF 1.4854/£1 The £/SF exchange rate is the inverse of the SF/£ exchange rate, so:
£1/SF 1.4854 = £.6732/SF 1
3.
a.
F
180
= ¥102.21 (per $). The yen is selling at a premium because it is more expensive in the
forward market than in the spot market ($.0097733 versus $.0097838).
b.
F
90
= $.9216/C$1. The Australian dollar is selling at a discount because it is less expensive in
the forward market than in the spot market ($.9274 versus $.9216).
c.
The value of the dollar will fall relative to the yen, since it takes more dollars to buy one yen in
the future than it does today. The value of the dollar will rise relative to the Australian dollar,
because it will take fewer dollars to buy one Australian dollar in the future than it does today.
4.
a.
The U.S. dollar, since one Canadian dollar will buy: (Can$1)/(Can$1.09/$1) = $.9174
b.
The cost in U.S. dollars is:
(Can$2.50)/(Can$1.09/$1) = $2.29 Among the reasons that absolute PPP doesn’t hold are tariffs and other barriers to trade,
transaction costs, taxes, and different tastes.
c.
The U.S. dollar is selling at a premium, because it is more expensive in the forward market than
in the spot market (Can$1.11 versus Can$1.09).
d.
The Canadian dollar is expected to depreciate in value relative to the dollar, because it takes
more Canadian dollars to buy one U.S. dollar in the future than it does today.
e.
Interest rates in the United States are probably lower than they are in Canada.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
383 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
5.
a.
The cross rate in ¥/£ terms is:
(¥104/$1)($1.69/£1) = ¥175.76/£1
b.
The yen is quoted too low relative to the pound. Take out a loan for $1 and buy £.5917. Use the
£.5917 to purchase yen at the cross-rate, which will give you:
£.5917(¥179/£1) = ¥105.917
Use the yen to buy back dollars and repay the loan. The cost to repay the loan will be one
dollar, so the profit is:
¥105.917($1/¥104) – $1= $.0184 You arbitrage profit is $.0184 per dollar used.
6.
We can rearrange the interest rate parity condition to answer this question. The equation we will use
is:
R
FC
= (
F
t
– S
0
)/
S
0
+ R
US
Using this relationship, we find:
Great Britain: R
FC
= (£.5929 – £.5920) / £.5920 + .018 = .0195, or 1.95%
Japan: R
FC
= (¥102.21 – ¥102.32) / ¥102.32 + .018 = .0169, or 1.69%
Switzerland:
R
FC
= (SF.8779 – SF.8793) / SF.8793 + .018 = .0164, or 1.64%
7.
If we invest in the U.S. for the next three months, we will have:
$30,000,000(1.0031)
3
= $30,279,865.79
If we invest in Great Britain, we must exchange the dollars today for pounds and exchange the
pounds for dollars in three months. After making these transactions, the dollar amount we would
have in three months would be: ($30,000,000)(£.573/$1)(1.0034)
3 / (£.575/$1) = $30,201,625.78 The company should invest in the U.S.
8.
Using the relative purchasing power parity equation:
F
t
= S
0
× [1 + (
h
FC
– h
US
)]
t
We find:
Z3.06 = Z3.03[1 + (
h
FC
– h
US
)]
3
h
FC
– h
US
= (Z3.06 / Z3.03)
1/3
– 1 h
FC
– h
US
= .0033, or .33%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 21 - 384
Inflation in Poland is expected to exceed that in the U.S. by .33% over this period.
9.
The profit will be the quantity sold, times the sales price minus the cost of production. The
production cost is in Singapore dollars, so we must convert this to U.S. dollars. Doing so, we find
that if the exchange rates stay the same, the profit will be:
Profit = 30,000{$195 – [S$229.50 / (S$1.2528/$1)]}
Profit = $354,310.34
If the exchange rate rises, we must adjust the cost by the increased exchange rate, so:
Profit = 30,000{$195 – [(S$229.50 / 1.1)(S$1.2528/$1)]} Profit = $853,918.50
If the exchange rate falls, we must adjust the cost by the decreased exchange rate, so:
Profit = 30,000{$195 – [(S$229.50 / .9)(S$1.2528/$1)]}
Profit = –$256,321.84
To calculate the breakeven change in the exchange rate, we need to find the exchange rate that
makes the cost in Singapore dollars equal to the selling price in U.S. dollars, so:
$195 = S$229.50 / S
T
S
T
= S$1.1769/$1 This is a change of:
Percentage change = (S$1.1769 – 1.2528) / S$1.2528
Percentage change = –.0606, or –6.06% 10.
a.
If IRP holds, then:
F
180
= (Kr 5.95)[1 + (.057 – .038)]
1/2
F
180
= Kr 6.0063
Since given F
180
is Kr6.03, an arbitrage opportunity exists; the forward premium is too high.
Borrow Kr1 today at 5.7% interest. Agree to a 180-day forward contract at Kr 6.03. Convert the
loan proceeds into dollars:
Kr 1 ($1/Kr 5.95) = $.16807 Invest these dollars at 3.8%, ending up with $.17119. Convert the dollars back into krone as
$.17119(Kr 6.03/$1) = Kr 1.03226 Repay the Kr 1 loan, ending with a profit of:
Kr1.03226 – Kr1.02771 = Kr .00454
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
385 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
To find the forward rate that eliminates arbitrage, we use the interest rate parity condition, so:
F
180
= (Kr 5.95)[1 + (.057 – .038)]
1/2
F
180
= Kr 6.0063
11.
The international Fisher effect states that the real interest rate across countries is equal. We can
rearrange the international Fisher effect as follows to answer this question: R
US
– h
US
= R
FC
– h
FC
h
FC
= R
FC
+ h
US
– R
US
a.
h
AUS
= .04 + .031 – .037 h
AUS
= .034, or 3.4%
b.
h
CAN
= .07 + .031 – .037 h
CAN
= .064, or 6.4%
c.
h
TAI
= .09 + .031 – .037 h
TAI
= .084, or 8.4%
12.
a.
The yen is expected to get stronger, since it will take fewer yen to buy one dollar in the future
than it does today.
b.
h
JAP
– h
US
(¥102.80 – ¥103.15) / ¥103.15 h
JAP
– h
US
= –.0034, or –.34%
(1 – .0034)
4
– 1 = –.0135, or –1.35%
The approximate inflation differential between the U.S. and Japan is –1.35% annually, i.e., the
U.S. inflation is 1.35% greater.
13.
We need to find the change in the exchange rate over time so we need to use the relative purchasing
power parity relationship:
E
(
S
t
) = S
0
× [1 + (
h
FC
– h
R
US
)]
t
Using this relationship, we find the exchange rate in one year should be:
E
(
S
1
) = 222.23[1 + (.045 – .029)]
1
E
(
S
1
) = HUF 225.79
The exchange rate in two years should be:
E
(
S
2
) = 222.23[1 + (.045 – .029)]
2
E
(
S
2
) = HUF 229.40
And the exchange rate in five years should be:
E
(
S
5
) = 222.23[1 + (.045 – .029)]
5
E
(
S
5
) = HUF 240.59
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 21 - 386
Intermediate
14.
First, we need to forecast the future spot rate for each of the next three years. From interest rate and
purchasing power parity, the expected exchange rate is:
E(
S
T
) = [(1 + R
US
) / (1 + R
FC
)]
T
S
0
So:
E(
S
1
) = (1.0230 / 1.0180)
1
$1.36/€ = $1.3667/€
E(
S
2
) = (1.0230 / 1.0180)
2
$1.36/€ = $1.3734/€
E(
S
3
) = (1.0230 / 1.0180)
3
$1.36/€ = $1.3801/€
Now we can use these future spot rates to find the dollar cash flows. The dollar cash flow each year
will be:
Year 0 cash flow = –€$10,500,000($1.36/€) = –$14,280,000
Year 1 cash flow = €$1,700,000($1.3667/€) = $2,323,355.60
Year 2 cash flow = €$2,400,000($1.3734/€) = $3,296,141.61
Year 3 cash flow = (€3,300,000 + 7,500,000)($1.3801/€) = $14,905,489.09
And the NPV of the project will be:
NPV = –$14,280,000 + $2,323,355.60 / 1.13 + $3,296,141.61 / 1.13
2
+ $14,905,489.09 / 1.13
3
NPV = $687,680.90
15.
a.
Implicitly, it is assumed that interest rates won’t change over the life of the project, but the
exchange rate is projected to decline because the Euroswiss rate is lower than the Eurodollar
rate.
b.
We can use relative purchasing power parity to calculate the dollar cash flows at each time. The
equation is:
E[
S
t
] = (SF 1.09)[1 + (.04 – .05)]
t
E[
S
t
] = 1.09(.99)
t
So, the cash flows each year in U.S. dollar terms will be:
t
SF
E[S
t
]
US$
0
–16.7M
1.0900
–$15,321,100.92
1
+4.7M
1.0791
$4,355,481.42
2
+4.7M
1.0683
$4,399,476.18
3
+4.7M
1.0576
$4,443,915.33
4
+4.7M
1.0470
$4,488,803.37
5
+4.7M
1.0366
$4,534,144.82
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
387 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the NPV is:
NPV = –$15,321,100.92 + $4,355,481.42 / 1.12 + $4,399,476.18 / 1.12
2
+ $4,443,915.33 / 1.12
3
+ $4,488,803.37 / 1.12
4
+ $4,534,144.82 / 1.12
5
NPV = $663,559.64
c.
Rearranging the relative purchasing power parity equation to find the required return in Swiss
francs, we get:
R
SF
= 1.12[1 + (.04 – .05)] – 1 R
SF
= 10.88%
So the NPV in Swiss francs is:
NPV = –SF 16,700,000 + SF 4,700,000(PVIFA
10.88%,5
)
NPV
= SF 723,280.01
Converting the NPV to dollars at the spot rate, we get the NPV in U.S. dollars as:
NPV = (SF 723,280.01)($1/SF 1.09) NPV = $663,559.64
16.
a.
To construct the balance sheet in dollars, we need to convert the account balances to dollars. At
the current exchange rate, we get:
Assets = solaris 34,000($ / solaris 1.50) = $22,666.67
Debt = solaris 13,000($ / solaris 1.50) = $8,666.67
Equity = solaris 21,000($ / solaris 1.50) = $14,000.00
b.
In one year, if the exchange rate is solaris 1.60/$, the accounts will be:
Assets = solaris 34,000($ / solaris 1.60) = $21,250
Debt = solaris 13,000($ / solaris 1.60) = $8,125
Equity = solaris 21,000($ / solaris 1.60) = $13,125
c.
If the exchange rate is solaris 1.41/$, the accounts will be:
Assets = solaris 34,000($ / solaris 1.41) = $24,113.48
Debt = solaris 13,000($ / solaris 1.41) = $9,219.86
Equity = solaris 21,000($ / solaris 1.41) = $14,893.62
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 21 - 388
Challenge
17.
First, we need to construct the end of year balance sheet in solaris. Since the company has retained
earnings, the equity account will increase, which necessarily implies the assets will also increase by
the same amount. So, the balance sheet at the end of the year in solaris will be:
Balance Sheet (solaris)
Liabilities
$13,000.00
Equity
22,250.00
Assets
$35,250.00
Total liabilities and equity
$35,250.00
Now we need to convert the balance sheet accounts to dollars, which gives us:
Assets = solaris 35,250($ / solaris 1.54) = $22,889.61
Debt = solaris 13,000($ / solaris 1.54) = $8,441.56
Equity = solaris 22,250($ / solaris 1.54) = $14,448.05
18.
a.
The domestic Fisher effect is:
1 + R
US
= (1 + r
US
)(1 + h
US
)
1 + r
US
= (1 + R
US
)/(1 + h
US
)
This relationship must hold for any country, that is:
1 + r
FC
= (1 + R
FC
)/(1 + h
FC
) The international Fisher effect states that real rates are equal across countries, so:
1 + r
US
= (1 + R
US
)/(1 + h
US
) = (1 + R
FC
)/(1 + h
FC
) = 1 + r
FC
b.
The exact form of unbiased interest rate parity is:
E[
S
t
] = F
t
= S
0
[(1 + R
FC
)/(1 + R
US
)
]
t
c.
The exact form for relative PPP is:
E[
S
t
] = S
0
[(1 + h
FC
)/(1 + h
US
)]
t
d.
For the home currency approach, we calculate the expected currency spot rate at time t as:
E[
S
t
] = (€0.5)[1.07/1.05]
t
= (€0.5)(1.019)
t
We then convert the euro cash flows using this equation at every time, and find the present
value. Doing so, we find:
NPV = – [€2M / €.5] + {€.9M / [1.019(€.5)]} / 1.1 + {€.9M / [1.019
2
(€.5)]} / 1.1
2
+
{€.9M / [1.019
3
(€.5 / $1)]} / 1.1
3
NPV = $316,230.72
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
389 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
For the foreign currency approach we first find the return in the euros as:
R
FC
= 1.10(1.07 / 1.05) – 1 = .121
Next, we find the NPV in euros as:
NPV = – €2M + (€ .9M / 1.121) + (€.9M / 1.121
2
) + (€.9M / 1.121
3
) = €158,115.36
And finally, we convert the euros to dollars at the current exchange rate, which is:
NPV ($) = €158,115.36 / (€.5/$1) = $316,230.72
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 22
BEHAVIORAL FINANCE: IMPLICATIONS FOR FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
The least likely limit to arbitrage is firm-specific risk. For example, in the 3Com/Palm case, the
stocks are perfect substitutes after accounting for the exchange ratio. An investor could invest in a
risk neutral portfolio by purchasing the underpriced asset and selling the overpriced asset. When the
prices of the assets revert to an equilibrium, the positions could be closed.
2.
Overconfidence is the belief that one’s abilities are greater than they are. An overconfident financial
manager could believe that they are correct in the face of evidence to the contrary. For example, the
financial manager could believe that a new product will be a great success (or failure) even though
market research points to the contrary. This could mean that the company invests or invests too
much in the new product or misses out on the new investment, an opportunity cost. In each case,
shareholder value is not maximized.
3.
Frame dependence is the argument that an investor’s choice is dependent on the way the question is
posed. An investor can frame a decision problem in broad terms (like wealth) or in narrow terms
(like gains and losses). Broad and narrow frames often lead the investor to make different choices.
While it is human nature to use a narrow frame (like gains and losses), doing so can lead to irrational
decisions. Using broad frames, like overall wealth, results in better investment decisions.
4.
A noise trader is someone whose trades are not based on information or financially meaningful
analysis. Noise traders could, in principle, act together to worsen a mispricing in the short-run. Noise
trader risk is important because the worsening of a mispricing could force the arbitrageur to liquidate
early and sustain steep losses.
5.
As long as it is a fair coin the probability in both cases is 50 percent as coins have no memory.
Although many believe the probability of flipping a tail would be greater given the long run of
heads, this is an example of the gambler’s fallacy.
6.
Taken at face value, this fact suggests that markets have become more efficient. The increasing ease
with which information is available over the Internet lends strength to this conclusion. On the other
hand, during this particular period, large-capitalization growth stocks were the top performers.
Value-weighted indexes such as the S&P 500 are naturally concentrated in such stocks, thus making
them especially hard to beat during this period. So, it may be that the dismal record compiled by the
pros is just a matter of bad luck or benchmark error.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
391 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
7.
The statement is false because every investor has a different risk preference. Although the expected
return from every well-diversified portfolio is the same after adjusting for risk, investors still need to
choose funds that are consistent with their particular risk level.
8.
Behavioral finance attempts to explain both the 1987 stock market crash and the Internet bubble by
changes in investor sentiment and psychology. These changes can lead to non-random price
behavior.
9.
Behavioral finance states that the market is not efficient. Adherents argue that: (
a
) Investors are not rational. (
b
) Deviations from rationality are similar across investors. (
c
) Arbitrage, being costly, will not eliminate inefficiencies
.
10.
Frame dependence means that the decision made is affected by the way in which the question is
asked. In this example, consider that the $78 is a sunk cost. You will not get this money back
whether or not you accept the deal. In this case, the values from the deal are a gain of $78 with 20
percent probability or a loss of $22 with an 80 percent probability. The expected value of the deal is
$78(.20) – $22(.80) = –$2. Notice this is the same as the difference between the loss of $78 and the
expected loss of $80 which we calculated using no net loss and a loss of $100.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 23
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Since the firm is selling futures, it wants to be able to deliver the lumber; therefore, it is a supplier.
Since a decline in lumber prices would reduce the income of a lumber supplier, it has hedged its
price risk by selling lumber futures. Losses in the spot market due to a fall in lumber prices are offset
by gains on the short position in lumber futures.
2.
Buying call options gives the firm the right to purchase pork bellies; therefore, it must be a consumer
of pork bellies. While a rise in pork belly prices is bad for the consumer, this risk is offset by the
gain on the call options; if pork belly prices actually decline, the consumer enjoys lower costs, while
the call option expires worthless.
3.
Forward contracts are usually designed by the parties involved for their specific needs and are rarely
sold in the secondary market; forwards are somewhat customized financial contracts. All gains and
losses on the forward position are settled at the maturity date. Futures contracts are standardized to
facilitate their liquidity and to allow them to be effectively traded on organized futures exchanges.
Gains and losses on futures are marked-to-market daily. The default risk is greatly reduced with
futures, since the exchange acts as an intermediary between the two parties, guaranteeing
performance; default risk is also reduced because the daily settlement procedure keeps large loss
positions from accumulating. You might prefer to use forwards instead of futures if your hedging
needs were different from the standard contract size and maturity dates offered by the futures
contract.
4.
The firm is hurt by declining oil prices, so it should sell oil futures contracts. The firm may not be
able to create a perfect hedge because the quantity of oil it needs to hedge doesn’t match the standard
contract size on crude oil futures, or perhaps the exact settlement date the company requires isn’t
available on these futures (exposing the firm to basis risk), or maybe the firm produces a different
grade of crude oil than that specified for delivery in the futures contract.
5.
The firm is directly exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas, since it is a natural gas user.
In addition, the firm is indirectly exposed to fluctuations in the price of oil. If oil becomes less
expensive relative to natural gas, its competitors will enjoy a cost advantage relative to the firm.
6.
Buying the call options is a form of insurance policy for the firm. If cotton prices rise, the firm is
protected by the call, while if prices actually decline, they can just allow the call to expire worthless.
However, options hedges are costly because of the initial premium that must be paid. The futures
contract can be entered into at no initial cost, with the disadvantage that the firm is locking in one
price for cotton; it can’t profit from cotton price declines.
7.
The put option on the bond gives the owner the right to sell the bond at the option’s strike price. If
bond prices decline, the owner of the put option profits. However, since bond prices and interest
rates move in opposite directions, if the put owner profits from a decline in bond prices, he would
also profit from a rise in interest rates. Hence, a call option on interest rates is conceptually the same
thing as a put option on bond prices.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
393 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
8.
The company would like to lock in the current low rates, or at least be protected from a rise in rates,
allowing for the possibility of benefit if rates actually fall. The former hedge could be implemented
by selling bond futures; the latter could be implemented by buying put options on bond prices or
buying call options on interest rates.
9.
A swap contract is an agreement between parties to exchange assets over several time intervals in the
future. The swap contract is usually an exchange of cash flows, but not necessarily so. Since a
forward contract is also an agreement between parties to exchange assets in the future, but at a single
point in time, a swap can be viewed as a series of forward contracts with different settlement dates.
The firm participating in the swap agreement is exposed to the default risk of the dealer, in that the
dealer may not make the cash flow payments called for in the contract. The dealer faces the same
risk from the contracting party but can more easily hedge its default risk by entering into an
offsetting swap agreement with another party.
10.
The firm will borrow at a fixed rate of interest, receive fixed-rate payments from the dealer as part of
the swap agreement, and make floating-rate payments back to the dealer. The net position of the firm
is that it has effectively borrowed at floating rates.
11.
Transactions exposure is the short-term exposure due to uncertain prices in the near future.
Economic exposure is the long-term exposure due to changes in overall economic conditions. There
are a variety of instruments available to hedge transaction exposure, but very few long-term hedging
instruments exist. It is much more difficult to hedge against economic exposure, since fundamental
changes in the business generally must be made to offset long-run changes in the economic
environment.
12.
The risk is that the dollar will strengthen relative to the yen, since the fixed yen payments in the
future will be worth fewer dollars. Since this implies a decline in the $/¥ exchange rate, the firm
should sell yen futures.
13.
a.
Buy oil and natural gas futures contracts, since these are probably your primary resource costs.
If it is a coal-fired plant, a cross-hedge might be implemented by selling natural gas futures,
since coal and natural gas prices are somewhat negatively related in the market; coal and
natural gas are somewhat substitutable.
b.
Buy sugar and cocoa futures, since these are probably your primary commodity inputs. c.
Sell corn futures, since a record harvest implies low corn prices.
d.
Buy silver and platinum futures, since these are primary commodity inputs required in the
manufacture of photographic film.
e.
Sell natural gas futures, since excess supply in the market implies low prices.
f.
Assuming the bank doesn’t resell its mortgage portfolio in the secondary market, sell bond
futures.
g.
Sell stock index futures, using an index most closely associated with the stocks in your fund,
such as the S&P 100 or the Major Market Index for large blue-chip stocks.
h.
Buy Swiss franc futures, since the risk is that the dollar will weaken relative to the franc over
the next six months, which implies a rise in the $/SFr exchange rate.
i.
Sell euro futures, since the risk is that the dollar will strengthen relative to the euro over the
next three months, which implies a decline in the $/€ exchange rate.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 23 - 394
14.
There are two sides to this story. As one money manager said: “There’s just no reason that these
entities should be playing with this stuff. They don’t have the capacity to evaluate these instruments.
They are totally lost.” The argument that investment banks were wrong in selling swaps to
municipalities relies on the investment banks knowing more about swaps and implicitly intending
harm to the municipalities. On the other hand, the municipalities have (or should have) professional
money managers. These professional money managers should be more sophisticated and be aware of
what they are buying, so much of the blame lies with these individuals as well. As a general rule of
investing, don’t buy any financial instrument if you do not understand all of the terms. One last point
on the side of the investment bankers: No one ever complained when the municipalities were making
money from these same swaps. For example, although not a municipality, Toyota made about $380
million in 2010 from its interest rate swaps. 15.
Buying insurance on your house is similar to buying a put option on the house. For example, suppose
a fire burns down your house and entirely destroys it. You can “sell” your worthless house for the
$200,000 strike price.
16.
Even with the replacement rider, insurance is still like buying a put option. However, this is an
“always at the money” put option since the strike price is reset every time the price of the underlying
asset changes. In this case, if the couch price increases to $1,200, the strike price simultaneously
increases to $1,200. Pricing of this type of put option is more difficult, but it will be more expensive
than a traditional put option. In this case, comparing the insurance with and without the replacement
rider, the policy with the replacement rider is more expensive.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
The initial price is $2,980 per metric ton and each contract is for 10 metric tons, so the initial
contract value is:
Initial contract value = ($2,980 per ton)(10 tons per contract) = $29,800
And the final contract value is: Final contract value = ($2,961 per ton)(10 tons per contract) = $29,610
So, your gain/loss on this futures position is: Gain/Loss on futures contract = $29,610 – 29,800 = –$190
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
395 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
2.
The price quote is $19.119 per ounce and each contract is for 5,000 ounces, so the initial contract
value is: Initial contract value = ($19.119 per oz.)(5,000 oz. per contract) = $95,595
At a final price of $19.17 per ounce, the value of the position is:
Final contract value = ($19.17 per oz.)(5,000 oz. per contract) = $95,850
Since this is a short position, there is a net loss of:
$95,850 – 95,595 = $255 per contract
Since you sold five contracts, the net loss is:
Net loss = 5($255) = $1,275
At a final price of $19.08 per ounce, the value of the position is:
Final contract value = ($19.08 per oz.)(5,000 oz. per contract) = $95,400
Since this is a short position, there is a net gain of $95,595 – 95,400 = $195
Since you sold five contracts, the net gain is:
Net gain = 5($195) = $975
With a short position, you make a profit when the price falls and incur a loss when the price rises. 3.
The price quote is 9 7/8 cents, or $.09875 per bushel and each contract is for 5,000 bushels, so the
cost per contract is: Cost = ($.09875 per bushel)(5,000 bushels per contract) = $493.75 If the price of corn at expiration is $4.96 per bushel, the call is out of the money since the strike price
is above the spot price. The contracts will expire worthless, so your loss will be the initial investment
of $493.75.
If corn price at contract expiration are $5.24 per bushel, the call is in the money since the price per
bushel is above the strike price. The payoff on your position is the current price minus the strike
price, times the 5,000 bushels per contract, or:
Payoff = ($5.24 – 5.05)(5,000) = $950.00
And the profit is the payoff minus the initial cost of the contract, or:
Profit = $950 – 493.75 = $456.25
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 23 - 396
4.
The call options give the manager the right to purchase oil futures contracts at a futures price of $107
per barrel. The manager will exercise the option if the price rises above $107. Selling put options
obligates the manager to buy oil futures contracts at a futures price of $107 per barrel. The put holder
will exercise the option if the price falls below $107. The payoffs per barrel are:
Oil futures price:
$102
$105
$107
$109
$112
Value of call option position:
0
0
0
2
5
Value of put option position:
–5
–2
0
0
0
Total value:
–$5
–$2
$0
$2
$5
The payoff profile is identical to that of a forward contract with a $107 strike price.
5.
The price quote is 10 cents, or $.10, per bushel and each contract is for 5,000 bushels, so the cost per
contract is: Cost = ($.10 per bushel)(5,000 bushels per contract) = $500 If the price of orange juice at expiration is $4.91 per bushel, the put is in the money since the strike
price is greater than the spot price. The payoff on your position is the strike price minus the current
price, times the 5,000 bushels per contract, or:
Payoff = ($5.10 – 4.91)(5,000) = $950
And the profit is the payoff minus the initial cost of the contract, or:
Profit = $950 – 500 = $450
If the price of orange juice at expiration is $5.18 per bushel, the put is out of the money since the
strike price is less than the spot price. The contracts will expire worthless, so your loss will be the
initial investment of $500.
Intermediate
6.
The expected loss is the value of the asset times the probability of a loss. In this case, the expected loss will be:
Expected loss = Asset value × Probability of loss
Expected loss = $305,000,000(.0115)
Expected loss = $3,507,500
7.
a.
You’re concerned about a rise in corn prices, so you would buy July contracts. Since each
contract is for 5,000 bushels, the number of contracts you would need to buy is:
Number of contracts to buy = 145,000 / 5,000 = 29 By doing so, you’re effectively locking in the settle price in July 2014 of $5.19 per bushel of
corn, or:
Total price for 145,000 bushels = 29($5.19)(5,000) = $752,550
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
397 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
If the price of corn at expiration is $5.08 per bushel, the value of your futures position is:
Value of future position = 29($5.08)(5,000) = $736,600
Ignoring any transaction costs, your loss on the futures position will be: Loss = $752,550 – 736,600 = $15,950 While the price of the corn your firm needs has become $15,950 less expensive since May,
your loss from the futures position has netted out this lower cost.
8.
a
.
XYZ has a comparative advantage relative to ABC in borrowing at fixed interest rates, while
ABC has a comparative advantage relative to XYZ in borrowing at floating interest rates. Since
the spread between ABC and XYZ’s fixed rate costs is only 1 percent, while their differential is
2 percent in floating rate markets, there is an opportunity for a 3 percent total gain by entering
into a fixed for floating rate swap agreement.
b.
If the swap dealer must capture 2 percent of the available gain, there is 1 percent left for ABC
and XYZ. Any division of that gain is feasible; in an actual swap deal, the divisions would
probably be negotiated by the dealer. One possible combination is ½
percent for ABC and ½
percent for XYZ:
Challenge
9.
The financial engineer can replicate the payoffs of owning a put option by selling a forward contract
and buying a call. For example, suppose the forward contract has a settle price of $50 and the
exercise price of the call is also $50. The payoffs below show that the position is the same as owning
a put with an exercise price of $50:
Price of coal:
$40
$45
$50
$55
$60
Value of call option position:
0
0
0
5
10
Value of forward position:
10
5
0
–5
–10
Total value:
$10
$5
$0
$0
$0
Value of put position:
$10
$5
$0
$0
$0
The payoffs for the combined position are exactly the same as those of owning a put. This means
that, in general, the relationship between puts, calls, and forwards must be such that the cost of the
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 23 - 398
two strategies will be the same, or an arbitrage opportunity exists. In general, given any two of the
instruments, the third can be synthesized.
10.
a
.
The actuarially fair insurance premium is the present value of the expected loss. So:
Insurance premium = (
Asset value × Probability of loss) / (1 + R
)
Insurance premium = ($295,000,000
× .0125) / (1 + .04)
Insurance premium = $3,545,673
b
.
The most you would be willing to pay is the difference between the insurance premium before
the modifications and the insurance premium after the modifications. The actuarially fair
insurance premium after the modifications will be:
Insurance premium = (Asset value × Probability of loss) / (1 + R
)
Insurance premium = ($295,000,000 × .0090) / (1 + .04)
Insurance premium = $2,552,885
So, the most you would pay is:
Maximum payment for modifications = $3,545,673 – 2,552,885
Maximum payment for modifications = $992,788
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24
OPTIONS AND CORPORATE FINANCE
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
A call option confers the right, without the obligation, to buy an asset at a given price on or before a
given date. A put option confers the right, without the obligation, to sell an asset at a given price on
or before a given date. You would buy a call option if you expect the price of the asset to increase.
You would buy a put option if you expect the price of the asset to decrease. A call option has
unlimited potential profit, while a put option has limited potential profit; the underlying asset’s price
cannot be less than zero.
2.
a.
The buyer of a call option pays money for the right to buy
....
b.
The buyer of a put option pays money for the right to sell
....
c.
The seller of a call option receives money for the obligation to sell
....
d.
The seller of a put option receives money for the obligation to buy
....
3.
The intrinsic value of a call option is Max [
S
– E
,0]. It is the value of the option at expiration.
4.
The value of a put option at expiration is Max[
E
– S
,0]. By definition, the intrinsic value of an option
is its value at expiration, so Max[
E
– S
,0] is the intrinsic value of a put option.
5.
The call is selling for less than its intrinsic value; an arbitrage opportunity exists. Buy the call for
$10, exercise the call by paying $35 in return for a share of stock, and sell the stock for $50. You’ve
made a riskless $5 profit. 6.
The prices of both the call and the put option should increase. The higher level of downside risk still
results in an option price of zero, but the upside potential is greater since there is a higher probability
that the asset will finish in the money.
7.
False. The value of a call option depends on the total variance of the underlying asset, not just the
systematic variance.
8.
The call option will sell for more since it provides an unlimited profit opportunity, while the
potential profit from the put is limited (the stock price cannot fall below zero).
9.
The value of a call option will increase, and the value of a put option will decrease.
10.
The reason they don’t show up is that the U.S. government uses cash accounting; i.e., only actual
cash inflows and outflows are counted, not contingent cash flows. From a political perspective, debt
guarantees would make the deficit larger, so that is another reason not to count them! Whether they
should be included depends on whether we feel cash accounting is appropriate or not, but these
contingent liabilities should be measured and reported. They currently are not, at least not in a
systematic fashion.
11.
The option to abandon reflects our ability to shut down a project if it is losing money. Since this
option acts to limit losses, we will underestimate NPV if we ignore it.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 400
12.
The option to expand reflects our ability to increase production if the new product sells more than
we initially expected. Since this option increases the potential future cash flows beyond our initial
estimate, we will underestimate NPV if we ignore it. 13.
This is a good example of the option to expand.
14.
With oil, for example, we can simply stop pumping if prices drop too far, and we can do so quickly.
The oil itself is not affected; it just sits in the ground until prices rise to a point where pumping is
profitable. Given the volatility of natural resource prices, the option to suspend output is very
valuable.
15.
There are two possible benefits. First, awarding employee stock options may better align the
interests of the employees with the interests of the stockholders, lowering agency costs. Secondly, if
the company has little cash available to pay top employees, employee stock options may help attract
qualified employees for less pay.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
a.
The value of the call is the stock price minus the present value of the exercise price, so:
C
0
= $56 – ($45 / 1.037) C
0
= $12.61 The intrinsic value is the amount by which the stock price exceeds the exercise price of the call,
so the intrinsic value is $11.
b.
The value of the call is the stock price minus the present value of the exercise price, so:
C
0
= $56 – ($35 / 1.037) C
0
= $22.25 The intrinsic value is the amount by which the stock price exceeds the exercise price of the call,
so the intrinsic value is $21.
c.
The value of the put option is $0 since there is no possibility that the put will finish in the
money. The intrinsic value is also $0.
2.
a.
The calls are in the money. The intrinsic value of the calls is $5.
b.
The puts are out of the money. The intrinsic value of the puts is $0.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
401 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
The Mar call and the Oct put are mispriced. The call is mispriced because it is selling for less
than its intrinsic value. If the option expired today, the arbitrage strategy would be to buy the
call for $2.80, exercise it and pay $80 for a share of stock, and sell the stock for $85. A riskless
profit of $2.20 results. The October put is mispriced because it sells for less than the July put.
To take advantage of this, sell the July put for $3.90 and buy the October put for $3.65, for a
cash inflow of $.25. The exposure of the short position is completely covered by the long
position in the October put, with a positive cash inflow today.
3.
a.
Each contract is for 100 shares, so the total cost is:
Cost = 10(100 shares/contract)($2.35) Cost = $2,350
b.
If the stock price at expiration is $43, the payoff is:
Payoff = 10(100)($43 – 38) Payoff = $5,000
If the stock price at expiration is $39, the payoff is:
Payoff = 10(100)($39 – 38) Payoff = $1,000
c.
Remembering that each contract is for 100 shares of stock, the cost is:
Cost = 10(100)($3.56) Cost = $3,560 The maximum gain on the put option would occur if the stock price goes to $0. We also need to
subtract the initial cost, so:
Maximum gain = 10(100)($38) – $3,560 Maximum gain = $34,440
If the stock price at expiration is $32, the position will be worth:
Position value = 10(100)($38 – 32) Position value = $6,000
And your profit will be:
Profit = $6,000 – 3,560
Profit = $2,440
d.
At a stock price of $34 the put is in the money. As the writer you will lose: Net gain(loss) = $3,560 – 10(100)($38 – 34) Net gain(loss) = –$440
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 402
At a stock price of $34 the put is out of the money, so the writer will make the initial cost:
Net gain = $3,560
At the breakeven, you would recover the initial cost of $3,560, so: $3,560 = 10(100)($38 – S
T
) S
T
= $34.44 For terminal stock prices above $34.44, the writer of the put option makes a net profit (ignoring
transaction costs and the effects of the time value of money).
4.
a.
The value of the call is the stock price minus the present value of the exercise price, so:
C
0
= $70 – 65 / 1.04 C
0
= $7.50
b.
Using the equation presented in the text to prevent arbitrage, we find the value of the call is:
$70 = [($86 – 62) / ($86 – 75)]
C
0
+ $62 / 1.04 C
0
= $4.76
5.
a.
The value of the call is the stock price minus the present value of the exercise price, so:
C
0
= $85 – $65 / 1.06 C
0
= $23.68
b.
Using the equation presented in the text to prevent arbitrage, we find the value of the call is:
$85 = [($95 – 75) / ($95 – 70)]
C
0
+ $75 / 1.06
C
0
= $17.81
6.
Each option contract is for 100 shares of stock, so the price of a call on one share is:
C
0
= $925 / 100 shares per contract C
0
= $9.25
Using the no arbitrage model, we find that the price of the stock is:
S
0
= $9.25[($68 – 47) / ($68 – 60)] + $47 / 1.03 S
0
= $69.91
7.
a.
The equity can be valued as a call option on the firm with an exercise price equal to the value
of the debt, so:
E
0
= $1,025 – [$1,000 / 1.045] E
0
= $68.06
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
403 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
The current value of debt is the value of the firm’s assets minus the value of the equity, so:
D
0
= $1,025 – 68.06 D
0
= $956.94 We can use the face value of the debt and the current market value of the debt to find the
interest rate, so:
Interest rate = [$1,000 / $956.94] – 1 Interest rate = .045, or 4.5%
c.
The value of the equity will increase. The debt then requires a higher return; therefore the
present value of the debt is less while the value of the firm does not change.
8.
a.
Using the no arbitrage valuation model, we can use the current market value of the firm as the
stock price, and the par value of the bond as the strike price to value the equity. Doing so, we
get: $1,090 = [($1,380 – 920) / ($1,380 – 1,000)]
E
0
+ [$920 / 1.048] E
0
= $175.24 The current value of the debt is the value of the firm’s assets minus the value of the equity, so:
D
0
= $1,090 – 175.24 D
0
= $914.76
b.
Using the no arbitrage model as in part a
, we get:
$1,090 = [($1,600 – 800) / ($1,600 – 1,000)]
E
0
+ [$800 / 1.048] E
0
= $244.98 The stockholders will prefer the new asset structure because their potential gain increases while
their maximum potential loss remains unchanged.
9.
The conversion ratio is the par value divided by the conversion price, so:
Conversion ratio = $1,000 / $34 Conversion ratio = 29.412
The conversion value is the conversion ratio times the stock price, so: Conversion value = 29.412($39) Conversion value = $1,147.06
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 404
10.
a.
The minimum bond price is the greater of the straight bond value or the conversion price. The
straight bond value is:
Straight bond value = $13(PVIFA
2.5%,60
) + $1,000 / 1.025
60
Straight bond value = $652.12
The conversion ratio is the par value divided by the conversion price, so:
Conversion ratio = $1,000 / $38 Conversion ratio = 26.32 The conversion value is the conversion ratio times the stock price, so:
Conversion value = 26.32($34) Conversion value = $894.74
The minimum value for this bond is the conversion value of $894.74.
b.
The option embedded in the bond adds the extra value.
11.
a.
The minimum bond price is the greater of the straight bond value or the conversion value. The
straight bond value is:
Straight bond value = $16(PVIFA
2.45%,60
) + $1,000 / 1.0245
60
Straight bond value = $734.26
The conversion ratio is the par value divided by the conversion price, so:
Conversion ratio = $1,000 / $58 Conversion ratio = 17.24 The conversion price is the conversion ratio times the stock price, so:
Conversion value = 17.24($39) Conversion value = $672.41
The minimum value for this bond is the straight bond value of $734.26.
b.
The conversion premium is the difference between the current stock price and conversion price,
divided by the current stock price, so:
Conversion premium = ($58 – 39) / $39 Conversion premium = .4872, or 48.72%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
405 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
12.
The value of the bond without warrants is:
Straight bond value = $48(PVIFA
6%,25
) + $1,000 / 1.06
25
Straight bond value = $846.60
The value of the warrants is the selling price of the bond minus the value of the bond without
warrants, so: Total warrant value = $1,000 – 846.60 Total warrant value = $153.40 Since the bond has 20 warrants attached, the price of each warrant is:
Price of one warrant = $153.40 / 20 Price of one warrant = $7.67
13.
If we purchase the machine today, the NPV is the cost plus the present value of the increased cash
flows, so:
NPV
0
= –$1,400,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,10
) NPV
0
= $23,999.57
We should not necessarily purchase the machine today, but rather we would want to purchase the
machine when the NPV is the highest. So, we need to calculate the NPV each year. The NPV each
year will be the cost plus the present value of the increased cash savings. We must be careful
however. In order to make the correct decision, the NPV for each year must be taken to a common
date. We will discount all of the NPVs to today. Doing so, we get:
Year 1: NPV
1
= [–$1,305,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,9
)] / 1.14 NPV
1
= $39,789.05
Year 2: NPV
2
= [–$1,210,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,8
)] / 1.14
2
NPV
2
= $43,405.54
Year 3: NPV
3
= [–$1,115,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,7
)] / 1.14
3
NPV
3
= $37,600.79
Year 4: NPV
4
= [–$1,020,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,6
)] / 1.14
4
NPV
4
= $24,634.23
Year 5: NPV
5
= [–$925,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,5
)] / 1.14
5
NPV
5
= $6,352.45
Year 6: NPV
6
= [–$925,000 + $273,000(PVIFA
14%,4
)] / 1.14
6
NPV
6
= –$59,024.22
The company should purchase the machine two years from now when the NPV is the highest.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 406
Intermediate
14.
a
.
The base-case NPV is:
NPV = –$2,300,000 + $516,800(PVIFA
14%,10
) NPV = $395,688.57
b.
We would abandon the project if the cash flow from selling the equipment is greater than the
present value of the future cash flows. We need to find the sale quantity where the two are
equal, so:
$1,400,000 = ($68)Q(PVIFA
14%,9
) Q = $1,400,000 / [$68(4.9464)] Q = 4,162
Abandon the project if Q < 4,162 units, because the NPV of abandoning the project is greater
than the NPV of the future cash flows.
c.
The $1,400,000 is the market value of the project. If you continue with the project in one year,
you forgo the $1,400,000 that could have been used for something else.
15.
a.
If the project is a success, present value of the future cash flows will be:
PV future CFs = $68(11,200)(PVIFA
14%,9
) PV future CFs = $3,767,156.79
From the previous question, if the quantity sold is 3,900, we would abandon the project, and the
cash flow would be $1,400,000. Since the project has an equal likelihood of success or failure
in one year, the expected value of the project in one year is the average of the success and
failure cash flows, plus the cash flow in one year, so:
Expected value of project at Year 1 = [($3,767,156.79 + 1,400,000) / 2] + $516,800 Expected value of project at Year 1 = $3,100,378.40
The NPV is the present value of the expected value in one year minus the cost of the
equipment, so:
NPV = –$2,300,000 + ($3,100,378.40) / 1.14 NPV = $419,630.17
b
.
If we couldn’t abandon the project, the present value of the future cash flows when the quantity
is 3,900 will be:
PV future CFs = $68(3,900)(PVIFA
14%,9
) PV future CFs = $1,311,777.81
The gain from the option to abandon is the abandonment value minus the present value of the
cash flows if we cannot abandon the project, so:
Gain from option to abandon = $1,400,000 – 1,311,777.81 Gain from option to abandon = $88,222.19
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
407 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
We need to find the value of the option to abandon times the likelihood of abandonment. So,
the value of the option to abandon today is:
Option value = (.50)($88,222.19) / 1.14 Option value = $38,693.94
16.
If the project is a success, present value of the future cash flows will be:
PV future CFs = $68(22,400)(PVIFA
14%,9
) PV future CFs = $7,534,313.58
If the sales are only 4,162 units, from Problem 14, we know we will abandon the project, with a
value of $1,400,000. Since the project has an equal likelihood of success or failure in one year, the
expected value of the project in one year is the average of the success and failure cash flows, plus the
cash flow in one year, so:
Expected value of project at Year 1 = [($7,534,313.58 + $1,400,000) / 2] + $516,800
Expected value of project at Year 1 = $4,983,956.79
The NPV is the present value of the expected value in one year minus the cost of the equipment, so:
NPV = –$2,300,000 + $4,983,956.79 / 1.14 NPV = $2,071,891.92
The gain from the option to expand is the present value of the cash flows from the additional units
sold, so:
Gain from option to expand = $68(11,200)(PVIFA
14%,9
) Gain from option to expand = $3,767,156.79
We need to find the value of the option to expand times the likelihood of expansion. We also need to
find the value of the option to expand today, so:
Option value = (.50)($3,767,156.79) / 1.14 Option value = $1,652,261.75
17.
a.
The value of the call is the maximum of the stock price minus the present value of the exercise
price, or zero, so:
C
0
= Max[$59 – ($65 / 1.05),0] C
0
= $0 The option isn’t worth anything.
b.
The stock price is too low for the option to finish in the money. The minimum return on the
stock required to get the option in the money is:
Minimum stock return = ($65 – 59) / $59 Minimum stock return = .1017, or 10.17% which is much higher than the risk-free rate of interest.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 408
18.
B is the more typical case; A presents an arbitrage opportunity. You could buy the bond for $800 and
immediately convert it into stock that can be sold for $1,000. A riskless $200 profit results.
19.
a.
The conversion ratio is given at 18. The conversion price is the par value divided by the
conversion ratio, so:
Conversion price = $1,000 / 18 Conversion price = $55.56
The conversion premium is the percent increase in stock price that results in no profit when the
bond is converted, so:
Conversion premium = ($55.56 – 45) / $45 Conversion premium = .2346, or 23.46%
b.
The straight bond value is: Straight bond value = $24.50(PVIFA
3.7%,40
) + $1,000 / 1.037
40
Straight bond value = $741.15
And the conversion value is the conversion ratio times the stock price, so:
Conversion value = 18($45) Conversion value = $810
c.
We need to set the straight bond value equal to the conversion ratio times the stock price, and
solve for the stock price, so:
$741.15 = 18
S
S
= $41.17
d.
There are actually two option values to consider with a convertible bond. The conversion
option value, defined as the market value less the floor value, and the speculative option value,
defined as the floor value less the straight bond value. When the conversion value is less than
the straight-bond value, the speculative option is worth zero.
Conversion option value = $960 – 810 = $150
Speculative option value = $810 – 741.15 = $68.85
Total option value = $150 + 68.85 = $218.85
20.
a.
The NPV of the project is the sum of the present value of the cash flows generated by the
project. The cash inflows from this project are an annuity, so the NPV is:
NPV = –$32,000,000 + $6,900,000(PVIFA
11%,8
)
NPV = $3,508,247.05
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
409 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
The company should abandon the project if the PV of the revised cash flows for the next seven
years is less than the project’s aftertax salvage value. Since the option to abandon the project
occurs in Year 1, discount the revised cash flows to Year 1 as well. To determine the level of
expected cash flows below which the company should abandon the project, calculate the
equivalent annual cash flows the project must earn to equal the aftertax salvage value. We will
solve for C
2
, the revised cash flow beginning in Year 2. So, the revised annual cash flow below
which it makes sense to abandon the project is:
Aftertax salvage value = C
2
(PVIFA
11%,7
)
$21,000,000 = C
2
(PVIFA
11%,7
)
C
2
= $21,000,000 / PVIFA
11%,7
C
2
= $4,456,520.66 Challenge
21.
The straight bond value today is:
Straight bond value = $39(PVIFA
8%,25
) + $1,000 / 1.08
25
Straight bond value = $562.33
And the conversion value of the bond today is:
Conversion value = $32.10($1,000 / $74) Conversion value = $433.78
We expect the bond to be called when the conversion value increases to $1,300, so we need to find
the number of periods it will take for the current conversion value to reach the expected value at
which the bond will be converted. Doing so, we find:
$433.78(1.11)
t
= $1,300 t
= 10.52 years The bond will be called in 10.52 years. The bond value is the present value of the expected cash flows. The cash flows will be the annual
coupon payments plus the conversion price. The present value of these cash flows is:
Bond value = $39(PVIFA
8%,10.52
) + $1,300 / 1.08
10.52
Bond value = $849.16
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 410
22.
We will use the bottom up approach to calculate the operating cash flow. Assuming we operate the
project for all four years, the cash flows are:
Year
0
1
2
3
4
Sales
$9,100,000
$9,100,000
$9,100,000
$9,100,000
Operating costs
3,700,000
3,700,000
3,700,000
3,700,000
Depreciation
3,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
EBT
$2,400,000
$2,400,000
$2,400,000
$2,400,000
Tax
912,000
912,000
912,000
912,000
Net income
$1,488,000
$1,488,000
$1,488,000
$1,488,000
+Depreciation
3,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
Operating CF
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
Change in NWC
–$900,000
0
0
0
$900,000
Capital spending
–$12,000,000
0
0
0
0
Total cash flow
–$12,900,000
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
$5,388,000
There is no salvage value for the equipment. The NPV is:
NPV = –$12,900,000 + $4,488,000(PVIFA
13%,3
) + $5,388,000/1.13
4
NPV = $1,001,414.16
b. The cash flows if we abandon the project after one year are:
Year
0
1
Sales
$9,100,000
Operating costs
3,700,000
Depreciation
3,000,000
EBT
$2,400,000
Tax
912,000
Net income
$1,488,000
+Depreciation
3,000,000
Operating CF
$4,488,000
Change in NWC
–$900,000
$900,000
Capital spending
–$12,000,000
$8,504,000
Total cash flow
–$12,900,000
$13,892,000
The book value of the equipment is: Book value = $12,000,000 – (1)($12,000,000/4) Book value = $9,000,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
411 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
So, the taxes on the salvage value will be:
Taxes = ($9,000,000 – 8,200,000)(.38)
Taxes = $304,000
This makes the aftertax salvage value:
Aftertax salvage value = $8,200,000 + 304,000 Aftertax salvage value = $8,504,000
The NPV if we abandon the project after one year is:
NPV = –$12,900,000 + $13,892,000/1.13
NPV = –$606,194.69
If we abandon the project after two years, the cash flows are:
Year
0
1
2
Sales
$9,100,000
$9,100,000
Operating costs
3,700,000
3,700,000
Depreciation
3,000,000
3,000,000
EBT
$2,400,000
$2,400,000
Tax
912,000
912,000
Net income
$1,488,000
$1,488,000
+Depreciation
3,000,000
3,000,000
Operating CF
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
Change in NWC
–$900,000
0
$900,000
Capital spending
–$12,000,000
0
$6,124,000
Total cash flow
–$12,900,000
$4,488,000
$11,512,000
The book value of the equipment is: Book value = $12,000,000 – (2)($12,000,000/4) Book value = $6,000,000 So the taxes on the salvage value will be:
Taxes = ($6,000,000 – 6,200,000)(.38)
Taxes = –$76,000
This makes the aftertax salvage value:
Aftertax salvage value = $6,200,000 – 76,000 Aftertax salvage value = $6,124,000
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 24 - 412
The NPV if we abandon the project after two years is:
NPV = –$12,900,000 + $4,488,000/1.13 + $11,512,000/1.13
2
NPV = $87,266.03
If we abandon the project after three years, the cash flows are:
Year
0
1
2
3
Sales
$9,100,000
$9,100,000
$9,100,000
Operating costs
3,700,000
3,700,000
3,700,000
Depreciation
3,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
EBT
$2,400,000
$2,400,000
$2,400,000
Tax
912,000
912,000
912,000
Net income
$1,488,000
$1,488,000
$1,488,000
+Depreciation
3,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
Operating CF
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
Change in NWC
–$900,000
0
0
$900,000
Capital spending
–$12,000,000
0
0
$4,054,000
Total cash flow
–$12,900,000
$4,488,000
$4,488,000
$9,442,000
The book value of the equipment is: Book value = $12,000,000 – (3)($12,000,000/4) Book value = $3,000,000 So the taxes on the salvage value will be:
Taxes = ($3,000,000 – 4,700,000)(.38)
Taxes = –$646,000
This makes the aftertax salvage value:
Aftertax salvage value = $4,700,000 – 646,000 Aftertax salvage value = $4,054,000
The NPV if we abandon the project after three years is:
NPV = –$12,900,000 + $4,488,000(PVIFA
13%,2
) + $9,442,000/1.13
3
NPV = $1,130,223.36
We should abandon the equipment after three years since the NPV of abandoning the project after
three years has the highest NPV.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25
OPTION VALUATION
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Increasing the time to expiration increases the value of an option. The reason is that the option gives
the holder the right to buy or sell. The longer the holder has that right, the more time there is for the
option to increase (or decrease in the case of a put) in value. For example, imagine an out-of-the-
money option that is about to expire. Because the option is essentially worthless, increasing the time
to expiration would obviously increase its value.
2.
An increase in volatility acts to increase both call and put values because the greater volatility
increases the possibility of favorable in-the-money payoffs.
3.
Interest rate increases are good for calls and bad for puts. The reason is that if a call is exercised in
the future, we have to pay a fixed amount at that time. The higher the interest rate, the lower the
present value of that fixed amount. The reverse is true for puts in that we receive a fixed amount.
4.
If you buy a put option on a stock that you already own, you guarantee that you can sell the stock for
the exercise price of the put. Thus, you have effectively insured yourself against a stock price decline
below this point. This is the protective put strategy.
5.
The intrinsic value of a call is Max[
S
– E
, 0]. The intrinsic value of a put is Max[
E
– S
, 0]. The
intrinsic value of an option is the value at expiration.
6.
The time value of both a call option and a put option is the difference between the price of the option
and the intrinsic value. For both types of options, as maturity increases, the time value increases
since you have a longer time to realize a price increase (decrease). A call option is more sensitive to
the maturity of the contract.
7.
Since you have a large number of stock options in the company, you have an incentive to accept the
second project, which will increase the overall risk of the company and reduce the value of the
firm’s debt. However, accepting the risky project will increase your wealth, as the options are more
valuable when the risk of the firm increases.
8.
Rearranging the put-call parity formula, we get: S
– PV(
E
) = C
– P
. Since we know that the stock
price and exercise price are the same, assuming a positive interest rate, the left-hand side of the
equation must be greater than zero. This implies the price of the call must be higher than the price of
the put in this situation.
9.
Rearranging the put-call parity formula, we get: S
– PV(
E
) = C
– P
. If the call and the put have the
same price, we know C
– P
= 0. This must mean the stock price is equal to the present value of the
exercise price, so the put is in-the-money.
10.
A stock can be replicated using a long call (to capture the upside gains), a short put (to reflect the
downside losses) and a T-bill (to reflect the time value component
—
the “wait” factor).
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 414
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
With continuous compounding, the FV is:
FV = $1,550
e
.08(7)
FV = $2,713.54
2.
With continuous compounding, the PV is:
PV = $25,000
e
–.09(14)
PV = $7,091.35
3.
Using put-call parity and solving for the put price, we get:
S
+ P
= Ee
–
Rt
+ C
$56 + P
= $60
–.026(.25)
+ $2.95 P
= $6.56
4.
Using put-call parity and solving for the call price we get:
S
+ P
= Ee
-
Rt
+ C
$48 + $4.35 = $50
e
–.035(.5)
+ C
C
= $3.22
5.
Using put-call parity and solving for the stock price we get:
S
+ P
= Ee
-
Rt
+ C
S
+ $1.25 = $70
e
–.048(3/12)
+ $5.10
S
= $73.02
6.
Using put-call parity, we can solve for the risk-free rate as follows:
S
+ P
= Ee
–
Rt
+ C
$63.38 + $1.35 = $60
e
–
R
(4/12)
+ $5.30
$59.43 = $60
e
–
R
(4/12)
.9905 = e
–
R
(4/12)
ln(.9905) = ln(
e
–
R
(4/12)
)
–.0095 = –
R
(4/12)
R
= .0286, or 2.86%
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
415 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
7.
Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to find the price of the call option, we find:
d
1
= [ln($73/$70) + (.047 + .62
2
/2)
(4/12)] / (.62
√
4
/
12
) = .3400 d
2
= .3400 – (.62
√
4
/
12
) = –.0180 N(
d
1
) = .6331
N(
d
2
) = .4928
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the call price is:
C
= $73(.6331) – ($70
e
–.047(4/12)
)(.4928) = $12.25
Using put-call parity, the put price is:
P
= $70
e
–.047(4/12)
+ 12.25 – 73 = $8.16
8.
The delta of a call option is N(
d
1
), so:
d
1
= [ln($92/$95) + (.05 + .59
2
/2)
.75] / (.59
√
.75
) = .2661
N(
d
1
) = .6049
For a call option the delta is .6049. For a put option, the delta is:
Put delta = .6049 – 1 = –.3951 The delta tells us the change in the price of an option for a $1 change in the price of the underlying
asset.
9.
Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with a ‘stock’ price of $1,375,000 and an exercise
price of $1,600,000, the price you should receive is:
d
1
= [ln($1,375,000/$1,600,000) + (.05 + .30
2
/2)
(12/12)] / (.30
√
12
/
12
) = –.1885 d
2
= –.1885 – (.30
√
12
/
12
) = –.4885 N(
d
1
) = .4252
N(
d
2
) = .3126
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the call price is:
C
= $1,375,000(.4252) – ($1,600,000
e
–.05(1)
)(.3126) = $108,944.59
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 416
10.
Using the call price we found in the previous problem and put-call parity, you would need to pay:
P
= $1,600,000
e
–.05(1)
+ 108,944.59 – 1,375,000 = $255,911.66 You would have to pay $255,911.66 in order to guarantee the right to sell the land for $1,600,000.
11.
Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to find the price of the call option, we find:
d
1
= [ln($63/$60) + (.06 + .54
2
/2)
(6/12)] / (.54
√
(
6
/
12
)
) = .3973
d
2
= .3973 – (.54
√
6
/
12
) = .0154 N(
d
1
) = .6544 N(
d
2
) = .5062
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the call price is:
C
= $63(.6544) – ($60
e
–.06(.50)
)(.5062) = $11.76
Using put-call parity, we find the put price is:
P
= $60
e
–.06(.50)
+ 11.76 – 63 = $6.98
a.
The intrinsic value of each option is:
Call intrinsic value = Max[
S
– E
, 0] = $3
Put intrinsic value = Max[
E
– S
, 0] = $0
b.
Option value consists of time value and intrinsic value, so:
Call option value = Intrinsic value + Time value
$11.76 = $3 + Time value
Time value = $8.76
Put option value = Intrinsic value + Time value
$6.98 = $0 + Time value Time value = $6.98
c.
The time premium (theta) is more important for a call option than a put option, therefore, the time premium is, in general, larger for a call option.
12.
Using put-call parity, the price of the put option is:
S
+ P
= Ee
-
Rt
+ C
$42.75 + P
= $45
e
–.05(1/3)
+ $3.80
P
= $5.31
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
417 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Intermediate
13.
If the exercise price is equal to zero, the call price will equal the stock price, which is $75.
14.
If the standard deviation is zero, d
1
and d
2
go to +
∞
, so N(
d
1
) and N(
d
2
) go to 1. This is the no risk
call option formula we discussed in an earlier chapter, so: C
= S
– Ee
–Rt
C
= $67 – $60
e
–.05(6/12)
C
= $8.48
15.
If the standard deviation is infinite, d
1
goes to positive infinity so N(
d
1
) goes to 1, and d
2
goes to
negative infinity so N(
d
2
) goes to 0. In this case, the call price is equal to the stock price, which is
$47.
16.
We can use the Black-Scholes model to value the equity of a firm. Using the asset value of $19,100
as the stock price, and the face value of debt of $17,000 as the exercise price, the value of the firm’s
equity is:
d
1
= [ln($19,100/$17,000) + (.06 + .34
2
/2)
1] / (.34
√
1
) = .6890
d
2
= .6890 – (.34
√
1
) = .3490
N(
d
1
) = .7546
N(
d
2
) = .6365
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the equity value is:
Equity = C
= $19,100(.7546) – ($17,000
e
–.06(1)
)(.6365) Equity = $4,222.99 The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt = $19,100 – 4,222.99 Debt = $14,877.01
17.
a.
We can use the Black-Scholes model to value the equity of a firm. Using the asset value of
$21,000 (= $19,100 + 1,900) as the stock price, and the face value of debt of $17,000 as the
exercise price, the value of the firm if it accepts project A is:
d
1
= [ln($21,000/$17,000) + (.06 + .46
2
/2)
1] / (.46
√
1
) = .8198
d
2
= .8198 – (.46
√
1
) = .3598
N(
d
1
) = .7938 N(
d
2
) = .6405
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 418
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
419 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the equity value is:
Equity
A
= C
= $21,000(.7938) – ($17,000
e
–.06(1)
)(.6405) Equity
A
= $6,416.10
The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt
A
= $21,000 – 6,416.10 Debt
A
= $14,583.90
The asset value if the firm takes project B is $21,900 (= $17,100 + 2,800), so the value of equity
will be:
d
1
= [ln($21,900/$17,000) + (.06 + .29
2
/2)
1] / (.29
√
1
) = 1.2253
d
2
= 1.2253 – (.29
√
1
) = .9353
N(
d
1
) = .8898 N(
d
2
) = .8252
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the equity value is:
Equity
B
= C
= $21,900(.8898) – ($17,000
e
–.06(1)
)(.8252) Equity
B
= $6,274.76
The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt
B
= $21,900 – 6,274.76 Debt
B
= $15,625.24
b.
Although the NPV of Project B is higher, the equity value with Project A is higher. While NPV
represents the increase in the value of the assets of the firm, in this case, the increase in the value
of the firm’s assets resulting from Project B is mostly allocated to the debtholders, resulting in a
smaller increase in the value of the equity. Stockholders would, therefore, prefer Project A even
though it has a lower NPV.
c.
Yes. If the same group of investors have equal stakes in the firm as bondholders and
stockholders, then total firm value matters and Project B should be chosen, since it increases the
value of the firm to $21,900 instead of $21,000.
d.
Stockholders may have an incentive to take on more risky, less profitable projects if the firm is
leveraged; the higher the firm’s debt load, all else the same, the greater is this incentive.
18.
We can use the Black-Scholes model to value the equity of a firm. Using the asset value of $28,300
as the stock price, and the face value of debt of $25,000 as the exercise price, the value of the firm’s
equity is:
d
1
= [ln($28,300/$25,000) + (.06 + .38
2
/2)
1] / (.38
√
1
) = .6742
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 420
d
2
= .6742 – (.38
√
1
) = .2942
N(
d
1
) = .7499
N(
d
2
) = .6157
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the equity value is:
Equity = C
= $28,300(.7499) – ($25,000
e
–.06(1)
)(.6157) Equity = $6,726.34 The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt = $28,300 – 6,726.34 Debt = $21,573.66
The return on the company’s debt is:
$21,573.66 = $25,000
e
–
R
(1)
.8629 = e
–
R
R
D
= –ln(.8629) R
D
= .1474, or 14.74%
19.
a.
The combined value of equity and debt of the two firms is:
Equity = $4,222.99 + 6,726.34 Equity = $10,949.33 Debt = $14,877.01 + 21,573.66 Debt = $36,450.67
b.
For the new firm, the combined market value of assets is $47,400, and the combined face value of
debt is $42,000. Using Black-Scholes to find the value of equity for the new firm, we find:
d
1
= [ln($47,400/$42,000) + (.06 + .21
2
/2)
1] / (.21
√
1
) = .9667
d
2
= .9667 – (.21
√
1
) = .7567
N(
d
1
) = .8331
N(
d
2
) = .7754
Putting these values into the Black-Scholes model, we find the equity value is:
Equity = C
= $47,400(.8331) – ($42,000
e
–.06(1)
)(.7754) Equity = $8,821.78
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
421 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt = $47,400 – 8,821.78 Debt = $38,578.22
c.
The change in the value of the firm’s equity is:
Equity value change = $8,821.78 – 10,949.33 Equity value change = –$2,127.55 The change in the value of the firm’s debt is:
Debt value change = $38,578.22 – 36,450.67 Debt value change = $2,127.55
d.
In a purely financial merger, when the standard deviation of the assets declines, the value of the equity declines as well. The shareholders will lose exactly the amount the bondholders gain. The
bondholders gain as a result of the coinsurance effect. That is, it is less likely that the new
company will default on the debt.
20.
a.
Using the Black-Scholes model to value the equity, we get:
d
1
= [ln($18,100,000/$20,000,000) + (.06 + .41
2
/2)
5] / (.41
√
5
) = .6767
d
2
= .6767 – (.41
√
5
) = –.2400
N(
d
1
) = .7507 N(
d
2
) = .4051
Putting these values into Black-Scholes:
Equity = C
= $18,100,000(.7507) – ($20,000,000
e
–.06(5)
)(.4051) Equity = $7,585,133.79 b.
The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt = $18,100,000 – 7,585,133.79 Debt = $10,514,866.21
c.
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum, we get:
$10,514,866.21 = $20,000,000
e
–
R
(5)
.5257 = e
–
R
(5)
R
D
= –(1/5)ln(.5257) R
D
= .1286, or 12.86%
d.
Using the Black-Scholes model to value the equity, we get:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 422
d
1
= [ln($20,200,000 / $20,000,000) + (.06 + .41
2
/2)
5] / (.41
√
5
) = .7695
d
2
= .7695 – (.41
√
5
) = –.1203
N(
d
1
) = .7871 N(
d
2
) = .4521
Putting these values into Black-Scholes:
Equity = C
= $20,200,000(.7871) – ($20,000,000
e
–.06(5)
)(.4521) Equity = $9,201,124.47
e
.
The value of the debt is the firm value minus the value of the equity, so:
Debt = $20,200,000 – 9,201,124.47 Debt = $10,998,875.53
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum, we get:
$10,998,875.53 = $20,000,000
e
–
R
(5)
.5499 = e
–
R
5
R
D
= –(1/5)ln(.5499) R
D
= .1196, or 11.96%
When the firm accepts the new project, part of the NPV accrues to bondholders. This increases
the present value of the bond, thus reducing the return on the bond. Additionally, the new project
makes the firm safer in the sense it increases the value of assets, thus increasing the probability
the call will end in-the-money and the bondholders will receive their payment.
Challenge
21.
a.
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum, we get:
PV = $35,000
e
–.05(2)
= $31,669.31 b.
Using the Black-Scholes model to value the equity, we get:
d
1
= [ln($21,800/$35,000) + (.05 + .60
2
/2)
2] / (.60
√
2
) = –.0158
d
2
= –.0158 – (.60
√
2
) = –.8644
N(
d
1
) = .4937 N(
d
2
) = .1937
Putting these values into Black-Scholes:
Equity = C
= $21,800(.4937) – ($35,000
e
–.05(2)
)(.1937)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
423 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
Equity = $4,628.13
And using put-call parity, the price of the put option is:
P
= $35,000e
–.05(2)
+ 4,628.13 – 21,800 P
= $14,497.44
c.
The value of a risky bond is the value of a risk-free bond minus the value of a put option on the
firm’s equity, so:
Value of risky bond = $31,669.31 – 14,497.44 Value of risky bond = $17,171.87
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum to find the return on
debt, we get:
$17,171.87 = $35,000
e
–
R
(2)
.4906 = e
–
R
2
R
D
= –(1/2)ln(.4906) R
D
= .3560, or 35.60%
d.
The value of the debt with five years to maturity at the risk-free rate is:
PV = $35,000
e
–.05(5)
PV = $27,258.03
Using the Black-Scholes model to value the equity, we get:
d
1
= [ln($21,800/$35,000) + (.05 + .60
2
/2)
5] / (.60
√
5
) = .5043
d
2
= .5043 – (.60
√
5
) = –.8374
N(
d
1
) = .6930 N(
d
2
) = .2012
Putting these values into Black-Scholes:
Equity = C
= $21,800(.6930) – ($35,000
e
–.05(5)
)(.2012) Equity = $9,622.52
And using put-call parity, the price of the put option is:
P
= $35,000
e
–.05(5)
+ 9,622.52 – 21,800 P = $15,080.55
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 424
The value of a risky bond is the value of a risk-free bond minus the value of a put option on the
firm’s equity, so:
Value of risky bond = $27,258.03 – 15,080.55 Value of risky bond = $12,177.48
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum to find the return on
debt, we get:
$12,177.48 = $35,000
e
–
R
(5) .3479 = e
–
R
5
R
D
= –(1/5)ln(.3479) R
D
= .2112, or 21.12%
The value of the debt declines because of the time value of money; that is, it will be longer until
shareholders receive their payment. However, the required return on the debt declines. Under the
current situation, it is not likely the company will have the assets to pay off bondholders. Under
the new plan where the company operates for five more years, the probability of increasing the
value of assets to meet or exceed the face value of debt is higher than if the company only
operates for two more years. 22.
a.
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum, we get:
PV = $80,000
e
–.07(5)
PV = $56,375.05 b.
Using the Black-Scholes model to value the equity, we get:
d
1
= [ln($77,000/$80,000) + (.07 + .34
2
/2)
5] / (.34
√
5
) = .7902
d
2
= .7902 – (.34
√
5
) = .0300
N(
d
1
) = .7853 N(
d
2
) = .5120
Putting these values into Black-Scholes:
Equity = C
= $77,000(.7853) – ($80,000
e
–.07(5)
)(.5120) Equity = $31,606.96
And using put-call parity, the price of the put option is:
P
= $80,000e
–.07(5)
+ 31,606.96 – 77,000 P
= $10,982.01
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
425 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
c.
The value of a risky bond is the value of a risk-free bond minus the value of a put option on the
firm’s equity, so:
Value of risky bond = $56,375.05 – 10,9828.01 Value of risky bond = $45,393.04
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum to find the return on
debt, we get:
$45,393.04 = $80,000
e
–
R
(5)
.5674 = e
–
R
(5)
R
D
= –(1/5)ln(.5674) R
D = .1133, or 11.33%
d.
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum, we get:
PV = $80,000
e
–.07(5)
PV = $56,375.05
Using the Black-Scholes model to value the equity, we get:
d
1
= [ln($77,000/$80,000) + (.07 + .43
2
/2)
5] / (.43
√
5
) = .8050
d
2
= .8050 – (.43
√
5
) = –.1565
N(
d
1
) = .7896
N(
d
2
) = .4378
Putting these values into Black-Scholes:
Equity = C
= $77,000(.7896) – ($80,000
e
–.07(5)
)(.4378) Equity = $36,116.55
And using put-call parity, the price of the put option is:
P
= $80,000
e
–.07(5)
+ 36,116.55 – 77,000 P
= $15,491.60
The value of a risky bond is the value of a risk-free bond minus the value of a put option on the
firm’s equity, so:
Value of risky bond = $56,375.05 – 15,491.60 Value of risky bond = $40,883.45
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 25 - 426
Using the equation for the PV of a continuously compounded lump sum to find the return on
debt, we get:
$40,883.45 = $80,000
e
–R(5)
.5110 = e
–R(5)
R
D
= –(1/5)ln(.5110) R
D
= .1343, or 13.43%
The value of the debt declines. Since the standard deviation of the company’s assets increases, the
value of the put option on the face value of the bond increases which decreases the bond’s current
value. e.
From c and d
, bondholders lose: $40,883.45 – 45,393.04 = –$4,509.59
From b
and d
, stockholders gain: $36,116.55 – 31,606.96 = $4,509.59 This is an agency problem for bondholders. Management, acting to increase shareholder wealth in
this manner, will reduce bondholder wealth by the exact amount that shareholder wealth is
increased. 23.
a.
Going back to the chapter on dividends, the price of the stock will decline by the amount of the
dividend (less any tax effects). Therefore, we would expect the price of the stock to drop when a
dividend is paid, reducing the upside potential of the call by the amount of the dividend. The
price of a call option will decrease when the dividend yield increases. b.
Using the Black-Scholes model with dividends, we get:
d
1
= [ln($94/$90) + (.04 – .02 + .50
2
/2)
.5] / (.50
√
.5
) = .3281
d
2
= .3281 – (.50
√
.5
) = –.0255
N(
d
1
) = .6286 N(
d
2
) = .4898
C
= $94
e
–(.02)(.5)
(.6286) – ($90
e
–.04(.5)
)(.4898) C
= $15.29
24. a.
Going back to the chapter on dividends, the price of the stock will decline by the amount of the
dividend (less any tax effects). Therefore, we would expect the price of the stock to drop when a
dividend is paid. The price of a put option will increase when the dividend yield increases. b.
Using put-call parity to find the price of the put option, we get:
$94
e
–.02(.5)
+ P
= $90
e
–.04(.5)
+ 15.29
P
= $10.44
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
427 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
25.
N(
d
1
) is the probability that “
z
” is less than or equal to N(
d
1
), so 1 – N(
d
1
) is the probability that “
z
”
is greater than N(
d
1
). Because of the symmetry of the normal distribution, this is the same thing as
the probability that “
z
” is less than N(–
d
1
). So:
N(
d
1
) – 1 = –N(–
d
1
).
26.
From put-call parity: P = E × e
–
Rt
+ C – S
Substituting the Black–Scholes call option formula for C
and using the result in the previous question produces the put option formula:
P = E × e
–
Rt
+ C – S
P = E × e
–
Rt
+ S ×
N(
d
1
) – E × e
–
Rt
×
N(
d
2
) – S
P = S ×
(N(
d
1
) – 1) + E × e
–
Rt
×
(1 – N(
d
2
))
P = E × e
–
Rt
×
N(–
d
2
) – S × N(–
d
1
)
27.
Based on Black-Scholes, the call option is worth $50! The reason is that present value of the exercise
price is zero, so the second term disappears. Also, d
1
is infinite, so N(
d
1
) is equal to one. The
problem is that the call option is European with an infinite expiration, so why would you pay
anything for it since you can never
exercise it? The paradox can be resolved by examining the price
of the stock. Remember that the call option formula only applies to a non-dividend paying stock. If
the stock will never pay a dividend, it (and a call option to buy it at any price) must be worthless.
28.
The delta of the call option is N(
d
1
) and the delta of the put option is N(
d
1
) – 1. Since you are selling
a put option, the delta of the portfolio is N(
d
1
) – [N(
d
1
) – 1]. This leaves the overall delta of your
position as 1. This position will change dollar for dollar in value with the underlying asset. This
position replicates the dollar “action” on the underlying asset.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 26
MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Since both companies are in the liquor industry, this is a horizontal acquisition. A major factor that
may have led Beam to be relatively more attractive to Suntory is that it is based in the U.S. This
means that Suntory would have instant access to Beam’s U.S. based distribution channels.
2.
a.
Greenmail refers to the practice of paying unwanted suitors who hold an equity stake in the
firm a premium over the market value of their shares to eliminate the potential takeover threat.
b.
A white knight refers to an outside bidder that a target firm brings in to acquire it, rescuing the
firm from a takeover by some other unwanted hostile bidder.
c.
A golden parachute refers to lucrative compensation and termination packages granted to
management in the event the firm is acquired.
d.
The crown jewels usually refer to the most valuable or prestigious assets of the firm, which in
the event of a hostile takeover attempt, the target sometimes threatens to sell.
e.
Shark repellent generally refers to any defensive tactic employed by the firm to resist hostile
takeover attempts.
f.
A corporate raider usually refers to a person or firm that specializes in the hostile takeover of
other firms.
g.
A poison pill is an amendment to the corporate charter granting the shareholders the right to
purchase shares at little or no cost in the event of a hostile takeover, thus making the acquisition
prohibitively expensive for the hostile bidder.
h.
A tender offer is the legal mechanism required by the SEC when a bidding firm goes directly to
the shareholders of the target firm in an effort to purchase their shares.
i.
A leveraged buyout refers to the purchase of the shares of a publicly held company and its
subsequent conversion into a privately held company, financed primarily with debt.
3.
Diversification doesn’t create value in and of itself because diversification reduces unsystematic, not
systematic, risk. As discussed in the chapter on options, there is a more subtle issue as well.
Reducing unsystematic risk benefits bondholders by making default less likely. However, if a
merger is done purely to diversify (i.e., no operating synergy), then the NPV of the merger is zero. If
the NPV is zero, and the bondholders are better off, then stockholders must be worse off.
4.
A firm might choose to split up because the newer, smaller firms may be better able to focus on their
particular markets. Thus, reverse synergy is a possibility. An added advantage is that performance
evaluation becomes much easier once the split is made because the new firm’s financial results (and
stock prices) are no longer commingled.
5.
It depends on how they are used. If they are used to protect management, then they are not good for
stockholders. If they are used by management to negotiate the best possible terms of a merger, then
they are good for stockholders. In general, poison pills do not make a hostile acquisition impossible,
but simply make the acquisition more expensive.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
429 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
6.
One of the primary advantages of a taxable merger is the write-up in the basis of the target firm’s
assets, while one of the primary disadvantages is the capital gains tax that is payable. The situation is
the reverse for a tax-free merger. The basic determinant of tax status is whether or not the old
stockholders will continue to participate in the new company, which is usually determined by
whether they get any shares in the bidding firm. An LBO is usually taxable because the acquiring
group pays off the current stockholders in full, usually in cash.
7.
Economies of scale occur when average cost declines as output levels increase. A merger in this
particular case might make sense because Eastern and Western may need less total capital
investment to handle the peak power needs, thereby reducing average generation costs.
8.
Among the defensive tactics often employed by management are seeking white knights, threatening
to sell the crown jewels, appealing to regulatory agencies and the courts (if possible), and targeted
share repurchases. Frequently, antitakeover charter amendments are available as well, such as poison
pills, poison puts, golden parachutes, lockup agreements, and supermajority amendments, but these
require shareholder approval, so they can’t be immediately used if time is short. While target firm
shareholders may benefit from management actively fighting acquisition bids, in that it encourages
higher bidding and may solicit bids from other parties as well, there is also the danger that such
defensive tactics will discourage potential bidders from seeking the firm in the first place, which
harms the shareholders.
9.
In a cash offer, it almost surely does not make sense. In a stock offer, management may feel that one
suitor is a better long-run investment than the other, but this is only valid if the market is not
efficient. In general, the highest offer is the best one.
10.
Various reasons include: (
a
) Anticipated gains may be smaller than thought; (
b
) Bidding firms are
typically much larger, so any gains are spread thinly across shares; (
c
) Management may not be
acting in the shareholders’ best interest with many acquisitions; (
d
) Competition in the market for
takeovers may force prices for target firms up to the zero NPV level; and (
e
) Market participants
may have already discounted the gains from the merger before it is announced.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
For the merger to make economic sense, the acquirer must feel the acquisition will increase value by
at least the amount of the premium over the market value, so:
Minimum synergy gain = $357,000,000 – 319,000,000 Minimum synergy gain = $38,000,000
2.
With the purchase method, the assets of the combined firm will be the book value of Firm X, the
acquiring company, plus the market value of Firm Y, the target company, so:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 26 - 430
Assets from X = 35,000($7) = $245,000 (book value)
Assets from Y = 12,000($19) = $228,000 (market value)
The purchase price of Firm Y is the number of shares outstanding times the sum of the current stock
price per share plus the premium per share, so:
Purchase price of Y = 12,000($19 + 6) = $300,000
The goodwill created will be:
Goodwill = $300,000 – 228,000 = $72,000
And the total assets of the combined company will be:
Total assets XY = Total equity XY = $245,000 + 228,000 + 72,000 = $545,000
3.
Since the acquisition is funded by long-term debt, the post-merger balance sheet will have long-term
debt equal to the original long-term debt of Meat’s balance sheet, plus the original long-term debt on
Loaf’s balance sheet, plus the new long-term debt issue, so:
Post-merger long-term debt = $10,100 + 2,100 + 17,300 Post-merger long-term debt = $29,500
Goodwill will be created since the acquisition price is greater than the book value. The goodwill
amount is equal to the purchase price minus the market value of assets, plus the market value of the
acquired company’s debt. Generally, the market value of current assets is equal to the book value,
so: Goodwill = $17,300 – ($9,500 market value FA) – ($3,600 market value CA) + ($1,400 + 2,100)
Goodwill = $7,700
Equity will remain the same as the pre-merger balance sheet of the acquiring firm. Current assets and
debt accounts will be the sum of the two firm’s pre-merger balance sheet accounts, and the fixed
assets will be the sum of the book value of the pre-merger fixed assets of the acquirer and the market
value of fixed assets of the target firm. The post-merger balance sheet will be:
Meat Co., post-merger
Current assets
$18,600
Current liabilities
$ 6,800
Net fixed assets
48,500
Long-term debt 29,500
Goodwill
7,700
Equity 38,500
Total
$74,800
Total
$74,800
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
431 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
4.
Since the acquisition is funded by long-term debt, the post-merger balance sheet will have long-term
debt equal to the original long-term debt of Silver’s balance sheet plus the new long-term debt issue,
so:
Post-merger long-term debt = $7,800 + 15,000 Post-merger long-term debt = $22,800
Equity will remain the same as the pre-merger balance sheet of the acquiring firm. Current assets,
current liabilities, and other assets will be the sum of the two firm’s pre-merger balance sheet
accounts, and the fixed assets will be the sum of the pre-merger fixed assets of the acquirer and the
market value of fixed assets of the target firm. We can calculate the goodwill as the plug variable
that makes the balance sheet balance. The post-merger balance sheet will be:
Silver Enterprises, post-merger
Current assets
$ 6,700
Current liabilities
$ 4,560
Other assets
2,070
Long-term debt
22,800
Net fixed assets
27,000
Equity
13,800
Goodwill
5,390
Total
$41,160
Total
$41,160
5.
a.
The cash cost is the amount of cash offered, so the cash cost is $57 million.
To calculate the cost of the stock offer, we first need to calculate the value of the target to the
acquirer. The value of the target firm to the acquiring firm will be the market value of the target
plus the PV of the incremental cash flows generated by the target firm. The cash flows are a
perpetuity, so
V
*
= $41,000,000 + $1,900,000 / .10 = $60,000,000
The cost of the stock offer is the percentage of the acquiring firm given up times the sum of the
market value of the acquiring firm and the value of the target firm to the acquiring firm. So, the
equity cost will be:
Equity cost = .40($79,000,000 + 60,000,000) Equity cost = $55,600,000
b.
The NPV of each offer is the value of the target firm to the acquiring firm minus the cost of
acquisition, so:
NPV cash = $60,000,000 – 57,000,000 = $3,000,000
NPV stock = $60,000,000 – 55,600,000 = $4,400,000
c.
Since the NPV is greater with the stock offer, the acquisition should be in stock.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 26 - 432
6.
For the merger to make economic sense, the acquirer must feel the acquisition will increase value by
at least the amount of the premium over the market value, so:
Minimum synergy gain = $19,000,000 – 15,000,000 Minimum synergy gain = $4,000,000
Since the synergy is a perpetuity, we can find the minimum annual synergy using the perpetuity
equation, or:
Minimum synergy = Annual synergy / R
$4,000,000 = Annual synergy / .09
Annual synergy = $360,000
7.
a
.
The EPS of the combined company will be the sum of the earnings of both companies divided
by the shares in the combined company. Since the stock offer is one share of the acquiring firm
for three shares of the target firm, new shares in the acquiring firm will be one-third of Jolie’s
shares outstanding. So, the new EPS will be:
EPS = ($150,000 + 810,000) / [210,000 + (1/3)(75,000)] EPS = $4.085
The market price of Pitt will remain unchanged if it is a zero NPV acquisition. Using the PE
ratio, we find the current market price of Pitt stock, which is:
P
= 21($810,000) / 210,000 P = $81.00 If the acquisition has a zero NPV, the stock price should remain unchanged. Therefore, the new
PE will be:
P/E = $81 / $4.085 P/E = 19.83
b.
The value of Jolie to Pitt must be the market value of the company since the NPV of the
acquisition is zero. Therefore, the value is:
V
*
= $150,000(13.5) = $2,025,000
The cost of the acquisition is the number of shares offered times the share price, so the cost is:
Cost = (1/3)(75,000)($81.00) = $2,025,000
So, the NPV of the acquisition is:
NPV = 0 = V
*
+
V
– Cost = $2,025,000 +
V
– 2,025,000
V
= $0
Although there is no economic value to the takeover, it is possible that Pitt is motivated to
purchase Jolie for other than financial reasons.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
433 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
8.
a.
The NPV of the merger is the market value of the target firm, plus the value of the synergy,
minus the acquisition costs, so: NPV = 1,400($18) + $9,400 – 1,400($21) NPV = $5,200
b.
Since the NPV goes directly to stockholders, the share price of the merged firm will be the
market value of the acquiring firm plus the NPV of the acquisition, divided by the number of
shares outstanding, so:
Share price = [5,400($47) + $5,200] / 5,400 Share price = $47.96
c.
The merger premium is the premium per share times the number of shares of the target firm
outstanding, so the merger premium is:
Merger premium = 1,400($21 – 18) Merger premium = $4,200
d.
The number of new shares will be the number of shares of the target times the exchange ratio,
so:
New shares created = 1,400(1/2) New shares created = 700 new shares The value of the merged firm will be the market value of the acquirer plus the market value of
the target plus the synergy benefits, so:
V
BT
= 5,400($47) + 1,400($18) + 9,400 V
BT
= $288,400
The price per share of the merged firm will be the value of the merged firm divided by the total
shares of the new firm, which is:
P
= $288,400 / (5,400 + 700) P = $47.28
e.
The NPV of the acquisition using a share exchange is the market value of the target firm plus
synergy benefits, minus the cost. The cost is the value per share of the merged firm times the
number of shares offered to the target firm shareholders, so:
NPV = 1,400($18) + $8,400 – 700($47.28) NPV = $1,504.92
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 26 - 434
Intermediate
9.
The share offer is better for the target firm shareholders since they receive only $21 per share in the
cash offer. In the share offer, the target firm’s shareholders will receive:
Equity offer value = (1/2)($47.28) Equity offer value = $23.64 per share
From Problem 8, we know the value of the merged firm’s assets will be $288,400. The number of
shares in the new firm will be:
Shares in new firm = 5,400 + 1,400
x
that is, the number of shares outstanding in the bidding firm, plus the number of shares outstanding
in the target firm, times the exchange ratio. This means the post merger share price will be:
P
= $288,400 / (5,400 + 1,400
x
)
To make the target firm’s shareholders indifferent, they must receive the same wealth, so:
1,400(
x
)
P
= 1,400($21)
This equation shows that the new offer is the shares outstanding in the target company times the
exchange ratio times the new stock price. The value under the cash offer is the shares outstanding
times the cash offer price. Solving this equation for P
, we find:
P
= $21 / x
Combining the two equations, we find:
$288,400 / (5,400 + 1,400x) = $21 / x
x
= .4378
There is a simpler solution that requires an economic understanding of the merger terms. If the target
firm’s shareholders are indifferent, the bidding firm’s shareholders are indifferent as well. That is,
the offer is a zero sum game. Using the new stock price produced by the cash deal, we find:
Exchange ratio = $21 / $47.96 Exchange ratio = .4378
10.
The cost of the acquisition is:
Cost = 300($49) Cost = $14,700 Since the stock price of the acquiring firm is $43, the firm will have to give up:
Shares offered = $14,700 / $43 Shares offered = 341.86 shares
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
435 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
a.
The EPS of the merged firm will be the combined EPS of the existing firms divided by the new
shares outstanding, so:
EPS = ($3,150 + 1,000) / (1,500 + 341.86) EPS = $2.25
b.
The PE of the acquiring firm is:
Original P/E = $43 / ($3,150 / 1,500) Original P/E = 20.48 times Assuming the PE ratio does not change, the new stock price will be:
New P
= $2.25(20.48) New P
= $46.14
c.
If the market correctly analyzes the earnings, the stock price will remain unchanged since this is
a zero NPV acquisition, so:
New P/E = $43 / $2.25 New P/E = 19.08 times
d.
The new share price will be the combined market value of the two existing companies divided
by the number of shares outstanding in the merged company. So:
P
= [(1,500)($43) + 300($47)] / (1,500 + 341.86) P = $42.67
And the PE ratio of the merged company will be:
P/E = $42.67 / $2.25
P/E = 18.94 times
At the proposed bid price, this is a negative NPV acquisition for A since the share price
declines. They should revise their bid downward until the NPV is zero.
11.
Beginning with the fact that the NPV of a merger is the value of the target minus the cost, we get:
NPV
= V
B
*
– Cost
NPV
=
V
+ V
B
– Cost
NPV
=
V
– (Cost – V
B
)
NPV
=
V
– Merger premium
12.
a.
The synergy will be the present value of the incremental cash flows of the proposed purchase.
Since the cash flows are perpetual, the synergy value is:
Synergy value = $425,000 / .08
Synergy value = $5,312,500
b.
The value of Flash-in-the-Pan to Fly-by-Night is the synergy plus the current market value of
Flash-in-the-Pan, which is:
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 26 - 436
Value = $5,312,500 + 8,800,000
Value = $14,112,500
c.
The cost of the cash option is the amount of cash paid, or $12 million. The cost of the stock
acquisition is the percentage of ownership in the merged company, times the value of the
merged company, so:
Stock acquisition cost = .35($14,112,500 + 22,000,000)
Stock acquisition cost = $12,639,375
d.
The NPV is the value of the acquisition minus the cost, so the NPV of each alternative is:
NPV of cash offer = $14,112,500 – 12,000,000
NPV of cash offer = $2,112,500
NPV of stock offer = $14,112,500 – 12,639,375
NPV of stock offer = $1,473,125 e.
The acquirer should make the cash offer since its NPV is greater.
13.
a.
The number of shares after the acquisition will be the current number of shares outstanding for
the acquiring firm, plus the number of new shares created for the acquisition, which is:
Number of shares after acquisition = 5,000,000 + 1,200,000
Number of shares after acquisition = 6,200,000
And the share price will be the value of the combined company divided by the shares
outstanding, which will be:
New stock price = £157,000,000 / 6,200,000
New stock price = £25.32
b.
Let
equal the fraction of ownership for the target shareholders in the new firm. We can set
the percentage of ownership in the new firm equal to the value of the cash offer, so:
(£157,000,000) = £38,000,000
= .2420, or 24.20%
So, the shareholders of the target firm would be equally as well off if they received 24.20
percent of the stock in the new company as if they received the cash offer. The ownership
percentage of the target firm shareholders in the new firm can be expressed as:
Ownership = New shares issued / (New shares issued + Current shares of acquiring firm)
.2420 = New shares issued / (New shares issued + 5,000,000)
New shares issued = 1,596,639
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
437 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
To find the exchange ratio, we divide the new shares issued to the shareholders of the target
firm by the existing number of shares in the target firm, so:
Exchange ratio = New shares / Existing shares in target firm
Exchange ratio = 1,596,639 / 2,000,000
Exchange ratio = .7983 An exchange ratio of .7983 shares of the merged company for each share of the target company
owned would make the value of the stock offer equivalent to the value of the cash offer.
Challenge
14.
a.
To find the value of the target to the acquirer, we need to find the share price with the new
growth rate. We begin by finding the required return for shareholders of the target firm. The
earnings per share of the target are:
EPS
T
= $705,000 / 195,000 EPS
T
= $3.62 per share The price per share is:
P
T
= 9.2($3.62) P
T
= $33.26
And the dividends per share are:
DPS
T
= $375,000 / 195,000 DPS
T
= $1.92
The current required return for the target company’s shareholders, which incorporates the risk
of the company is:
R
E
= [$1.92(1.05) / $33.26] + .05 R
E
= .1107, or 11.07%
The price per share of the target company with the new growth rate is:
P
T
= $1.92(1.07) / (.1107 – .07) P
T
= $50.55
The value of the target firm to the acquiring firm is the number of shares outstanding times the
price per share under the new growth rate assumptions, so:
V
T
*
= 195,000($50.55) V
T
*
= $9,856,862.86
b.
The gain to the acquiring firm will be the value of the target firm to the acquiring firm minus
the market value of the target, so:
Gain = $9,856,862.86 – 195,000($33.26) Gain = $3,370,862.86
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 26 - 438
c.
The NPV of the acquisition is the value of the target firm to the acquiring firm minus the cost
of the acquisition, so:
NPV = $9,856,862.86 – 195,000($38) NPV = $2,446,862.86
d.
The most the acquiring firm should be willing to pay per share is the offer price per share plus
the NPV per share, so:
Maximum bid price = $38 + ($2,446,862.86 / 195,000) Maximum bid price = $50.55
Notice, this is the same value we calculated earlier in part a as the value of the target to the
acquirer.
e.
The market value of the acquiring firm is the earnings per share times the price-
earnings ratio times the number of shares outstanding, so:
EPS
A
= $4,300,000 / 1,400,000 EPS
A
= $3.07
P
A
= 14.5($3.07) P
A
= $44.54
V
A
= 1,400,000($44.54) V
A
= $62,350,000
The price of the stock in the merged firm would be the market value of the acquiring firm plus
the value of the target to the acquirer, divided by the number of shares in the merged firm, so:
P
BT
= ($62,350,000 + 9,856,862.86) / (1,400,000 + 205,000) P
BT
= $44.99
The NPV of the stock offer is the value of the target to the acquirer minus the value offered to
the target shareholders. The value offered to the target shareholders is the stock price of the
merged firm times the number of shares offered, so:
NPV = $9,856,862.86 – 205,000($44.99) NPV = $634,179.44
f.
Yes, the acquisition should go forward, and BQ should offer cash since the NPV is higher.
g.
Using the new growth rate in the dividend growth model, along with the dividend and required
return we calculated earlier, the price of the target under these assumptions is:
P
T
= $1.92(1.06) / (.1107 – .06) P
T
= $40.20
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
439 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
And the value of the target firm to the acquiring firm is:
V
T
*
= 195,000($40.20) V
T
*
= $7,839,049.53
The gain to the acquiring firm will be:
Gain = $7,839,049.53 – 195,000($33.26) Gain = $1,353,049.43
The NPV of the cash offer is now:
NPV cash = $7,839,049.53 – 195,000($38) NPV cash = $429,049.53
And the new price per share of the merged firm with the stock offer will be:
P
BT
= [$62,350,000 + 7,839,049.53] / (1,400,000 + 205,000) P
BT
= $43.73
And the NPV of the stock offer under the new assumption will be:
NPV stock = $7,839,049.53 – 205,000($43.73) NPV stock = –$1,125,906.95
With the lower projected growth rate, only the cash offer has a positive NPV, although it is
significantly lower. BQ should still purchase iReport with the cash offer.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 27
LEASING
Answers to Concepts Review and Critical Thinking Questions
1.
Some key differences are: (
a
) Lease payments are fully tax-deductible, but only the interest portion
of the loan is. (
b
) The lessee does not own the asset and cannot depreciate it for tax purposes. (
c
) In
the event of a default, the lessor cannot force bankruptcy. (
d
) The lessee does not obtain title to the
asset at the end of the lease (absent some additional arrangement).
2.
The less profitable one because leasing provides, among other things, a mechanism for transferring
tax benefits from entities that value them less to entities that value them more.
3.
Potential problems include: (
a
) care must be taken in interpreting the IRR (a high or low IRR is
preferred depending on the setup of the analysis); and (
b
) care must be taken to ensure the IRR under
examination is not
the implicit interest rate just based on the lease payments.
4.
a.
Leasing is a form of secured borrowing. It reduces a firm’s cost of capital only if it is cheaper
than other forms of secured borrowing. The reduction of uncertainty is not particularly relevant;
what matters is the NAL.
b.
The statement is not always true. For example, a lease often requires an advance lease payment
or security deposit and may be implicitly secured by other assets of the firm.
c.
Leasing would probably not disappear, since it does reduce the uncertainty about salvage value
and the transactions costs of transferring ownership. However, the use of leasing would be
greatly reduced.
5.
A lease must be disclosed on the balance sheet if one of the following criteria is met:
a.
The lease transfers ownership of the asset by the end of the lease. In this case, the firm
essentially owns the asset and will have access to its residual value.
b.
The lessee can purchase the asset at a price below its fair market value (bargain purchase
option) when the lease ends. The firm essentially owns the asset and will have access to most of
its residual value.
c.
The lease term is for 75 percent or more of the estimated economic life of the asset. The firm
basically has access to the majority of the benefits of the asset, without any responsibility for
the consequences of its disposal.
d.
The present value of the lease payments is 90 percent or more of the fair market value of the
asset at the start of the lease. The firm is essentially purchasing the asset on an installment
basis.
6.
The lease must meet the following IRS standards for the lease payments to be tax deductible:
a.
The lease term must be less than 80% of the economic life of the asset. If the term is longer, the
lease is considered to be a conditional sale.
b.
The lease should not contain a bargain purchase option, which the IRS interprets as an equity
interest in the asset.
c.
The lease payment schedule should not provide for very high payments early and very low
payments late in the life of the lease. This would indicate that the lease is being used simply to
avoid taxes.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
441 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
d.
Renewal options should be reasonable and based on the fair market value of the asset at
renewal time. This indicates that the lease is for legitimate business purposes, not tax
avoidance.
7.
As the term implies, off-balance-sheet financing involves financing arrangements that are not
required to be reported on the firm’s balance sheet. Such activities, if reported at all, appear only in
the footnotes to the statements. Operating leases (those that do not meet the criteria in Problem 5)
provide off-balance-sheet financing. For accounting purposes, total assets will be lower and some
financial ratios may be artificially high. Financial analysts are generally not fooled by such practices.
There are no economic consequences, since the cash flows of the firm are not affected by how the
lease is treated for accounting purposes.
8.
The lessee may not be able to take advantage of the depreciation tax shield and may not be able to
obtain favorable lease arrangements for “passing on” the tax shield benefits. The lessee might also
need the cash flow from the sale to meet immediate needs but will be able to meet the lease
obligation cash flows in the future.
9.
Since the relevant cash flows are all aftertax, the aftertax discount rate is appropriate.
10.
Azul’ financial position was such that leasing probably resulted in the overall best aftertax cost. In
particular, Azul may not have been in a position to use all of the tax credits and also may not have
had the credit strength to borrow and buy the plane without facing a credit downgrade and/or
substantially higher rates.
11.
There is the tax motive, but beyond this, ILFC knows that, in the event of a default, Azul would
relinquish the plane, which would then be re-leased. Fungible assets, such as planes, which can be
readily reclaimed and redeployed, are good candidates for leasing.
12.
The plane will be re-leased to Azul or another air transportation firm, used by ILFC, or it will be
sold. There is an active market for used aircraft.
Solutions to Questions and Problems
NOTE: All end of chapter problems were solved using a spreadsheet. Many problems require multiple
steps. Due to space and readability constraints, when these intermediate steps are included in this
solutions manual, rounding may appear to have occurred. However, the final answer for each problem is
found without rounding during any step in the problem.
Basic
1.
We will calculate cash flows from the depreciation tax shield first. The depreciation tax shield is: Depreciation tax shield = ($5,400,000 / 4)(.35) = $472,500 The aftertax cost of the lease payments will be:
Aftertax lease payment = ($1,610,000)(1 – .35) = $1,046,500
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 27 - 442
So, the total cash flows from leasing are:
OCF = $472,500 + 1,046,500 = $1,519,000
The aftertax cost of debt is:
Aftertax debt cost = .08(1 – .35) = .052
Using all of this information, we can calculate the NAL as:
NAL = $5,400,000 – $1,519,000(PVIFA
5.20%,4
) NAL = $38,631.10 The NAL is positive so you should lease.
2.
If we assume the lessor has the same tax rate, the NAL to the lessor is the negative of our company’s
NAL, so:
NAL = –$38,631.10
3.
To find the maximum lease payment that would satisfy both the lessor and the lessee, we need to
find the payment that makes the NAL equal to zero. Using the NAL equation and solving for the
OCF, we find:
NAL = 0 = $5,400,000 – OCF(PVIFA
5.20%,4
) OCF = $1,529,945.09
The OCF for this lease is composed of the depreciation tax shield cash flow, as well as the aftertax
lease payment. Subtracting out the depreciation tax shield cash flow we calculated earlier, we find:
Aftertax lease payment = $1,529,945.09 – 472,500 = $1,057,445.09
Since this is the aftertax lease payment, we can now calculate the break-even pretax lease payment
as:
Break-even lease payment = $1,057,445.09 / (1 – .35) = $1,626,838.59
4.
If the tax rate is zero, there is no depreciation tax shield forgone. Also, the aftertax lease payment is
the same as the pretax payment, and the aftertax cost of debt is the same as the pretax cost. So:
Cost of debt = .08 Annual cost of leasing = Leasing payment = $1,610,000
The NAL to leasing with these assumptions is:
NAL = $5,400,000 – $1,610,000(PVIFA
8%,4
) = $67,475.79
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
443 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
5.
We already calculated the break-even lease payment for the lessor in Problem 3. The assumption
about the lessor concerning the tax rate has not changed. So, the lessor breaks even with a payment
of $1,626,838.59.
For the lessee, we need to calculate the break-even lease payment which results in a zero NAL.
Using the assumptions in Problem 4, we find:
NAL = 0 = $5,400,000 – PMT(PVIFA
8%,4
) PMT = $1,630,372.34
So, the range of lease payments that would satisfy both the lessee and the lessor are:
Total payment range = $1,626,838.59 to $1,630,372.34 6.
The appropriate depreciation percentages for a three-year MACRS class asset can be found in
Chapter 10. The depreciation percentages are .3333, .4445, .1481, and .0741. The cash flows from
leasing are:
Year 1: ($5,400,000)(.3333)(.35) + $1,046,500 = $1,676,437
Year 2: ($5,400,000)(.4445)(.35) + $1,046,500 = $1,886,605
Year 3: ($5,400,000)(.1481)(.35) + $1,046,500 = $1,326,409
Year 4: ($5,400,000)(.0741)(.35) + $1,046,500 = $1,186,549
NAL = $5,400,000 – $1,676,437 / 1.052 – $1,886,605 / 1.052
2
– $1,326,409 / 1.052
3
– $1,186,549 / 1.052
4
NAL = –$6,331.27
The machine should be purchased under these assumptions. The NAL is less than in Problem 1
because of the accelerated tax benefits due to depreciation, which represents a cost in the decision to
lease compared to the decision to purchase.
Intermediate
7.
The pretax cost savings are not relevant to the lease versus buy decision, since the firm will
definitely use the equipment and realize the savings regardless of the financing choice made. The
depreciation tax shield is:
Depreciation tax shield = ($8,300,000 / 5)(.34) = $564,400 And the aftertax lease payment is:
Aftertax lease payment = $1,875,000(1 – .34) = $1,237,500
The aftertax cost of debt is:
Aftertax debt cost = .07(1 – .34) = .0462, or 4.62%
With these cash flows, the NAL is:
NAL = $8,300,000 – 1,237,500 – $1,237,500(PVIFA
.4.62%,4
) – $564,400(PVIFA
4.62%,5
) = $165,934.18
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 27 - 444
The equipment should be leased.
To find the maximum payment, we find where the NAL is equal to zero, and solve for the payment.
Using X
to represent the maximum payment:
NAL = 0 = $8,300,000 – X
(1.0462)(PVIFA
4.62%,5
) – $564,400(PVIFA
4.62%,5
)
X
= $1,273,750.15
So the maximum pretax lease payment is: Pretax lease payment = $1,273,750.15 / (1 – .34) = $1,929,924.46
8.
The aftertax residual value of the asset is an opportunity cost to the leasing decision, occurring at the
end of the project life (Year 5). Also, the residual value is not really a debt-like cash flow, since
there is uncertainty associated with it at Year 0. Nevertheless, although a higher discount rate may be
appropriate, we’ll use the aftertax cost of debt to discount the residual value as is common in
practice. Setting the NAL equal to zero:
NAL = 0 = $8,300,000 – X
(1.0462)(PVIFA
4.62%,5
) – 564,400(PVIFA
4.62%,5
) – 900,000 / 1.0462
5
X
= $1,116,879.08
So, the maximum pretax lease payment is:
Pretax lease payment = $1,116,879.08 / (1 – .34) = $1,692,241.03
9.
The security deposit is a cash outflow at the beginning of the lease and a cash inflow at the end of
the lease when it is returned. The NAL with these assumptions is:
NAL
= $8,300,000 – 600,000 – 1,237,500 – $1,237,500(PVIFA
4.62%,4
) – $564,400(PVIFA
4.62%,5
) + $600,000/1.0462
5
NAL
= $44,649.88
With the security deposit, the firm should still lease the equipment rather than buy it, because the
NAL is greater than zero. We could also solve this problem another way. From Problem 7, we know
that the NAL without the security deposit is $165,934.18, so, if we find the present value of the
security deposit, we can simply add this to $165,934.18. The present value of the security deposit is:
PV of security deposit = –$600,000 + $600,000 / 1.0462
5
PV of security deposit = –$121,284.30
So, the NAL with the security deposit is:
NAL = $165,934.18 – 121,284.30 NAL = $44,649.88
10.
a.
The different borrowing rates are irrelevant. A basic tenant of capital budgeting is that the
return of a project depends on the risk of the project. Since the lease payments are affected by
the riskiness of the lessee, the lessee’s cost of debt is the appropriate interest rate for the
analysis by both companies.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
445 SOLUTIONS MANUAL
b.
Since both companies have the same tax rate, there is only one lease payment that will result in
a zero NAL for each company. We will calculate cash flows from the depreciation tax shield
first. The depreciation tax shield is: Depreciation tax shield = ($540,000 / 3)(.34) = $61,200 The aftertax cost of debt is the lessee’s cost of debt, which is:
Aftertax debt cost = .09(1 – .34) = .0594
Using all of this information, we can calculate the lease payment as:
NAL = 0 = $540,000 – PMT(1 – .34)(PVIFA
5.94%,3
) – $61,200(PVIFA
5.94%,3
)
PMT = $213,022.84
c.
Since the lessor’s tax bracket is unchanged, the zero NAL lease payment is the same as we
found in part b
. The lessee will not realize the depreciation tax shield, and the aftertax cost of
debt will be the same as the pretax cost of debt. So, the lessee’s maximum lease payment will
be:
NAL = 0 = –$540,000 + PMT(PVIFA
9%,3
) PMT = $213,329.57
Both parties have positive NAL for lease payments between $213,022.84 and $213,329.57.
11.
The APR of the loan is the lease factor times 2,400, so:
APR = .00275(2,400) = 6.60%
To calculate the lease payment we first need the net capitalization cost, which is the base capitalized
cost plus any other costs, minus any down payment or rebates. So, the net capitalized cost is:
Net capitalized cost = $37,500 + 850 – 2,900
Net capitalized cost = $35,450
The depreciation charge is the net capitalized cost minus the residual value, divided by the term of
the lease, which is:
Depreciation charge = ($35,450 – 20,400) / 36
Depreciation charge = $418.06
Next, we can calculate the finance charge, which is the net capitalized cost plus the residual value,
times the lease factor, or:
Finance charge = ($35,450 + 20,400)(.00275)
Finance charge = $153.59
And the taxes on each monthly payment will be: Taxes = ($418.06 + 153.59)(.07)
Taxes = $40.02
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
CHAPTER 27 - 446
The monthly lease payment is the sum of the depreciation charge, the finance charge, and taxes,
which will be:
Lease payment = $418.06 + 153.59 + 40.02
Lease payment = $611.66 Challenge
12.
With a four-year loan, the annual loan payment will be
$5,400,000 = PMT(PVIFA
8%,4
) PMT = $1,630,372.34
The aftertax loan payment is found by:
Aftertax payment = Pretax payment – Interest tax shield
So, we need to find the interest tax shield. To find this, we need a loan amortization table since the
interest payment each year is the beginning balance times the loan interest rate of 8 percent. The
interest tax shield is the interest payment times the tax rate. The amortization table for this loan is:
Year
Beginning
Balance
Total Payment
Interest
Payment
Principal
Payment
Ending Balance
1
$5,400,000.00
$1,630,372.34
$432,000.00
$1,198,372.34
$4,201,627.66
2
4,201,627.66
1,630,372.34
336,130.21
1,294,242.13
2,907,385.52
3
2,907,385.52
1,630,372.34
232,590.84
1,397,781.50
1,509,604.02
4
1,509,604.02
1,630,372.34
120,768.32
1,509,604.02
0.00
So, the total cash flows each year are:
Year
Beginning Balance
Aftertax
Loan Payment
OCF
Total
Cash Flow
1
$1,630,372.34 – $5400,000(.08)(.35)
$1,479,172.34
–$1,519,000
= –$39,827.66
2
$1,630,372.34 – $4,201,627.66(.08)(.35)
$1,512,726.77
–$1,519,000
= –$6,273.23
3
$1,630,372.34 – $2,907,385.52(.08)(.35)
$1,548,965.55
–$1,519,000
= $29,965.55
4
$1,630,372.34 – $1,509,604.02(.08)(.35)
$1,588,103.43
–$1,519,000
= $69,103.43
So, the NAL with the loan payments is:
NAL = 0 – $39,827.66 / 1.052 – $6,273.23 / 1.052
2
+ $29,965.55 / 1.052
3
+ $69,103.43 / 1.052
4
NAL = $38,631.10
The NAL is the same because the present value of the aftertax loan payments, discounted at the
aftertax cost of capital (which is the aftertax cost of debt) equals $5,400,000.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Related Documents
Related Questions
tor Subject Quiz - Course Hero x
coursehero.com
(-quiz/Finance/
Course Hero
Find
Browse
Find study resources
Ask
Study Resources v
Textbook Solutions
Expert Tutors
K Exit Test
Finance Knowledge Test (10 questions)
1. Which of the following are acceptable criteria for determining the weights in the weighted average cost of capital?
O Market value of the capital structure and historical costs of financing
Market value of the capital structure and the target mix of debt and equity
Using the after-tax cost of debt and the market value of the capital structure
Using the book value of the capital structure and the prior level of debt and equity
2. When a company increases its degree of financial leverage,
the equity beta of the company falls
the systematic risk of the company falls
the unsystematic risk of the company falls
the standard deviation of returns on the equity of the company rises
3. Calculate the degree of financial leverage for a firm with EBIT of $6,000,000, fixed cost of…
arrow_forward
Question 2
arrow_forward
Corporate Finance Application Complete both parts of this assignment. You will work on some of these pieces earlier in the course when you submit the Module 3: Portfolio Milestone and the Module 5 Portfolio Milestone. Part One: Ratio Analysis Pick one debt ratio and one profitability ratio, which you did not analyze, from the week three portfolio milestone. Research a publicly traded technology company and access the financial statements needed to calculate those two ratios. Provide a cross-sectional analysis comparing the results from TechnoTCL Download TechnoTCLand your chosen company for the two ratios. Prepare a presentation (maximum of 4 slides – no speaker notes required) with the following information: Slide One: Analyze the two ratios including how the ratio is calculated and how it is used. Slide Two: Introduce the public company chosen, describe the information used for the ratios and calculate the two selected ratios. Slide Three: Show the two ratios for the two companies…
arrow_forward
Understanding the impact of debt in the capital structure
Suppose you are conducting a workshop on capital structure decisions and you want to highlight certain key issues
related to capital structure. Your assistant has made a list of points for your session, but he thinks he might have
made some mistakes.
Review the Ilist and identify which items are correct. Check all that apply.
Workshop Talking Points
An increase in debt financing beyond a certain point is
likely to increase the firm's cost of equity.
An increase in debt financing decreases the risk of
bankruptcy.
An increase in the risk of bankruptcy is likely to reduce a
firm's free cash flows in the future.
Risks of bankruptcy increase management spending on
perquisites and increase agency costs.
The pretax cost of debt increases as a firm's risk of
bankruptcy increases.
arrow_forward
Below you have the three types of financial management decisions. Match each type of decision to a business transaction that would be relevant.
Capital budgeting
A. Deciding whether to issue new equity and use the proceeds to retire outstanding debt
Capital structure
B. Deciding whether to expand a manufacturing plant
Working capital management
C. Modifying the firm's credit collection policy with its customers
arrow_forward
mahi ig makipag kwentuhan o
siKReto na iba.
13
Nature, Purpose and Scope of Financial Management
15. Besides maximizing the wealth of the firm, what are some of the other
goals of financial management?
Multiple Choice Questions
What is the primary goal of financial management?
Increase earnings
Maximizing cash flow
Maximizing shareholders' wealth
d.
1.
a.
b.
bal
с.
Minimizing risk of the firm
xal
Proper-risk return management means that
the firm should take as few risks as possible.
2.
a.
b.
consistent with the objectives of the firm, an appropriate trade-
off between risk and return should be determined.
the firm should earn highest return possible.
the firm should value future profits more highly than current
profits.
с.
d.
Which of the following is not a major area of concern and emphasis in
modern financial management?
Inflation and its effect on profits
Stable short-term interest rates
3.
a.
b.
C.
Changing international environment
d.
Increased reliance on debt
Which of the…
arrow_forward
Fill in the blank with multiple choice finance homework question
10._____ markets and ______ markets are classifications of financial markets.
Spot; future.
Money; capital.
Long-term; short-term.
Organized; over-the-counter.
Corporate; personal.
arrow_forward
14. 1.4 All of the following are sustainable methods businesses can use to raise capital (funding) except for ________. A. borrowing from lenders B. selling ownership shares C. profitable operations D. tax refunds
arrow_forward
Want correct answer of general finance question
arrow_forward
1. Interactions between financial market participants
Financial markets facilitate the transfer of excess funds from those who have them to those who need them.
In the following table, determine whether each financial market participant is a surplus unit or deficit unit.
Financial Market Participant
A state that is constantly running a budget deficit
A firm that issues equity securities to expand operations
A consumer that purchases equity securities from a new tech company
Surplus Unit Deficit Unit
S
An angel investor
Suppose Moonlit Productions needs to raise money to finance its new manufacturing facility, but their CFO does not want to part with any of the firm's
equity. In this case, Moonlit Productions would likely issue
securities to obtain the funding.
Which of the following are ways that Moonlit Productions could obtain funds to finance the expansion of its operations, given its stated preference in
the previous question? Check all that apply.
Issue common stocks
Issue…
arrow_forward
SEE MORE QUESTIONS
Recommended textbooks for you

Fundamentals of Financial Management (MindTap Cou...
Finance
ISBN:9781285867977
Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. Houston
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Fundamentals of Financial Management (MindTap Cou...
Finance
ISBN:9781337395250
Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. Houston
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Fundamentals of Financial Management, Concise Edi...
Finance
ISBN:9781285065137
Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. Houston
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Intermediate Accounting: Reporting And Analysis
Accounting
ISBN:9781337788281
Author:James M. Wahlen, Jefferson P. Jones, Donald Pagach
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Managerial Accounting
Accounting
ISBN:9781337912020
Author:Carl Warren, Ph.d. Cma William B. Tayler
Publisher:South-Western College Pub
Related Questions
- tor Subject Quiz - Course Hero x coursehero.com (-quiz/Finance/ Course Hero Find Browse Find study resources Ask Study Resources v Textbook Solutions Expert Tutors K Exit Test Finance Knowledge Test (10 questions) 1. Which of the following are acceptable criteria for determining the weights in the weighted average cost of capital? O Market value of the capital structure and historical costs of financing Market value of the capital structure and the target mix of debt and equity Using the after-tax cost of debt and the market value of the capital structure Using the book value of the capital structure and the prior level of debt and equity 2. When a company increases its degree of financial leverage, the equity beta of the company falls the systematic risk of the company falls the unsystematic risk of the company falls the standard deviation of returns on the equity of the company rises 3. Calculate the degree of financial leverage for a firm with EBIT of $6,000,000, fixed cost of…arrow_forwardQuestion 2arrow_forwardCorporate Finance Application Complete both parts of this assignment. You will work on some of these pieces earlier in the course when you submit the Module 3: Portfolio Milestone and the Module 5 Portfolio Milestone. Part One: Ratio Analysis Pick one debt ratio and one profitability ratio, which you did not analyze, from the week three portfolio milestone. Research a publicly traded technology company and access the financial statements needed to calculate those two ratios. Provide a cross-sectional analysis comparing the results from TechnoTCL Download TechnoTCLand your chosen company for the two ratios. Prepare a presentation (maximum of 4 slides – no speaker notes required) with the following information: Slide One: Analyze the two ratios including how the ratio is calculated and how it is used. Slide Two: Introduce the public company chosen, describe the information used for the ratios and calculate the two selected ratios. Slide Three: Show the two ratios for the two companies…arrow_forward
- Understanding the impact of debt in the capital structure Suppose you are conducting a workshop on capital structure decisions and you want to highlight certain key issues related to capital structure. Your assistant has made a list of points for your session, but he thinks he might have made some mistakes. Review the Ilist and identify which items are correct. Check all that apply. Workshop Talking Points An increase in debt financing beyond a certain point is likely to increase the firm's cost of equity. An increase in debt financing decreases the risk of bankruptcy. An increase in the risk of bankruptcy is likely to reduce a firm's free cash flows in the future. Risks of bankruptcy increase management spending on perquisites and increase agency costs. The pretax cost of debt increases as a firm's risk of bankruptcy increases.arrow_forwardBelow you have the three types of financial management decisions. Match each type of decision to a business transaction that would be relevant. Capital budgeting A. Deciding whether to issue new equity and use the proceeds to retire outstanding debt Capital structure B. Deciding whether to expand a manufacturing plant Working capital management C. Modifying the firm's credit collection policy with its customersarrow_forwardmahi ig makipag kwentuhan o siKReto na iba. 13 Nature, Purpose and Scope of Financial Management 15. Besides maximizing the wealth of the firm, what are some of the other goals of financial management? Multiple Choice Questions What is the primary goal of financial management? Increase earnings Maximizing cash flow Maximizing shareholders' wealth d. 1. a. b. bal с. Minimizing risk of the firm xal Proper-risk return management means that the firm should take as few risks as possible. 2. a. b. consistent with the objectives of the firm, an appropriate trade- off between risk and return should be determined. the firm should earn highest return possible. the firm should value future profits more highly than current profits. с. d. Which of the following is not a major area of concern and emphasis in modern financial management? Inflation and its effect on profits Stable short-term interest rates 3. a. b. C. Changing international environment d. Increased reliance on debt Which of the…arrow_forward
- Fill in the blank with multiple choice finance homework question 10._____ markets and ______ markets are classifications of financial markets. Spot; future. Money; capital. Long-term; short-term. Organized; over-the-counter. Corporate; personal.arrow_forward14. 1.4 All of the following are sustainable methods businesses can use to raise capital (funding) except for ________. A. borrowing from lenders B. selling ownership shares C. profitable operations D. tax refundsarrow_forwardWant correct answer of general finance questionarrow_forward
arrow_back_ios
arrow_forward_ios
Recommended textbooks for you
- Fundamentals of Financial Management (MindTap Cou...FinanceISBN:9781285867977Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. HoustonPublisher:Cengage LearningFundamentals of Financial Management (MindTap Cou...FinanceISBN:9781337395250Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. HoustonPublisher:Cengage LearningFundamentals of Financial Management, Concise Edi...FinanceISBN:9781285065137Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. HoustonPublisher:Cengage Learning
- Intermediate Accounting: Reporting And AnalysisAccountingISBN:9781337788281Author:James M. Wahlen, Jefferson P. Jones, Donald PagachPublisher:Cengage LearningManagerial AccountingAccountingISBN:9781337912020Author:Carl Warren, Ph.d. Cma William B. TaylerPublisher:South-Western College Pub

Fundamentals of Financial Management (MindTap Cou...
Finance
ISBN:9781285867977
Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. Houston
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Fundamentals of Financial Management (MindTap Cou...
Finance
ISBN:9781337395250
Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. Houston
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Fundamentals of Financial Management, Concise Edi...
Finance
ISBN:9781285065137
Author:Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F. Houston
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Intermediate Accounting: Reporting And Analysis
Accounting
ISBN:9781337788281
Author:James M. Wahlen, Jefferson P. Jones, Donald Pagach
Publisher:Cengage Learning

Managerial Accounting
Accounting
ISBN:9781337912020
Author:Carl Warren, Ph.d. Cma William B. Tayler
Publisher:South-Western College Pub